Joseph Murphy: The Power of your Sub-Conscious Mind
Welcome, you have here at your
fingertips a fantastic insight into the power of your subconscious mind.
When you
incorporate these teachings into your life
you change your life for the
better.
Wishing you every success,
Page 1
The POWER of Your Subconscious
Mind
Joseph Murphy
D.R.S., D.D., Ph.D., LL.D.
Fellow of the Andhra Research University of India
I have seen miracles happen to men and women in all walks of life all over the world.
Miracles will happen to you too—when you begin using the magic power of your
subconscious mind. This book is designed to teach you that your habitual thinking and
imagery mold, fashion, and create your destiny; for as a man thinketh in his subconscious
mind, so is he.
Do you know the answers?
Why is one man sad and another man happy? Why is one man joyous and prosperous and
another man poor and miserable? Why is one man fearful and anxious and another full of
faith and confidence? Why does one man have a beautiful, luxurious home while another
man lives out a meager existence in a slum? Why is one man a great success and another
an abject failure? Why is one speaker outstanding and immensely popular and another
mediocre and unpopular? Why is one man a genius in his work or profession while the
other man toils and moils all his life without doing or accomplishing anything
worthwhile? Why is one man healed of a so-called incurable disease and another isn’t?
Why is it so many good, kind religious people suffer the tortures of the damned in their
mind and body? Why is it many immoral and irreligious people succeed and prosper and
enjoy radiant health? Why is one woman happily married and her sister very unhappy and
frustrated?
Is there an answer to these questions in the workings of your conscious and subconscious
minds? There most certainly is!
Reason for writing this book
It is for the express purpose of answering and clarifying the above questions and many
others of a similar nature that motivated me to write this book. I have endeavored to
explain the great fundamental truths of your mind in the simplest language possible. I
believe that it is perfectly possible to explain the basic, foundational, and fundamental
laws of life and of your mind in ordinary everyday language. You will find that the
language of this book is that used in your daily papers, current periodicals, in your
business offices, in your home, and in the daily workshop. I urge you to study this
book and apply the techniques outlined therein; and as you do, I feel absolutely
convinced that you will lay hold of a miracle working power that will lift you up from
confusion, misery, melancholy, and failure, and guide you to your true place, solve your
difficulties, sever you from emotional and physical bondage, and place you on the royal
road to freedom, happiness, and peace of mind. This miracle working power of your
subconscious mind can heal you of your sickness; make you vital and strong again. In
learning how to use your inner powers, you will open the prison door of fear and enter
into a life described by Paul as the glorious liberty of the sons of God.
Page 2
Releasing the miracle working power
A personal healing will ever be the most convincing evidence of our subconscious
powers. Over forty-two years ago I resolved a malignancy—in medical terminology it
was called a sarcoma—by using the healing power of my subconscious mind, which
created me and still maintains and governs all my vital functions. The technique I applied
is elaborated on in this book, and I feel sure that it will help others to trust the same
Infinite Healing Presence lodged in the subconscious depths of all men. Through the
kindly offices of my doctor friend, I suddenly realized that it was natural to assume that
the Creative Intelligence which made all my organs, fashioned my body, and
started my heart, could heal its own handiwork. The ancient proverb says, “The doctor
dresses the wound and God heals it.”
Wonders happen when you pray effectively
Scientific prayer is the harmonious interaction of the conscious and subconscious levels
of mind scientifically directed for a specific purpose. This book will teach you the
scientific way to tap the realm of infinite power within you enabling you to get what you
really want in life. You desire a happier, fuller, and richer life. Begin to use this miracle
working power and smooth your way in daily affairs, solve business problems, and bring
harmony in family relationships. Be sure that you read this book several times. The many
chapters will show you how this wonderful power works, and how you can draw out the
hidden inspiration and wisdom that is within you. Learn the simple techniques of
impressing the subconscious mind. Follow the new scientific way in tapping the infinite
storehouse. Read this book carefully, earnestly, and lovingly. Prove to yourself the
amazing way it can help you. It could be and I believe it will be the turning point of your
life.
Everybody prays
Do you know how to pray effectively? How long is it since you prayed as part of your
everyday activities? In an emergency, in time of danger or trouble, in illness, and when
death lurks, prayers pour forth—your own and friends. Just read your daily newspaper. It
is reported that prayers are being offered up all over the nation for a child stricken with a
so called incurable ailment, for peace among nations, for a group of miners trapped in a
flooded mine. Later it is reported that when rescued, the miners said that they prayed
while waiting for rescue; an airplane pilot says that he prayed as he made a successful
emergency landing. Certainly, prayer is an ever-present help in time of trouble; but you
do not have to wait for trouble to make prayer an integral and constructive part of your
life. The dramatic answers to prayer make headlines and are the subject of testimonies to
the effectiveness of prayer. What of the many humble prayers of children, the simple
thanksgiving of grace at the table daily, the faithful devotions wherein the individual
seeks only communion with God? My work with people has made it necessary for me to
study the various approaches to prayer. I have experienced the power of prayer in my
own life, and I have talked and worked with many people who also have enjoyed the help
of prayer. The problem usually is how to tell others how to pray. People who
Page 3
are in trouble have difficulty in thinking and acting reasonably. They need an easy
formula to follow, an obviously workable pattern that is simple and specific. Often they
must be led to approach the emergency.
Unique feature of this book
The unique feature of this book is its down-to-earth practicality. Here you are presented
with simple, usable techniques and formulas, which you can easily apply in your
workaday world. I have taught these simple processes to men and women all over the
world, and recently over a thousand men and women of all religious affiliations attended
a special class in Los Angeles where I presented the highlights of what is offered in the
pages of this book. Many came from distances of two hundred miles for each class
lesson. The special features of this book will appeal to you because they show you why
oftentimes you get the opposite of what you prayed for and reveal to you the reasons
why. People have asked me in all parts of the world and thousands of times, “Why is it I
have prayed and prayed and got no answer?” In this book you will find the reasons for
this common complaint. The many ways of impressing the subconscious mind and
getting the right answers make this an extraordinarily valuable book and an ever present
help in time of trouble.
What do you believe?
It is not the thing believed in that brings an answer to man’s prayer; the answer to prayer
results when the individual’s sub conscious mind responds to the mental picture or
thought in his mind. This law of belief is operating in all religions of the world and is the
reason why they are psychologically true. The Buddhist, the Christian, the Moslem, and
the Hebrew all may get answers to their prayers, not because of the particular creed,
religion, affiliation, ritual, ceremony, formula, liturgy, incantation, sacrifices, or
offerings, but solely because of belief or mental acceptance and receptivity about that for
which they pray.
The law of life is the law of belief, and belief could be summed up briefly as a thought in
your mind. As a man thinks, feels, and believes, so is the condition of his mind, body,
and circumstances. A technique, a methodology based on an understanding of what you
are doing and why you are doing it will help you to bring about a subconscious
embodiment of all the good things of life. Essentially, answered prayer is the realization
of your heart’s desire.
Desire is prayer
Everyone desires health, happiness, security, peace of mind, true expression, but many
fail to achieve clearly defined results. A university professor admitted to me recently, “I
know that if I changed my mental pattern and redirected my emotional life, my ulcers
would not recur, but I do not have any technique, process, or modus operandi. My mind
wanders back and forth on my many problems, and I feel frustrated, defeated, and
unhappy.” This professor had a desire for perfect health; he needed knowledge of the way
his mind worked which would enable him to fulfill his desire. By practicing the healing
methods outlined in this book, he became whole and perfect.
Page 4
There is one mind common to all individual men (Emerson)
The miracle working powers of your subconscious mind existed before you and I were
born, before any church or world existed. The great eternal truths and principles of life
antedate all religions. It is with these thoughts in mind that I urge you in the following
chapters to lay hold of this wonderful, magical, transforming power, which will bind up
mental and physical wounds, proclaim liberty to the fear ridden mind, and liberate
you completely from the limitations of poverty, failure, misery, lack, and frustration. All
you have to do is unite mentally and emotionally with the good you wish to embody, and
the creative powers of your subconscious will respond accordingly. Begin now, today, let
wonders happen in your life!
Keep on, keeping on until the day breaks and the shadows flee away.
Page 5
Contents
1 The Treasure House Within You ................................................................................... 14
The marvelous power of your subconscious................................................................. 14
Necessity of a working basis......................................................................................... 15
The duality of mind....................................................................................................... 16
The conscious and subconscious minds........................................................................ 16
Outstanding differences and modes of operation.......................................................... 18
How her subconscious responded................................................................................. 19
Brief summary of ideas worth remembering ................................................................ 19
2 How Your Own Mind Works ........................................................................................ 21
Conscious and subconscious terms differentiated ........................................................ 21
Experiments by psychologists....................................................................................... 22
The terms objective and subjective mind clarified ....................................................... 22
The subconscious cannot reason like your conscious mind.......................................... 23
The tremendous power of suggestion ........................................................................... 23
Different reactions to the same suggestion ................................................................... 23
How he lost his arm ...................................................................................................... 24
How autosuggestion banishes fear................................................................................ 24
How she restored her memory ...................................................................................... 25
How he overcame a nasty temper ................................................................................. 25
The constructive and destructive power of suggestion................................................. 25
Have you accepted any of these? .................................................................................. 25
You can counteract negative suggestions ..................................................................... 26
How suggestion killed a man........................................................................................ 26
The power of an assumed major premise ..................................................................... 27
The subconscious does not argue controversially......................................................... 27
Review of highlights..................................................................................................... 28
3 The Miracle Working Power of Your Subconscious..................................................... 30
Your subconscious is your Book of Life ...................................................................... 31
What is impressed in the subconscious is expressed .................................................... 31
The subconscious heals a malignancy of the skin ........................................................ 32
How the subconscious controls all functions of the body............................................. 33
How to get the subconscious to work for you............................................................... 33
Healing principle of the subconscious restores atrophied optic nerves ........................ 34
Page 6
How to convey the idea of perfect health to your subconscious mind ......................... 34
Ideas worth remembering ............................................................................................. 35
4 Mental Healings in Ancient Times ................................................................................ 36
Biblical accounts on the use of the subconscious powers............................................. 36
Miracles at various shrines throughout the world......................................................... 37
One universal healing principle .................................................................................... 38
Widely different theories .............................................................................................. 39
Views of Paracelsus ...................................................................................................... 39
Bernheim’s experiments ................................................................................................ 40
Producing a blister by suggestion ................................................................................. 40
The cause of bloody stigmata ....................................................................................... 40
Healing points in review ............................................................................................... 41
5 Mental Healings in Modern Times ................................................................................ 42
One process of healing.................................................................................................. 42
The law of belief ........................................................................................................... 43
Prayer therapy is the combined function of the conscious and subconscious mind
scientifically directed .................................................................................................... 43
Faith healing, what it means, and how blind faith works ............................................. 43
Subjective faith and what it means ............................................................................... 44
The meaning of absent treatment .................................................................................. 45
Releasing the kinetic action of the subconscious mind ................................................ 46
Summary of your aids to health .................................................................................... 46
6 Practical Techniques in Mental Healings ...................................................................... 48
The passing over technique for impregnating the subconscious .................................. 48
Your subconscious will accept your blueprint.............................................................. 48
The science and art of true prayer................................................................................. 49
The visualization technique .......................................................................................... 49
Mental movie method ................................................................................................... 50
The Baudoin technique ................................................................................................. 51
The sleeping technique ................................................................................................. 51
The ‘thank you’ technique............................................................................................. 52
The affirmative method................................................................................................. 52
The argumentative method ........................................................................................... 53
The absolute method is like modern sound wave therapy ............................................ 54
Page 7
A cripple walks ............................................................................................................. 54
The decree method........................................................................................................ 55
Serve yourself with scientific truth............................................................................... 56
7 The Tendency of the Subconscious Is Life ward ........................................................... 57
How the body portrays the workings of the mind......................................................... 57
There is an intelligence which takes care of the body .................................................. 58
The subconscious mind works continually for the common good ............................... 58
How man interferes with the innate principle of harmony ........................................... 58
Why it’s normal to be healthy, vital, and strong – it’s abnormal to be sick.................. 59
Pott’s disease cured ....................................................................................................... 59
How faith in your subconscious powers makes you whole .......................................... 60
Pointers to review ......................................................................................................... 60
8 How to Get the Results You Want................................................................................. 61
Easy does it ................................................................................................................... 61
Infer no opponent, use imagination and not will power ............................................... 62
How disciplined imagination works wonders............................................................... 62
The three steps to success in prayer.............................................................................. 62
The law of reversed effort and why you get the opposite of what you pray for........... 62
The conflict of desire and imagination must be reconciled .......................................... 63
Ideas worth recalling..................................................................................................... 64
9 How to Use the Power of Your Subconscious for Wealth............................................. 65
Wealth is of the mind.................................................................................................... 65
Your invisible means of support ................................................................................... 65
The ideal method for building a wealth consciousness ................................................ 65
Why your affirmations for wealth fail .......................................................................... 66
How to avoid mental conflict........................................................................................ 66
Don’t sign blank checks ................................................................................................ 66
Your subconscious gives you compound interest ......................................................... 66
Why nothing happened ................................................................................................. 66
True source of wealth.................................................................................................... 67
Trying to make ends meet and the real cause ............................................................... 67
A common stumbling block to wealth .......................................................................... 67
Rubbing out a great mental block to wealth ................................................................. 67
Sleep and grow rich ...................................................................................................... 68
Page 8
Serve yourself with the powers of your mind............................................................... 68
10 Your Right to Be Rich ................................................................................................. 69
Money is a symbol........................................................................................................ 69
How to walk the royal road to riches............................................................................ 69
Why you do not have more money............................................................................... 69
Money and a balanced life ............................................................................................ 70
Poverty is a mental disease ........................................................................................... 70
Getting the right attitude toward money ....................................................................... 70
How the scientific thinker looks at money ................................................................... 70
How to attract the money you need .............................................................................. 71
Why some men do not get a raise in pay ...................................................................... 71
Obstacles and impediments on the pathway to riches .................................................. 71
Protect your investments............................................................................................... 72
You cannot get something for nothing.......................................................................... 72
Your constant supply of money .................................................................................... 72
Step up this way to riches ............................................................................................. 72
11 Your Subconscious Mind as a Partner in Success ....................................................... 74
The three steps to success ............................................................................................. 74
The measure of true success ......................................................................................... 74
How he made his dream come true............................................................................... 75
His dream pharmacy became a reality .......................................................................... 76
Using the subconscious mind in business..................................................................... 76
Boy of sixteen years turns failure into success ............................................................. 77
How to become successful in buying and selling ......................................................... 77
How she succeeded in getting what she wanted ........................................................... 78
A success technique employed by many outstanding executives and businessmen..... 79
Profitable pointers......................................................................................................... 79
12 Scientists Use the Subconscious Mind ........................................................................ 81
How a distinguished scientist brought forth his inventions.......................................... 81
How a famous naturalist solved his problem................................................................ 81
An outstanding physician solved the problem of diabetes............................................ 82
How a famous scientist and physicist escaped from a Russian concentration camp.... 82
How archaeologists and paleontologists reconstruct ancient scenes ............................ 83
How to receive guidance from your subconscious ....................................................... 83
Page 9
His subconscious revealed the location of his father’s will .......................................... 84
The secret of guidance .................................................................................................. 85
Highlights to recall........................................................................................................ 85
13 Your Subconscious and the Wonders of Sleep ............................................................ 87
Why we sleep................................................................................................................ 87
Prayer, a form of sleep .................................................................................................. 87
Startling effects of sleep deprivation ............................................................................ 87
You need more sleep..................................................................................................... 88
Sleep brings counsel ..................................................................................................... 88
Saved from certain disaster........................................................................................... 88
Your future is in your subconscious mind.................................................................... 89
A cat nap nets him $15,000........................................................................................... 89
How a famous professor solved his problem in sleep................................................... 90
How the subconscious worked for a famous writer while he slept............................... 90
Sleep in peace and wake in joy ..................................................................................... 91
Summary of your aids to the wonders of sleep............................................................. 91
14 Your Subconscious Mind and Marital Problems ......................................................... 93
The meaning of marriage .............................................................................................. 93
How to attract the ideal husband................................................................................... 93
How to attract the ideal wife......................................................................................... 94
No need for third mistake ............................................................................................. 94
How she broke the negative pattern.............................................................................. 94
The answer to her prayer............................................................................................... 95
Should I get a divorce? ................................................................................................. 95
Drifting into divorce ..................................................................................................... 95
Divorce begins in the mind........................................................................................... 96
The nagging wife .......................................................................................................... 96
The brooding husband................................................................................................... 96
The great mistake.......................................................................................................... 97
Don’t try to make your wife over.................................................................................. 97
Pray together and stay together through steps in prayer ............................................... 97
Review your actions...................................................................................................... 98
15 Your Subconscious Mind and Your Happiness ......................................................... 100
You must choose happiness........................................................................................ 100
Page 10
How to choose happiness............................................................................................ 100
He made it a habit to be happy.................................................................................... 101
You must desire to be happy....................................................................................... 101
Why choose unhappiness? .......................................................................................... 101
If I had a million dollars, I would be happy................................................................ 101
He found happiness to be the harvest of a quiet mind ................................................ 102
The block or stump is not really there ........................................................................ 102
The happiest people .................................................................................................... 103
Summary of steps to happiness................................................................................... 103
16 Your Subconscious Mind and Harmonious Human Relations .................................. 105
The master key to happy relationships with others..................................................... 105
And with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again .......................... 105
The daily headlines made him sick............................................................................. 105
I hate women, but I like men ...................................................................................... 106
His inner speech held back his promotion .................................................................. 107
Becoming emotionally mature.................................................................................... 108
The meaning of love in harmonious human relations................................................. 108
He hated audiences ..................................................................................................... 108
Handling difficult people ............................................................................................ 108
Misery loves company ................................................................................................ 109
The practice of empathy in human relations............................................................... 109
Appeasement never wins ............................................................................................ 109
Profitable pointers in human relations ........................................................................ 110
17 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind for Forgiveness............................................. 112
Life always forgives you............................................................................................. 112
How he banished that feeling of guilt ......................................................................... 112
A murderer learned to forgive himself........................................................................ 113
Criticism cannot hurt you without your consent......................................................... 114
How to be compassionate ........................................................................................... 114
Left at the altar ............................................................................................................ 114
It is wrong to marry. Sex is evil and I am evil............................................................ 114
Forgiveness is necessary for healing........................................................................... 115
Forgiveness is love in action....................................................................................... 115
Technique of forgiveness ............................................................................................ 115
Page 11
The acid test for forgiveness ....................................................................................... 116
To understand all is to forgive all ............................................................................... 116
Summary of your aids to forgiveness ......................................................................... 116
18 How Your Subconscious Removes Mental Blocks ................................................... 118
How to break or build a habit ..................................................................................... 118
How he broke a bad habit ........................................................................................... 118
The power of his mental picture ................................................................................. 118
Focused attention ........................................................................................................ 119
He said a jinx was following him ............................................................................... 119
How much do you want what you want?.................................................................... 120
Why he could not be healed........................................................................................ 120
The explanation and the cure ...................................................................................... 120
Refusing to admit it..................................................................................................... 121
Building in the idea of freedom .................................................................................. 121
Fifty-one percent healed ............................................................................................. 121
The law of substitution................................................................................................ 121
Cause of alcoholism.................................................................................................... 122
Three magic steps ....................................................................................................... 122
Keep on keeping on .................................................................................................... 122
Review your thought power........................................................................................ 122
19 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind to Remove Fear ............................................ 124
Man’s greatest enemy.................................................................................................. 124
Do the thing you fear .................................................................................................. 124
Banishing stage fright ................................................................................................. 124
Fear of failure.............................................................................................................. 125
How he overcame the fear .......................................................................................... 125
Fear of water, mountains, closed places, etc............................................................... 125
Master technique for overcoming any particular fear................................................. 126
He blessed the elevator ............................................................................................... 126
Normal and abnormal fear .......................................................................................... 126
Abnormal fear ............................................................................................................. 127
The answer to abnormal fear....................................................................................... 127
Examine your fears ..................................................................................................... 127
He landed in the jungle ............................................................................................... 127
Page 12
He dismissed himself .................................................................................................. 128
They plotted against him............................................................................................. 128
Deliver yourself from all your fears............................................................................ 128
Step this way to freedom from fear............................................................................. 128
20 How to Stay Young in Spirit Forever ........................................................................ 131
He had grown old in his thought life .......................................................................... 131
Age is the dawn of wisdom......................................................................................... 131
Welcome the change................................................................................................... 131
Evidence for survival .................................................................................................. 132
Life is .......................................................................................................................... 132
Mind and spirit do not grow old ................................................................................. 132
You are as young as you think you are ....................................................................... 133
Your gray hairs are an asset........................................................................................ 133
Age is an asset............................................................................................................. 133
Be your age ................................................................................................................. 133
I can keep up with the best of them ............................................................................ 133
Fear of old age ............................................................................................................ 134
You Have much to give .............................................................................................. 134
One hundred and ten years old.................................................................................... 134
Retirement- a new venture.......................................................................................... 134
He graduated to a better job ........................................................................................ 134
You must be a producer and not a prisoner of society................................................ 135
Secret of youth ............................................................................................................ 135
Get a vision ................................................................................................................. 136
Your mind does not grow old ..................................................................................... 136
His mind active at ninety-nine .................................................................................... 136
We need our senior citizens ........................................................................................ 136
The fruits of old age.................................................................................................... 137
Profitable pointers....................................................................................................... 137
Page 13
1 The Treasure House Within You
Infinite riches are all around you if you will open your mental eyes and behold the
treasure house of infinity within you. There is a gold mine within you from which you
can extract everything you need to live life gloriously, joyously, and abundantly.
Many are sound asleep because they do not know about this gold mine of infinite
intelligence and boundless love within themselves. Whatever you want, you can draw
forth. A magnetized piece of steel will lift about twelve times its own weight, and if you
demagnetize this same piece of steel, it will not even lift a feather. Similarly, there are
two types of men. There is the magnetized man who is full of confidence and faith. He
knows that he is born to win and to succeed. Then, there is the type of man who is
demagnetized. He is full of fears and doubts. Opportunities come, and he says, “I might
fail; I might lose my money; people will laugh at me.” This type of man will not get very
far in life because, if he is afraid to go forward, he will simply stay where he is. Become a
magnetized man and discover the master secret of the ages.
Th e ma st er se cr et of th e ag es
What, in your opinion, is the master secret of the ages? The secret of atomic energy?
Thermonuclear energy? The neutron bomb? Interplanetary travel? No—not any of these.
Then, what is this master secret? Where can one find it, and how can it be contacted and
brought into action? The answer is extraordinarily simple. This secret is the marvelous,
miracle working power found in your own subconscious mind, the last place that most
people would seek it.
The marvelous power of your subconscious
You can bring into your life more power, more wealth, more health, more happiness, and
more joy by learning to contact and release the hidden power of your subconscious mind.
You need not acquire this power; you already possess it. But, you want to learn how to
use it; you want to understand it so that you can apply it in all departments of your life.
As you follow the simple techniques and processes set forth in this book, you can gain
the necessary knowledge and understanding. A new light can inspire you, and you can
generate a new force enabling you to realize your hopes and make all your dreams come
true. Decide now to make your life grander, greater, richer, and nobler than ever before.
Within your subconscious depths lie infinite wisdom, infinite power, and infinite supply
of all that is necessary, which is waiting for development and expression. Begin now to
recognize these potentialities of your deeper mind, and they will take form in the world
without.
The infinite intelligence within your subconscious mind can reveal to you everything you
need to know at every moment of time and point of space provided you are open-minded
and receptive. You can receive new thoughts and ideas enabling you to bring forth new
inventions, make new discoveries, or write books and plays. Moreover, the infinite
intelligence in your subconscious can impart to you wonderful kinds of knowledge of an
original nature. It can reveal to you and open the way for perfect expression and true
place in your life.
Through the wisdom of your subconscious mind you can attract the ideal companion, as
well as the right business associate or partner. It can find the right buyer for your home,
Page 14
and provide you with all the money you need, and the financial freedom to be, to do, and
to go, as your heart desires.
It is your right to discover this inner world of thought, feeling, and power, of light, love,
and beauty. Though invisible, its forces are mighty. Within your subconscious mind you
will find the solution for every problem, and the cause for every effect. Because you can
draw out the hidden powers, you come into actual possession of the power and wisdom
necessary to move forward in abundance, security, joy, and dominion. I have seen the
power of the subconscious lift people up out of crippled states, making them whole, vital,
and strong once more, and free to go out into the world to experience happiness, health,
and joyous expression. There is a miraculous healing power in your subconscious that
can heal the troubled mind and the broken heart. It can open the prison door of the mind
and liberate you. It can free you from all kinds of material and physical bondage.
Necessity of a working basis
Substantial progress in any field of endeavor is impossible in the absence of a working
basis, which is universal in its application. You can become skilled in the operation of
your subconscious mind. You can practice its powers with a certainty of results in exact
proportion to your knowledge of its principles and to your application of them for definite
specific purposes and goals you wish to achieve.
Being a former chemist, I would like to point out that if you combine hydrogen and
oxygen in the proportions of two atoms of the former to one of the latter, water would be
the result. You are very familiar with the fact that one atom of oxygen and one atom of
carbon will produce carbon monoxide, a poisonous gas. But, if you add another atom of
oxygen, you will get carbon dioxide, a harmless gas, and so on throughout the vast realm
of chemical compounds.
You must not think that the principles of chemistry, physics, and mathematics differ from
the principles of your subconscious mind. Let us consider a generally accepted principle:
“Water seeks its own level.” This is a universal principle, which is applicable to water
everywhere.
Consider another principle: “Matter expands when heated.” This is true anywhere, at any
time, and under all circumstances. You can heat a piece of steel, and it will expand
regardless whether the steel is found in China, England, or India. It is a universal truth
that matter expands when heated. It is also a universal truth that whatever you impress on
your subconscious mind is expressed on the screen of space as condition, experience, and
event.
Your prayer is answered because your subconscious mind is principle, and by principle I
mean the way a thing works. For example, the principle of electricity is that it works from
a higher to a lower potential. You do not change the principle of electricity when you use
it, but by cooperating with nature, you can bring forth marvelous inventions and
discoveries, which bless humanity in countless ways.
Your subconscious mind is principle and works according to the law of belief. You must
know what belief is, why it works, and how it works. Your Bible says in a simple, clear,
and beautiful way: Whosoever shall say unto this mountain, Be thou removed, and be
thou cast into the sea; and shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that those things
which he saith shallcome to pass; he shall have whatsoever he saith. MARK 11:23.
Page 15
The law of your mind is the law of belief. This means to believe in the way your mind
works, to believe in belief itself. The belief of your mind is the thought of your mind—
that is simple—just that and nothing else.
All your experiences, events, conditions, and acts are the reactions of your subconscious
mind to your thoughts. Remember, it is not the thing believed in, but the belief in your
own mind, which brings about the result.
Cease believing in the false beliefs, opinions, superstitions, and fears of mankind. Begin
to believe in the eternal verities and truths of life, which never change. Then, you will
move onward, upward, and Godward. Whoever reads this book and applies the principles
of the subconscious mind herein set forth; will be able to pray scientifically and
effectively for himself and for others. Your prayer is answered according to the universal
law of action and reaction. Thought is incipient action. The reaction is the response from
your subconscious mind which corresponds with the nature of your thought. Busy your
mind with the concepts of harmony, health, peace, and good will, and wonders will
happen in your life.
The duality of mind
You have only one mind, but your mind possesses two distinctive characteristics. The
line of demarcation between the two is well known to all thinking men and women today.
The two functions of your mind are essentially unlike. Each is endowed with separate and
distinct attributes and powers. The nomenclature generally used to distinguish the two
functions of your mind is as follows: The objective and subjective mind, the conscious
and subconscious mind, the waking and sleeping mind, the surface self and the deep self,
the voluntary mind and the involuntary mind, the male and the female, and many other
terms. You will find the terms “conscious” and “subconscious” used to represent the dual
nature of your mind throughout this book.
The conscious and subconscious minds
An excellent way to get acquainted with the two functions of your mind is to look upon
your own mind as a garden. You are a gardener, and you are planting seeds (thoughts) in
your subconscious mind all day long, based on your habitual thinking. As you sow in
your subconscious mind, so shall you reap in your body and environment.
Begin now to sow thoughts of peace, happiness, right action, good will, and prosperity.
Think quietly and with interest on these qualities and accept them fully in your conscious
reasoning mind. Continue to plant these wonderful seeds (thoughts) in the garden of your
mind, and you will reap a glorious harvest. Your subconscious mind may be likened to
the soil, which will grow all kinds of seeds, good or bad. Do men gather grapes of thorns,
or figs of thistles? Every thought is, therefore, a cause, and every condition is an effect.
For this reason, it is essential that you take charge of your thoughts so as to bring forth
0nly desirable conditions.
When your mind thinks correctly, when you understand the truth, when the thoughts
deposited in your subconscious mind are constructive, harmonious, and peaceful, the
magic working power of your subconscious will respond and bring about harmonious
conditions, agreeable surroundings, and the best of everything. When you begin to
control your thought processes, you can apply the powers of your subconscious to any
problem or difficulty. In other words, you will actually be consciously cooperating
with the infinite power and omnipotent law, which governs all things.
Page 16
Look around you wherever you live and you will notice that the vast majority of mankind
lives in the world without; the more enlightened men are intensely interested in the world
within. Remember, it is the world within, namely, your thoughts, feelings, and imagery
that makes your world without. It is, therefore, the only creative power, and everything,
which you find in your world of expression, has been created by you in the inner world
of your mind consciously or unconsciously.
Knowledge of the interaction of your conscious and subconscious minds will enable you
to transform your whole life. In order to change external conditions, you must change the
cause. Most men try to change conditions and circumstances by working with conditions
and circumstances. To remove discord, confusion, lack, and limitation, you must remove
the cause, and the cause is the way you are using your conscious mind. In other words,
the way you are thinking and picturing in your mind.
You are living in a fathomless sea of infinite riches. Your subconscious is very sensitive
to your thoughts. Your thoughts form the mold or matrix through which the infinite
intelligence, wisdom, vital forces, and energies of your subconscious flow. The practical
application of the laws of your mind as illustrated in each chapter of this book will cause
you to experience abundance for poverty, wisdom for superstition and ignorance, peace
for pain, joy for sadness, light for darkness, harmony for discord, faith and
confidence for fear, success for failure, and freedom from the law of averages. Certainly,
there can be no more wonderful blessing than these from a mental, emotional, and
material standpoint.
Most of the great scientists, artists, poets, singers, writers, and inventors have a deep
understanding of the workings of the conscious and subconscious minds. One time
Caruso, the great operatic tenor, was struck with stage fright. He said his throat was
paralyzed due to spasms caused by intense fear, which constricted the muscles of his
throat. Perspiration poured copiously down his face. He was ashamed because in a few
minutes he had to go out on the stage, yet he was shaking with fear and trepidation. He
said, “They will laugh at me. I can’t sing.” Then he shouted in the presence of those
behind the stage, “The Little Me wants to strangle the Big Me within.”
He said to the Little Me, “Get out of here, the Big Me wants to sing through me.”
By the Big Me, he meant the limitless power and wisdom of his subconscious mind, and
he began to shout, “Get out, get out, the Big Me is going to sing!”
His subconscious mind responded releasing the vital forces within him. When the call
came, he walked out on the stage and sang gloriously and majestically, enthralling the
audience.
It is obvious to you now that Caruso must have understood the two levels of mind—the
conscious or rational, and the subconscious or irrational level. Your subconscious mind is
reactive and responds to the nature of your thoughts. When your conscious mind (the
Little Me) is full of fear, worry, and anxiety, the negative emotions engendered in your
subconscious mind (the Big Me) are released and flood the conscious mind with a sense
of panic, foreboding, and despair. When this happens, you can, like Caruso, speak
affirmatively and with a deep sense of authority to the irrational emotions generated in
your deeper mind as follows: “Be still, be quiet, I am in control, you must obey me, you
are subject to my command, you cannot intrude where you do not belong.”
Page 17
It is fascinating and intensely interesting to observe how you can speak authoritatively
and with conviction to the irrational movement of your deeper self bringing silence,
harmony, and peace to your mind. The subconscious is subject to the conscious mind,
and that is why it is called subconscious or subjective.
Outstanding differences and modes of operation
You will perceive the main differences by the following illustrations: The conscious mind
is like the navigator or captain at the bridge of a ship. He directs the ship and signals
orders to men in the engine room, who in turn control all the boilers, instruments, gauges,
etc. The men in the engine room do not know where they are going; they follow orders.
They would go on the rocks if the man on the bridge issued faulty or wrong instructions
based on his findings with the compass, sextant, or other instruments. The men in the
engine room obey him because he is in charge and issues orders, which are automatically
obeyed. Members of the crew do not talk back to the captain; they simply carry out
orders.
The captain is the master of his ship, and his decrees are carried out. Likewise, your
conscious mind is the captain and the master of your ship, which represents your body,
environment, and all your affairs. Your subconscious mind takes the orders you give it
based upon what your conscious mind believes and accepts as true.
When you repeatedly say to people, “I can’t afford it,” then your subconscious mind
takes you at your word and sees to it that you will not be in a position to purchase what
you want. As long as you persist in saying, “I can’t afford that car, that trip to Europe,
that home, that fur coat or ermine wrap,” you can rest assured that your subconscious
mind will follow your orders, and you will go through life experiencing the lack of all
these things.
Last Christmas Eve a beautiful young university student looked at an attractive and rather
expensive traveling bag in a store window. She was going home to Buffalo, New York,
for the holidays. She was about to say, “I can’t afford that bag,” when she recalled
something she had heard at one of my lectures which was, “Never finish a negative
statement; reverse it immediately, and wonders will happen in your life.”
She said, “That bag is mine. It is for sale. I accept it mentally, and my subconscious sees
to it that I receive it.” At eight o’clock Christmas Eve her fiancé presented her with a bag
exactly the same as the one she had looked at and mentally identified herself with at ten
o’clock the same morning. She had filled her mind with the thought of expectancy and
released the whole thing to her deeper mind, which has the “knowhow” of
accomplishment.
This young girl, a student at the University of Southern California, said to me, “I didn’t
have the money to buy that bag, but now I know where to find money and all the things I
need, and that is in the treasure house of eternity within me.”
Another simple illustration is this: When you say, “I do not like mushrooms,” and the
occasion subsequently comes that you are served mushrooms in sauces or salads, you will
get indigestion because your subconscious mind says to you, “The boss (your conscious
mind) does not like mushrooms.” This is an amusing example of the outstanding
differences and modes of operation of your conscious and subconscious minds.
Page 18
A woman may say, “I wake up at three o’clock, if I drink coffee at night.” Whenever she
drinks coffee, her subconscious mind nudges her, as if to say, “The boss wants you to
stay awake tonight.”
Your subconscious mind works twenty-four hours a day and makes provisions for your
benefit, pouring all the fruit of your habitual thinking into your lap.
How her subconscious responded
A woman wrote me a few months ago as follows: “I am seventy-five years old, a widow
with a grown family. I was living alone and on a pension. I heard your lectures on the
powers of the subconscious mind wherein you said that ideas could be conveyed to the
subconscious mind by repetition, faith, and expectancy.“I began to repeat frequently with
feeling, ‘I am wanted. I am happily married to a kind, loving, and spiritual minded man. I
am secure!’ “I kept on doing this many times a day for about two weeks, and one
day at the corner drugstore, I was introduced to a retired pharmacist. I found him to be
kind, understanding, and very religious. He was a perfect answer to my prayer. Within a
week he proposed to me, and now we are on our honeymoon in Europe. I know that the
intelligence within my subconscious mind brought both of us together in divine order.”
This woman discovered that the treasure house was within her. Her prayer was felt as true
in her heart, and her affirmation sank down by osmosis into her subconscious mind,
which is the creative medium. The moment she succeeded in bringing about a subjective
embodiment, her subconscious mind brought about the answer through the law of
attraction.
Her deeper mind, full of wisdom and intelligence, brought both of them together in divine
order. Be sure that you think on whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are
honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are
lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any
praise, think on these things. PHIL. 4:8.
Brief summary of ideas worth remembering
1. The treasure house is within you. Look within for the answer to your heart’s desire.
2. The great secret possessed by the great men of all ages was their ability to contact and
release the powers of their sub conscious mind. You can do the same.
3. Your subconscious has the answer to all problems. If you suggest to your subconscious
prior to sleep, “I want to get up at 6 A.M.,” it will awaken you at that exact time.
4. Your subconscious mind is the builder of your body and can heal you. Lull yourself to
sleep every night with the idea of perfect health, and your subconscious, being your
faithful servant, will obey you.
5. Every thought is a cause, and every condition is an effect.
6. If you want to write a book, write a wonderful play, give a better talk to your audience,
convey the idea lovingly and feelingly to your subconscious mind, and it will respond
accordingly.
7. You are like a captain navigating a ship. He must give the right orders, and likewise,
you must give the right orders (thoughts and images) to your subconscious mind, which
controls and governs all your experiences.
8. Never use the terms, “I can’t afford it” or “I can’t do this.” Your subconscious mind
takes you at your word and sees to it that you do not have the money or the ability to do
Page 19
what you want to do. Affirm, “I can do all things through the power of my subconscious
mind.”
9. The law of life is the law of belief. A belief is a thought in your mind. Do not believe
in things to harm or hurt you. Believe in the power of your subconscious to heal, inspire,
strengthen, and prosper you. According to your belief is it done unto you.
10. Change your thoughts, and you change your destiny.
Page 20
2 How Your Own Mind Works
You have a mind, and you should learn how to use it. There are two levels of your
mind—the conscious or rational level, and the subconscious or irrational level. You think
with your conscious mind, and whatever you habitually think sinks down into your
subconscious mind, which creates according to the nature of your thoughts. Your
subconscious mind is the seat of your emotions and is the creative mind. If you think
good, good will follow; if you think evil, evil will follow. This is the way your mind
works.
The main point to remember is once the subconscious mind accepts an idea, it begins to
execute it. It is an interesting and subtle truth that the law of the subconscious mind
works for good and bad ideas alike. This law, when applied in a negative way, is the
cause of failure, frustration, and unhappiness. However, when your habitual thinking is
harmonious and constructive, you experience perfect health, success, and prosperity.
Peace of mind and a healthy body are inevitable when you begin to think and feel in the
right way. Whatever you claim mentally and feel as true, your subconscious mind will
accept and bring forth into your experience. The only thing necessary for you to do is to
get your subconscious mind to accept your idea, and the law of your own subconscious
mind will bring forth the health, peace, or the position you desire. You give the command
or decree, and your subconscious will faithfully reproduce the idea impressed upon it.
The law of your mind is this: You will get a reaction or response from your subconscious
mind according to the nature of the thought or idea you hold in your conscious
mind.
Psychologists and psychiatrists point out that when thoughts are conveyed to your
subconscious mind, impressions are made in the brain cells. As soon as your
subconscious accepts any idea, it proceeds to put it into effect immediately. It works by
association of ideas and uses every bit of knowledge that you have gathered in your
lifetime to bring about its purpose. It draws on the infinite power, energy, and wisdom
within you. It lines up all the laws of nature to get its way. Sometimes it seems to bring
about an immediate solution to your difficulties, but at other times it may take days,
weeks, or longer. . . . Its ways are past finding out.
Conscious and subconscious terms differentiated
You must remember that these are not two minds. They are merely two spheres of
activity within one mind. Your conscious mind is the reasoning mind. It is that phase of
mind, which chooses. For example, you choose your books, your home, and your partner
in life. You make all your decisions with your conscious mind. On the other hand,
without any conscious choice on your part, your heart is kept functioning automatically,
and the process of digestion, circulation, and breathing are carried on by your
subconscious mind through processes independent of your conscious control.
Your subconscious mind accepts what is impressed upon it or what you consciously
believe. It does not reason things out like your conscious mind, and it does not argue with
you controversially. Your subconscious mind is like the soil, which accepts any kind of
seed, good or bad. Your thoughts are active and might be likened unto seeds. Negative,
destructive thoughts continue to work negatively in your subconscious mind, and in due
time will come forth into outer experience which corresponds with them.
Page 21
Remember, your subconscious mind does not engage in proving whether your thoughts
are good or bad, true or false, but it responds according to the nature of your thoughts or
suggestions. For example, if you consciously assume something as true, even though it
may be false, your subconscious mind will accept it as true and proceed to bring about
results, which must necessarily follow, because you consciously assumed it to be true.
Experiments by psychologists
Innumerable experiments by psychologists and others on persons in the hypnotic state
have shown that the subconscious mind is incapable of making selections and
comparisons, which are necessary for a reasoning process. They have shown repeatedly
that your subconscious mind will accept any suggestions, however false. Having once
accepted any suggestion, it responds according to the nature of the suggestion given.
To illustrate the amenability of your subconscious mind to suggestion, if a practiced
hypnotist suggests to one of his subjects that he is Napoleon Bonaparte, or even a cat or a
dog, he will act out the part with inimitable accuracy. His personality becomes changed
for the time being. He believes himself to be whatever the operator tells him he is.
A skilled hypnotist may suggest to one of his students in the hypnotic state that his back
itches, to another that his nose is bleeding, to another that he is a marble statue, to another
that he is freezing and the temperature is below zero. Each one will follow out the line of
his particular suggestion, totally oblivious to all his surroundings, which do not pertain to
his idea.
These simple illustrations portray clearly the difference between your conscious
reasoning mind and your subconscious mind, which is impersonal, nonselective, and
accepts as true whatever your conscious mind believes to be true. Hence, the importance
of selecting thoughts, ideas, and premises, which bless, heal, inspire, and fill your soul
with joy.
The terms objective and subjective mind clarified
Your conscious mind is sometimes referred to as your objective mind because it deals
with outward objects. The objective mind takes cognizance of the objective world. Its
media of observation are your five physical senses. Your objective mind is your guide
and director in your contact with your environment. You gain knowledge through your
five senses. Your objective mind learns through observation, experience, and education.
As previously pointed out, the greatest function of the objective mind is that of reasoning.
Suppose you are one of the thousands of tourists who come to Los Angeles annually. You
would come to the conclusion that it is a beautiful city based upon your observation of
the parks, pretty gardens, majestic buildings, and lovely homes. This is the working of
your objective mind.
Your subconscious mind is oftentimes referred to as your subjective mind. Your
subjective mind takes cognizance of its environment by means independent of the five
senses. Your subjective mind perceives by intuition. It is the seat of your emotion and the
storehouse of memory. Your subjective mind performs its highest functions when your
objective senses are in abeyance. In a word, it is that intelligence which makes itself
manifest when the objective mind is suspended or in a sleepy, drowsy state.
Your subjective mind sees without the use of the natural organs of vision. It has the
capacity of clairvoyance and clairaudience. Your subjective mind can leave your body,
travel to distant lands, and bring back information oftentimes of the most exact and
Page 22
truthful character. Through your subjective mind you can read the thoughts of others,
read the contents of sealed envelopes and closed safes. Your subjective mind has the
ability to apprehend the thoughts of others without the use of the ordinary objective
means of communication. It is of the greatest importance that we understand the
interaction of the objective and subjective mind in order to learn the true art of prayer.
The subconscious cannot reason like your conscious mind
Your subconscious mind cannot argue controversially. Hence, if you give it wrong
suggestions, it will accept them as true and will proceed to bring them to pass as
conditions, experiences, and events. All things that have happened to you are based on
thoughts impressed on your subconscious mind through belief. If you have conveyed
erroneous concepts to your subconscious mind, the sure method of overcoming them is
by the repetition of constructive, harmonious thoughts frequently repeated which your
subconscious mind accepts, thus forming new and healthy habits of thought and life, for
your subconscious mind is the seat of habit.
The habitual thinking of your conscious mind establishes deep grooves in your
subconscious mind. This is very favorable for you if your habitual thoughts are
harmonious, peaceful, and constructive. If you have indulged in fear, worry, and other
destructive forms of thinking, the remedy is to recognize the omnipotence of your
subconscious mind and decree freedom, happiness, and perfect health. Your
subconscious mind, being creative and one with your divine source, will proceed to
create the freedom and happiness, which you have earnestly decreed.
The tremendous power of suggestion
You must realize by now that your conscious mind is the “watchman at the gate,” and its
chief function is to protect your subconscious mind from false impressions. You are now
aware of one of the basic laws of mind: Your subconscious mind is amenable to
suggestion. As you know, your subconscious mind does not make comparisons, or
contrasts, neither does it reason and think things out for itself. This latter function belongs
to your conscious mind. It simply reacts to the impressions given to it by your conscious
mind. It does not show a preference for one course of action over another.
The following is a classic example of the tremendous power of suggestion. Suppose you
approach a timid looking passenger on board ship and say to him something like this:
“You look very ill. How pale you are! I feel certain you are going to be seasick. Let me
help you to your cabin.” The passenger turns pale. Your suggestion of seasickness
associates itself with his own fears and forebodings. He accepts your aid down to the
berth, and there your negative suggestion, which was accepted by him, is realized.
Different reactions to the same suggestion
It is true that different people will react in different ways to the same suggestion because
of their subconscious conditioning or belief. For example, if you go to a sailor on the ship
and say to him sympathetically, “My dear fellow, you’re looking very ill. Aren’t you
feeling sick? You look to me as if you were going to be seasick.” According to his
temperament he either laughs at your “joke,” or expresses a mild irritation. Your
suggestion fell on deaf ears in this instance because your suggestion of seasickness was
associated in his mind with his own immunity from it. Therefore, it called up not fear or
worry, but self-confidence.
Page 23
The dictionary says that a suggestion is the act or instance of putting something into
one’s mind, the mental process by which the thought or idea suggested is entertained,
accepted, or put into effect. You must remember that a suggestion cannot impose
something on the subconscious mind against the will of the conscious mind. In other
words, your conscious mind has the power to reject the suggestion given. In the case of
the sailor, he had no fear of seasickness. He had convinced himself of his immunity, and
the negative suggestion had absolutely no power to evoke fear.
The suggestion of seasickness to the other passenger called forth his indwelling fear of
seasickness. Each of us has his own inner fears, beliefs, opinions, and these inner
assumptions rule and govern our lives. A suggestion has no power in and of itself except
if you accept it mentally. This causes your subconscious powers to flow in a limited and
restricted way according to the nature of the suggestion.
How he lost his arm
Every two or three years I give a series of lectures at the London Truth Forum in Caxton
Hall. This is a Forum I founded a number of years ago. Dr. Evelyn Fleet, the director,
told me about an article which appeared in the English newspapers dealing with the
power of suggestion. This is the suggestion a man gave to his subconscious mind over
a period of about two years: “I would give my right arm to see my daughter cured.” It
appeared that his daughter had a crippling form of arthritis together with a so-called
incurable form of skin disease. Medical treatment had failed to alleviate the condition,
and the father had an intense longing for his daughter’s healing, and expressed his desire
in the words just quoted.
Dr. Evelyn Fleet said that the newspaper article pointed out that one day the family was
out riding when their car collided with another. The father’s right arm was torn off at the
shoulder, and immediately the daughter’s arthritis and skin condition vanished.
You must make certain to give your subconscious only suggestions, which heal, bless,
elevate, and inspire you in all your ways. Remember that your subconscious mind cannot
take a joke. It takes you at your word.
How autosuggestion banishes fear
Illustrations of autosuggestion: Autosuggestion means suggesting something definite and
specific to oneself. Herbert Parkyn, in his excellent manual of autosuggestion,* records
the following incident. It has its amusing side, so that one remembers it. “A New York
visitor in Chicago looks at his watch, which is set an hour ahead of Chicago time, and
tells a Chicago friend that it is twelve o’clock. The Chicago friend, not considering the
difference in time between Chicago and New York, tells the New Yorker that he is
hungry and that he must go to lunch.”
Autosuggestion may be used to banish various fears and other negative conditions. A
young singer was invited to give an audition. She had been looking forward to the
interview, but on three previous occasions she had failed miserably due to fear
Herbert Parkyn, Autosuggestion (London: Fowler, 1916).of failure. This young lady had
a very good voice, but she had been saying to herself, “When the time comes for me to
sing, maybe they won’t like me. I will try, but I’m full of fear and anxiety.” Her
subconscious mind accepted these negative autosuggestions as a request and proceeded to
manifest them and bring them into her experience. The cause was an involuntary
autosuggestion, i.e., silent fear thoughts emotionalized and subjectified.
Page 24
She overcame it by the following technique: Three times a day she isolated herself in a
room. She sat down comfortably in an armchair, relaxed her body, and closed her eyes.
She stilled her mind and body as best she could. Physical inertia favors mental passivity
and renders the mind more receptive to suggestion. She counteracted the fear suggestion
by saying to herself, “I sing beautifully. I am poised, serene, confident, and calm.” She
repeated this statement slowly, quietly, and with feeling from five to ten times at each
sitting. She had three such “sittings” every day and one immediately prior to sleep. At the
end of a week she was completely poised and confident. When the invitation to audition
came, she gave a remarkable, wonderful audition.
How she restored her memory
A woman, aged seventy-five, was in the habit of saying to herself, “I am losing my
memory.” She reversed the procedure and practiced induced autosuggestion several times
a day as follows: “My memory from today on is improving in every department. I shall
always remember whatever I need to know at every moment of time and point of space.
The impressions received will be clearer and more definite. I shall retain them
automatically and with ease. Whatever I wish to recall will immediately present itself in
the correct form in my mind. I am improving rapidly every day, and very soon my
memory will be better than it has ever been before.” At the end of three weeks, her
memory was back to normal, and she was delighted.
How he overcame a nasty temper
Many men who complained of irritability and bad temper proved to be very susceptible to
autosuggestion and obtained marvelous results by using the following statements three or
four times a day—morning, noon, and at night prior to sleep for about a month.
“Henceforth, I shall grow more good-humored.
Joy, happiness, and cheerfulness are now becoming my normal states of mind. Every day
I am becoming more and more lovable and understanding. I am now becoming the center
of cheer and good will to all those about me, infecting them with good humor. This
happy, joyous, and cheerful mood is now becoming my normal, natural state of mind. I
am grateful.”
The constructive and destructive power of suggestion
Some illustrations and comments on heterosuggestion: Heterosuggestion means
suggestions from another person. In all ages the power of suggestion has played a part in
the life and thought of man in every period of time and in each country of the earth. In
many parts of the world it is the controlling power in religion.
Suggestion may be used to discipline and control ourselves, but it can also be used to take
control and command over others who do not know the laws of mind. In its constructive
form it is wonderful and magnificent. In its negative aspects it is one of the most
destructive of all the response patterns of the mind, resulting in patterns of misery,
failure, suffering, sickness, and disaster.
Have you accepted any of these?
From infancy on the majority of us have been given many negative suggestions. Not
knowing how to thwart them, we unconsciously accepted them. Here are some of the
negative suggestions: “You can’t.” “You’ll never amount to anything.” “You mustn’t.”
Page 25
“You’ll fail.” “You haven’t got a chance.” “You’re all wrong.” “It’s no use.” “It’s not
what you know, but who you know.” “The world is going to the dogs.” “What’s the use,
nobody cares.” “It’s no use trying so hard.” “You’re too old now.” “Things are getting
worse and worse.” “Life is an endless grind.” “Love is for the birds.” “You just can’t
win.” “Pretty soon you’ll be bankrupt.” “Watch out, you’ll get the virus.” “You can’t
trust a soul,” etc.
Unless, as an adult, you use constructive autosuggestion, which is a reconditioning
therapy, the impressions made on you in the past can cause behavior patterns that cause
failure in your personal and social life. Autosuggestion is a means releasing you from the
mass of negative verbal conditioning that might otherwise distort your life pattern,
making the development of good habits difficult.
You can counteract negative suggestions
Pick up the paper any day, and you can read dozens of items that could sow the seeds of
futility, fear, worry, anxiety, and impending doom. If accepted by you, these thoughts of
fear could cause you to lose the will for life. Knowing that you can reject all these
negative suggestions by giving your subconscious mind constructive autosuggestions,
you counteract all these destructive ideas.
Check regularly on the negative suggestions that people make to you. You do not have to
be influenced by destructive heterosuggestion. All of us have suffered from it in our
childhood and in our teens. If you look back, you can easily recall how parents, friends,
relatives, teachers, and associates contributed in a campaign of negative suggestions.
Study the things said to you, and you will discover much of it was in the form of
propaganda. The purpose of much of what was said was to control you or instill fear into
you. This heterosuggestion process goes on in every home, office, factory, and club. You
will find that many of these suggestions are for the purpose of making you think, feel,
and act, as others want you to and in ways that are to their advantage.
How suggestion killed a man
Here is an illustration of heterosuggestion: A relative of mine went to a crystal gazer in
India who told him that he had a bad heart and predicted that he would die at the next
new moon. He began to tell all members of his family about this prediction, and he
arranged his will. This powerful suggestion entered into his subconscious mind because
he accepted it completely. My relative also told me that this crystal gazer was believed to
have some strange occult powers, and he could do harm or good to a person. He died as
predicted not knowing that he was the cause of his own death. I suppose many of us have
heard similar stupid, ridiculous, superstitious stories.
Let us look at what happened in the light of our knowledge of the way the subconscious
mind works. Whatever the conscious, reasoning mind of man believes; the subconscious
mind will accept and act upon. My relative was happy, healthy, vigorous, and robust
when he went to see the fortuneteller. She gave him a very negative suggestion, which he
accepted. He became terrified, and constantly dwelt upon the fact that he was going to
die at the next new moon. He proceeded to tell everyone about it, and he prepared for the
end. The activity took place in his own mind, and his own thought was the cause. He
brought about his own so-called death, or rather destruction of the physical body, by his
fear and expectation of the end. The woman who predicted his death had no more power
Page 26
than the stones and sticks in the field. Her suggestion had no power to create or bring
about the end she suggested. If he had known the laws of his mind, he would have
completely rejected the negative suggestion and refused to give her words any attention,
knowing in his heart that he was governed and controlled by his own thought and feeling.
Like tin arrows aimed at a battleship, her prophecy could have been completely
neutralized and dissipated without hurting him.
The suggestions of others in themselves have absolutely no power whatever over you
except the power that you give them through your own thoughts. You have to give your
mental consent; you have to entertain the thought. Then, it becomes your thought, and
you do the thinking. Remember, you have the capacity to choose. Choose life! Choose
love! Choose health!
The power of an assumed major premise
Your mind works like a syllogism. This means that whatever major premise your
conscious mind assumes to be true determines the conclusion your subconscious mind
comes to in regard to any particular question or problem in your mind. If your premise is
true, the conclusion must be true as in the following example:
Every virtue is laudable; Kindness is a virtue; Therefore, kindness is laudable.
Another example is as follows: All formed things change and pass away; The Pyramids
of Egypt are formed things; Therefore, some day the Pyramids will pass away.
The first statement is referred to as the major premise, and the right conclusion must
necessarily follow the right premise. A college professor, who attended some of my
science of mind lectures in May, 1962, at Town Hall, New York, said to me, “Everything
in my life is topsy-turvy, and I have lost health, wealth, and friends. Everything I touch
turns out wrong.”
I explained to him that he should establish a major premise in his thinking, that the
infinite intelligence of his subconscious mind was guiding, directing, and prospering him
spiritually, mentally, and materially. Then, his subconscious mind would automatically
direct him wisely in his investments, decisions, and also heal his body and restore his
mind to peace and tranquility.
This professor formulated an overall picture of the way he wanted his life to be, and this
was his major premise: “Infinite intelligence leads and guides me in all my ways. Perfect
health is mine, and the Law of Harmony operates in my mind and body. Beauty, love,
peace, and abundance are mine. The principle of right action and divine order govern my
entire life. I know my major premise is based on the eternal truths of life, and I know,
feel, and believe that my subconscious mind responds according to the nature of my
conscious mind thinking.”
He wrote me as follows: “I repeated the above statements slowly, quietly, and lovingly
several times a day knowing that they were sinking deep down into my subconscious
mind, and that results must follow. I am deeply grateful for the interview you gave me,
and I would like to add that all departments of my life are changing for the better. It
works!”
The subconscious does not argue controversially
Your subconscious mind is all wise and knows the answers to all questions. It does not
argue with you or talk back to you. It does not say, “You must not impress me with that.”
Page 27
For example, when you say, “I can’t do this.” “I am too old now.” “I can’t meet this
obligation.” “I was born on the wrong side of the tracks.” “I don’t know the right
politician,” you are impregnating your subconscious with these negative thoughts, and it
responds accordingly. You are actually blocking your own good, thereby bringing
lack, limitation, and frustration into your life.
When you set up obstacles, impediments, and delays in your conscious mind, you are
denying the wisdom and intelligence resident in your subconscious mind. You are
actually saying in effect that your subconscious mind cannot solve your problem. This
leads to mental and emotional congestion, followed by sickness and neurotic tendencies.
To realize your desire and overcome your frustration, affirm boldly several times a day:
“The infinite intelligence which gave me this desire leads, guides, and reveals to me the
perfect plan for the unfolding of my desire. I know the deeper wisdom of my
subconscious is now responding, and what I feel and claim within is expressed in the
without. There is a balance, equilibrium, and equanimity.”
If you say, “There is no way out; I am lost; there is no way out of this dilemma; I am
stymied and blocked,” you will get no answer or response from your subconscious mind.
If you want the subconscious to work for you, give it the right request, and attain its
cooperation. It is always working for you. It is controlling your heartbeat this minute and
also your breathing. It heals a cut on your finger, and its tendency is life ward, forever
seeking to take care of you and preserve you. Your subconscious has a mind of its own,
but it accepts your patterns of thought and imagery.
When you are seeking an answer to a problem, your subconscious will respond, but it
expects you to come to a decision and to a true judgment in your conscious mind. You
must acknowledge the answer is in your subconscious mind. However, if you say, “I
don’t think there is any way out; I am all mixed up and confused; why don’t I get an
answer?” you are neutralizing your prayer. Like the soldier marking time, you do not get
anywhere.
Still the wheels of your mind, relax, let go, and quietly affirm: “My subconscious knows
the answer. It is responding to me now. I give thanks because I know the infinite
intelligence of my subconscious knows all things and is revealing the perfect answer to
me now. My real conviction is now setting free the majesty and glory of my subconscious
mind. I rejoice that it is so.”
Review of highlights
1. Think good, and good follows. Think evil, and evil follows. You are what you think all
day long.
2. Your subconscious mind does not argue with you. It accepts what your conscious mind
decrees. If you say, “I can’t afford it,” it may be true, but do not say it. Select a better
thought, decree, “I’ll buy it. I accept it in my mind.”
3. You have the power to choose. Choose health and happiness. You can choose to be
friendly, or you can choose to be unfriendly. Choose to be cooperative, joyous, friendly,
lovable, and the whole world will respond. This is the best way to develop a wonderful
personality.
4. Your conscious mind is the “watchman at the gate.” Its chief function is to protect your
subconscious mind from false impressions. Choose to believe that something good can
Page 28
happen and is happening now. Your greatest power is your capacity to choose. Choose
happiness and abundance.
5. The suggestions and statements of others have no power to hurt you. The only power is
the movement of your own thought. You can choose to reject the thoughts or statements
of others and affirm the good. You have the power to choose how you will react.
6. Watch what you say. You have to account for every idle word. Never say, “I will fail; I
will lose my job; I can’t pay the rent.” Your subconscious cannot take a joke. It brings all
these things to pass.
7. Your mind is not evil. No force of nature is evil. It depends how you use the powers of
nature. Use your mind to bless, heal, and inspire all people everywhere.
8. Never say, “I can’t.” Overcome that fear by substituting the following, “I can do all
things through the power of my own subconscious mind.”
9. Begin to think from the standpoint of the eternal truths and principles of life and not
from the standpoint of fear, ignorance, and superstition. Do not let others do your
thinking for you. Choose your own thoughts and make your own decisions.
10. You are the captain of your soul (subconscious mind) and the master of your fate.
Remember, you have the capacity to choose. Choose life! Choose love! Choose health!
Choose happiness!
11. Whatever your conscious mind assumes and believes to be true, your subconscious
mind will accept and bring to pass. Believe in good fortune, divine guidance, right action,
and all the blessings of life.
Page 29
3 The Miracle Working Power of Your Subconscious
The power of your subconscious is enormous. It inspires you, it guides you, and it reveals
to you names, facts, and scenes from the storehouse of memory. Your subconscious
started your heartbeat, controls the circulation of your blood, and regulates your
digestion, assimilation, and elimination. When you eat a piece of bread, your
subconscious mind transmutes it into tissue, muscle, bone, and blood. This process is
beyond the ken of the wisest man who walks the earth. Your subconscious mind controls
all the vital processes and functions of your body and knows the answer to all problems.
Your subconscious mind never sleeps, never rests. It is always on the job. You can
discover the miracle working power of your subconscious by plainly stating to your
subconscious prior to sleep that you wish a certain specific thing accomplished. You will
be delighted to discover that forces within you will be released, leading to the desired
result. Here, then, is a source of power and wisdom which places you in touch with
omnipotence or the power that moves the world, guides the planets in their course, and
causes the sun to shine.
Your subconscious mind is the source of your ideals, aspirations, and altruistic urges. It
was through the subconscious mind that Shakespeare perceived great truths hidden from
the average man of his day. Undoubtedly, it was the response of his subconscious mind
that caused the Greek sculptor, Phidias, to portray beauty, order, symmetry, and
proportion in marble and bronze. It enabled the Italian artist, Raphael, to paint
Madonna’s, and Ludwig van Beethoven to compose symphonies.
In 1955 I lectured at the Yoga Forest University, Rishikesh, India, and there I chatted
with a visiting surgeon from Bombay. He told me about Dr. James Esdaille, a Scotch
surgeon, who worked in Bengal before ether or other modern methods of anesthesia were
discovered. Between 1843 and 1846, Dr. Esdaille performed about four hundred major
operations of all kinds, such as amputations, removal of tumors and cancerous growths,
as well as operations on the eye, ear, and throat. All operations were conducted
under mental anesthesia only. This Indian doctor at Rishikesh informed me that the
postoperative mortality rate of patients operated on by Dr. Esdaille was extremely low,
probably two or three percent. Patients felt no pain, and there were no deaths during the
operations.
Dr. Esdaille suggested to the subconscious minds of all his patients, who were in a
hypnotic state, that no infection or septic condition would develop. You must remember
that this was before Louis Pasteur, Joseph Lister, and others who pointed out the bacterial
origin of disease and causes of infection due to unsterilized instruments and virulent
organisms. This Indian surgeon said that the reason for the low mortality rate and
the general absence of infection, which was reduced to a minimum, was undoubtedly due
to the suggestions of Dr. Esdaille to the subconscious minds of his patients. They
responded according to the nature of his suggestion.
It is simply wonderful, when you conceive how a surgeon, over one hundred twenty years
ago, discovered the miraculous wonderworking powers of the subconscious mind.
Doesn’t it cause you to be seized with a sort of mystic awe when you stop and think of
the transcendental powers of your subconscious mind? Consider its extrasensory
perceptions, such as its capacity for clairvoyance and clairaudience, its independence of
time and space, its capacity to render you free from all pain and suffering, and its
Page 30
capacity to get the answer to all problems, be they what they may. All these and many
more reveal to you that there is a power and intelligence within you that far transcends
your intellect, causing you to marvel at the wonders of it all. All these experiences cause
you to rejoice and believe in the miracle working powers of your own subconscious
mind.
Your subconscious is your Book of Life
Whatever thoughts, beliefs, opinions, theories, or dogmas you write, engrave, or impress
on your subconscious mind, you shall experience them as the objective manifestation of
circumstances, conditions, and events. What you write on the inside, you will experience
on the outside. You have two sides to your life, objective and subjective, visible and
invisible, thought and its manifestation.
Your brain receives your thought, which is the organ of your conscious reasoning mind.
When your conscious or objective mind accepts the thought completely, it is sent to the
solar plexus, called the brain of your mind, where it becomes flesh and is made manifest
in your experience. As previously outlined, your subconscious cannot argue. It acts only
from what you write on it. It accepts your verdict or the conclusions of your conscious
mind as final. This is why you are always writing on the book of life, because your
thoughts become your experiences. The American essayist, Ralph Waldo Emerson said,
“Man is what he thinks all day long.”
What is impressed in the subconscious is expressed
William James, the father of American psychology, said that the power to move the
world is in your subconscious mind. Your subconscious mind is one with infinite
intelligence and boundless wisdom. It is fed by hidden springs, and is called the law of
life. Whatever you impress upon your subconscious mind, the latter will move heaven
and earth to bring it to pass.
You must, therefore, impress it with right ideas and constructive thoughts. The reason
there is so much chaos and misery in the world is because people do not understand the
interaction of their conscious and subconscious minds. When these two principles work
in accord, in concord, in peace, and synchronously together, you will have heath,
happiness, peace and joy. There is no sickness or discord when the conscious and
subconscious work together harmoniously and peacefully.
The tomb of Hermes was opened with great expectancy and a sense of wonder because
people believed that the greatest secret of the ages was contained therein. The secret was
as within, so without; as above, so below. In other words, whatever is impressed hi your
subconscious mind is expressed on the screen of space. This same truth was proclaimed
by Moses, Isaiah, Jesus, Buddha, Zoroaster, Laotze, and all the illumined seers of the
ages Whatever you feel as true subjectively is expressed as conditions, experiences, and
events. Motion and emotion must balance. As in heaven [your own mind], so on earth [in
your body and environment]. This is the great law of life.
You will find throughout all nature the law of action and reaction, of rest and motion.
These two must balance, then there will be harmony and equilibrium. You are here to let
the life principle flow through you rhythmically and harmoniously. The intake and the
outgo must be equal. The impression and the expression must be equal. All your
frustration is due to unfulfilled desire.
Page 31
If you think negatively, destructively, and viciously, these thoughts generate destructive
emotions which must be expressed and find an outlet. These emotions, being of a
negative nature, are frequently expressed as ulcers, heart trouble, tension, and anxieties.
What is your idea or feeling about yourself now? Every part of your being expresses that
idea. Your vitality, body, financial status, friends, and social status represent a perfect
reflection of the idea you have of yourself. This is the real meaning of what is impressed
in your subconscious mind, and which is expressed in all phases of your life.
We injure ourselves by the negative ideas, which we entertain. How often have you
wounded yourself by getting angry, fearful, jealous, or vengeful? These are the poisons
that enter your subconscious mind. You were not born with these negative attitudes. Feed
your subconscious mind life-giving thoughts, and you will wipe out all the negative
patterns lodged therein. As you continue to do this, all the past will be wiped out and
remembered no more.
The subconscious heals a malignancy of the skin
A personal healing will ever be the most convincing evidence of the healing power of the
subconscious mind. Over forty years ago I resolved a malignancy of the skin through
prayer. Medical therapy had failed to check the growth, and it was getting progressively
worse. A clergyman, with a deep psychological knowledge, explained to me the inner
meaning of the 139th Psalm wherein it says, In thy book all my members were written,
which in continuance were fashioned, when as yet there was none of them. He explained
that the term book meant my subconscious mind, which fashioned and molded all my
organs from an invisible cell. He also pointed out that inasmuch as my subconscious
mind made my body, it could also recreate it and heal it according to the perfect
pattern within it.
This clergyman showed me his watch and said, “This had a maker, and the watchmaker
had to have the idea first in mind before the watch became an objective reality, and if the
watch was out of order, the watchmaker could fix it.” My friend reminded me that the
subconscious intelligence, which created my body, was like a watchmaker, and it also
knew exactly how to heal, restore, and direct all the vital functions and processes of my
body, but that I had to give it the perfect idea of health. This would act as cause, and
the effect would be a healing.
I prayed in a very simple way as follows: “My body and all its organs were created by the
infinite intelligence in my subconscious mind. It knows how to heal me. Its wisdom
fashioned all my organs, tissues, muscles, and bones. This infinite healing presence
within me is now transforming every atom of my being making me whole and perfect
now. I give thanks for the healing I know is taking place now. Wonderful are the works
of the creative intelligence within me.” I prayed aloud for about five minutes two or three
times a day repeating the above simple prayer. In about three months my skin was whole
and perfect.
As you can see, all I did was give life-giving patterns of wholeness, beauty, and
perfection to my subconscious mind, thereby obliterating the negative images and
patterns of thought lodged in my subconscious mind which were the cause of all my
trouble. Nothing appears on your body except when the mental equivalent is first in your
Page 32
mind, and as you change your mind by drenching it with incessant affirmatives, you
change your body. This is the basis of all healing. . . . Marvelous are thy works; and that
my soul [subconscious mind] knoweth right well. PSALM 139:14.
How the subconscious controls all functions of the body
While you are awake or sound asleep upon your bed, the ceaseless, tireless action of your
subconscious mind controls all the vital functions of your body without the help of your
conscious mind. For example, while you are asleep your heart continues to beat
rhythmically, your lungs do not rest, and the process of inhalation and exhalation,
whereby your blood absorbs fresh air, goes on just the same as when you are awake.
Your subconscious controls your digestive processes and glandular secretions, as well as
all the other mysterious operations of your body. The hair on your face continues to
grow whether you are asleep or awake. Scientists tell us that the skin secretes much more
perspiration during sleep than during the waking hours.
Your eyes, ears, and other senses are active during sleep. For instance, many of our great
scientists have received answers to perplexing problems while they were asleep. They
saw the answers in a dream. Oftentimes your conscious mind interferes with the normal
rhythm of the heart, lungs, and functioning of the stomach and intestines by worry,
anxiety, fear, and depression. These patterns of thought interfere with the harmonious
functioning of your subconscious mind. When mentally disturbed, the best procedure is
to let go, relax, and still the wheels of your thought processes.
Speak to your subconscious mind, telling it to take over in peace, harmony, and divine
order. You will find that all the functions of your body will become normal again. Be
sure to speak to your subconscious mind with authority and conviction, and it will
conform to your command. Your subconscious seeks to preserve your life and restore you
to health at all costs. It causes you to love your children, which also illustrates an
instinctive desire to preserve all life. Let us suppose you accidentally ate some bad food.
Your subconscious mind would cause you to regurgitate it. If you inadvertently took
some poison, your subconscious powers would proceed to neutralize it. If you completely
entrusted yourself to its wonderworking power, you would be entirely restored to health.
How to get the subconscious to work for you
The first thing to realize is that your subconscious mind is always working. It is active
night and day, whether you act upon it or not. Your subconscious is the builder of your
body, but you cannot consciously perceive or hear that inner silent process. Your
business is with your conscious mind and not your subconscious mind. Just keep your
conscious mind busy with the expectation of the best, and make sure the thoughts you
habitually think are based on whatsoever things are lovely, true, just, and of good report.
Begin now to take care of your conscious mind, knowing in your heart and soul that your
subconscious mind is always expressing, reproducing, and manifesting according to your
habitual thinking.
Remember, just as water takes the shape of the pipe it flows through, the life principle in
you flows through you according to the nature of your thoughts. Claim that the healing
presence in your subconscious is flowing through you as harmony, health, peace, joy, and
abundance. Think of it as a living intelligence, a lovely companion on the way. Firmly
believe it is continually flowing through you vivifying, inspiring, and prospering you. It
will respond exactly this way. It is done unto you as you believe.
Page 33
Healing principle of the subconscious restores atrophied optic nerves
There is the well-known, duly authenticated case of Madame Bire of France, recorded in
the archives of the medical department of Lourdes, France. She was blind; the optic
nerves were atrophied and useless. She visited Lourdes and had what she termed a
miraculous healing. Ruth Cranston, a Protestant young lady who investigated and
wrote about healings at Lourdes in McCall’s magazine, November, 1955, writes about
Madame Bire as follows: “At Lourdes she regained her sight incredibly, with the optic
nerves still lifeless and useless, as several doctors could testify after repeated
examinations. A month later, upon reexamination, it was found that the seeing
mechanism had been restored to normal. But at first, so far as medical examination could
tel, she was seeing with ‘dead eyes.’” I have visited Lourdes several times where I, too,
witnessed some healings, and of course, as we shall explain in the next chapter, there is
no doubt that healings take place at many shrines throughout the world, Christian and non
Christian.
The waters of the shrine did not heal Madame Bire, to whom we just referred, but by her
own subconscious mind, which responded to her belief. The healing principle within her
subconscious mind responded to the nature of her thought. Belief is a thought in the
subconscious mind. It means to accept something as true. The thought accepted executes
itself automatically. Undoubtedly, Madame Bire went to the shrine with expectancy
and great faith, knowing in her heart she would receive a healing. Her subconscious mind
responded accordingly, releasing the ever-present healing forces. The subconscious mind,
which created the eye, can certainly bring a dead nerve back to life. What the creative
principle created, it can recreate. According to your belief is it done unto you.
How to convey the idea of perfect health to your subconscious mind
A Protestant minister I knew in Johannesburg, South Africa, told me the method he used
to convey the idea of perfect health to his subconscious mind. He had cancer of the lung.
His technique, as given to me in his own handwriting, is exactly as follows: “Several
times a day I would make certain that I was completely relaxed mentally and physically. I
relaxed my body by speaking to it as follows, ‘My feet are relaxed, my ankles are
relaxed, my legs are relaxed, my abdominal muscles are relaxed, my heart and lungs are
relaxed, my head is relaxed, my whole being is completely relaxed.’ After about five
minutes I would be in a sleepy drowsy state, and then I affirmed the following truth, ‘the
perfection of God is now being expressed through me. The idea of perfect health is now
filling my subconscious mind. The image God has of me is a perfect image, and my
subconscious mind recreates my body in perfect accordance with the perfect image held
in the mind of God.’” This minister had a remarkable healing. This is a simple easy way
of conveying the idea of perfect health to your subconscious mind.
Another wonderful way to convey the idea of health to your subconscious is through
disciplined or scientific imagination. I told a man who was suffering from functional
paralysis to make a vivid picture of himself walking around in his office, touching the
desk, answering the telephone, and doing all the things he ordinarily would do if he were
healed.
Page 34
I explained to him that this idea and mental picture of perfect health would be accepted
by his subconscious mind. He lived the role and actually felt himself back in the office.
He knew that he was giving his subconscious mind something definite to work upon.
His subconscious mind was the film upon which the picture was impressed. One day,
after several weeks of frequent conditioning of the mind with this mental picture, the
telephone rang by prearrangement and kept ringing while his wife and nurse were out.
The telephone was about twelve feet away, but nevertheless he managed to answer it. He
was healed at that hour. The healing power of his subconscious mind responded to his
mental imagery, and a healing followed.
This man had a mental block, which prevented impulses from the brain reaching his legs;
therefore, he said he could not walk. When he shifted his attention to the healing power
within him, the power flowed through, his focused attention, enabling him to walk.
Whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive. MATT. 21:22.
Ideas worth remembering
1. Your subconscious mind controls all the vital processes of your body and knows the
answer to all problems.
2. Prior to sleep, turn over a specific request to your subconscious mind and prove its
miracle working power to yourself.
3. Whatever you impress on your subconscious mind is expressed on the screen of space
as conditions, experiences, and events. Therefore, you should carefully watch all ideas
and thoughts entertained in your conscious mind.
4. The law of action and reaction is universal. Your thought is action, and the reaction is
the automatic response of your subconscious mind to your thought. Watch your thoughts!
5. All frustration is due to unfulfilled desires. If you dwell on obstacles, delays, and
difficulties, your subconscious mind responds accordingly, and you are blocking your
own good.
6. The Life Principle will flow through you rhythmically and harmoniously if you
consciously affirm: “I believe that the subconscious power which gave me this desire is
now fulfilling it through me.” This dissolves all conflicts.
7. You can interfere with the normal rhythm of your heart, lungs, and other organs by
worry, anxiety, and fear. Feed your subconscious with thoughts of harmony, health, and
peace, and all the functions of your body will become normal again.
8. Keep your conscious mind busy with the expectation of the best, and your
subconscious will faithfully reproduce your habitual thinking.
9. Imagine the happy ending or solution to your problem, feel the thrill of
accomplishment, and what you imagine and feel will be accepted by your subconscious
mind and bring it to pass.
Page 35
4 Mental Healings in Ancient Times
Down through the ages men of all nations have somehow instinctively believed that
somewhere there resided a healing power which could restore to normal the functions and
sensations of man’s body. They believed that this strange power could be invoked under
certain conditions, and that the alleviation of human suffering would follow. The history
of all nations presents testimony in support of this belief.
In the early history of the world the power of secretly influencing men for good or evil,
including the healing of the sick, was said to be possessed by the priests and holy men of
all nations. Healing of the sick was supposed to be a power derived directly by them from
God, and the procedures and processes of healing varied throughout the world. The
healing processes took the form of supplications to God attended by various ceremonies,
such as the laying on of hands, incantations, the application of amulets, talismans, rings,
relics, and images.
For example, in the religions of antiquity priests in the ancient temples gave drugs to the
patient and practiced hypnotic suggestions prior to the patient’s sleep, telling him that the
gods would visit him in his sleep and heal him. Many healings followed. Obviously, all
this was the work of potent suggestions to the subconscious mind.
After the performance of certain mysterious rites, the devotees of Hecate would see the
goddess during sleep, provided that before going to sleep they had prayed to her
according to weird and fantastic instructions. They were told to mix lizards with resin,
frankincense, and myrrh, and pound all this together in the open air under the crescent
moon. Healings were reported in many cases following this grotesque procedure.
It is obvious that these strange procedures, as mentioned in the illustrations given,
favored suggestion and acceptance by the subconscious mind of these people by making
a powerful appeal to their imagination. Actually, in all these healings, the subconscious
mind of the subject was the healer.
In all ages unofficial healers have obtained remarkable results in cases where authorized
medical skill has failed. This gives cause for thought. How do these healers in all parts of
the world effect their cures? The answer to all these healings is due to the blind belief of
the sick person, which released the healing power resident in his subconscious mind.
Many of the remedies and methods employed were rather strange and fantastic which
fired the imagination of the patients, causing an aroused emotional state. This state of
mind facilitated the suggestion of health, and was accepted both by the conscious and
subconscious mind of the sick. This will be elaborated on further in the next chapter.
Biblical accounts on the use of the subconscious powers
What things so ever ye desire, when ye pray believe that ye receive them, and ye shall
have them. MARK 11:24.
Note the difference in tenses. The inspired writer tells us to believe and accept as true the
fact that our desire has already been accomplished and fulfilled, that it is already
completed, and that its realization will follow as a thing in the future.
The success of this technique depends on the confident conviction that the thought, the
idea, the picture is already a fact in mind. In order for anything to have substance in the
realm of mind, it must be thought of as actually existing there.
Here in a few cryptic words is a concise and specific direction for making use of the
creative power of thought by impressing upon the subconscious the particular thing,
Page 36
which you desire. Your thought, idea, plan, or purpose is as real on its own plane as your
hand or your heart. In following the Biblical technique, you completely eliminate from
your mind all consideration of conditions, circumstances, or anything, which might imply
adverse contingencies. You are planting a seed (concept) in the mind, which, if you leave
it undisturbed, will infallibly germinate into external fruition.
The prime condition, which Jesus insisted upon, was faith. Over and over again you read
in the Bible, According to your faith is it done unto you. If you plant certain types of
seeds in the ground, you have faith they will grow after their kind. This is the way of
seeds, and trusting the laws of growth and agriculture, you know that the seeds will come
forth after their kind. Faith as mentioned in the Bible is a way of thinking, an attitude of
mind, an inner certitude, knowing that the idea you fully accept in your conscious mind
will be embodied in your subconscious mind and made manifest. Faith is, in a sense,
accepting as true what your reason and senses deny, i.e., a shutting out of the little,
rational, analytical, conscious mind and embracing an attitude of complete reliance on the
inner power of your subconscious mind.
A classical instance of Bible technique is recorded in MATTHEW 9:28
30. And when he was come into the house, the blind men came to him: and Jesus saith
unto them, Believe ye that I am able to do this? They said unto him, Yea, Lord. Then
touched he their eyes, saying, according to your faith be it unto you. And their eyes were
opened; and Jesus straitly charged them, saying, see that no man know it.
In the words according to your faith be it unto you, you can see that Jesus was actually
appealing to the cooperation of the subconscious mind of the blind men. Their faith was
their great expectancy, their inner feeling, their inner conviction that something
miraculous would happen, and that their prayer would be answered, and it was. This is
the time-honored technique of healing, utilized alike by all healing groups throughout the
world regardless of religious affiliation.
In the words see that no man know it, Jesus enjoins the newly healed patients not to
discuss their healing because they might be subjected to the skeptical and derogatory
criticisms of the unbelieving. This might tend to undo the benefits they had received at
the hand of Jesus by depositing thoughts of fear, doubt, and anxiety in the
subconscious mind.. . . for with authority and power he commandeth the unclean spirits,
and they came out. LUKE 4:36.
When the sick came to Jesus to be healed, they were healed by their faith together with
his faith and understanding of the healing power of the subconscious mind. Whatever he
decreed, he felt inwardly to be true. He and the people needing help were in the one
universal subjective mind, and his silent inner knowing and conviction of the healing
power changed the negative destructive patterns in the patients’ subconscious. The
resultant healings were the automatic response to the internal mental change. His
command was his appeal to the subconscious mind of the patients plus his awareness,
feeling, and absolute trust in the response of the subconscious mind to the words which
he spoke with authority.
Miracles at various shrines throughout the world
It is an established fact that cures have taken place at various shrines throughout the
world, such as in Japan, India, Europe, and America. I have visited several of the famous
Page 37
shrines in Japan. At the world famous shrine called Diabutsu is a gigantic divinity of
bronze where Buddha is seated with folded hands, and the head is inclined in an attitude
of profound contemplative ecstasy. It is 42 feet in height and is called the great Buddha.
Here I saw young and old making offerings at its feet. Money, fruit, rice, and oranges
were offered. Candles were lit, incense was burned, and prayers of petition recited.
The guide explained the chant of a young girl as she murmured a prayer, bowed low, and
placed two oranges as an offering. She also lit a candle. He said she had lost her voice,
and it was restored at the shrine. She was thanking Buddha for restoring her voice. She
had the simple faith that Buddha would give her back her singing voice if she followed a
certain ritual, fasted, and made certain offerings. All this helped to kindle faith and
expectancy, resulting in a conditioning of her mind to the point of belief. Her
subconscious mind responded to her belief.
To illustrate further the power of imagination and blind belief I will relate the case of a
relative of mine who had tuberculosis. His lungs were badly diseased. His son decided to
heal his father. He came home to Perth, Western Australia, where his father lived, and
said to him that he had met a monk who had returned from one of the healing shrines in
Europe. This monk sold him a piece of the true cross. He said that he gave the monk the
equivalent of $500 for it.
This young man had actually picked up a splinter of wood from the sidewalk, went to the
jeweler’s, and had it set in a ring so that it looked real. He told his father that just
touching the ring or the cross healed many. He inflamed and fired his father’s
imagination to the point that the old gentleman snatched the ring from him, placed it over
his chest, prayed silently, and went to sleep. In the morning he was healed. All the
clinic’s tests proved negative.
You know, of course, it was not the splinter of wood from the sidewalk that healed him.
It was his imagination aroused to an intense degree, plus the confident expectancy of a
perfect healing. Imagination was joined to faith or subjective feeling, and the union of the
two brought about a healing. The father never learned of the trick that had been played
upon him. If he had, he probably would have had a relapse. He remained completely
cured and passed away fifteen years later at the age of 89.
One universal healing principle
It is a well-known fact that all of the various schools of healing effect cures of the most
wonderful character. The most obvious conclusion, which strikes your mind, is that there
must be some underlying principle, which is common to them all, namely, the
subconscious mind, and the one process of healing is faith.
It will now be in order to recall to your mind once more the following fundamental truths:
First that you possess mental functions, which have been distinguished by designating
one the conscious mind and the other the subconscious mind.
Secondly, your subconscious mind is constantly amenable to the power of suggestion.
Furthermore, your subconscious mind has complete control of the functions, conditions,
and sensations of your body. I venture to believe that all the readers of this book are
familiar with the fact that symptoms of almost any disease can be induced in hypnotic
subjects by suggestion. For example, a subject in the hypnotic state can develop a high
temperature, flushed face, or chills according to the nature of the suggestion given. By
experiment, you can suggest to the person that he is paralyzed and cannot walk: it will be
Page 38
so. By illustration, you can hold a cup of cold water under the nose of the hypnotic
subject and tell him, “This is full of pepper; smell it!” He will proceed to sneeze. What do
you think caused him to sneeze, the water or the suggestion?
If a man says he is allergic to Timothy grass, you can place a synthetic flower or an
empty glass in front of his nose, when he is in a hypnotic state, and tell him it is Timothy
grass. He will portray the usual allergic symptoms. This indicates that the cause of the
disease is in the mind. The healing of the disease can also take place mentally.
You realize that remarkable healings take place through osteopathy, chiropractic
medicine, and naturopathy, as well as through all the various religious bodies throughout
the world, but it is obvious that all of these healings are brought about through the
subconscious mind—the only healer there is.
Notice how it heals a cut on your face caused by shaving. It knows exactly how to do it.
The doctor dresses the wound and says, “Nature heals it!” Nature refers to natural law,
the law of the subconscious mind, or self-preservation, which is the function of the
subconscious mind. The instinct of self-preservation is the first law of nature. Your
strongest instinct is the most potent of all autosuggestions.
Widely different theories
It would be tedious and unprofitable to discuss to any great extent the numerous theories
advanced by different religious sects and prayer therapy groups. There are a great number
who claim that because their theory produces results it is, therefore, the correct one. This,
as explained in this chapter, cannot be true.
You are aware that there are all types of healing. Franz Anton Mesmer, an Austrian
physician (17341815) who practiced in Paris, discovered that by applying magnets to the
diseased body, he could cure that disease miraculously. He also performed cures with
various other pieces of glass and metals. He discontinued this form of healing and
claimed that his cures were due to “animal magnetism,” theorizing that this substance
was projected from the healer to the patient.
His method of treating disease from then on was by hypnotism, which was called
mesmerism in his day. Other physicians said that all his healings were due to suggestion
and nothing else.
All of these groups, such as psychiatrists, psychologists, osteopaths, chiropractors,
physicians, and all the churches are using the one universal power resident in the
subconscious mind. Each may proclaim the healings are due to their theory. The process
of all healing is a definite, positive, mental attitude, an inner attitude, or a way of
thinking, called faith. Healing is due to a confident expectancy, which acts as a powerful
suggestion to the subconscious mind releasing its healing potency.
One man does not heal by a different power than another. It is true he may have his own
theory or method. There is only one process of healing and that is faith. There is only one
healing power, namely, your subconscious mind. Select the theory and method you
prefer. You can rest assured, if you have faith, you shall get results.
Views of Paracelsus
Philippus Paracelsus, a famous Swiss alchemist and physician, who lived from 1493 to
1541, was a great healer in his day. He stated what is now an obvious scientific fact when
he uttered these words, “Whether the object of your faith be real or false, you will
Page 39
nevertheless obtain the same effects. Thus, if I believed in Saint Peter’s statue as I should
have believed in Saint Peter himself, I shall obtain the same effects that I should have
obtained from Saint Peter. But that is superstition. Faith, however, produces miracles; and
whether it is true or false faith, it will always produce the same wonders.”
The views of Paracelsus were also entertained in the sixteenth century by Pietro
Pomponazzi, an Italian philosopher and contemporary of Paracelsus, who said, “We can
easily conceive the marvelous effects which confidence and imagination can produce,
particularly when both qualities are reciprocated between the subjects and the person who
influences them. The cures attributed to the influence of certain relics are the effect of
their imagination and confidence. Quacks and philosophers know that if the bones of any
skeleton were put in place of the saint’s bones, the sick would none the less experience
beneficial effects, if they believed that they were veritable relics.”
Then, if you believe in the bones of saints to heal, or if you believe in the healing power
of certain waters, you will get results because of the powerful suggestion given to your
subconscious mind. It is the latter that does the healing.
Bernheim’s experiments
Hippolyte Bernheim, professor of medicine at Nancy, France, 1910- 1919, was the
expounder of the fact that the suggestion of the physician to the patient was exerted
through the subconscious mind. Bernheim, in his Suggestive Therapeutics, page 197, tells
a story of aman with paralysis of the tongue which had yielded to no form of treatment.
His doctor told the patient that he had a new instrument with which he promised to heal
him. He introduced a pocket thermometer into the patient’s mouth. The patient imagined
it to be the instrument, which was to save him. In a few moments he cried out joyfully
that he could once more move his tongue freely.
“Among our cases,” continues Bernheim, “facts of the same sort will be found. A young
girl came into my office, having suffered from complete loss of speech for nearly four
weeks. After making sure of the diagnosis, I told my students that loss of speech
sometimes yielded instantly to electricity, which might act simply by its suggestive
influence. I sent for the induction apparatus. I applied my hand over the larynx and
moved a little, and said, ‘Now you can speak aloud.’ In an instant I made her saw ‘a,’
then ‘b,’ then ‘Maria.’ She continued to speak distinctly; the loss of voice had
disappeared.”
Here Bernheim is showing the power of faith and expectancy on the part of the patient,
which acts as a powerful suggestion to the subconscious mind.
Producing a blister by suggestion
Bernheim states that he produced a blister on the back of a patient’s neck by applying a
postage stamp and suggesting to the patient that it was a fly plaster. This has been
confirmed by the experiments and experiences of many doctors in many parts of the
world, which leave no doubt that structural change, are a possible result of oral
suggestion to patients.
The cause of bloody stigmata
In Hudson’s Law of Psychic Phenomena, page 153, he states, “Hemorrhages and bloody
stigmata may be induced in certain subjects by means of suggestion.
Page 40
“Dr. M. Bourru put a subject into the somnambulistic condition, and gave him the
following suggestion: ‘At four o’clock this afternoon, after the hypnosis, you will come
into my office, sit down in the armchair, cross your arms upon your breast, and your nose
will begin to bleed.’ At the hour appointed the young man did as directed. Several drops
of blood came from the left nostril.“On another occasion the same investigator traced the
patient’s name on both his forearms with the dull point of an instrument. Then when the
patient was in the somnambulistic condition, he said, ‘At four o’clock this afternoon you
will go to sleep, and your arms will bleed along the lines which I have traced, and your
name will appear written on your arms in letters of blood.’ He was watched at four
o’clock and seen to fall asleep. On the left arm the letters stood out in bright relief, and in
several places there were drops of blood. The letters were still visible three months
afterward, although they had gradually grown faint.”
These facts demonstrate at once the correctness of the two fundamental propositions
previously stated, namely, the constant amenability of the subconscious mind to the
power of suggestion and the perfect control, which the subconscious mind exercises, over
the functions, sensations, and conditions of the body.
All the foregoing phenomena dramatize vividly abnormal conditions induced by
suggestion, and are conclusive proof that as a man thinketh in his heart [subconscious
mind] so is he.
Healing points in review
1. Remind yourself frequently that the healing power is in your own subconscious mind.
2. Know that faith is like a seed planted in the ground; it grows after its kind. Plant the
idea (seed) in your mind, water and fertilize it with expectancy, and it will manifest.
3. The idea you have for a book, new invention, or play is real in your mind. This is why
you can believe you have it now. Believe in the reality of your idea, plan, or invention,
and as you do, it will become manifest.
4. In praying for another, know that your silent inner knowing of wholeness, beauty, and
perfection can change the negative patterns of the other’s subconscious mind and bring
about wonderful results.
5. The miraculous healings you hear about at various shrines are due to imagination and
blind faith which act on the subconscious mind, releasing the healing power.
6. All disease originates in the mind. Nothing appears on the body unless there is a
mental pattern corresponding to it.
7. The symptoms of almost any disease can be induced in you by hypnotic suggestion.
This shows you the power of your thought.
8. There is only one process of healing and that is faith. There is only one healing power,
namely, your subconscious mind.
9. Whether the object of your faith is real or false, you will get results. Your
subconscious mind responds to the thought in your mind. Look upon faith as a thought in
your mind, and that will suffice.
Page 41
5 Mental Healings in Modern Times
Everyone is definitely concerned with the healing of bodily conditions and human affairs.
What is it that heals? Where is this healing power? These are questions asked by
everyone. The answer is that this healing power is the subconscious mind of each person,
and a changed mental attitude on the part of the sick person releases this healing power.
No mental or religious science practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist, or medical doctor
ever healed a patient. There is an old saying, “The doctor dresses the wound, but God
heals it.” The psychologist or psychiatrist proceeds to remove the mental blocks in the
patient so that the healing principle may be released, restoring the patient to health.
Likewise, the surgeon removes the physical block enabling the healing currents to
function normally. No physician, surgeon, or mental science practitioner claims, “he
healed the patient.” The one healing power is called by many names— Nature, Life, God,
Creative Intelligence, and Subconscious Power. As previously outlined, there are many
different methods used to remove the mental, emotional, and physical blocks which
inhibit the flow of the healing life principle animating all of us. The healing principle
resident in your subconscious mind can and will, if properly directed by you or some
other person, heal your mind and body of all disease. This healing principle is operative
in all men regardless of creed, color, or race. You do not have to belong to some
particular church in order to use and participate in this healing process. Your
subconscious will heal the burn or cut on your hand even though you profess to be an
atheist or agnostic.
The modern mental therapeutic procedure is based on the truth that the infinite
intelligence and power of your subconscious mind responds according to your faith. The
mental science practitioner or minister follows the injunction of the Bible, i.e., he goes
into his closet and shuts the door, which means he stills his mind, relaxes, lets go, and
thinks of the infinite healing presence within him. He closes the door of his mind to all
outside distractions as well as appearances, and then he quietly and knowingly turns
over his request or desire to his subconscious mind, realizing that the intelligence of his
mind will answer him according to his specific needs. The most wonderful thing to know
is this: Imagine the end desired and feel its reality; then the infinite life principle will
respond to your conscious choice and your conscious request. This is the meaning of
believe you have received, and you shall receive. This is what the modern mental scientist
does when he practices prayer therapy.
One process of healing
There is only one universal healing principle operating through everything—the cat, the
dog, the tree, the grass, the wind, the earth—for everything is alive. This life principle
operates through the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms as instinct and the law of
growth. Man is consciously aware of this life principle, and he can consciously direct it to
bless himself in countless ways.
There are many different approaches, techniques, and methods in using the universal
power, but there is only one process of healing, which is faith, for according to your faith
is it done unto you.
Page 42
The law of belief
All religions of the world represent forms of belief, and these beliefs are explained in
many ways. The law of life is belief. What do you believe about yourself, life, and the
universe? It is done unto you, as you believe.
Belief is a thought in your mind, which causes the power of your subconscious to be
distributed into all phases of your life according to your thinking habits. You must realize
the Bible is not talking about your belief in some ritual, ceremony, form, institution, man,
or formula. It is talking about belief itself. The belief of your mind is simply the thought
of your mind. If thou canst believe, all things are possible to him that believeth. MARK
9:23.
It is foolish to believe in something to hurt or harm you. Remember, it is not the thing
believed in that hurts or harms you, but the belief or thought in your mind, which creates
the result. All your experiences, all your actions, and all the events and circumstances of
your life are but the reflections and reactions to your own thought.
Prayer therapy is the combined function of the conscious and
subconscious mind scientifically directed
Prayer therapy is the synchronized, harmonious, and intelligent function of the conscious
and subconscious levels of mind specifically directed for a definite purpose. In scientific
prayer or prayer therapy, you must know what you are doing and why you are doing it.
You trust the law of healing. Prayer therapy is sometimes referred to as mental treatment,
and another term is scientific prayer.
In prayer therapy you consciously choose a certain idea, mental picture, or plan which
you desire to experience. You realize your capacity to convey this idea or mental image
to your subconscious by feeling the reality of the state assumed. As you remain faithful in
your mental attitude, your prayer will be answered. Prayer therapy is a definite mental
action for a definite specific purpose.
Let us suppose that you decide to heal a certain difficulty by prayer therapy. You are
aware that your problem or sickness, whatever it may be, must be caused by negative
thoughts charged with fear and lodged in your subconscious mind, and that if you can
succeed in cleansing your mind of these thoughts, you will get a healing. You, therefore,
turn to the healing power within your own subconscious mind and remind yourself of its
infinite power and intelligence and its capacity to heal all conditions. As you dwell on
these truths, your fear will begin to dissolve, and the recollection of these truths also
corrects the erroneous beliefs.
You give thanks for the healing that you know will come, and then you keep your mind
off the difficulty until you feel guided, after an interval, to pray again. While you are
praying, you absolutely refuse to give any power to the negative conditions or to admit
for a second that the healing will not come. This attitude of mind brings about the
harmonious union of the conscious and subconscious mind, which releases the healing
power.
Faith healing, what it means, and how blind faith works
What is popularly termed faith healing is not the faith mentioned in the Bible, which
means knowledge of the interaction of the conscious and subconscious mind. A faith
Page 43
healer is one who heals without any real scientific understanding of the powers and forces
involved. He may claim that he has a special gift of healing, and the sick person’s blind
belief in him or his powers may bring results.
The voodoo doctor in South Africa and other parts of the world may heal by incantations,
or touching the so-called bones of saints, or anything else may heal a person, which cause
the patients to honestly believe in the method or process.
Any method, which causes you to more from fear and worry to faith and expectancy, will
heal. There are many persons, each of whom claims that because his personal theory
produces results, it is, therefore, the correct one. This, as already explained in this
chapter, cannot be true. To illustrate how blind faith works: You will recall our
discussion of the Swiss physician, Franz Anton Mesmer. In 1776 he claimed many cures
when he stroked diseased bodies with artificial magnets. Later on he threw away his
magnets and evolved the theory of animal magnetism. This he held to be a fluid, which
pervades the universe, but is most active in the human organism.
He claimed that this magnetic fluid, which was going forth from him to his patients,
healed them. People flocked to him, and many wonderful cures were affected.
Mesmer moved to Paris, and while there the Government appointed a commission
composed of physicians and members of the Academy of Science, of which Benjamin
Franklin was a member, to investigate his cures. The report admitted the leading facts
claimed by Mesmer, but held that there was no evidence to prove the correctness of his
magnetic fluid theory, and said the effects were due to the imagination of the patients.
Soon after this, Mesmer was driven into exile, and died in 1815. Shortly afterwards, Dr.
Braid of Manchester undertook to show that magnetic fluid had nothing to do with the
production of the healings of Dr. Mesmer. Dr. Braid discovered that patients could be
thrown into hypnotic sleep by suggestion, during which many of the well-known
phenomena ascribed to magnetism by Mesmer could be produced.
You can readily see that all these cures were undoubtedly brought about by the active
imagination of the patients together with a powerful suggestion of health to their
subconscious minds. All this could be termed blind faith, as there was no understanding
in those days as to how the cures were brought about.
Subjective faith and what it means
You will recall the proposition, which need not be repeated at length, that the subjective
or subconscious mind of an individual is as amenable to the control of his own conscious
or objective mind as it is by the suggestions of another. It follows that whatever may be
your objective belief, if you will assume to have faith actively or passively, your
subconscious mind will be controlled by the suggestion, and your desire will be fulfilled.
The faith required in mental healings is a purely subjective faith, and it is attainable upon
the cessation of active opposition on the part of the objective or conscious mind.
In the healing of the body it is, of course, desirable to secure the concurrent faith of both
the conscious and subconscious mind. However, it is not always essential if you will
enter into a state of passivity and receptivity by relaxing the mind and the body and
getting into a sleepy state. In this drowsy state your passivity becomes receptive to
subjective impression.
Page 44
Recently, I was asked by a man, “How is it that I got a healing through a minister? I did
not believe what he said when, he told me that there is no such thing as disease and that
matter does not exist.” This man at first thought his intelligence was being insulted, and
he protested against such a palpable absurdity. The explanation is simple. He was quieted
by soothing words and told to get into a perfectly passive condition, to say nothing, and
think of nothing for the time being. His minister also became passive, and affirmed
quietly, peacefully, and constantly for about one half hour that this man would have
perfect health, peace, harmony, and wholeness. He felt immense relief and was restored
to health.
It is easy to see that his subjective faith had been made manifest by his passivity under
treatment, and the suggestions of perfect healthfulness by the minister were conveyed to
his subconscious mind. The two subjective minds were then en rapport.
The minister was not handicapped by antagonistic autosuggestions of the patient arising
from objective doubt of the power of the healer or the correctness of the theory. In this
sleepy, drowsy state the conscious mind resistance is reduced to a minimum, and results
followed. The subconscious mind of the patient being necessarily controlled by such
suggestion exercised its functions in accordance therewith, and a healing followed.
The meaning of absent treatment
Suppose you learned that your mother was sick in New York City and you lived in Los
Angeles. Your mother would not be physically present where you are, but you could pray
for her. It is the Father within which doeth the work.
The creative law of mind (subconscious mind) serves you and will do the work. Its
response to you is automatic. Your treatment is for the purpose of inducing an inner
realization of health and harmony in your mentality.
This inner realization, acting through the subconscious mind, operates through your
mother’s subconscious mind as there is but one creative mind. Your thoughts of health,
vitality, and perfection operate through the one universal subjective mind, and set a law
in motion on the subjective side of life, which manifests through her body as a healing.
In the mind principle there is no time or space. It is the same mind that operates through
your mother no matter where she may be. In reality there is no absent treatment as
opposed to present treatment for the universal mind is omnipresent. You do not try to
send out thoughts or hold a thought. Your treatment is a conscious movement of thought,
and as you become conscious of the qualities of health, wellbeing, and relaxation, these
qualities will be resurrected in the experience of your mother, and results will follow.
The following is a perfect example of what is called absent treatment. Recently, a listener
of our radio program in Los Angeles prayed as follows for her mother in New York who
had a coronary thrombosis: “The healing presence is right where my mother is. Her
bodily condition is but a reflection of her thought life like shadows cast on the screen. I
know that in order to change the images on the screen I must change the projection reel.
My mind is the projection reel, and I now project in my own mind the image of
wholeness, harmony, and perfect health for my mother. The infinite healing presence,
which created my mother’s body and all her organs is now saturating every atom of her
being, and a river of peace, flows through every cell of her body. The doctors are divinely
guided and directed, and whoever touches my mother is guided to do the right thing. I
Page 45
know that disease has no ultimate reality; if it had, no one could be healed. I now align
myself with the infinite principle of love and life, and I know and decree that harmony,
health, and peace are now being expressed in my mother’s body.”
She prayed in the above manner several times daily, and her mother had a most
remarkable recovery after a few days, much to the amazement of her specialist. He
complimented her on her great faith in the power of God.
The conclusion arrived at in the daughter’s mind set the creative law of mind in motion
on the subjective side of life, which manifested itself through her mother’s body as
perfect health and harmony. What the daughter felt as true about her mother was
simultaneously resurrected in the experience of her mother.
Releasing the kinetic action of the subconscious mind
A psychologist friend of mine told me that one of his lungs was infected. X rays and
analysis showed the presence of tuberculosis. At night before going to sleep he would
quietly affirm, “Every cell, nerve, tissue, and muscle of my lungs are now being made
whole, pure, and perfect. My whole body is being restored to health and harmony.”
These are not his exact words, but they represent the essence of what he affirmed. A
complete healing followed in about a month’s time. Subsequent X rays showed a perfect
healing. I wanted to know his method, so I asked him why he repeated the words prior to
sleep. Here is his reply, “The kinetic action of the subconscious mind continues
throughout your sleeptime period. Hence, give the subconscious mind something good to
work on as you drop off into slumber.” This was a very wise answer. In thinking of
harmony and perfect health, he never mentioned his trouble by name.
I strongly suggest that you cease talking about your ailments or giving them a name. The
only sap from which they draw life is your attention and fear of them. Like the
abovementioned psychologist, become a mental surgeon. Then your troubles will be cut
off like dead branches are pruned from a tree.
If you are constantly naming your aches and symptoms, you inhibit the kinetic action,
which means the release of the healing power and energy of your subconscious mind.
Furthermore, by the law of your own mind, these imaginings tend to take shape, as the
thing I greatly feared. Fill your mind with the great truths of life and walk forward
in the light of love.
Summary of your aids to health
1. Find out what it is that heals you. Realize that correct directions given to your
subconscious mind will heal your mind and body.
2. Develop a definite plan for turning over your requests or desires to your subconscious
mind.
3. Imagine the end desired and feel its reality. Follow it through, and you will get definite
results.
4. Decide what belief is. Know that belief is a thought in your mind, and what you think
you create.
5. It is foolish to believe in sickness and something to hurt or to harm you. Believe in
perfect health, prosperity, peace, wealth, and divine guidance.
6. Great and noble thoughts upon which you habitually dwell become great acts.
Page 46
7. Apply the power of prayer therapy in your life. Choose a certain plan, idea, or mental
picture. Mentally and emotionally unite with that idea, and as you remain faithful to your
mental attitude, your prayer will be answered.
8. Always remember, if you really want the power to heal, you can have it through faith,
which means knowledge of the working of your conscious and subconscious mind. Faith
comes with understanding.
9. Blind faith means that a person may get results in healing without any scientific
understanding of the powers and forces involved.
10. Learn to pray for your loved ones who may be ill. Quiet your mind, and your thoughts
of health, vitality, and perfection operating through the one universal subjective mind will
be felt and resurrected in the mind of your loved one.
Page 47
6 Practical Techniques in Mental Healings
An engineer has a technique and a process for building a bridge or an engine. Like the
engineer, your mind also has a technique for governing, controlling, and directing your
life. You must realize that methods and techniques are primary.
In building the Golden Gate Bridge, the chief engineer understood mathematical
principles, stresses and strains. Secondly, he had a picture of the ideal bridge across the
bay. The third step was his application of tried and proven methods by which the
principles were implemented until the bridge took form and we drive on it. There also are
techniques and methods by which your prayers are answered. If your prayer is answered,
there is a way in which it is answered, and this is a scientific way. Nothing happens by
chance. This is a world of law and order. In this chapter you will find practical techniques
for the unfolding and nurture of your spiritual life. Your prayers must not remain up in
the air like a balloon. They must go somewhere and accomplish something in your life.
When we come to analyze prayer we discover there are many different approaches and
methods. We will not consider in this book the formal, ritual prayers used in religious
services. These have important place in group worship. We are immediately concerned
with the methods of personal prayer as it is applied in your daily life and as it is used to
help others.
Prayer is the formulation of an idea concerning something we wish to accomplish. Prayer
is the soul’s sincere desire. Your desire is your prayer. It comes out of your deepest needs
and it reveals the things you want in life. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after
righteousness: for they shall be filled. That is really prayer, life’s hunger and thirst for
peace, harmony, health, joy, and all the other blessings of life.
The passing over technique for impregnating the subconscious
This consists essentially in inducing the subconscious mind to take over your request as
handed it by the conscious mind. This passing over is best accomplished in the reverie
like state. Know that in your deeper mind are Infinite Intelligence and Infinite Power. Just
calmly think over what you want; see it coming into fuller fruition from this moment
forward. Be like the little girl who had a very bad cough and a sore throat. She declared
firmly and repeatedly, “It is passing away now. It is passing away now.” It passed away
in about an hour. Use this technique with complete simplicity and naïveté.
Your subconscious will accept your blueprint
If you were building a new home for yourself and family, you know that you would be
intensely interested in regard to the blueprint for your home; you would see to it that the
builders conformed to the blueprint. You would watch the material and select only the
best wood, steel, in fact, the best of everything. What about your mental home and your
mental blueprint for happiness and abundance? All your experiences and everything that
enters into your life depend upon the nature of the mental building blocks, which you use
in the construction of your mental home.
If your blueprint is full of mental patterns of fear, worry, anxiety, or lack, and if you are
despondent, doubtful, and cynical, then the texture of the mental material you are
weaving into your mind will come forth as more toil, care, tension, anxiety, and
Page 48
limitation of all kinds. The most fundamental and the most far reaching activity in life is
that which you build into your mentality every waking hour. Your word is silent
and invisible; nevertheless, it is real.
You are building your mental home all the time, and your thought and mental imagery
represent your blueprint. Hour by hour, moment by moment, you can build radiant health,
success, and happiness by the thoughts you think, the ideas which you harbor, the beliefs
that you accept, and the scenes that you rehearse in the hidden studio of your mind. This
stately mansion, upon the construction of which you are perpetually engaged, is your
personality, your identity in this plane, your whole life story on this earth.
Get a new blueprint; build silently by realizing peace, harmony, joy, and good will in the
present moment. By dwelling upon these things and claiming them, your subconscious
will accept your blueprint and bring all these things to pass. By their fruits ye shall know
them.
The science and art of true prayer
The term “science” means knowledge, which is coordinated, arranged, and systematized.
Let us think of the science and art of true prayer as it deals with the fundamental
principles of life and the techniques and processes by which they can be demonstrated in
your life, as well as in the life of every human being when he applies them faithfully. The
art is your technique or process, and the science behind it is the definite response of
creative mind to your mental picture or thought.
Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto
you. MATTHEW 7:7.
Here you are told you shall receive that for which you ask. It shall be opened to you when
you knock, and you shall find that for which you are searching. This teaching implies the
definiteness of mental and spiritual laws. There is always a direct response from the
Infinite Intelligence of your subconscious mind to your conscious thinking. If you ask for
bread, you will not receive a stone. You must ask believing, if you are to receive. Your
mind moves from the thought to the thing. Unless there is first an image in the mind, it
cannot move, for there would be nothing for it to move toward. Your prayer, which is
your mental act must be accepted as an image in your mind before the power from your
subconscious will play upon it and make it productive. You must reach a point of
acceptance in your mind, an unqualified and undisputed state of agreement.
This contemplation should be accompanied by a feeling of joy and restfulness in
foreseeing the certain accomplishment of your desire. The sound basis for the art and
science of true prayer is your knowledge and complete confidence that the movement of
your conscious mind will gain a definite response from your subconscious mind, which is
one with boundless wisdom and infinite power. By following this procedure, your prayers
will be answered.
The visualization technique
The easiest and most obvious way to formulate an idea is to visualize it, to see it in your
mind’s eye as vividly as if it were alive. You can see with the naked eye only what
already exists in the external world; in a similar way, that which you can visualize in your
mind’s eye already exists in the invisible realms of your mind. Any picture, which you
have in your mind, is the substance of things hoped for and the evidence of things not
seen. What you form in your imagination is as real as any part of your body. The idea
Page 49
and the thought are real and will one day appear in your objective world if you are
faithful to your mental image. This process of thinking forms impressions in your mind;
theseimpressions in turn become manifested as facts and experiences in your life.
The builder visualizes the type of building he wants; he sees it as he desires it to be
completed. His imagery and thought processes become a plastic old from which the
building will emerge—a beautiful or an ugly one, a skyscraper or a very low one. His
mental imagery is projected as it is drawn on paper. Eventually, the contractor and his
workers gather the essential materials, and the building progresses until it stands finished,
conforming perfectly to the mental patterns of the architect.
I use the visualization technique prior to speaking from the platform. I quiet the wheels of
my mind in order that I may present to the subconscious mind my images of thought.
Then, I picture the entire auditorium and the seats filled with men and women, and each
one of them illumined and inspired by the infinite healing presence within each
one. I see them as radiant, happy, and free.
Having first built up the idea in my imagination, I quietly sustain it there as a mental
picture while I imagine I hear men and women saying, “I am healed,” “I feel wonderful,”
“I’ve had an instantaneous healing,” “I’m transformed.” I keep this up for about ten
minutes or more, knowing and feeling that each person’s mind and body are saturated
with love, wholeness, beauty, and perfection. My awareness grows to the point where
in my mind I can actually hear the voices of the multitude proclaiming their health and
happiness; then I release the whole picture and go onto the platform. Almost every
Sunday some people stop and say that their prayers were answered.
Mental movie method
The Chinese say, “A picture is worth a thousand words.” William James, the father of
American psychology, stressed the fact that the subconscious mind will bring to pass any
picture held in the mind and backed by faith. Act as though I am, and I will be.
A number of years ago I was in the Middle West lecturing in several states, and I desired
to have a permanent location in the general area from which I could serve those who
desired help. I traveled far, but the desire did not leave my mind. One evening, while in a
hotel in Spokane, Washington, I relaxed completely on a couch, immobilized my
attention, and in a quiet, passive manner imagined that I was talking to a large audience,
saying in effect, “I am glad to be here; I have prayed for the ideal opportunity.” I saw
in my mind’s eye the imaginary audience, and I felt the reality of it all. I played the role
of the actor, dramatized this mental movie, and felt satisfied that this picture was being
conveyed to my subconscious mind, which would bring it to pass in its own way. The
next morning, on awakening, I felt a great sense of peace and satisfaction, and in a few
days’ time I received a telegram asking me to take over an organization in the Midwest,
which I did, and I enjoyed it immensely for several years.
The method outlined here appeals to many who have described it as “the mental movie
method.” I have received numerous letters from people who listen to my radio talks and
weekly public lectures, telling me of the wonderful results they get using this technique
in the sale of their property. I suggest to those who have homes or property for sale that
they satisfy themselves in their own mind that their price is right. Then, I claim that the
Infinite Intelligence is attracting to them the buyer who really wants to have the property
and who will love it and prosper in it. After having done this I suggest that they quiet
Page 50
their mind, relax, let go, and get into a drowsy, sleepy state, which reduces all mental
effort to a minimum. Then, they are to picture the check in their hands, rejoice in the
check, give thanks for the check, and go off to sleep feeling the naturalness of the whole
mental movie created in their own mind. They must act as though it were an objective
reality, and the subconscious mind will take it as an impression, and through the deeper
currents of the mind the buyer and the seller are brought together. A mental picture held
in the mind, backed by faith, will come to pass.
The Baudoin technique
Charles Baudoin was a professor at the Rousseau Institute in France. He was a brilliant
psychotherapist and a research director of the New Nancy School of Healing, who in
1910 taught that the best way to impress the subconscious mind was to enter into a
drowsy, sleepy state, or a state akin to sleep in which all effort was reduced to a
minimum. Then in a quiet, passive, receptive way, by reflection, he would convey the
idea to the subconscious.
The following is his formula: “A very simple way of securing this (impregnation of the
subconscious mind) is to condense the idea which is to be the object of suggestion, to
sum it up in a brief phrase which can be readily graven on the memory, and to repeat it
over and over again as a lullaby.”
Some years ago, a young lady in Los Angeles was engaged in a prolonged bitter family
lawsuit over a will. Her husband had bequeathed his entire estate to her, and his sons and
daughters by a previous marriage were bitterly fighting to break the will. The Baudoin
technique was outlined to her, and this is what she did: She relaxed her body in an
armchair, entered into the sleepy state and, as suggested, condensed the idea of her need
into a phrase consisting of six words easily graven on the memory. “It is finished in
Divine Order.” The significance to her of these words meant that Infinite Intelligence
operating through the laws of her subconscious mind would bring about a harmonious
adjustment through the principle of harmony. She continued this procedure every night
for about ten nights. After she got into a sleepy state, she would affirm slowly, quietly,
and feelingly the statement: “It is finished in Divine Order,” over and over again, feeling
a sense of inner peace and an all pervading tranquility; then she went off into her deep,
normal sleep.
On the morning of the eleventh day, following the use of the above technique, she
awakened with a sense of wellbeing, a conviction that it was finished. Her attorney called
her the same day, saying that the opposing attorney and his clients were willing to settle.
A harmonious agreement was reached, and litigation was discontinued.
The sleeping technique
By entering into a sleepy, drowsy state, effort is reduced to a minimum. The conscious
mind is submerged to a great extent when in a sleepy state. The reason for this is that the
highest degree of outcropping of the subconscious occurs prior to sleep and just after we
awaken. In this state the negative thoughts, which tend to neutralize your desire and so
prevent acceptance by your subconscious mind, are no longer present.
Suppose you want to get rid of a destructive habit. Assume a comfortable posture, relax
your body, and be still. Get into a sleepy state, and in that sleepy state, say quietly, over
and over again as a lullaby, “I am completely free from this habit; harmony and peace of
mind reign supreme.” Repeat the above slowly, quietly, and lovingly for five or ten
Page 51
minute’s night and morning. Each time you repeat the words the emotional value
becomes greater. When the urge comes to repeat the negative habit, repeat the above
formula out loud by yourself. By this means you induce the subconscious to accept the
idea, and a healing follows.
The ‘thank you’ technique
In the Bible, Paul recommends that we make known our requests with praise and
thanksgiving. Some extraordinary results follow this simple method of prayer. The
thankful heart is always close to the creative forces of the universe, causing countless
blessings to flow toward it by the law of reciprocal relationship, based on a cosmic law of
action and reaction.
For instance, a father promises his son a car for graduation; the boy has not yet received
the car, but he is very thankful and happy, and is as joyous as though he had actually
received the car. He knows his father will fulfill his promise, and he is full of gratitude
and joy even though he has not yet received the car, objectively speaking. He has,
however, received it with joy and thankfulness in his mind.
I shall illustrate how Mr. Broke applied this technique with excellent results. He said,
“Bills are piling up, I am out of work, I have three children and no money. What shall I
do?” Regularly every night and morning, for a period of about three weeks, he repeated
the words, “Thank you, Father, for my wealth,” in a relaxed, peaceful manner until the
feeling or mood of thankfulness dominated his mind. He imagined he was addressing the
infinite power and intelligence within him knowing, of course, that he could not see the
creative intelligence or infinite mind. He was seeing with the inner eye of spiritual
perception, realizing that his thought image of wealth was the first cause, relative to the
money, position, and food he needed. His thought feeling was the substance of wealth
untrammeled by antecedent conditions of any kind. By repeating, “Thank you, Father,”
over and over again, his mind and heart were lifted up to the point of acceptance, and
when fear, thoughts of lack, poverty, and distress came into his mind, he would say,
“Thank you, Father,” as often as necessary. He knew that as he kept up the thankful
attitude he would recondition his mind to the idea of wealth, which is what happened.
The sequel to his prayer is very interesting. After praying in the abovementioned manner,
he met a former employer of his on the street whom he had not seen for twenty years.
The man offered him a very lucrative position and advanced him $500 on a temporary
loan. Today, Mr. Broke is vice-president of the company for which he works. His recent
remark to me was, “I shall never forget the wonders of ‘Thank you, Father.’ It has
worked wonders for me.”
The affirmative method
The effectiveness of an affirmation is determined largely by your understanding of the
truth and the meaning back of the words, 3In praying use not vain repetition. ́ Therefore,
the power of your affirmation lies in the intelligent application of definite and specific
positives. For example, a boy adds three and three and puts down seven on the
blackboard. The teacher affirms with mathematical certainty that three and three are six;
therefore, the boy changes his figures accordingly. The teacher’s statement did not make
three and three equal six because the latter was already a mathematical truth. The
mathematical truth caused the boy to rearrange the figures on the blackboard. It is
Page 52
abnormal to be sick; it is normal to be healthy. Health is the truth of your being. When
you affirm health, harmony, and peace for yourself or another, and when you realize
these are universal principles of your own being, you will rearrange the negative patterns
of your subconscious mind based on your faith and understanding of that which you
affirm.
The result of the affirmative process of prayer depends on your conforming to the
principles of life, regardless of appearances. Consider for a moment that there is a
principle of mathematics and none of error; there is a principle of truth but none of
dishonesty.
There is a principle of intelligence but none of ignorance; there is a principle of harmony
and none of discord. There is a principle of health but none of disease, and there is a
principle of abundance but none of poverty.
The affirmative method was chosen by the author for use on his sister who was to be
operated on for the removal of gallstones in a hospital in England. The condition
described was based on the diagnosis of hospital tests and the usual X-ray procedures.
She asked me to pray for her. We were separated geographically about 6,500 miles, but
there is no time or space in the mind principle. Infinite mind or intelligence is present in
its entirety at every point simultaneously. I withdrew all thought from the contemplation
of symptoms and from the corporeal personality altogether. I affirmed as follows: “This
prayer is for my sister Catherine. She is relaxed and at peace, poised, balanced, serene,
and calm. The healing intelligence of her subconscious mind, which created her body, is
now transforming every cell, nerve, tissue, muscle, and bone of her being according to
the perfect pattern of all organs lodged in her subconscious mind. Silently, quietly, all
distorted thought patterns in her subconscious mind are removed and dissolved, and the
vitality, wholeness, and beauty of the life principle are made manifest in every atom of
her being. She is now open and receptive to the healing currents, which are flowing
through her like a river, restoring her to perfect health, harmony, and peace. All
distortions and ugly images are now washed away by the infinite ocean of love and peace
flowing through her, and it is so.”
I affirmed the above several times a day, and at the end of two weeks my sister had an
examination, which showed a remarkable healing, and the X ray, proved negative.
To affirm is to state that it is so, and as you maintain this attitude of mind as true,
regardless of all evidence to the contrary, you will receive an answer to your prayer. Your
thought can only affirm, for even if you deny something, you are actually affirming the
presence of what you deny.
Repeating an affirmation, knowing what you are saying and why you are saying it, leads
the mind to that state of consciousness where it accepts that which you state as true. Keep
on affirming the truths of life until you get the subconscious reaction, which satisfies.
The argumentative method
This method is just what the word implies. It stems from the procedure of Dr. Phineas
Parkhurst Quimby of Maine. Dr. Quimby, a pioneer in mental and spiritual healing, lived
and practiced in Belfast, Maine, about one hundred years ago. A book called The Quimby
Manuscripts, published in 1921 by Thomas Y. Crowell Company, New York City, and
edited by Horatio Dresser, is available in your library. This book gives newspaper
accounts of this man’s remarkable results in prayer treatment of the sick.
Page 53
Quimby duplicated many of the healing miracles recorded in the Bible. In brief, the
argumentative method employed according to Quimby consists of spiritual reasoning
where you convince the patient and yourself that his sickness is due to his false belief,
groundless fears, and negative patterns lodged in his subconscious mind. You reason it
out clearly in your mind and convince your patient that the disease or ailment is due only
to a distorted, twisted pattern of thought, which has taken form in his body. This wrong
belief in some external power and external causes has now externalized itself as sickness,
and can be changed by changing the thought patterns. You explain to the sick person that
the basis of all healing is a change of belief. You also point out that the subconscious
mind created the body and all its organs; therefore, it knows how to heal it, can heal it,
and is doing so now as you speak. You argue in the courtroom of your mind that the
disease is a shadow of the mind based on disease soaked, morbid thought imagery.
You continue to build up all the evidence you can muster on behalf of the healing power
within, which created all the organs in the first place, and which has a perfect pattern of
every cell, nerve, and tissue within it. Then, you render a verdict in the courthouse of
your mind in favor of yourself or your patient. You liberate the sick one by faith and
spiritual understanding. Your mental and spiritual evidence is overwhelming; they’re
being but one mind, what you feel as true will be resurrected in the experience of
the patient. This procedure is essentially the argumentative method used by Dr. Quimby
of Maine from 1849 to 1869.
The absolute method is like modern sound wave therapy
Many people throughout the world practice this form of prayer treatment with wonderful
results. The person using the absolute method mentions the name of the patient, such as
John Jones, then quietly and silently thinks of God and His qualities and attributes, such
as, God is all bliss, boundless love, infinite intelligence, all powerful, boundless wisdom,
absolute harmony, indescribable beauty, and perfection. As he quietly thinks along
these lines he is lifted up in consciousness into a new spiritual wave length, at which
times he feels the infinite ocean of God’s love is now dissolving everything unlike itself
in the mind and body of John Jones for whom he is praying. He feels all the power and
love of God are now focused on John Jones, and whatever is bothering or vexing him is
now completely neutralized in the presence of the infinite ocean of life and love. The
absolute method of prayer might be likened to the sound wave or sonic therapy recently
shown me by a distinguished physician in Los Angeles. He has an ultra sound wave
machine, which oscillates at a tremendous speed and sends sound waves to any area of
the body to which it is directed. These sound waves can be controlled, and he told me of
achieving remarkable results in dissolving arthritic calcareous deposits, as well as the
healing and removal of other disturbing conditions. To the degree that we rise in
consciousness by contemplating qualities and attributes of God, do we generate spiritual
electronic waves of harmony, health, and peace. Many remarkable healings follow this
technique of prayer.
A cripple walks
Dr. Phineas Parkhurst Quimby, of whom we spoke previously in this chapter, used the
absolute method in the latter years of his healing career. He was really the father of
psychosomatic medicine and the first psychoanalyst. He had the capacity to diagnose
clairvoyantly the cause of the patient’s trouble, pains, and aches.
Page 54
The following is a condensed account of the healing of a cripple as recorded in Quimby’s
Manuscripts: Quimby was called on to visit a woman who was lame, aged, and
bedridden. He states that her ailment was due to the fact that she was
imprisoned by a creed so small and contracted that she could not stand upright and move
about. She was living in the tomb of fear and ignorance; furthermore, she was taking the
Bible literally, and it frightened her. “In this tomb,” Quimby said, “was the presence and
power of God trying to burst the bands, break through the bonds, and rise from the dead.”
When she would ask others for an explanation of some passage of the Bible, the answer
would be a stone; then she would hunger for the bread of life. Dr. Quimby diagnosed her
case as a mind cloudy and stagnated, due to excitation and fear, caused by the inability to
see clearly the meaning of the passage of the Bible, which she had been reading. This
showed itself in the body by her heavy and sluggish feeling, which would terminate as
paralysis.
At this point Quimby asked her what was meant in the Bible verses: Yet a little while am
I with you, and then I go unto Him that sent me. Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me:
and where I am, thither ye cannot come. JOHN 7:3334. She replied that it meant Jesus
went to heaven. Quimby explained what it really meant by telling her that being with her
a little while meant his explanation of her symptoms, feelings, and their causes; i.e., he
had compassion and sympathy for her momentarily, but he could not remain in that
mental state. The next step was to go to Him that sent us, which, as Quimby pointed out,
was the creative power of God in all of us. Quimby immediately traveled in his mind and
contemplated the divine ideal; i.e., the vitality, intelligence, harmony, and power of God
functioning in the sick person. This is why he said to the woman, “Therefore, where I go
you cannot come, for you are in your narrow, restricted belief, and I am in health.” This
prayer and explanation produced an instantaneous sensation, and a change came over her
mind. She walked without her crutches! Quimby said it was one of the most singular of
all his healings. She was, as it were, dead to error, and to bring her to life or truth was to
raise her from the dead. Quimby quoted the resurrection of Christ and applied it to her
own Christ or health; this produced a powerful effect on her. He also explained to her that
the truth, which she accepted, was the angel or idea, which rolled away the stone of fear,
ignorance, and superstition, thereby, releasing the healing power of God, which made her
whole.
The decree method
Power goes into our word according to the feeling and faith behind it. When we realize
the power that moves the world is moving on our behalf and is backing up our word, our
confidence and assurance grow. You do not try and add power to power; therefore, there
must be no mental striving, coercion, force, or mental wrestling.
A young girl used the decree method on a young man who was constantly phoning her,
pressing her for dates, and meeting her at her place of business; she found it very difficult
to get rid of him. She decreed as follows: “I release.........unto God. He is in his true
place at all times. I am free, and he is free. I now decree that my words go forth into
infinite mind and it brings it to pass. It is so.” She said he vanished and she has never
seen him since, adding, “It was as though the ground swallowed him up.” Thou shalt
decree a thing, and it shall be established unto thee: and the light shall shine upon thy
ways. JOB 22:28.
Page 55
Serve yourself with scientific truth
1. Be a mental engineer and use tried and proven techniques in building a grander and
greater life.
2. Your desire is your prayer. Picture the fulfillment of your desire now and feel its
reality, and you will experience the joy of the answered prayer.
3. Desire to accomplish things the easy way—with the sure aid of mental science.
4. You can build radiant health, success, and happiness by the thoughts you think in the
hidden studio of your mind.
5. Experiment scientifically until you personally prove that there is always a direct
response from the infinite intelligence of your subconscious mind to your conscious
thinking.
6. Feel the joy and restfulness in foreseeing the certain accomplishment of your desire.
Any mental picture, which you have in your mind, is the substance of things hoped for
and the evidence of things not seen.
7. A mental picture is worth a thousand words. Your subconscious will bring to pass any
picture held in the mind backed by faith.
8. Avoid all effort or mental coercion in prayer. Get into a sleepy, drowsy state and lull
yourself to sleep feeling and knowing that your prayer is answered.
9. Remember that the thankful heart is always close to the riches of the universe.
10. To affirm is to state that it is so, and as you maintain this attitude of mind as true,
regardless of all evidence to the contrary, you will receive an answer to your prayer.
11. Generate electronic waves of harmony, health, and peace by thinking of the love and
the glory of God.
12. What you decree and feel as true will come to pass. Decree harmony, health, peace,
and abundance.
Page 56
7 The Tendency of the Subconscious Is Life ward
Over 90 percent of your mental life is subconscious, so men and women who fail to make
use of this marvelous power live within very narrow limits. Your subconscious processes
are always life ward and constructive. Your subconscious is the builder of your body and
maintains all its vital functions. It is on the job 24 hours a day and never sleeps. It is
always trying to help and preserve you from harm.
Your subconscious mind is in touch with infinite life and boundless wisdom, and its
impulses and ideas are always life ward. The great aspirations, inspirations, and visions
for a grander and nobler life, spring from the subconscious. Your profoundest convictions
are those you cannot argue about rationally because they do not come from your
conscious mind; they come from your subconscious mind. Your subconscious speaks to
you in intuitions, impulses, hunches, intimations, urges, and ideas, and it is always telling
you to rise, transcend, grow, advance, adventure, and move forward to greater heights.
The urge to love, to save the lives of others comes from the depths of your subconscious.
For example, during the great San Francisco earthquake and fire of April 18, 1906,
invalids and cripples who had been confined to bed for long periods of time, rose up and
performed some of the most amazing feats of bravery and endurance. The intense desire
welled up within them to save others at all costs, and their subconscious responded
accordingly. Great artists, musicians, poets, speakers, and writers tune in with their
subconscious powers and become animated and inspired. For example, Robert Louis
Stevenson, before he went to sleep, used to charge his subconscious with the task of
evolving stories for him while he slept. He was accustomed to ask his subconscious to
give him a good, marketable thriller when his bank account was low. Stevenson said the
intelligence of his deeper mind gave him the story piece by piece, like a serial. This
shows how your subconscious will speak lofty and wise sayings through you,
which your conscious mind knows nothing about.
Mark Twain confided to the world on many occasions that he never worked in his life.
All his humor and all his great writings were due to the fact that he tapped the
inexhaustible reservoir of his subconscious mind.
How the body portrays the workings of the mind
The interaction of your conscious and subconscious mind requires a similar interaction
between the corresponding system of nerves. The cerebrospinal system is the organ of the
conscious mind, and the sympathetic system is the organ of the subconscious mind. The
cerebrospinal system is the channel through which you receive conscious perception by
means of your five physical senses and exercise control over the movement of your body.
This system has its nerves in the brain, and it is the channel of your volitional and
conscious mental action. The sympathetic system, sometimes referred to as the
involuntary nervous system, has its center in a ganglionic mass at the back of the
stomach known as the solar plexus, and is sometimes spoken of as the abdominal brain. It
is the channel of that mental action which unconsciously supports the vital functions of
the body.
The two systems may work separately or synchronously. Judge Thomas Troward * says,
“The vaguest nerve passes out of the cerebral region as a portion of the voluntary system,
and * The Edinburgh Lectures on Mental Science (New York: Robert McBride
Page 57
& Co., 1909). through it we control the vocal organs; then it passes onward to the thorax
sending out branches to the heart and lungs; finally, passing through the diaphragm, it
loses the outer coating which distinguishes the nerves of the voluntary system and
becomes identified with those of the sympathetic system, so forming a connecting link
between the two and making the man physically a single entity.
“Similarly different areas of the brain indicate their connection with the objective and
subjective activities of the mind respectively, and speaking in a general way we may
assign the frontal portion of the brain to the former and the posterior portion to the latter,
while the intermediate portion partakes of the character of both.”
A rather simple way of looking at the mental and physical interaction is to realize that
your conscious mind grasps an idea, which induces a corresponding vibration in your
voluntary system of nerves. This in turn causes a similar current to be generated in your
involuntary system of nerves, thus handling the idea over to your subconscious mind,
which is the creative medium. This is how your thoughts become things.
Every thought entertained by your conscious mind and accepted as true is sent by your
brain to your solar plexus, the brain of your subconscious mind, to be made into your
flesh, and to be brought forth into your world as a reality.
There is an intelligence which takes care of the body
When you study the cellular system and the structure of the organs, such as eyes, ears,
heart, liver, bladder, etc., you learn they consist of groups of cells which form a group
intelligence whereby they function together and are able to take orders and carry them out
in deductive function at the suggestion of the master mind (conscious mind).
A careful study of the single celled organism shows you what goes on in your complex
body. Though the monocellular organism has no organs, it still gives evidence of mind
action and reaction performing the basic functions of movement, alimentation,
assimilation, and elimination. Many say there is an intelligence, which will take care of
your body if you let it alone. That is true, but the difficulty is that the conscious mind
always interferes with its five sense evidence based on outer appearances, leading to the
sway of false beliefs, fears, and mere opinion. When fear, false beliefs, and negative
patterns are made to register in your subconscious mind through psychological, emotional
conditioning, there is no other course open to the subconscious mind except to act on the
blueprint specifications offered it.
The subconscious mind works continually for the common good
The subjective self within you works continuously for the general good, reflecting an
innate principle of harmony behind all things. Your subconscious mind has its own will,
and it is a very real something in itself. It acts night and day whether you act upon it or
not. It is the builder of your body, but you cannot see, hear, or feel it building, as all this
is a silent process. Your subconscious has a life of its own which is always moving
toward harmony, health, and peace. This is the divine norm within it seeking expression
through you at all times.
How man interferes with the innate principle of harmony
To think correctly, scientifically, we must know the “Truth.” To know the truth is to be in
harmony with the infinite intelligence and power of your subconscious mind, which is
Page 58
always moving life ward. Every thought or action, which is not harmonious, whether
through ignorance or design, will result in discord and limitation of all kinds.
Scientists inform us that you build a new body every eleven months; so you are really
only eleven months old from a physical standpoint. If you build defects back into your
body by thoughts of fear, anger, jealousy, and ill will, you have no one to blame but
yourself. You are the sum total of your own thoughts. You can keep from entertaining
negative thought and imagery. The way to get rid of darkness is with light; the way to
overcome cold is with heat; the way to overcome the negative thought is to substitute the
good thought. Affirm the good, and the bad will vanish.
Why it’s normal to be healthy, vital, and strong – it’s abnormal to be sick
The average child born into the world is perfectly healthy with all its organs functioning
perfectly. This is the normal state, and we should remain healthy, vital, and strong. The
instinct of self-preservation is the strongest instinct of your nature, and it constitutes a
most potent, ever-present, and constantly operative truth, inherent in your nature. It is,
therefore, obvious that all your thoughts, ideas, and beliefs must operate with greater
potentiality when they are in harmony with the innate life principle in you, which is
forever seeking to preserve and protect you along all lines. It follows from this that
normal conditions can be restored with greater ease and certainty than abnormal
conditions can be induced.
It is abnormal to be sick; it simply means you are going against the stream of life and
thinking negatively. The law of life is the law of growth; all nature testifies to the
operation of this law by silently, constantly expressing itself in the law of growth. Where
there is growth and expression, there must be life; where there is life there must be
harmony, and where there is harmony, there is perfect health.
If your thought is in harmony with the creative principle of your subconscious mind, you
are in tune with the innate principle of harmony. If you entertain thoughts which are not
in accordance with the principle of harmony, these thoughts cling to you, harass you,
worry you, and finally bring about disease, and if persisted in, possibly death.
In the healing of disease, you must increase the inflow and distribution of the vital forces
of your subconscious mind throughout your system. This can be done by eliminating
thoughts of fear, worry, anxiety, jealousy, hatred, and every other destructive thought
which tends to tear down and destroy your nerves and glands—body tissue which
controls the elimination of all waste material.
Pott’s disease cured
In the Nautilus magazine of March, 1917, there appears an article about a boy suffering
from Pott’s disease, or tuberculosis of the spine, who had a remarkable healing. His name
was Frederick Elias Andrews of Indianapolis, now minister of Unity School of
Christianity, Kansas City, Missouri. His physician pronounced him incurable. He began
to pray, and from a crooked, twisted cripple going about on hands and knees, he became
a strong, straight, well formed man. He created his own affirmation, mentally
absorbing the qualities he needed.
He affirmed over and over again many times a day, “I am whole, perfect, strong,
powerful, loving, harmonious, and happy.” He persevered and said that this prayer was
the last utterance on his lips at night and the first in the morning. He prayed for others
Page 59
also by sending out thoughts of love and health. This attitude of mind and way of prayer
returned to him multiplied many times. His faith and perseverance paid off with big
dividends. When thoughts of fear, anger, jealousy, or envy drew his attention, he would
immediately start his counteracting force of affirmation going in his mind. His
subconscious mind responded according to the nature of his habitual thinking. This is the
meaning of the statement in the Bible, Go thy way, thy faith hath made thee whole.
MARK 10:52.
How faith in your subconscious powers makes you whole
A young man, who came to my lectures on the healing power of the subconscious mind,
had severe eye trouble, which his doctor said necessitated an operation. He said to
himself, “My subconscious made my eyes, and it can heal me.”
Each night, as he went to sleep, he entered into a drowsy, meditative state, the condition
akin to sleep. His attention was immobilized and focused on the eye doctor. He imagined
the doctor was in front of him, and he plainly heard, or imagined he heard, the doctor
saying to him, “A miracle has happened!” He heard this over and over again every
night for perhaps five minutes or so before going to sleep. At the end of three weeks he
again went to the ophthalmologist who had previously examined his eyes, and the
physician said to this man, “This is a miracle!” What happened? This man impressed his
subconscious mind using the doctor as an instrument or a means of convincing it or
conveying the idea. Through repetition, faith, and expectancy he impregnated his
subconscious mind. His subconscious mind made his eye; within it was the perfect
pattern, and immediately it proceeded to heal the eye. This is another example of
how faith in the healing power of your subconscious can make you whole.
Pointers to review
1. Your subconscious is the builder of your body and is on the job 24 hours a day. You
interfere with its life giving patterns by negative thinking.
2. Charge your subconscious with the task of evolving an answer to any problem, prior to
sleep and it will answer you.
3. Watch your thoughts. Every thought accepted as true is sent by your brain to your solar
plexus—your abdominal brain—and is brought into your world as a reality.
4. Know that you can remake yourself by giving a new blueprint to your subconscious
mind.
5. The tendency of your subconscious is always life ward. Your job is with your
conscious mind. Feed your subconscious mind with premises, which are true. Your
subconscious is always reproducing according to your habitual mental patterns.
6. You build a new body every eleven months. Change your body by changing your
thoughts and keeping them changed.
7. It is normal to be healthy. It is abnormal to be ill. There is within the innate principle of
harmony.
8. Thoughts of jealousy, fear, worry, and anxiety tear down and destroy your nerves and
glands bringing about mental and physical diseases of all kinds.
9. What you affirm consciously and feel as true will be made manifest in your mind, body
and affairs. Affirm the good and enter into the joy of living.
Page 60
8 How to Get the Results You Want
The principle reasons for failure are: Lack of confidence and too much effort. Many
people block answers to their prayers by failing to fully comprehend the workings of their
subconscious mind. When you know how your mind functions, you gain a measure of
confidence. You must remember whenever your subconscious mind accepts an idea; it
immediately begins to execute it. It uses all its mighty resources to that end and mobilizes
all the mental and spiritual laws of your deeper mind. This law is true for good or
bad ideas. Consequently, if you use it negatively, it brings trouble, failure, and confusion.
When you use it constructively, it brings guidance, freedom, and peace of mind.
The right answer is inevitable when your thoughts are positive, constructive, and loving.
From this it is perfectly obvious that the only thing you have to do in order to overcome
failure is to get your subconscious to accept your idea or request by feeling its reality
now, and the law of your mind will do the rest. Turn over your request with faith and
confidence, and your subconscious will take over and answer for you.
You will always fail to get results by trying to use mental coercion— your subconscious
mind does not respond to coercion, it responds to your faith or conscious mind
acceptance.
Your failure to get results may also arise from such statements as: “Things are getting
worse.” “I will never get an answer.” “I see no way out.” “It is hopeless.” “I don’t know
what to do.” “I’m all mixed up.” When you use such statements, you get no response or
cooperation from your subconscious mind. Like a soldier marking time, you neither go
forward nor backward; in other words, you don’t get anywhere.
If you get into a taxi and give half dozen different directions to the driver in five minutes,
he would become hopelessly confused and probably would refuse to take you anywhere.
It is the same when working with your subconscious mind. There must be a clear cut idea
in your mind. You must arrive at the definite decision that there is a way out, a solution to
the vexing problem in sickness. Only the infinite intelligence within your subconscious
knows the answer. When you come to that clear cut conclusion in your conscious mind,
your mind is then made up, and according to your belief is it done unto you.
Easy does it
A house owner once remonstrated with a furnace repairman for charging two hundred
dollars for fixing the boiler. The mechanic said, “I charged five cents for the missing bolt
and one hundred ninety-nine dollars and ninety-five cents for knowing what was wrong.”
Similarly, your subconscious mind is the master mechanic, the all wise one, who knows
ways and means of healing any organ of your body, as well as your affairs. Decree
health, and your subconscious will establish it, but relaxation is the key. “Easy does it.”
Do not be concerned with details and means, but know the end result. Get the feel of the
happy solution to your problem whether it is health, finances, or employment. Remember
how you felt after you had recovered from a severe state of illness. Bear in mind that your
feeling is the touchstone of all subconscious demonstration. Your new idea must be felt
subjectively in a finished state, not the future, but as coming about now.
Page 61
Infer no opponent, use imagination and not will power
In using your subconscious mind you infer no opponent, you use no will power. You
imagine the end and the freedom state. You will find your intellect trying to get in the
way, but persist in maintaining a simple, childlike, miracle making faith. Picture yourself
without the ailment or problem. Imagine the emotional accompaniment of the freedom
state you crave. Cut out all red tape from the process. The simple way is the best.
How disciplined imagination works wonders
A wonderful way to get a response from your subconscious mind is through disciplined
or scientific imagination. As previously pointed out, your subconscious mind is the
builder of the body and controls all its vital functions.
The Bible says, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive. To believe
is to accept something as true, or to live in the state of being it. As you sustain this mood,
you shall experience the joy of the answered prayer!
The three steps to success in prayer
The usual procedure is as follows:
1. Take a look at the problem.
2. Turn to the solution or way out known only to the subconscious mind.
3. Rest in a sense of deep conviction that it is done.
Do not weaken your prayer by saying, “I wish I might be healed.” “I hope so.” Your
feeling about the work to be done is “the boss.” Harmony is yours. Know that health is
yours. Become intelligent by becoming a vehicle for the infinite healing power of the
subconscious mind. Pass on the idea of health Jo your subconscious mind to the point of
conviction; then relax. Get yourself off your hands. Say to the condition and
circumstance, “This, too, shall pass.” Through relaxation you impress your subconscious
mind enabling the kinetic energy behind the idea to take over and bring it into concrete
realization.
The law of reversed effort and why you get the opposite of what you
pray for
Coué, the famous psychologist from France who visited America about forty years ago,
defined the law of reversed effort as follows: “When your desires and imagination are in
conflict your imagination invariably gains the day.”
If, for example, you were asked to walk a plank on the floor, you would do so without
question. Now suppose the same plank were placed twenty feet up in the air between two
walls, would you walk it? Your desire to walk it would be counteracted by your
imagination or fear of falling. Your dominant idea, which would be the picture of falling,
would conquer. Your desire, will, or effort to walk on the plank would be reversed, and
the dominant idea of failure would be reinforced.
Mental effort is invariably self defeated, eventuating always in the opposite of what is
desired. The suggestions of powerlessness to overcome the condition dominate the mind;
your subconscious is always controlled by the dominant idea. Your subconscious will
accept the stronger of two contradictory propositions. The effortless way is the better.
If you say, “I want a healing, but I can’t get it;” “I try so hard;” “I force myself to pray;”
“I use all the will power I have,” you must realize that your error lies in your effort.
Page 62
Never try to compel the subconscious mind to accept your idea by exercising will power.
Such attempts are doomed to failure, and you get the opposite of what you prayed for.
The following is a rather common experience. Students, when taking examinations and
reading through their papers, find that all their knowledge has suddenly deserted them.
Their minds become appalling blanks, and they are unable to recall one relevant thought.
The more they grit their teeth and summon the powers of the will, the further the answers
seem to flee. But, when they have left the examination room and the mental pressure
relaxes, the answers they were seeking flow tantalizingly back into their minds.
Trying to force themselves to remember was the cause of their failure. This is an example
of the law of reversed effort whereby you get the opposite of what you asked or prayed
for.
The conflict of desire and imagination must be reconciled
To use mental force is to presuppose that there is opposition. When your mind is
concentrated on the means to overcome a problem, it is no longer concerned with the
obstacle. MATT. 18:19 says, If two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that
they shall ask, it shall be done for them of my Father which is in heaven. Who are these
two? It means the harmonious union or agreement between your conscious and
subconscious on any idea, desire, or mental image. When there is no longer any quarrel in
either part of your mind, your prayer will be answered. The two agreeing may also be
represented as you and your desire, your thought and feeling, your idea and emotion,
your desire and imagination. You avoid all conflict between your desires and imagination
by entering into a drowsy, sleepy state which brings all effort to a minimum. The
conscious mind is submerged to a great extent when in a sleepy state. The best time to
impregnate your subconscious is prior to sleep. The reason for this is that the highest
degree of outcropping of the subconscious occurs prior to sleep and just after we awaken.
In this state the negative thoughts and imagery, which tend to neutralize your desire and
so prevent acceptance by your subconscious mind no longer present themselves. When
you imagine the reality of the fulfilled desire and feel the thrill of accomplishment, your
subconscious brings about the realization of your desire.
A great many people solve all their dilemmas and problems by the play of their
controlled, directed, and disciplined imagination, knowing that whatever they imagine
and feel as true will and must come to pass. The following will clearly illustrate how a
young girl overcame the conflict between her desire and her imagination. She desired a
harmonious solution to her legal problem, yet her mental imagery was constantly on
failure, loss, bankruptcy, and poverty. It was a complicated lawsuit and there was one
postponement after another with no solution in sight.
At my suggestion, she got into a sleepy, drowsy state each night prior to sleep, and she
began to imagine the happy ending, feeling it to the best of her ability. She knew that the
image in her mind had to agree with her heart’s desire. Prior to sleep she began to
dramatize as vividly as possible her lawyer having an animated discussion with her
regarding the outcome. She would ask him questions, and he would answer her
appropriately. He would say to her over and over again, “There has been a perfect,
harmonious solution. The case has been settled out of court.” During the day when fear
thoughts came into her mind, she would run her mental movie with gestures, voice, and
sound equipment. She could easily imagine the sound of his voice, smile, and
Page 63
mannerism. She ran this mental picture so often; it became a subjective pattern, a regular
train track. At the end of a few weeks her attorney called her and confirmed objectively
what she had been imagining and feeling as true subjectively.
This is really what the Psalmist meant when he wrote, Let the words of my mouth [your
thoughts, mental images, good] and the meditations of my heart [your feeling, nature,
emotion] be acceptable in thy sight, O Lord [the law of your subconscious mind], my
strength, and my redeemer [the power and wisdom of your subconscious mind can
redeem you from sickness, bondage, and misery]. PSALM 19:14.
Ideas worth recalling
1. Mental coercion or too much effort shows anxiety and fear, which block your answer.
Easy does it.
2. When your mind is relaxed and you accept an idea, your subconscious goes to work to
execute the idea.
3. Think and plan independently of traditional methods. Know that there is always an
answer and a solution to every problem.
4. Do not be overly concerned with the beating of your heart, with the breathing of your
lungs, or the functions of any part of your anatomy. Lean heavily upon your subconscious
and proclaim frequently that Divine right action is taking place.
5. The feeling of health produces health; the feeling of wealth produces wealth. How do
you feel?
6. Imagination is your most powerful faculty. Imagine what is lovely and of good report.
You are what you imagine yourself to be.
7. You avoid conflict between your conscious and subconscious in the sleepy state.
Imagine the fulfillment of your desire over and over again prior to sleep. Sleep in peace
and wake in joy.
Page 64
9 How to Use the Power of Your Subconscious for Wealth
If you are having financial difficulties, if you are trying to make ends meet, it means you
have not convinced your subconscious mind that you will always have plenty and some
to spare. You know men and women who work a few hours a week and make fabulous
sums of money. They do not strive or slave hard. Do not believe the story that the only
way you can become wealthy is by the sweat of your brow and hard labor. It is not so; the
effortless way of life is the best. Do the thing you love to do, and do it for the joy and
thrill of it.
I know an executive in Los Angeles who receives a salary of $75,000 yearly. Last year he
went on a nine month cruise seeing the world and its beauty spots. He said to me that he
had succeeded in convincing his subconscious mind that he is worth that much money.
He told me that many men in his organization getting about one hundred dollars a week
knew more about the business than he did, and could manage it better, but they had no
ambition, no creative ideas, and were not interested in the wonders of their subconscious
mind.
Wealth is of the mind
Wealth is simply a subconscious conviction on the part of the individual. You will not
become a millionaire by saying, “I am a millionaire, I am a millionaire.” You will grow
into a wealth consciousness by building into your mentality the idea of wealth and
abundance.
Your invisible means of support
The trouble with most people is that they have no invisible means of support. When
business falls away, the stock market drops, or they lose their investments, they seem
helpless. The reason for such insecurity is that they do not know how to tap the
subconscious mind. They are unacquainted with the inexhaustible storehouse within.
A man with a poverty type mind finds himself in poverty stricken conditions. Another
man with a mind filled with ideas of wealth is surrounded with everything he needs. It
was never intended that man should lead a life of indigence. You can have wealth,
everything you need, and plenty to spare. Your words have power to cleanse your mind
of wrong ideas and to instill right ideas in their place.
The ideal method for building a wealth consciousness
Perhaps you are saying as you read this chapter, “I need wealth and success.” This is
what you do: Repeat for about five minutes to yourself three or four times a day,
“Wealth—Success.” These words have tremendous power. They represent the inner
power of the subconscious mind. Anchor your mind on this substantial power within you;
then conditions and circumstances corresponding to their nature and quality will
be manifested in your life. You are not saying, “I am wealthy,” you are dwelling on real
powers within you. There is no conflict in the mind when you say, “Wealth.”
Furthermore, the feeling of wealth will well up within you as you dwell on the idea of
wealth.
The feeling of wealth produces wealth; keep this in mind at all times. Your subconscious
mind is like a bank, a sort of universal financial institution. It magnifies whatever you
deposit or impress upon it whether it is the idea of wealth or of poverty. Choose wealth.
Page 65
Why your affirmations for wealth fail
I have talked to many people during the past thirty-five years whose usual complaint is,
“I have said for weeks and months, ‘I am wealthy, I am prosperous,’ and nothing has
happened.” I discovered that when they said, “I am prosperous, I am wealthy,” they felt
within that they were lying to themselves.
One man told me, “I have affirmed that I am prosperous until I am tired. Things are now
worse. I knew when I made the statement that it was obviously not true.” His statements
were rejected by the conscious mind, and the very opposite of what he outwardly
affirmed and claimed was made manifest.
Your affirmation succeeds best when it is specific and when it does not produce a mental
conflict or argument; hence the statements made by this man made matters worse because
they suggested his lack. Your subconscious accepts what you really feel to be true, not
just idle words or statements. The dominant idea or belief is always accepted by the
subconscious mind.
How to avoid mental conflict
The following is the ideal way to overcome this conflict for those who have this
difficulty. Make this practical statement frequently, particularly prior to sleep: “By day
and by night I am being prospered in all of my interests.” This affirmation will not arouse
any argument because it does not contradict your subconscious mind’s impression of
financial lack.
I suggested to one businessman whose sales and finances were very low and who was
greatly worried, that he sit down in his office, become quiet, and repeat this statement
over and over again: “My sales are improving every day.” This statement engaged the
cooperation of the conscious and subconscious mind; results followed.
Don’t sign blank checks
You sign blank checks when you make such statements as, “There is not enough to go
around.” “There is a shortage.” “I will lose the house because of the mortgage,” etc. If
you are full of fear about the future, you are also writing a blank check and attracting
negative conditions to you. Your subconscious mind takes your fear and negative
statement as your request and proceeds in its own way to bring obstacles, delays, lack,
and limitation into your life.
Your subconscious gives you compound interest
To him that hath the feeling of wealth, more wealth shall be added; to him that hath the
feeling of lack, more lack shall be added. Your subconscious multiplies and magnifies
whatever you deposit in it. Every morning as you awaken deposit thoughts of prosperity,
success, wealth, and peace. Dwell upon these concepts. Busy your mind with them as
often as possible. These constructive thoughts will find their way as deposits in your
subconscious mind, and bring forth abundance and prosperity.
Why nothing happened
I can hear you saying, “Oh, I did that and nothing happened.” You did not get results
because you indulged in fear thoughts perhaps ten minutes later and neutralized the good
Page 66
you had affirmed. When you place a seed in the ground, you do not dig it up. You let it
take root and grow.
Suppose, for example, you are going to say, “I shall not be able to make that payment.”
Before you get further than, “I shall—” stop the sentence and dwell on a constructive
statement, such as, “By day and by night I am prospered in all my ways.”
True source of wealth
Your subconscious mind is never short of ideas. There are within it an infinite number of
ideas ready to flow into your conscious mind and appear as cash in your pocketbook in
countless ways. This process will continue to go on in your mind regardless of whether
the stock market goes up or down, or whether the pound sterling or dollar drops in value.
Your wealth is never truly dependent on bonds, stocks, or money in the bank; these are
really only symbols necessary and useful, of course, but only symbols.
The point I wish to emphasize is that if you convince your subconscious mind that wealth
is yours, and that it is always circulating in your life, you will always and inevitably have
it, regardless of the form it takes.
Trying to make ends meet and the real cause
There are people who claim that they are always trying to make ends meet. They seem to
have a great struggle to meet their obligations. Have you listened to their conversation?
In many instances their conversation runs along this vein. They are constantly
condemning those who have succeeded in life and who have raised their heads above the
crowd. Perhaps they are saying, “Oh, that fellow has a racket; he is ruthless; he is a
crook.” This is why they lack; they are condemning the thing they desire and want. The
reason they speak critically of their more prosperous associates is because they are
envious and covetous of the others prosperity. The quickest way to cause wealth to take
wings and fly away is to criticize and condemn others who have more wealth than you.
A common stumbling block to wealth
There is one emotion, which is the cause of the lack of wealth in the lives of many. Most
people learn this the hard way. It is envy. For example, if you see a competitor depositing
large sums of money in the bank, and you have only a meager amount to deposit, does it
make you envious? The way to overcome this emotion is to say to yourself, “Isn’t it
wonderful! I rejoice in that man’s prosperity. I wish for him greater and greater wealth.”
To entertain envious thoughts is devastating because it places you in a very negative
position; therefore, wealth flows from you instead of to you. If you are ever annoyed or
irritated by the prosperity or great wealth of another, claim immediately that you truly
wish for him greater wealth in every possible way. This will neutralize the negative
thoughts in your mind and cause an ever greater measure of wealth to flow to you by the
law of your own subconscious mind.
Rubbing out a great mental block to wealth
If you are worried and critical about someone whom you claim is making money
dishonestly, cease worrying about him. You know such a person is using the law of mind
negatively; the law of mind takes care of him. Be careful not to criticize him for the
reasons previously indicated. Remember: The block or obstacle to wealth is in your own
Page 67
mind. You can now destroy that mental block. This you may do by getting on mental
good terms with everyone.
Sleep and grow rich
As you go to sleep at night, practice the following technique. Repeat the word, “Wealth,”
quietly, easily, and feelingly. Do this over and over again, just like a lullaby. Lull
yourself to sleep with the one word, “Wealth.” You should be amazed at the result.
Wealth should flow to you in avalanches of abundance. This is another example of the
magic power of your subconscious mind.
Serve yourself with the powers of your mind
1. Decide to be wealthy the easy way, with the infallible aid of your subconscious mind.
2. Trying to accumulate wealth by the sweat of your brow and hard labor is one way to
become the richest man in the graveyard. You do not have to strive or slave hard.
3. Wealth is a subconscious conviction. Build into your mentality the idea of wealth.
4. The trouble with most people is that they have no invisible means of support.
5. Repeat the word, “Wealth,” to yourself slowly and quietly for about five minutes prior
to sleep and your subconscious will bring wealth to pass in your experience.
6. The feeling of wealth produces wealth. Keep this in mind at all times.
7. Your conscious and subconscious mind must agree. Your subconscious accepts what
you really feel to be true. The dominant idea is always accepted by your subconscious
mind. The dominant idea should be wealth, not poverty.
8. You can overcome any mental conflict regarding wealth by affirming frequently, “By
day and by night I am being prospered in all of my interests.”
9. Increase your sales by repeating this statement over and over again, “My sales are
improving every day; I am advancing, progressing, and getting wealthier every day.”
10. Stop writing blank checks, such as, “There is not enough to go around,” or “There is a
shortage,” etc. Such statements magnify and multiply your loss.
11. Deposit thoughts of prosperity, wealth, and success in your subconscious mind, and
the latter will give you compound interest.
12. What you consciously affirm, you must not mentally deny a few moments later. This
will neutralize the good you have affirmed.
13. Your true source of wealth consists of the ideas in your mind. You can have an idea
worth millions of dollars. Your subconscious will give you the idea you seek.
14. Envy and jealousy are stumbling blocks to the flow of wealth. Rejoice in the
prosperity of others.
15. The block to wealth is in your own mind. Destroy that block now by getting on good
mental terms with everyone.
Page 68
10 Your Right to Be Rich
It is your right to be rich. You are here to lead the abundant life and be happy, radiant,
and free. You should, therefore, have all the money you need to lead a full, happy, and
prosperous life. You are here to grow, expand, and unfold spiritually, mentally, and
materially. You have the inalienable right to fully develop and express yourself along all
lines. You should surround yourself with beauty and luxury.
Why be satisfied with just enough to go around when you can enjoy the riches of your
subconscious mind? In this chapter you can learn to make friends with money, and you
should always have a surplus. Your desire to be rich is a desire for a fuller, happier, more
wonderful life. It is a cosmic urge. It is not only good, but also very good.
Money is a symbol
Money is a symbol of exchange. It means to you not only freedom from want, but beauty,
luxury, abundance, and refinement. It is merely a symbol of the economic health of the
nation. When your blood is circulating freely in your body, you are healthy. When money
is circulating freely in your life, you are economically healthy. When people begin to
hoard money, to put it away in tin boxes, and become charged with fear, there is
economic illness. Money has taken many forms as a medium of exchange down through
the centuries, such as, salt, beads, and trinkets of various kinds. In early times a
man’s wealth was determined by the number of sheep and oxen he had. Now we use
currency, and other negotiable instruments, as it is much more convenient to write a
check than carry some sheep around with you to pay bills.
How to walk the royal road to riches
Knowledge of the powers of your subconscious mind is the means to the royal road to
riches of all kinds—spiritual, mental, or financial. The student of the laws of mind
believes and knows definitely that regardless of economic situations, stock market
fluctuation, depression, strikes, war, other conditions or circumstances, he will always be
amply supplied, regardless of what form money takes. The reason for this is that he has
conveyed the idea of wealth to his subconscious mind, and it keeps him supplied
wherever he may be. He has convinced himself in his mind that money is forever flowing
freely in his life and that there is always a wonderful surplus. Should there be a financial
collapse of government tomorrow and all the man’s present holdings become valueless,
as the German marks did after the First World War, he would still attract wealth and be
cared for, regardless of the form the new currency took.
Why you do not have more money
As you read this chapter, you are probably saying, “I am worthy of a higher salary than I
am receiving.” I believe most people are inadequately compensated. One of the causes
many people does not have more money is that they are silently or openly condemning it.
They refer to money as “filthy lucre” or “the love of money is the root of all evil.”
Another reason they do not prosper is that they have a sneaky subconscious feeling there
is some virtue in poverty. This subconscious pattern may be due to early childhood
training, superstition, or it could be based on a false interpretation of scriptures.
Page 69
Money and a balanced life
One time a man said to me, “I am broke. I do not like money. It is the root of all evil.”
These statements represent a confused neurotic mind. Love of money to the exclusion of
everything else will cause you to become lopsided and unbalanced. You are here to use
your power or authority wisely. Some men crave power others crave money. If you set
your heart on money exclusively and say, “Money is all I want; I am going to give all my
attention to amassing money; nothing else matters,” you can get money and attain a
fortune, but you have forgotten that you are here to lead a balanced life. You must also
satisfy the hunger for peace of mind, harmony, love, joy, and perfect health. By making
money your sole aim, you simply made a wrong choice. You thought that was all you
wanted, but you found after all your efforts that it was not only the money you needed.
You also desired true expression of your hidden talents, true place in life, beauty, and the
joy of contributing to the welfare and success of others. By learning the laws of your
subconscious mind, you could have a million dollars or many millions, if you wanted
them, and still have peace of mind, harmony, perfect health, and perfect expression.
Poverty is a mental disease
There is no virtue in poverty; it is a disease like any other mental disease. If you were
physically ill, you would think there was something wrong with you. You would seek
help and do something about the condition at once. Likewise, if you do not have money
constantly circulating in your life, there is something radically wrong with you.
The urge of the life principle in you is toward growth, expansion, and the life more
abundant. You are not here to live in a hovel, dress in rags, and go hungry. You should be
happy, prosperous, and successful. Why you must never criticize money Cleanse your
mind of all weird and superstitious beliefs about money. Do not ever regard money as
evil or filthy. If you do, you cause it to take wings and fly away from you. Remember
that you lose what you condemn. You cannot attract what you criticize.
Getting the right attitude toward money
Here is a simple technique you may use to multiply money in your experience. Use the
following statements several times a day, “I like money, I love it, I use it wisely,
constructively, and judiciously. Money is constantly circulating in my life. I release it
with joy, and it returns to me multiplied in a wonderful way. It is good and very good.
Money flows to me in avalanches of abundance. I use it for good only, and I am grateful
for my good and for the riches of my mind.”
How the scientific thinker looks at money
Suppose, for example, you found gold, silver, lead, copper, or iron in the ground. Would
you pronounce these things evil? All evil comes from man’s darkened understanding,
from his ignorance, from his false interpretation of life, and from his misuse of his
subconscious mind. Uranium, lead, or some other metal could have been used as a
medium of exchange. We use paper bills, checks, nickel, and silver surely these are not
evil. Physicists and chemists know today that the only difference between one metal and
another is the number and rate of motion of electrons revolving around a central
nucleus. They can now change one metal into another through a bombardment of the
atoms in the powerful cyclotron. Gold under certain conditions becomes mercury. I
believe that our modern scientists in the near future will be able to make gold, silver, and
Page 70
other metals synthetically in the chemical laboratory. The cost may be prohibitive now,
but it can be done. I cannot imagine any intelligent person seeing anything evil in
electrons, neutrons, protons, and isotopes.
The piece of paper in your pocket is composed of atoms and molecules with their
electrons and protons arranged differently. Their number and rate of motion are different.
That is the only way the paper differs from the silver in your pocket.
How to attract the money you need
Many years ago I met a young boy in Australia who wanted to become a physician and
surgeon, but he had no money. I explained to him how a seed deposited in the soil attracts
to itself everything necessary for its unfolding, and that all he had to do was to take a
lesson from the seed and deposit the required idea in his subconscious mind. For
expenses this young, brilliant boy used to clean out doctors’ offices, wash windows, and
do odd repair jobs. He told me that every night, as he went to sleep, he used to picture in
his mind’s eye a medical diploma on a wall with his name on it in big, bold letters. He
used to clean and shine the framed diplomas in the medical building where he worked. It
was not hard for him to engrave the image of a diploma in his mind and develop it there.
Definite results followed as he persisted with his mental picture every night for about
four months. The sequel of this story was very interesting. One of the doctors took a
great liking to this young boy and after training him in the art of sterilizing instruments,
giving hypodermic injections, and other miscellaneous first aid work, he employed him
as a technical assistant in his office. The doctor later sent him to medical school at his
own expense. Today, this young man is a prominent medical doctor in Montreal, Canada.
He discovered the law of attraction by using his subconscious mind the right way. He
operated an age-old law, which says, “Having seen the end, you have willed the means to
the realization of the end.” The end in this case was to become a medical doctor.
This young man was able to imagine, see, and feel the reality of being a doctor. He lived
with that idea, sustained it, nourished it, and loved it until through his imagination it
penetrated the layers of his subconscious mind and became a conviction, thereby ttracting
to him everything necessary for the fulfillment of his dream.
Why some men do not get a raise in pay
If you are working in a large organization and you are silently thinking of and resenting
the fact you are underpaid, that you are not appreciated, and that you deserve more
money and greater recognition, you are subconsciously severing your ties with that
organization. You are setting a law in motion, and the superintendent or manager will say
to you, “We have to let you go.” Actually, you dismissed yourself. The manager was
simply the instrument through which your own negative mental state was confirmed. It
was an example of the law of action and reaction. The action was your thought, and the
reaction was the response of your subconscious mind.
Obstacles and impediments on the pathway to riches
I am sure you have heard men say, “That fellow has a racket.” “He is a racketeer.” “He is
getting money dishonestly.” “He is a faker.” “I knew him when he had nothing.” “He is a
crook, a thief, and a swindler.” If you analyze the man who talks like that, you discover
he is usually in want or suffering from some financial or physical illness. Perhaps his
former college friends went up the ladder of success and excelled him. Now he is
Page 71
bitter and envious of their progress. In many instances this is the cause of his
downfall. Thinking negatively of these classmates and condemning their wealth causes
the wealth and prosperity he is praying for to vanish and flee away. He is condemning the
thing he is praying for.
He is praying two ways. On the one hand he is saying, “Wealth is flowing to me now,”
and in the next breath, silently or audibly, he is saying, “I resent that fellow’s wealth.”
Always make it a special point to rejoice in the wealth of the other person.
Protect your investments
If you are seeking wisdom regarding investments, or if you are worried about your stocks
or bonds, quietly claim, “Infinite intelligence governs and watches over all my financial
transactions, and whatsoever I do shall prosper.” Do this frequently and you will find that
your investments will be wise; moreover, you will be protected from loss, as you will be
prompted to sell your securities or holdings before any loss accrues to you.
You cannot get something for nothing
In large stores the management employs store detectives to prevent people from stealing.
They catch a number of people every day trying to get something for nothing. All such
people are living in the mental atmosphere of lack and limitation and are stealing from
themselves peace, harmony, faith, honesty, integrity, good will, and confidence.
Furthermore, they are attracting to themselves all manner of loss, such as, loss of
character, prestige, social status, and peace of mind. These people lack faith in the
source of supply and the understanding of how their minds work. If they would mentally
call on the powers of their subconscious mind and claim that they are guided to their true
expression, they would find work and constant supply. Then by honesty, integrity, and
perseverance, they would become a credit to themselves and to society at large.
Your constant supply of money
Recognizing the powers of your subconscious mind and the creative power of your
thought or mental image is the way to opulence, freedom, and constant supply. Accept
the abundant life in your own mind. Your mental acceptance and expectancy of wealth
has its own mathematics and mechanics of expression. As you enter into the mood of
opulence, all things necessary for the abundant life will come to pass.
Let this be your daily affirmation; write it in your heart, “I am one with the infinite riches
of my subconscious mind. It is my right to be rich, happy, and successful. Money flows
to me freely, copiously, and endlessly. I am forever conscious of my true worth. I give of
my talents freely, and I am wonderfully blessed financially. It is wonderful!”
Step up this way to riches
1. Be bold enough to claim that it is your right to be rich and your deeper mind will honor
your claim.
2. You don’t want just enough to go around. You want all the money you need to do all
the things you want to do and when you want to do them. Get acquainted with the riches
of your subconscious mind.
3. When money is circulating freely in your life, you are economically healthy. Look at
money like the tide and you will always have plenty of it. The ebb and flow of the tide is
constant. When the tide is out, you are absolutely sure that it will return.
Page 72
4. Knowing the laws of your subconscious mind, you will always be supplied regardless
of what form money takes.
5. One reason many people simply make ends meet and never have enough money is that
they condemn money. What you condemn takes wings and flies away.
6. Do not make a god of money. It is only a symbol. Remember that the real riches are in
your mind. You are here to lead a balanced life—this includes acquiring all the money
you need.
7. Don’t make money your sole aim. Claim wealth, happiness, peace, true expression,
and love, and personally radiate love and good will to all. Then your subconscious mind
will give you compound interest in all these fields of expression.
8. There is no virtue in poverty. It is a disease of the mind, and you should heal yourself
of this mental conflict or malady at once.
9. You are not here to live in a hovel, to dress in rags, or to go hungry. You are here to
lead the life more abundant.
10. Never use the terms “filthy lucre” or “I despise money.” You lose what you criticize.
There is nothing good or bad, but thinking of it in either light makes it so.
11. Repeat frequently, “I like money. I use it wisely, constructively, and judiciously. I
release it with joy, and it returns a thousand fold.”
12. Money is not evil any more so than copper, lead, tin, or iron which you may find in
the ground. All evil is due to ignorance and misuse of the mind’s powers.
13. To picture the end result in your mind causes your subconscious to respond and fulfill
your mental picture.
14. Stop trying to get something for nothing. There is no such thing as a free lunch. You
must give to receive. You must give mental attention to your goals, ideals, and
enterprises, and your deeper mind will back you up. The key to wealth is application of
the laws of the subconscious mind by impregnating it with the idea of wealth.
Page 73
11 Your Subconscious Mind as a Partner in Success
Success means successful living. A long period of peace, joy, and happiness on this plane
may be termed success. The eternal experience of these qualities is the everlasting life
spoken of by Jesus. The real things of life, such as peace, harmony, integrity, security,
and happiness are intangible. They come from the Deep Self of man. Meditating on these
qualities builds these treasures of heaven in our subconscious. It is where moth and rust
do not consume, and where thieves do not break through and steal. MATT. 6:20.
The three steps to success
Let us discuss three steps to success: The first step to success is to find out the thing you
love to do, then do it. Success is in loving your work. Although, if a man is a psychiatrist,
it is not adequate for him to get a diploma and place it on the wall; he must keep up with
the times, attend conventions, and continue studying the mind and its workings. The
successful psychiatrist visits clinics and reads the latest scientific articles. In other words,
he is informed in the most advanced methods of alleviating human suffering. The
successful psychiatrist or doctor must have the interest of his patients at heart. Someone
may say, “How can I put the first step into operation? I do not know what I should do.” In
such a case, pray for guidance as follows: “The infinite intelligence of my subconscious
mind reveals to me my true place in life.” Repeat this prayer quietly, positively, and
lovingly to your deeper mind. As you persist with faith and confidence, the answer will
come to you as a feeling, a hunch, or a tendency in a certain direction. It will come to you
clearly and in peace, and as an inner silent awareness.
The second step to success is to specialize in some particular branch of work and know
more about it than anyone else. For example, if a young man chooses chemistry as his
profession, he should concentrate on one of the many branches in this field. He should
give all of his time and attention to his chosen specialty. He should become sufficiently
enthusiastic to try to know all there is available about his field; if possible, he should
know more than anyone else. The young man should become ardently interested in his
work and should desire to serve the world. He that is greatest among you, let him become
your servant. There is a great contrast in this attitude of mind in comparison to that of the
man who only wants to makes a living or just “get by.” “Getting by” is not true success.
Man’s motive must be greater, nobler, and more altruistic. He must serve others, thereby
casting his bread upon the waters.
The third step is the most important one. You must be sure that the thing you want to do
does not redound to your success only. Your desire must not be selfish; it must benefit
humanity. The path of a complete circuit must be formed. In other words, your idea must
go forth with the purpose of blessing or serving the world. It will then come back to you
pressed down, shaken together, and running over. If it is to benefit yourself exclusively,
the circle or complete circuit is not formed, and you may experience a short circuit in
your life which may consist of limitation or sickness.
The measure of true success
Some people may say, “But Mr. James made a fortune in selling fraudulent oil stock.” A
man may seem to succeed for a while, but the money he obtained by fraud usually takes
Page 74
wings and flies away. When we rob from another, we rob from ourselves, because we are
in a mood of lack and limitation, which may manifest itself in our body, home life, and
affairs. What we think and feel, we create. We create what we believe. Even though a
man may have accumulated a fortune fraudulently, he is not successful. There is
no success without peace of mind. What good is man’s accumulated wealth if he cannot
sleep nights, is sick, or has a guilt complex? I knew a man in London who told me of his
exploits. He had been a professional pickpocket and had amassed a large amount of
money. He had a summer home in France and lived in a royal fashion in England. His
story was that he was in constant dread of being arrested by Scotland Yard. He had many
inner disorders, which were undoubtedly caused by his constant fear and deep seated
guilt complex. He knew he had done wrong. This deep sense of guilt attracted all kinds of
trouble to him. Subsequently, he voluntarily surrendered to the police and served a prison
sentence. After his release from prison, he sought psychological and spiritual counsel and
became transformed. He went to work and became an honest, law-abiding citizen. He
found what he loved to do and was happy. A successful person loves his work and
expresses himself fully. Success is contingent upon a higher ideal than the mere
accumulation of riches. The man of success is the man who possesses great psychological
and spiritual understanding. Many of the great industrialists today depend upon the
correct use of their subconscious minds for their success.
There was an article published some years ago about Flagler, an oil magnate. He admitted
that the secret of his success was his ability to see a project in its completion. For
instance, in his case, he closed his eyes, imagined a big oil industry, saw trains running
on tracks, heard whistles blowing, and saw smoke. Having seen and felt the fulfillment of
his prayer, his subconscious mind brought about its realization. If you imagine an
objective clearly, you will be provided with the necessities, in ways you now not of,
through the wonderworking power of your subconscious mind.
In considering the three steps to success you must never forget the underlying power of
the creative forces of your subconscious mind. This is the energy in back of all steps in
any plan of success. Your thought is creative. Thought fused with feeling becomes a
subjective faith or belief, and according to your belief is it done unto you. MATT. 9:29.
Knowledge of a mighty force in you, which is capable of bringing to pass all your
desires, gives you confidence and a sense of peace. Whatever your field of action may be,
you should learn the laws of your subconscious mind. When you know how to apply the
powers of your mind, and when you are expressing yourself fully and giving of your
talents to others, you are on the sure path to true success. If you are about God’s business,
or any part of it, God, by His very nature, is for you, so who can be against you? With
this understanding there is no power in heaven or on earth to withhold success
from you.
How he made his dream come true
A movie actor told me that he had very little education, but he had a dream as a boy of
becoming a successful movie actor. Out in the field mowing hay, driving the cows home,
or even when milking them he said, “I would constantly imagine I saw my name in big
lights at a large theatre. I kept this up for years until finally I ran away from home. I got
extra jobs in the motion picture field, and the day finally came when I saw my name in
Page 75
great, big lights as I did when I was a boy!” Then he added, “I know the power of
sustained imagination to bring success.”
His dream pharmacy became a reality
Thirty years ago I knew a young pharmacist who was receiving forty dollars a week plus
commission on sales. “After twenty-five years,” he said to me, “I will get a pension and
retire.” I said to this young man, “Why don’t you own your own store? Get out
of this place. Raise your sights! Have a dream for your children. Maybe your son wants
to be a doctor; perhaps your daughter desires to be a great musician.”
His answer was that he had no money! He began to awaken to the fact that whatever he
could conceive as true, he could give conception. The first step toward his goal was his
awakening to the powers of his subconscious mind, which I briefly elaborated on for his
benefit. His second step was his realization that if he could succeed in conveying an
idea to his subconscious mind, the latter would somehow bring it to pass.
He began to imagine that he was in his own store. He mentally arranged the bottles,
dispensed prescriptions, and imagined several clerks in the store waiting on customers.
He also visualized a big bank balance. Mentally he worked in that imaginary store. Like a
good actor he lived the role. Act as though I am, and I will be. This pharmacist put
himself wholeheartedly into the act, living, moving, and acting on the assumption that he
owned the store.
The sequel was interesting. He was discharged from his position. He found new
employment with a large chain store, became manager, and later on, district manager. He
saved enough money in four years to provide a down payment on a drugstore of his own.
He called it his “Dream Pharmacy.” “It was,” he said, “exactly the store I saw in my
imagination.” He became a recognized success in his chosen field, and was happy doing
what he loved to do.
Using the subconscious mind in business
Some years ago I gave a lecture to a group of businessmen on the powers of imagination
and the subconscious mind. In this lecture I pointed out how Goethe used his imagination
wisely when confronted with difficulties and predicaments.
His biographers point out that he was accustomed to fill many hours quietly holding
imaginary conversations. It is well known that his custom was to imagine one of his
friends before him in a chair answering him in the right way. In other words, if he were
concerned over any problems, he imagined his friend giving him the right or appropriate
answer, accompanied with the usual gestures and tonal qualities of the voice, and he
made the entire imaginary scene as real and as vivid as possible.
One of the men present at this lecture was a young stockbroker. He proceeded to adopt
the technique of Goethe. He began to have mental, imaginary conversations with a
multimillionaire banker friend of his who used to congratulate him on his wise and sound
judgment, and compliment him on his purchase of the right stocks. He used to dramatize
this imaginary conversation until he had psychologically fixed it as a form of belief in his
mind.
This broker’s inner talking and controlled imagination certainly agreed with his aim,
which was to make sound investments for his clients. His main purpose in life was to
make money for his clients and to see them prosper financially by his wise counsel. He is
Page 76
still using his subconscious mind in his business, and he is a brilliant success in his field
of endeavor.
Boy of sixteen years turns failure into success
A young boy who was attending high school said to me, “I am getting very poor grades.
My memory is failing. I do not know what is the matter.” I discovered that the only thing
wrong with this boy was his attitude, which was one of indifference and resentment
toward some of his teachers and fellow students. I taught him how to use his
subconscious mind, and how to succeed in his studies.
He began to affirm certain truths several times a day particularly at night prior to sleep,
and also in the morning after awakening. These are the best times to impregnate the
subconscious mind. He affirmed as follows: “I realize that my subconscious mind is a
storehouse of memory. It retains everything I read and hear from my teachers. I have a
perfect memory, and the infinite intelligence in my subconscious mind constantly reveals
to me everything I need to know at all my examinations, whether written or oral. I radiate
love and good will to all my teachers and fellow students. I sincerely wish for them
success and all good things.”
This young man is now enjoying a greater freedom than he has ever known. He is now
receiving all “A’s.” He constantly imagines the teachers and his mother congratulating
him on his success in his studies.
How to become successful in buying and selling
In buying and selling, remember that your conscious mind is the starter and your
subconscious mind is the motor. You must start the motor to enable it to perform its
work. Your conscious mind is the dynamo that awakens the power of your subconscious
mind. The first step in conveying your clarified desire, idea, or image to the deeper mind
is to relax, immobilize the attention, get still, and be quiet. This quiet, relaxed, and
peaceful attitude of mind prevents extraneous matter and false ideas from interfering with
your mental absorption of your ideal. Furthermore, in the quiet, passive, and receptive
attitude of mind, effort is reduced to a minimum.
The second step is to begin to imagine the reality of that which you desire. For example,
you may wish to buy a home, and in your relaxed state of mind affirm as follows: “The
infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind is all wise. It reveals to me now the ideal
home, which is central, ideal, is in a lovely environment, meets with all my requirements,
and is commensurate with my income. I am now turning this request over to my
subconscious mind, and I know it responds according to the nature of my request. I
release this request with absolute faith and confidence in the same way that a farmer
deposits a seed in the ground, trusting implicitly in the laws of growth.”
The answer to your prayer may come through an advertisement in the paper, through a
friend, or you may be guided directly to a particular home, which is exactly what you are
seeking. There are many ways by which your prayer may be answered. The principal
knowledge, in which you may place your confidence, is that the answer always comes,
provided you trust the working of your deeper mind.
Page 77
You may wish to sell a home, land, or any kind of property. In private consultation with
real estate brokers I have told them of the way I sold my own home on Orlando Avenue
in Los Angeles. Many of them have applied the technique I used with remarkable
and speedy results. I placed a sign which read, “For sale by owner” in the garden in front
of my home. The day after I said to myself as I was going to sleep, “Supposing you sold
your house, what would you do?” I answered my own question and I said, “I would take
that sign down and throw it into the garage.” In my imagination I took hold of the sign,
pulled it up from the ground, placed it on my shoulder, went to the garage, threw it on the
floor, and said jokingly to the sign, “I don’t need you any more!” I felt the inner
satisfaction of it all, realizing it was finished. The next day a man gave me a deposit of
$1,000 and said to me, “Take your sign down. We will go into escrow now.”
Immediately I pulled the sign up and took it to the garage. The outer action conformed to
the inner. There is nothing new about this. As within, so without, meaning according to
the image impressed on your subconscious mind, so it is on the objective screen of your
life. The outside mirrors the inside. External action follows internal action.
Here is another very popular method used in selling homes, land, or any kind of property.
Affirm slowly, quietly, and feelingly as follows: “Infinite intelligence attracts to me the
buyer for this home who wants it and who prospers in it. This buyer is being sent to me
by the creative intelligence of my subconscious mind, which makes no mistakes. This
buyer may look at many other homes, but mine is the only one he wants and will buy,
because he is guided by the infinite intelligence within him. I know the buyer is right,
the time is right, and the price is right. Everything about it is right. The deeper currents of
my subconscious mind are now in operation bringing both of us together in divine order.
I know that it is so.” Remember always, that what you are seeking is also seeking you,
and whenever you want to sell a home or property of any kind, there is always someone
who wants what you have to offer By using the powers of your subconscious mind
correctly, you free your mind of all sense of competition and anxiety in buying and
selling.
How she succeeded in getting what she wanted
There is a young lady who regularly comes to my lectures and classes. She had to change
buses three times; it took her one and a half hours each time to come to the lectures. In
one lecture I explained how a young man who needed a car in his work received one.
She went home and experimented as outlined in my lecture. Here is her letter in part,
narrating her application of my method, and published by her permission:
Dear Dr. Murphy: This is how I received a Cadillac car—I wanted one to come to the
lectures regularly. In my imagination I went through the identical process I would go
through if I were actually driving a car. I went to the showroom, and the salesman took
me for a ride in one. I also drove it several blocks. I claimed the Cadillac car as my own
over and over again.
I kept the mental picture of getting into the car, driving it, feeling the upholstery, etc.,
consistently for over two weeks. Last week I drove to your lectures in a Cadillac. My
uncle in Inglewood passed away, and left me his Cadillac and his entire estate.
Page 78
A success technique employed by many outstanding executives and
businessmen
There are many prominent businessmen who quietly use the abstract term, “success,”
over and over many times a day until they reach a conviction that success is theirs. They
know that the idea of success contains all the essential elements of success. Likewise, you
can begin now to repeat the word, “success,” to yourself with faith and conviction. Your
subconscious mind will accept it as true of you, and you will be under a subconscious
compulsion to succeed.
You are compelled to express your subjective beliefs, impressions, and convictions. What
does success imply to you? You want, undoubtedly, to be successful in your home life
and in your relationship with others. You wish to be outstanding in your chosen work or
profession. You wish to possess a beautiful home, and all the money you need to live
comfortably and happily. You want to be successful in your prayer life and in your
contact with the powers of your subconscious mind.
You are a businessman also because you are in the business of living. Become a
successful businessman by imagining yourself doing what you long to do, and possessing
the things you long to possess. Become imaginative; mentally participate in the reality of
the successful state. Make a habit of it. Go to sleep feeling successful every night, and
perfectly satisfied, and you will eventually succeed in implanting the idea of success
in your subconscious mind. Believe you were born to succeed, and wonders will happen
as you pray!
Profitable pointers
1. Success means successful living. When you are peaceful, happy, joyous, and doing
what you love to do, you are successful.
2. Find out what you love to do, and then do it. If you don’t know your true expression,
ask for guidance, and the lead will come.
3. Specialize in your particular field and try to know more about it than anyone else.
4. A successful man is not selfish. His main desire in life is to serve humanity.
5. There is no true success without peace of mind.
6. A successful man possesses great psychological and spiritual understanding.
7. If you imagine an objective clearly, you will be provided with the necessities through
the wonderworking power of your subconscious mind.
8. Your thought fused with feeling becomes a subjective belief, and according to your
belief is it done unto you.
9. The power of sustained imagination draws forth the miracle working powers of your
subconscious mind.
10. If you are seeking promotion in your work, imagine your employer, supervisor, or
loved one congratulating you on your promotion. Make the picture vivid and real. Hear
the voice, see the gestures, and feel the reality of it all. Continue to do this frequently, and
through frequent occupancy of your mind, you will experience the joy of the answered
prayer.
11. Your subconscious mind is a storehouse of memory. For a perfect memory, affirm
frequently: “The infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind reveals to me everything I
need to know at all times, everywhere.”
Page 79
12. If you wish to sell a home or property of any kind, affirm slowly, quietly, and
feelingly as follows: “Infinite intelligence attracts to me the buyer for this house or
property, who wants it, and who prospers in it.” Sustain this awareness, and the deeper
currents of your subconscious mind will bring it to pass.
13. The idea of success contains all the elements of success. Repeat the word, “success,”
to yourself frequently with faith and conviction, and you will be under a subconscious
compulsion to succeed.
Page 80
12 Scientists Use the Subconscious Mind
Many scientists realize the true importance of the subconscious mind. Edison, Marconi,
Kettering, Poincarè, Einstein, and many others have used the subconscious mind. It has
given them the insight and the “knowhow” for all their great achievements in modern
science and industry. Research has shown that the ability to bring into action the
subconscious power has determined the success of all the great scientific and research
workers.
An instance of how a famous chemist, Friedrich von Stradonitz, used his subconscious
mind to solve his problem is as follows: He had been working laboriously for a long time
trying to rearrange the six carbon and the six hydrogen atoms of the benzine formula, and
he was constantly perplexed and unable to solve the matter. Tired and exhausted, he
turned the request over completely to his subconscious mind. Shortly afterward, as he
was about to board a London bus, his subconscious presented his conscious mind
with a sudden flash of a snake biting its own tail and turning around like a pin wheel.
This answer, from his subconscious mind, gave him the long sought answer of the
circular rearrangement of the atoms that is known as the benzene ring.
How a distinguished scientist brought forth his inventions
Nikola Tesla was a brilliant electrical scientist who brought forth the most amazing
innovations. When an idea for a new invention came into his mind, he would build it up
in his imagination, knowing that his subconscious mind would reconstruct and reveal to
his conscious mind all the parts needed for its manufacture in concrete form.
Through quietly contemplating every possible improvement, he spent no time in
correcting defects, and was able to give the technicians the perfect product of his mind.
He said, “Invariably, my device works as I imagined it should. In twenty years there has
not been a single exception.”
How a famous naturalist solved his problem
Professor Agassiz, a distinguished American naturalist, discovered the indefatigable
activities of his subconscious mind while he slept. His widow in her biography of her
famous husband has reported the following. “He had been for two weeks striving to
decipher the somewhat obscure impression of a fossil fish on the stone slab in which it
was preserved. Weary and perplexed, he put his work aside at last, and tried to dismiss it
from his mind. Shortly after, he waked one night persuaded that while asleep he had seen
his fish with all the missing features perfectly restored. But when he tried to hold and
make fast the image it escaped him. Nevertheless, he went early to the Jardin des Plantes,
thinking that on looking anew at the impression he should see something, which would
put him on the track of his vision. In vain—the blurred record was as black as ever. The
next night he saw the fish again, but with no more satisfactory result. When he awoke it
disappeared from his memory as before. Hoping that the same experience might be
repeated, on the third night he placed a pencil and paper beside his bed before going to
sleep. “Accordingly, toward morning the fish reappeared in his dream, confusedly at first,
but at last with such distinctness that he had no longer any doubt as to its zoological
characters. Still half dreaming, in perfect darkness, he traced these characters on the sheet
of paper at the bedside. In the morning he was surprised to see in his nocturnal sketch
Page 81
features, which he thought it impossible the fossil itself should reveal. He hastened to the
Jardin des Plantes, and, with his drawing as a guide, succeeded in chiseling away the
surface of the stone under which portions of the fish proved to be hidden. When wholly
exposed it corresponded with his dream and his drawing, and he succeeded in classifying
it with ease.”
An outstanding physician solved the problem of diabetes
Some years ago I received a clipping from a magazine describing the origin of the
discovery of insulin. This is the essence of the article as I recall it.
About forty years ago or more, Dr. Frederick Banting, a brilliant Canadian physician and
surgeon, was concentrating his attention on the ravages of diabetes. At that time medical
science offered no effective method of arresting the disease. Dr. Banting spent
considerable time experimenting and studying the international literature on the subject.
One night he was exhausted and fell asleep. While asleep, his subconscious mind
instructed him to extract the residue from the degenerated pancreatic duct of dogs. This
was the origin of insulin which has helped millions of people. You will note that Dr.
Banting had been consciously dwelling on the problem for some time seeking a solution,
a way out, and his subconscious responded accordingly.
It does not follow that you will always get an answer overnight. The answer may not
come for some time. Do not be discouraged. Keep on turning the problem over every
night to the subconscious mind prior to sleep, as if you had never done it before.
One of the reasons for the delay may be that you look upon it as a major problem. You
may believe it will take a long time to solve it. Your subconscious mind is timeless and
spaceless. Go to sleep believing you have the answer now. Do not postulate the answer in
the future. Have an abiding faith in the outcome. Become convinced now as you read this
book that there is an answer and a perfect solution for you.
How a famous scientist and physicist escaped from a Russian
concentration camp
Dr. Lothar von BlenkSchmidt, a member of the Rocket Society and an outstanding
research electronic engineer, gives the following condensed summary of how he used his
subconscious mind to free himself from certain death at the hands of brutal guards in a
Russian prison camp coal mine. He states as follows: “I was a prisoner of war in a coal
mine in Russia, and I saw men dying all around me in that prison compound. We were
watched over by brutal guards, arrogant officers, and sharp, fastthinking commissars.
After a short medical checkup, a quota of coal was assigned to each person. My quota
was three hundred pounds per day. In case any man did not fill his quota, his
small food ration was cut down, and in a short time he was resting in the cemetery.
“I started concentrating on my escape. I knew that my subconscious mind would
somehow find a way. My home in Germany was destroyed, my family wiped out; all my
friends and former associates were either killed in the war or were in concentration
camps. “I said to my subconscious mind, ‘I want to go to Los Angeles, and you will find
the way.’ I had seen pictures of Los Angeles and I remembered some of the boulevards
very well as well as some of the buildings. “Every day and night I would imagine I was
Page 82
walking down Wilshire Boulevard with an American girl whom I met in Berlin prior to
the war (she is now my wife). In my imagination we would visit the stores, ride buses,
and eat in the restaurants. Every night I made it a special point to drive my imaginary
American automobile up and down the boulevards of Los Angeles. I made all this vivid
and real. These pictures in my mind were as real and as natural to me as one of the trees
outside the prison camp.
“Every morning the chief guard would count the prisoners as they were lined up. He
would call out ‘one, two, three,’ etc., and when seventeen was called out, which was my
number in sequence, I stepped aside. In the meantime, the guard was called away for a
minute or so, and on his return he started by mistake on the next man as number
seventeen. When the crew returned in the evening, the number of men was the same, and
I was not missed, and the discovery would take a long time.
“I walked out of the camp undetected and kept walking for twenty-four hours, resting in a
deserted town the next day. I was able to live by fishing and killing some wild life. I
found coal trains going to Poland and traveled on them by night, until finally I reached
Poland. With the help of friends, I made my way to Lucerne, Switzerland.
“One evening at the Palace Hotel, Lucerne, I had a talk with a man and his wife from the
United States of America. This man asked me if I would care to be a guest at his home in
Santa Monica, California. I accepted, and when I arrived in Los Angeles, I found that
their chauffeur drove me along Wilshire Boulevard and many other boulevards, which I
had imagined, so vividly in the long months in the Russian coalmines. I recognized the
buildings, which I had seen in my mind so often. It actually seemed as if I had been in
Los Angeles before. I had reached my goal.
“I will never cease to marvel at the wonders of the subconscious mind. Truly, it has ways
we know not of.”
How archaeologists and paleontologists reconstruct ancient scenes
These scientists know that their subconscious mind has a memory of everything that has
ever transpired. As they study the ancient ruins and fossils, through their imaginative
perception, their subconscious mind aids them in reconstructing the ancient scenes. The
dead past becomes alive and audible once more. Looking at these ancient temples and
studying the pottery, statuary, tools, and household utensils of these ancient times,
the scientist tells us of an age when there was no language. Communication was done by
grunts, groans, and signs.
The keen concentration and disciplined imagination of the scientist awakens the latent
powers of his subconscious mind enabling him to clothe the ancient temples with roofs,
and surround them with gardens, pools, and fountains. The fossil remains are clothed
with eyes, sinews, and muscles, and they again walk and talk. The past becomes the
living present, and we find that in mind there is no time or space. Through disciplined,
controlled, and directed imagination, you can be a companion of the most scientific and
inspired thinkers of all time.
How to receive guidance from your subconscious
When you have what you term “a difficult decision” to make, or when you fail to see the
solution to your problem, begin at once to think constructively about it. If you are fearful
and worried, you are not really thinking. True thinking is free from fear.
Page 83
Here is a simple technique you can use to receive guidance on any subject: Quiet the
mind and still the body. Tell the body to relax; it has to obey you. It has no volition,
initiative, or self-conscious intelligence. Your body is an emotional disk, which records
your beliefs and impressions.
Mobilize your attention; focus your thought on the solution to your problem. Try to solve
it with your conscious mind. Think how happy you would be about the perfect solution.
Sense the feeling you would have if the perfect answer were yours now. Let your mind
play with this mood in a relaxed way; then drop off to sleep. When you awaken, and you
do not have the answer, get busy about something else. Probably, when you are
preoccupied with something else, the answer will come into your mind like toast pops out
of a toaster. In receiving guidance from the subconscious mind, the simple way is the
best. This is an illustration: I once lost a valuable ring, which was an heirloom. I looked
everywhere for it and could not locate it. At night I talked to the subconscious in the same
manner that I would talk to anyone. I said to it prior to dropping off to sleep, “You know
all things; you know where that ring is, and you now reveal to me where it is.”
In the morning I awoke suddenly with the words ringing in my ear, “Ask Robert!”
I thought it very strange that I should ask Robert, a young boy about nine years of age;
however, I followed the inner voice of intuition. Robert said, “Oh, yes, I picked it up in
the yard while I was playing with the boys. I placed it on the desk in my room. I did not
think it worth anything, so I did not say anything about it.” The subconscious mind will
always answer you if you trust it.
His subconscious revealed the location of his father’s will
A young man who attends my lectures had this experience. His father died and apparently
left no will. However, this man’s sister told him that their father had confided to her that
a will had been executed which was fair to all. Every attempt to locate the will failed.
Prior to sleep he talked to his deeper mind as follows: “I now turn this request over the
subconscious mind. It knows just where that will is, and reveals it to me.” Then he
condensed his request down to one word, “Answer,” repeating it over and over again as a
lullaby. He lulled himself to sleep with the word, “Answer.”
The next morning this young man had an overpowering hunch to go to a certain bank in
Los Angeles where he found a safe deposit vault registered in the name of his father, the
contents of which solved all his problems.
Your thought, as you go to sleep, arouses the powerful latency, which is within you. For
example, let us suppose you are wondering whether to sell your home, buy a certain
stock, sever partnership, move to New York or stay in Los Angeles,
dissolve the present contract or take a new one. Do this: Sit quietly in your armchair or at
the desk in your office. Remember that there is a universal law of action and reaction.
The action is your thought. The reaction is the response from your subconscious mind.
The subconscious mind is reactive and reflexive; this is its nature. It rebounds, rewards,
and repays. It is the law of correspondence. It responds by corresponding. As you
contemplate right action, you will automatically experience a reaction or response in
yourself, which represents the guidance or answer of your subconscious mind.
In seeking guidance, you simply think quietly about right action, which means that you
are using the infinite intelligence resident in the subconscious mind to the point where it
Page 84
begins to use you. From there on, your course of action is directed and controlled by the
subjective wisdom within you, which is all wise and omnipotent. Your decision will be
right. There will only be right action because you are under a subjective compulsion to do
the right thing. I use the word compulsion because the law of the subconscious is
compulsion.
The secret of guidance
The secret of guidance or right action is to mentally devote yourself to the right answer,
until you find its response in you. The response is a feeling, an inner awareness, and an
overpowering hunch whereby you know that you know. You have used the power to the
point where it begins to use you. You cannot possibly fail or make one false step while
operating under the subjective wisdom within you. You will find that all your ways are
pleasantness and all your paths are peace.
Highlights to recall
1. Remember that the subconscious mind has determined the success and wonderful
achievements of all great scientific workers.
2. By giving your conscious attention and devotion to the solution of a perplexing
problem, your subconscious mind gathers all the necessary information and presents it
full-blown to the conscious mind.
3. If you are wondering about the answer to a problem, try to solve it objectively. Get all
the information you can from research and also from others. If no answer comes, turn it
over to your subconscious mind prior to sleep, and the answer always comes. It never
fails.
4. You do not always get the answer overnight. Keep on turning your request over to your
subconscious until the daybreaks and the shadows flee away.
5. You delay the answer by thinking it will take a long time or that it is a major problem.
Your subconscious has no problem it knows only the answer.
6. Believe that you have the answer now. Feel the joy of the answer and the way you
would feel if you had the perfect answer. Your subconscious will respond to your feeling.
7. Any mental picture, backed by faith and perseverance, will come to pass through the
miracle working power of your subconscious. Trust it, believe in its power, and wonders
will happen as you pray.
8. Your subconscious is the storehouse of memory, and within your subconscious are
recorded all your experiences since childhood.
9. Scientists meditating on ancient scrolls, temples, fossils, etc., are able to reconstruct
scenes of the past and make them alive today. Their subconscious mind comes to their
aid.
10. Turn over your request for a solution to your subconscious prior to sleep. Trust it and
believe in it, and the answer will come. It knows all and sees all, but you must not doubt
or question its powers.
11. The action is your thought, and the reaction is the response of your subconscious
mind. If your thoughts are wise, your actions and decisions will be wise.
12. Guidance comes as a feeling, an inner awareness, an overpowering hunch whereby
you know that you know. It is an inner sense of touch. Follow it.
Page 85
Page 86
13 Your Subconscious and the Wonders of Sleep
You spend about eight out of every twenty-four hours, or one third of your entire life, in
sleep. This is an inexorable law of life. This also applies to the animal and vegetable
kingdoms. Sleep is a divine law, and many answers to our problems come to us when we
are sound asleep upon the bed. Many people have advocated the theory that you get tired
during the day, that you go to sleep to rest the body, and that a reparative process takes
place while you sleep. Nothing rests in sleep. Your heart, lungs, and all your vital
organs function while you are asleep. If you eat prior to sleep, the food is digested and
assimilated; also, your skin secretes perspiration, and your nails and hair continue to
grow. Your subconscious mind never rests or sleeps. It is always active, controlling all
your vital forces. The healing process takes place more rapidly while you are asleep as
there is no interference from your conscious mind. Remarkable answers are given to you
while you are asleep.
Why we sleep
Dr. John Bigelow, a famous research authority on sleep, demonstrated that at night while
asleep you receive impressions showing that the nerves of the eyes, ears, nose, and taste
buds are active during sleep, and also that the nerves of your brain are quite active. He
says that the main reason we sleep is because “the nobler part of the soul is united by
abstraction to our higher nature and becomes a participant in the wisdom and
foreknowledge of the gods.”
Dr. Bigelow states also, “The results of my studies have not only strengthened my
convictions that the supposed exemption from customary toils and activities was not the
final purpose of sleep, but have also made clearer to my mind the conviction that no part
of a man’s life deserves to be considered more indispensable to its symmetrical and
perfect spiritual development than the while he is separated from the phenomenal world
in sleep.”
Prayer, a form of sleep
Your conscious mind gets involved with vexations, strife, and contentions of the day, and
it is very necessary to withdraw periodically from sense evidence and the objective
world, and commune silently with the inner wisdom of your subconscious mind. By
claiming guidance, strength, and greater intelligence in all phases of your life, you will be
enabled to overcome all difficulties and solve your daily problems.
This regular withdrawal from sense evidence and the noise and confusion of everyday
living is also a form of sleep, i.e., you become asleep to the world of the senses and alive
to the wisdom and power of your subconscious mind.
Startling effects of sleep deprivation
Lack of sleep can cause you to become irritable, moody, and depressed. Dr. George
Stevenson of the National Association for Mental Health says, “I believe it can safely be
said that all human beings need a minimum of six hours’ sleep to be healthy. Most people
need more. Those who think they can get along on less are fooling themselves.”
Medical research scholars, investigating sleep processes and deprivation of sleep, point
out that severe insomnia has preceded psychotic breakdown in some instances.
Remember, you are spiritually recharged during sleep, and adequate sleep is essential to
produce joy and vitality in life.
Page 87
You need more sleep
Robert O’Brien, in an article, “Maybe You Need More Sleep,” in an issue of The Readers
Digest, reports the following experiment on sleep: “For the last three years experiments
have been in progress at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research in Washington, D.C.
Subjects—more than one hundred military and civilian volunteers—have been kept
awake for as long as four days. Thousands of tests have measured the effects on their
behavior and personality. Results of these tests have given scientists astonishingly new
insights into the mysteries of sleep. “They now know that the tired brain apparently
craves sleep so hungrily that it will sacrifice anything to get it. After only a few hours of
sleep loss, fleeting stolen naps called ‘lapses,’ or micro sleep, occurred at the rate of
three or four an hour. As in real sleep, eyelids drooped, heartbeat slowed. Each lapse
lasted just a fraction of a second. Sometimes the lapses were periods of blankness;
sometimes they were filled with images, wisps of dreams. As hours of sleep loss
mounted, the lapses took place more often and lasted longer, perhaps two or three
seconds. Even if the subjects had been piloting an airliner in a thunderstorm, they still
couldn’t have resisted micro sleeps for those few priceless seconds. And it can happen to
you, as many who have fallen asleep at the wheel of a car can testify. “Another startling
effect of sleep deprivation was its attack on human memory and perception. Many sleep
deprived subjects were unable to retain information long enough to relate it to the task
they were supposed to perform. They were totally befuddled in situations requiring them
to hold several factors in mind and act on them, as a pilot must when he skillfully
integrates wind direction, air speed, altitude, and glide path to make a safe landing.”
Sleep brings counsel
A young lady in Los Angeles who listens to my morning radio talks told me that she had
been offered a lucrative position in New York City at twice her present salary. She was
wondering whether to accept or not and prayed prior to sleep as follows: “The creative
Intelligence of my subconscious mind knows what is best for me. Its tendency is always
life ward, and it reveals to me the right decision, which blesses all concerned. I give
thanks for the answer which I know will come to me.”
She repeated this simple prayer over and over again as a lullaby prior to sleep, and in the
morning she had a persistent feeling that she should not accept the offer. She rejected the
offer and subsequent events verified her inward sense of knowing, because the company
went bankrupt in a few months following their offer of employment to her.
The conscious mind may be correct on the facts objectively known, but the intuitive
faculty of her subconscious mind saw the failure of the concern in question, and
prompted her accordingly.
Saved from certain disaster
I will illustrate how the wisdom of your subconscious mind can instruct you and protect
you relative to your request for right action as you go to sleep. Many years ago, before
the Second World War, I was offered a very lucrative assignment in the Orient, and I
prayed for guidance and the right decision as follows: “Infinite intelligence within me
knows all things, and the right decision is revealed to me in divine order. I will recognize
the answer when it comes.”
Page 88
I repeated this simple prayer over and over again as a lullaby prior to sleep, and in a
dream came the vivid realization of things to come three years hence. An old friend
appeared in the dream and said, “Read these headlines—do not go!” The headlines of the
newspaper, which appeared in the dream, related to war and the attack on Pearl Harbor.
Occasionally, the writer dreams literally. The aforementioned dream was undoubtedly a
dramatization of the subconscious mind which projected a person whom I trusted and
respected. To some a warning may come in the form of a mother who appears in a dream.
She tells the person not to go here or there, and the reason for the warning. Your
subconscious mind is all wise. It knows all things. Oftentimes it will speak to you only in
a voice that your conscious mind will immediately accept as true. Sometimes your
subconscious will warn you in a voice which sounds like that of your mother or some
loved one which may cause you to stop on the street, and you find, if you had gone
another foot, a falling object from a window might have struck you on the head.
My subconscious mind is one with the universal subconscious, and it knew the Japanese
were planning a war, and it also knew when the war would start.
Dr. Rhine, director of the Department of Psychology at Duke University, has gathered
together a vast amount of evidence showing that a great number of people all over the
world see events before they happen, and in many instances are, therefore, able to avoid
the tragic event which was foreseen vividly in a dream.
The dream which I had showed clearly the headlines in The New York Times about three
years prior to the tragedy of Pearl Harbor. In consequence of this dream, I immediately
cancelled the trip as I felt a subconscious compulsion to do so. Three years later the
Second World War proved the truth of the inner voice of intuition.
Your future is in your subconscious mind
Remember that the future, the result of your habitual thinking, is already in your mind
except when you change it through prayer. The future of a country, likewise, is in the
collective subconscious of the people of that nation. There is nothing strange in the dream
I had wherein I saw the headlines of the New York newspapers long before the war
began. The war had already taken place in mind, and all the plans of attack were already
engraved on that great recording instrument, the subconscious mind or collective
unconscious of the universal mind. Tomorrow’s events are in your subconscious mind, so
are next week’s and next month’s, and they may be seen by a highly psychic or
clairvoyant person.
No disaster or tragedy can happen to you if you decide to pray. Nothing is predetermined
or foreordained. Your mental attitude, i.e., the way you think, feel, and believe
determines your destiny. You can, through scientific prayer, which is explained in a
previous chapter, mold, fashion, and create your own future. Whatsoever a man soweth,
that shall he also reap.
A cat nap nets him $15,000
One of my students mailed me a newspaper clipping three or four years ago about a man
called Ray Hammerstrom, a roller at the steel works in Pittsburgh operated by Jones and
Laughlin Steel Corporation. He received $15,000 for his dream.
Page 89
According to the article, the engineers could not fix a faulty switch in a newly installed
bar mill which controlled the delivery of straight bars to the cooling beds. The engineers
worked on the switch about eleven or twelve times to no avail.
Hammerstrom thought a lot about the problem and tried to figure out a new design, which
might work. Nothing worked. One afternoon he lay down for a nap, and prior to sleep he
began to think about the answer to the switch problem. He had a dream in which a perfect
design for the switch was portrayed. When he awoke, he sketched his new design
according to the outline of his dream.
This visionary catnap won Hammerstrom a check for $15,000; the largest award the firm
ever gave an employee for a new idea.
How a famous professor solved his problem in sleep
Dr. H. V. Helprecht, Professor of Assyrian at the University of Pennsylvania, wrote as
follows: “One Saturday evening . . . I had been wearying myself, in the vain attempt to
decipher two small fragments of agate which were supposed to belong to the finger rings
of some Babylonians.
“About midnight, weary and exhausted, I went to bed and dreamed the following
remarkable dream: A tall, thin priest of Nippur, about forty years of age, led me to the
treasure chamber of the temple . . . a small, low ceilinged room without windows, while
scraps of agate and lapislazuli lay scattered on the floor. Here he addressed me as
follows: ‘The two fragments which you have published separately on pages 22 and 26
belong together, are not finger rings . . .. The first two rings served as earrings for the
statue of the god; the two fragments (you have) . . . are the portions of them. If you will
put them together you will have confirmation of my words.’ . . . I awoke at once . . . I
examined the fragments . . . and to my astonishment found the dream verified. The
problem was then at last solved.”
This demonstrates clearly the creative manifestation of his subconscious mind, which
knew the answer to all his problems.
How the subconscious worked for a famous writer while he slept
Robert Louis Stevenson in one of his books, Across the Plains, devotes a whole chapter
to dreams. He was a vivid dreamer and had the persistent habit of giving specific
instructions to his subconscious every night prior to sleep. He would request his
subconscious to evolve stories for him while he slept. For example, if Stevenson’s funds
were at low ebb, his command to his subconscious would be something like this: “Give
me a good thrilling novel which will be marketable and profitable.” His subconscious
responded magnificently.
Stevenson says, “These little brownies [the intelligences and powers of his subconscious]
can tell me a story piece by piece, like a serial, and keep me, its supposed creator, all the
while in total ignorance of where they aim.” And he added: “That part of my work which
is done when I am up and about [while he is consciously aware and awake] is by no
means necessarily mine, since all goes to show that the brownies have a hand in it even
then.”
Page 90
Sleep in peace and wake in joy
To those who suffer from insomnia, you will find the following prayer very effective.
Repeat it slowly, quietly, and lovingly prior to sleep: “My toes are relaxed, my ankles are
relaxed, my abdominal muscles are relaxed, my heart and lungs are relaxed, my hands
and arms are relaxed, my neck is relaxed, my brain is relaxed, my face is relaxed, my
eyes are relaxed, my whole mind and body are relaxed. I fully and freely forgive
everyone, and I sincerely wish for them harmony, health, peace, and all the blessings of
me. I am at peace; I am poised, serene, and calm. I rest in security and in peace. A great
stillness steals over me, and a great calm quiets my whole being as I realize the Divine
Presence within me. I know that the realization of life and love heals me. I wrap myself
in the mantle of love and fall asleep filled with good will for all. Throughout the night
peace remains with me, and in the morning I shall be filled with life and love. A circle of
love is drawn around me. I will hear no evil, for Thou art with me. I sleep in peace, I
wake in joy, and in Him I live, move, and have my being ́
Summary of your aids to the wonders of sleep
1. If you are worried that you will not wake up on time, suggest to your subconscious
mind prior to sleep the exact time you wish to arise, and it will awaken you. It needs no
clock. Do the same thing with all problems. There is nothing too hard for your
subconscious.
2. Your subconscious never sleeps. It is always on the job. It controls all your vital
functions. Forgive yourself and everyone else before you go to sleep, and healing will
take place much more rapidly.
3. Guidance is given you while you are asleep, sometimes in a dream. The healing
currents are also released, and in the morning you feel refreshed and rejuvenated.
4. When troubled by the vexations and strife of the day, still the wheels of your mind and
think about the wisdom and intelligence lodged in your subconscious mind, which is
ready to respond to you. This will give you peace, strength, and confidence.
5. Sleep is essential for peace of mind and health of body. Lack of sleep can cause
irritation, depression, and mental disorders. You need eight hours’ sleep.
6. Medical research scholars point out that insomnia precedes psychotic breakdowns.
7. You are spiritually recharged during sleep. Adequate sleep is essential for joy and
vitality in life.
8. Your tired brain craves sleep so hungrily that it will sacrifice anything to get it. Many
who have fallen asleep at the wheel of an automobile can testify to this.
9. Many sleep deprived people have poor memories and lack proper coordination. They
become befuddled, confused, and disorientated.
10. Sleep brings counsel. Prior to sleep, claim that the infinite intelligence of your
subconscious mind is guiding and directing you. Then, watch for the lead, which comes,
perhaps on awakening.
11. Trust your subconscious completely. Know that its tendency is always life ward.
Occasionally, your subconscious answers you in a very vivid dream and a vision in the
night. You can be forewarned in a dream in the same way as the author of this book was
warned.
12. Your future is in your mind now, based on your habitual thinking and beliefs. Claim
infinite intelligence leads and guides you and that all good is yours, and your future will
Page 91
be wonderful. Believe it and accept it. Expect the best, and invariably the best will come
to you.
13. If you are writing a novel, play, or book, or are working on an invention, speak to
your subconscious mind at night and claim boldly that its wisdom, intelligence, and
power are guiding, directing, and revealing to you the ideal play, novel, book, or
revealing the perfect solution whatever it may be. Wonders will happen as you pray this
way.
Page 92
14 Your Subconscious Mind and Marital Problems
Ignorance of the functions and powers of the mind is the cause of all marital trouble.
Each using the law of mind correctly can solve friction between husband and wife. By
praying together they stay together. The contemplation of divine ideals, the study of the
laws of life, the mutual agreement on a common purpose and plan, and the enjoyment of
personal freedom bring about that harmonious marriage, that wedded bliss, that sense
of oneness where the two become one.
The best time to prevent divorce is before marriage. It is not wrong to try to get out of a
very bad situation. But, why get into the bad situation in the first place? Would it not be
better to give attention to the real cause of marital problems, in other words, to really get
at the root of the matter involved?
As with all other problems of men and women, the problems of divorce, separation,
annulment, and endless litigation are directly traceable to lack of knowledge of the
working and interrelationship of the conscious and subconscious mind.
The meaning of marriage
Marriage to be real must first be on a spiritual basis. It must be of the heart, and the heart
is the chalice of love. Honesty, sincerity, kindness, and integrity are also forms of love.
Each partner should be perfectly honest and sincere with the other. It is not a true
marriage when a man marries a woman for her money, social position, or to lift his ego,
because this indicates a lack of sincerity, honesty, and true love. Such a marriage is a
farce, a sham, and a masquerade.
When a woman says, “I am tired working; I want to get married because I want security,”
her premise is false. She is not using the laws of mind correctly. Her security depends
upon her knowledge of the interaction of the conscious and subconscious mind and its
application. For example, a woman will never lack for wealth or health if she applies the
techniques outlined in the respective chapters of this book. Her wealth can come to her
independent of her husband, father, or anyone else. A woman is not dependent on her
husband for health, peace, joy, inspiration, guidance, love, wealth, security, happiness, or
anything in the world. Her security and peace of mind come from her knowledge of the
inner powers within her and from the constant use of the laws of her own mind in a
constructive fashion.
How to attract the ideal husband
You are now acquainted with the way your subconscious mind works. You know that
whatever you impress upon it will be experienced in your world. Begin now to impress
your subconscious mind with the qualities and characteristics you desire in a man.
The following is an excellent technique: Sit down at night in your armchair, close your
eyes, let go, relax the body, become very quiet, passive, and receptive. Talk to your
subconscious mind and say to it, “I am now attracting a man into my experience who is
honest, sincere, loyal, faithful, peaceful, happy, and prosperous. These qualities, which I
admire, are sinking down into my subconscious mind now. As I dwell upon these
characteristics, they become a part of me and are embodied subconsciously. “I know
there is an irresistible law of attraction and that I attract to me a man according to my
subconscious belief. I attract that which I feel to be true in my subconscious mind.
Page 93
“I know I can contribute to his peace and happiness. He loves my ideals, and I love his
ideals. He does not want to make me over; neither do I want to make him over. There is
mutual love, freedom, and respect.”
Practice this process o f impregnating your subconscious mind. Then, you will have the
joy of attracting to you a man possessing the qualities and characteristics you mentally
dwelt upon. Your subconscious intelligence will open up a pathway, whereby both of you
will meet, according to the irresistible and changeless flow of your own subconscious
mind. Have a keen desire to give the best that is in you of love, devotion, and
cooperation. Be receptive to this gift of love, which you have given to your subconscious
mind.
How to attract the ideal wife
Affirm as follows: “I now attract the right woman who is in complete accord with me.
This is a spiritual union because it is divine love functioning through the personality of
someone with whom I blend perfectly. I know I can give to this woman love, light, peace,
and joy. I feel and believe I can make this woman’s life full, complete, and wonderful.
“I now decree that she possesses the following qualities and attributes: She is spiritual,
loyal, faithful, and true. She is harmonious, peaceful, and happy. We are irresistibly
attracted to each other. Only that which belongs to love, truth, and beauty can enter my
experience. I accept my ideal companion now.”
As you think quietly and with interest on the qualities and attributes, which you admire in
the companion you seek, you will build the mental equivalent into your mentality. Then,
the deeper currents of your subconscious mind will bring both of you together in divine
order.
No need for third mistake
Recently a teacher said to me, “I have had three husbands and all three have been passive,
submissive, and dependent on me to make all decisions and govern everything. Why do I
attract such type men?” I asked her whether she had known that her second husband was
the effeminate type, and she replied, “Of course not.
Had I known, I would not have married him.” Apparently she had not learned anything
from the first mistake. The trouble was with her personality makeup. She was very
masculine, domineering, and unconsciously wanted someone who would be submissive
and passive so that she could play the dominant role. All this was unconscious
motivation, and her subconscious picture attracted to her what she subjectively wanted.
She had to learn to break the pattern by adopting the right prayer process.
How she broke the negative pattern
The abovementioned woman learned a simple truth. When you believe you can have the
type of man you idealize, it is done unto you, as you believe. The following is the specific
prayer she used to break the old subconscious pattern and attract to her the ideal mate: “I
am building into my mentality the type of man I deeply desire. The man I attract for a
husband is strong, powerful, loving, very masculine, successful, honest, loyal, and
faithful. He finds love and happiness with me. I love to follow where he leads.
“I know he wants me, and I want him. I am honest, sincere, loving, and kind. I have
wonderful gifts to offer him. They are good will, a joyous heart, and a healthy body. He
offers me the same. It is mutual. I give and I receive.
Page 94
Divine intelligence knows where this man is, and the deeper wisdom of my subconscious
mind is now bringing both of us together in its own way, and we recognize each other
immediately. I release this request to my subconscious mind, which knows how to bring
my request to pass. I give thanks for the perfect answer.”
She prayed in the above manner night and morning, affirming these truths and knowing
that through frequent occupation of the mind she would reach the mental equivalent of
that which she sought.
The answer to her prayer
Several months went by. She had a great number of dates and social engagements, none
of which was agreeable to her. When she was about to question, waiver, doubt, and
vacillate, she reminded herself that the infinite intelligence was bringing it to pass in
its own way and that there was nothing to be concerned about. Her final decree in her
divorce proceedings was granted which brought her a great sense of release and mental
freedom.
Shortly afterward she went to work as a receptionist in a doctor’s office. She told me that
the minute she saw the physician she knew he was the man she was praying about.
Apparently he knew it, too, because he proposed to her the first week she was in the
office, and their subsequent marriage was ideally happy. This physician was not the
passive or submissive type, but was a real man, a former football player, an outstanding
athlete, and was a deeply spiritual man though he was completely devoid of any sectarian
or denominational affiliation.
She got what she prayed for because she claimed it mentally until she reached the point
of saturation. In other words, she mentally and emotionally united with her idea, and it
became a part of her in the same way that an apple becomes a part of her blood stream.
Should I get a divorce?
Divorce is an individual problem. It cannot be generalized. In some cases, of course,
there never should have been a marriage. In some cases, divorce is not the solution, no
more so than marriage is the solution for a lonely man. Divorce may be right for one
person and wrong for another. A divorced woman may be far more sincere and noble
than many of her married sisters who perhaps are living a lie.
For example, I once talked with a woman whose husband was a dope fiend, an ex-
convict, a wife beater, and a non-provider. She had been told it was wrong to get a
divorce. I explained to her that marriage is of the heart. If two hearts blend harmoniously,
lovingly, and sincerely, that is the ideal marriage. The pure action of the heart is love.
Following this explanation she knew what to do. She knew in her heart that there is no
divine law which compelled her to be browbeaten, intimidated, and beaten because
someone said, “I pronounce you man and wife.”
If you are in doubt as to what to do, ask for guidance, knowing that there is always an
answer, and you will receive it. Follow the lead that comes to you in the silence of your
soul. It speaks to you in peace.
Drifting into divorce
Recently a young couple, married for only a few months, was seeking a divorce. I
discovered that the young man had a constant fear that his wife would leave him. He
expected rejection, and he believed that she would be unfaithful. These thoughts haunted
Page 95
his mind, and became an obsession with him. His mental attitude was one of separation
and suspicion. She felt unresponsive to him; it was his own feeling or atmosphere of loss
and separation operating through them. This brought about a condition or action in
accordance with the mental pattern behind it. There is a law of action and reaction, or
cause and effect. The thought is the action, and the response of the subconscious mind is
the reaction. His wife left home and asked for a divorce, which is what he feared and
believed she would do.
Divorce begins in the mind
Divorce takes place first in the mind; the legal proceedings follow after. These two young
people were full of resentment, fear, suspicion, and anger. These attitudes weaken,
exhaust, and debilitate the whole being. They learned that hate divides and that love
unites. They began to realize what they had been doing with their minds. Neither one of
them knew the law of mental action, nor they were misusing their minds and bringing on
chaos and misery. These two people went back together at my suggestion and
experimented with prayer therapy.
They began to radiate love, peace, and good will to each other. Each one practiced
radiating harmony, health, peace, and love to the other, and they alternated in the reading
of the Psalms every night. Their marriage is growing more beautiful every day.
The nagging wife
Many times the reason the wife nags is because she gets no attention. Oftentimes, it is a
craving for love and affection. Give your wife attention, and show your appreciation.
Praise and exalt all her many good points. There is also the nagging type of woman who
wants to make the man conform to her particular pattern. This is about the quickest way
in the world to get rid of a man.
The wife and the husband must cease being scavengers— always looking at the petty
faults or errors in each other. Let each give attention and praise for the constructive and
wonderful qualities in the other.
The brooding husband
If a man begins to brood, grows morbid against his wife because of the things she said or
did, he is, psychologically speaking, committing adultery. One of the meanings of
adultery is idolatry, i.e., giving attention to or uniting mentally with that which is
negative and destructive. When a man is silently resenting his wife and is full of hostility
toward her, he is unfaithful. He is not faithful to his marriage vows, which are to love,
cherish, and honor her all the days of his life.
The man who is brooding, bitter, and resentful can swallow his sharp remarks, abate his
anger, and he can go to great lengths to be considerate, kind, and courteous. He can deftly
skirt the differences. Through praise and mental effort, he can get out of the habit of
antagonism. Then, he will be able to get along better, not only with his wife, but with
business associates also. Assume the harmonious state, and eventually you will find
peace and harmony.
Page 96
The great mistake
A great mistake is to discuss your marital problems or difficulties with neighbors and
relatives. Suppose, for example, a wife says to the neighbor, “John never gives me any
money. He treats my mother abominably, drinks to excess, and is constantly abusive and
insulting.” Now, this wife is degrading and belittling her husband in the eyes of all the
neighbors and relatives. He no longer appears as the ideal husband to them. Never discuss
your marital problems with anyone except a trained counselor. Why cause numerous
people to think negatively of your marriage? Moreover, as you discuss and dwell upon
these shortcomings of your husband, you are actually creating these states within
yourself. Who is thinking and feeling it? You are! As you think and feel, so are you.
Relatives will usually give you the wrong advice. It is usually biased and prejudiced
because it is not given in an impersonal way. Any advice you receive which violates the
golden rule, which is a cosmic law, is not good or sound.
It is well to remember that no two human beings ever lived beneath the same roof without
clashes of temperament, periods of hurts and strain. Never display the unhappy side of
your marriage to your friends. Keep your quarrels to yourself. Refrain from criticism and
condemnation of your partner.
Don’t try to make your wife over
A husband must not try to make his wife over into a second edition of himself. The
tactless attempt to change her in many ways is foreign to her nature. These attempts are
always foolish, and many times result in dissolution of the marriage. These attempts to
alter her destroy her pride and self-esteem, and arouse a spirit of contrariness and
resentment that proves fatal to the marriage bond.
Adjustments are needed, of course, but if you have a good look inside your own mind,
and study your character and behavior, you will find so many shortcomings, they will
keep you busy the rest of your Me. If you say, “I will make him over into what I want,”
you are looking for trouble and the divorce court. You are asking for misery. You will
have to learn the hard way that there is no one to change but yourself.
Pray together and stay together through steps in prayer
The first step: Never carry over from one day to another accumulated irritations arising
from little disappointments. Be sure to forgive each other for any sharpness before you
retire at night. The moment you awaken in the morning, claim infinite intelligence is
guiding you in all your ways. Send out loving thoughts of peace, harmony, and love to
your marriage partner, to all members of the family, and to the whole world.
The second step: Say grace at breakfast. Give thanks for the wonderful food, for your
abundance, and for all your blessings. Make sure that no problems, worries, or arguments
shall enter into the table conversation; the same applies at dinnertime. Say to your wife or
husband, “I appreciate all you are doing, and I radiate love and good will to you all day
long.”
The third step: The husband and wife should alternate in praying each night. Do not take
your marriage partner for granted. Show your appreciation and love. Think appreciation
and good will, rather than condemnation, criticism, and nagging. The way to build a
peaceful home and a happy marriage is to use a foundation of love, beauty, harmony,
mutual respect, faith in God, and all things good. Read the 23rd, 27th, and 91st Psalms,
the 11th chapter of Hebrews, the 13th chapter of I Corinthians, and other great texts of
Page 97
the Bible before going to sleep. As you practice these truths, your marriage will grow
more and more blessed through the years.
Review your actions
1. Ignorance of mental and spiritual laws is the cause of all marital unhappiness. By
praying scientifically together, you stay together.
2. The best time to prevent divorce is before marriage. If you learn how to pray in the
right way, you will attract the right mate for you.
3. Marriage is the union of a man and woman who are bound together by love. Their
hearts beat as one, and they move onward, upward, and Godward.
4. Marriage does not bequeath happiness. People find happiness by dwelling on the
eternal truths of God and the spiritual values of life. Then, the man and woman can
contribute to each other’s happiness and joy.
5. You attract the right mate by dwelling on the qualities and characteristics you admire
in a woman or a man, and then your subconscious mind will bring you together in divine
order.
6. You must build into your mentality the mental equivalent of what you want in a
marriage partner. If you want to attract an honest, sincere, and loving partner in life, you
must be honest, sincere, and loving yourself.
7. You do not have to repeat mistakes in marriage. When you really believe you can have
the type man or woman you idealize, it is done unto you, as you believe. To believe is to
accept something as true. Accept your ideal companion now mentally.
8. Do not wonder how, why, or where you will meet the mate you are praying for. Trust
implicitly the wisdom of your subconscious mind. It has the “knowhow,” and you don’t
have to assist it.
9. You are mentally divorced when you indulge in peeves, grudges, ill will, and hostility
toward your marriage partner. You are mentally dwelling with error in the bed of your
mind. Adhere to your marriage vows, “I promise to cherish, love, and honor him (or her)
all the days of my life.”
10. Cease projecting fear patterns to your marriage partner. Project love, peace, harmony,
and good will, and your marriage will grow more beautiful and more wonderful through
the years.
11. Radiate love, peace, and good will to each other. These vibrations are picked up by
the subconscious mind resulting in mutual trust, affection, and respect.
12. A nagging wife is usually seeking attention and appreciation. She is craving for love
and affection. Praise and exalt her many good points. Show her that you love her and
appreciate her.
13. A man who loves his wife does not do anything unloving or unkind in word, manner,
or action. Love is what love does.
14. In marital problems, always seek expert advice. You would not go to a carpenter to
pull a tooth; neither should you discuss your marriage problems with relatives or friends.
You should go to a trained person for counsel.
15. Never try to make your wife or husband over. These attempts are always foolish and
tend to destroy the pride and self esteem of the other. Moreover, it arouses a spirit of
Page 98
resentment that proves fatal to the marriage bond. Cease trying to make the other a
second edition of yourself.
16. Pray together and you will stay together. Scientific prayer solves all problems.
Mentally picture your wife as she ought to be, joyous, happy, healthy, and beautiful. See
your husband, as he ought to be, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious, and kind.
Maintain this mental picture, and you will experience the marriage made in heaven,
which is harmony and peace.
Page 99
15 Your Subconscious Mind and Your Happiness
William James, father of American psychology, said that the greatest discovery of the
nineteenth century was not in the realm of physical science. The greatest discovery was
the power of the subconscious touched by faith.
In every human being is that limitless reservoir of power, which can overcome any
problem in the world. True and lasting happiness will come into your life the day you get
the clear realization that you can overcome any weakness—the day you realize that your
subconscious can solve your problems, heal your body, and prosper you beyond your
fondest dream.
You might have felt very happy when your child was born, when you got married, when
you graduated from college, or when you won a great victory or a prize. You might have
been very happy when you became engaged to the loveliest girl or the most handsome
man. You could go on and list innumerable experiences, which have made you happy.
However, no matter how marvelous these experiences are, they do not give real lasting
happiness—they are transitory.
The Book of Proverbs gives the answer: Whosoever trusteth in the Lord, happy is he.
When you trust in the Lord (the power and wisdom of your subconscious mind) to lead,
guide, govern, and direct all your ways, you will become poised, serene, and relaxed. As
you radiate love, peace, and good will to all, you are really building a superstructure of
happiness for all the days of your life.
You must choose happiness
Happiness is a state of mind. There is a phrase in the Bible which says, Choose ye this
day whom ye will serve. You have the freedom to choose happiness. This may seem
extraordinarily simple, and it is. Perhaps this is why people stumble over the way to
happiness; they do not see the simplicity of the key to happiness. The great things of life
are simple, dynamic, and creative. They produce wellbeing and happiness.
St. Paul reveals to you how you can think your way into a life of dynamic power and
happiness in these words: Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever
things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever
things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if
there be any praise, think on these things. PHIL. 4:8.
How to choose happiness
Begin now to choose happiness. This is how you do it: When you open your eyes in the
morning, say to yourself, “Divine order takes charge of my life today and every day. All
things work together for good for me today. This is a new and wonderful day for me.
There will never be another day like this one. I am divinely guided all day long, and
whatever I do will prosper. Divine love surrounds me, enfolds me, and enwraps me, and I
go forth in peace. Whenever my attention wanders away from that which is good and
constructive, I will immediately bring it back to the contemplation of that which is lovely
and of good report. I am a spiritual and mental magnet attracting to myself all things,
which bless and prosper me. I am going to be a wonderful success in all my undertakings
today. I am definitely going to be happy all day long.” Start each day in this manner; then
you will be choosing happiness, and you will be a radiant joyous person.
Page 100
He made it a habit to be happy
A number of years ago, I stayed for about a week in a farmer's house in Connemarra on
the west coast of Ireland. He seemed to be always singing and whistling and was full of
humor. I asked him the secret of his happiness, and his reply was: “It is a habit of mine to
be happy. Every morning when I awaken and every night before I go to sleep, I bless my
family, the crops, the cattle, and I thank God for the wonderful harvest.”
This farmer had made a practice of this for over forty years. As you know, thoughts
repeated regularly and systematically sink into the subconscious mind and become
habitual. He discovered that happiness is a habit.
You must desire to be happy
There is one very important point about being happy. You must sincerely desire to be
happy. There are people who have been depressed, dejected, and unhappy so long that
was they suddenly made happy by some wonderful, good, joyous news, they would
actually be like the woman who said to me, “It is wrong to be so happy!” They have been
so accustomed to the old mental patterns that they do not feel at home being happy! They
long for the former, depressed, unhappy state.
I knew a woman in England who had rheumatism for many years. She would pat herself
on the knee and say, “My rheumatism is bad today. I cannot go out. My rheumatism
keeps me miserable.” This dear elderly lady got a lot of attention from her son, daughter,
and the neighbors. She really wanted her rheumatism. She enjoyed her “misery” as she
called it. This woman did not really want to be happy. I suggested a curative procedure to
her. I wrote down some biblical verses and told her that if she gave attention to these
truths, her mental attitude would undoubtedly change and would result in her faith and
confidence in being restored to health. She was not interested. There seems to be a
peculiar, mental, morbid streak in many people, whereby they seem to enjoy being
miserable and sad.
Why choose unhappiness?
Many people choose unhappiness by entertaining these ideas: “Today is a black day;
everything is going to go wrong.” 3I am not going to succeed.” “Everyone is against me.”
“Business is bad, and it is going to get worse.” “I'm always late.” “I never get the
breaks.” “He can, but I can't.” If you have this attitude of mind the first thing in the
morning, you will attract all these experiences to you, and you will be very unhappy.
Begin to realize that the world you live in is determined largely by what goes on in your
mind. Marcus Aurelius, the great Roman philosopher and sage, said, “A man's life is
what his thoughts make of it.” Emerson, America's foremost philosopher, said, “A man is
what he thinks all day long.” The thoughts you habitually entertain in your mind have the
tendency to actualize themselves in physical conditions.
Make certain you do not indulge in negative thoughts, defeatist thoughts, or unkind,
depressing thoughts. Recall frequently to your mind that you can experience nothing
outside your own mentality.
If I had a million dollars, I would be happy
I have visited many men in mental institutions who were millionaires, but they insisted
they were penniless and destitute. They were incarcerated because of psychotic, paranoid,
and manic-depressive tendencies. Wealth in and of itself will not make you happy. On the
Page 101
other hand, it is not a deterrent to happiness. Today, there are many people trying to buy
happiness through the purchase of radios, television sets, automobiles, a home in the
country, a private yacht, and a swimming pool, but happiness cannot be purchased or
procured in that way.
The kingdom of happiness is in your thought and feeling. Too many people have the idea
that it takes something artificial to produce happiness. Some say, “If I were elected
mayor, made president of the organization, promoted to general manager of the
corporation, I would be happy.” The truth is that happiness is a mental and spiritual state.
None of these positions mentioned will necessarily bequeath happiness. Your strength,
joy, and happiness consist in finding out the law of divine order and right action lodged
in your subconscious mind and by applying these principles in all phases of your
life.
He found happiness to be the harvest of a quiet mind
Lecturing in San Francisco some years ago, I interviewed a man who was very unhappy
and dejected over the way his business was going. He was the general manager. His heart
was filled with resentment toward the vice president and the president of the
organization. He claimed that they opposed him. Because of this internal strife, business
was declining; he was receiving no dividends or stock bonuses.
This is how he solved his business problem: The first thing in the morning he affirmed
quietly as follows, “All those working in our corporation are honest, sincere, cooperative,
faithful, and full of good will to all. They are mental and spiritual links in the chain of
this corporation's growth, welfare, and prosperity. I radiate love, peace, and good will in
my thoughts, words, and deeds to my two associates and to all those in the company. The
president and the vice president of our company are divinely guided in all their
undertakings. The infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind makes all decisions
through me. There is only right action in all our business transactions and in our
relationship with each other. I send the messengers of peace, love, and good will before
me to the office. Peace and harmony reign supreme in the minds and hearts of all those in
the company including myself. I now go forth into a new day, full of faith, confidence,
and trust.”
This business executive repeated the above meditation slowly three times in the morning,
feeling the truth of what he affirmed. When fearful or angry thoughts came into his mind
during the day, he would say to himself, “Peace, harmony, and poise govern my mind at
all times.” As he continued disciplining his mind in this manner, all the harmful thoughts
ceased to come, and peace came into his mind. He reaped the harvest.
Subsequently, he wrote me to the effect that at the end of about two weeks of reordering
his mind, the president and the vice president called him into the office, praised his
operations and his new constructive ideas, and remarked how fortunate they were in
having him as general manager. He was very happy in discovering that man finds
happiness within himself.
The block or stump is not really there
I read a newspaper article some years ago, which told about a horse that had shied when
he came to a stump on the road. Subsequently, every time the horse came to that same
stump, he shied. The farmer dug the stump out, burned it, and leveled the old road. Yet,
Page 102
for twenty-five years, every time the horse passed the place where the former stump was,
he shied. The horse was shying at the memory of a stump.
There is no block to your happiness save in your own thought life and mental imagery. Is
fear or worry holding you back? Fear is a thought in your mind. You can dig it up this
very moment by supplanting it with faith in success, achievement, and victory over all
problems.
I knew a man who failed in business. He said to me, “I made mistakes. I've learned a lot.
I am going back into business, and I will be a tremendous success.” He faced up to that
stump in his mind. He did not whine or complain, but he tore up the stump of failure, and
through believing in his inner powers to back him up, he banished all fear thoughts and
old depressions. Believe in yourself, and you will succeed and be happy.
The happiest people
The happiest man is he who constantly brings forth and practices what is best in him.
Happiness and virtue complement each other. The best are not only the happiest, but the
happiest are usually the best in the art of living life successfully. God is the highest and
best in you. Express more of God's love, light, truth, and beauty, and you will become
one of the happiest persons in the world today.
Epictetus, the Greek stoic philosopher, said, “There is but one way to tranquility of mind
and happiness; let this, therefore, be always ready at hand with thee, both when thou
wakest early in the morning, and all the day long, and when thou goest late to sleep, to
account no external things thine own, but commit all these to God.”
Summary of steps to happiness
1. William James said that the greatest discovery of the 19th century was the power of the
subconscious mind touched by faith.
2. There is tremendous power within you. Happiness will come to you when you acquire
a sublime confidence in this power. Then, you will make your dreams come true.
3. You can rise victorious over any defeat and realize the cherished desires of your heart
through the marvelous power of your subconscious mind. This is the meaning of
whosoever trusteth in the Lord [spiritual laws of the subconscious mind], happy is he.
4. You must choose happiness. Happiness is a habit. It is a good habit to ponder often on
Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just,
whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good
report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Phil. 4:8.
5. When you open your eyes in the morning, say to yourself, I choose happiness today. I
choose success today. I choose right action today. I choose love and good will for all
today. I choose peace today. Pour life, love, and interest into this affirmation, and you
have chosen happiness.
6. Give thanks for all your blessings several times a day. Furthermore, pray for the peace,
happiness, and prosperity of all members of your family, your associates, and all people
everywhere.
7. You must sincerely desire to be happy. Nothing is accomplished without desire. Desire
is a wish with wings of imagination and faith. Imagine the fulfillment of your desire, and
feel its reality, and it will come to pass. Happiness comes in answered prayer.
Page 103
8. By constantly dwelling on thoughts of fear, worry, anger, hate, and failure, you will
become very depressed and unhappy. Remember, your life is what your thoughts make of
it.
9. You cannot buy happiness with all the money in the world. Some millionaires are very
happy, some are very unhappy. Many people with very little worldly goods are very
happy, and some are very unhappy. Some married people are happy, and some very
unhappy. Some single people are happy, and some are very unhappy. The kingdom of
happiness is in your thought and feeling.
10. Happiness is the harvest of a quiet mind. Anchor your thoughts on peace, poise,
security, and divine guidance, and your mind will be productive of happiness.
11. There is no block to your happiness. External things are not causative; these are
effects, not cause. Take your cue from the only creative principle within you. Your
thought is cause, and a new cause produces a new effect. Choose happiness.
12. The happiest man is he who brings forth the highest and the best in him. God is the
highest and the best in him, for the kingdom of God is within.
Page 104
16 Your Subconscious Mind and Harmonious Human Relations
In studying this book, you learn that your subconscious mind is a recording machine,
which faithfully reproduces whatever you impress upon it. This is one of the reasons for
the application of the Golden Rule in human relations. MATT. 7:12 says, All things
whatsoever ye would that men should do unto you, do ye even so to them. This quotation
has outer and inner meanings. You are interested in its inner meaning from the standpoint
of your subconscious mind, which is: As you would that men should think about you,
think you about them in like manner. As you would that men should feel about you, feel
you also about them in like manner. As you would want men to act toward you, act you
toward them in like manner.
For example, you may be polite and courteous to someone in your office, but when his
back is turned, you are very critical and resentful toward him in your mind. Such negative
thoughts are highly destructive to you. It is like taking poison. You are actually taking
mental poisons, which rob you of vitality, enthusiasm, strength, guidance, and good will.
These negative thoughts and emotions sink down into your subconscious, and cause all
kinds of difficulties and maladies in your life.
The master key to happy relationships with others
Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged:
and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. MATTHEW 7:12.
A study of these verses and the application of the inner truths therein contained represent
the real key to harmonious relations. To judge is to think, to arrive at a mental verdict or
conclusion in your mind. The thought you have about the other person is your thought,
because you are thinking it.
Your thoughts are creative, therefore, you actually create in your own experience what
you think and feel about the other person. It is also true that the suggestion you give to
another, you give to yourself because your mind is the creative medium.
This is why it is said, For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged. When you
know this law and the way your subconscious mind works, you are careful to think, feel,
and act rights toward the other. These verses teach you about the emancipation of man
and reveal to you the solution to your individual problems.
And with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again
The good you do for others comes back to you in like measure; and the evil you do
returns to you by the law of your own mind. If a man cheats and deceives another, he is
actually cheating and deceiving himself. His sense of guilt and mood of loss inevitably
will attract loss to him in some way, at some time. His subconscious records his mental
act and reacts according to the mental intention or motivation.
Your subconscious mind is impersonal and unchanging, neither considering persons nor
respecting religious affiliations or institutions of any kind. It is neither compassionate nor
vindictive. The way you think, feel, and act toward others returns at last upon yourself.
The daily headlines made him sick
Begin now to observe yourself. Observe your reactions to people, conditions, and
circumstances. How do you respond to the events and news of the day? It makes no
difference if all the other people were wrong and you alone were right. If the news
Page 105
disturbs you, it is your evil because your negative emotions robbed you of peace and
harmony.
A woman wrote me about her husband, saying that he goes into a rage when he reads
what certain newspaper columnists write in the newspaper. She added that this constant
reaction of anger and suppressed rage on his part brought on bleeding ulcers, and his
physician recommended an emotional reconditioning.
I invited this man to see me and I explained to him the way his mind functions indicating
how emotionally immature it was to get angry when others write articles with which he
disapproves or disagrees. He began to realize that he should give the newspaperman
freedom to express himself even though the latter disagreed with him politically,
religiously, or in any other way. In the same manner, the newspaperman would give him
freedom to write a letter to the newspaper disagreeing with his published statements. He
learned that he could disagree without being disagreeable. He awakened to the simple
truth that it is never what a person says or does that affects him, it is his reaction to what
is said or done that matters.
This explanation was the cure for this man, and he realized that with a little practice he
could master his morning tantrums. His wife told me, subsequently, that he laughed at
himself and also at what the columnists say. They no longer have power to disturb,
annoy, and irritate him. His ulcers have disappeared due to his emotional poise and
serenity.
I hate women, but I like men
A private secretary was very bitter toward some of the girls in her office because they
were gossiping about her, and as she said, spreading vicious lies about her. She admitted
that she did not like women. She said, “I hate women, but I like men.” I discovered also
that she spoke to the girls who were under her in the office in a very haughty, imperious,
and irritable tone of voice. She pointed out that they took a delight in making things
difficult for her. There was a certain pomposity in her way of speaking, and I could see
where her tone of voice would affect some people unpleasantly.
If all the people in the office or factory annoy you, isn’t it a possibility that the vibration,
annoyance, and turmoil may be due to some subconscious pattern or mental projection
from you? We know that a dog will react ferociously if you hate or fear dogs. Animals
pick up your subconscious vibrations and react accordingly. Many undisciplined human
beings are just as sensitive as dogs, cats, and other animals.
I suggested a process of prayer to this private secretary who hated women, explaining to
her that when she began to identify herself with spiritual values and commenced to affirm
the truths of life, her voice, mannerisms, and hatred of women would completely
disappear. She was surprised to know that the emotion of hatred shows up in a person’s
speech, actions, in his writings, and in all phases of his life. She ceased reacting in
the typical, resentful, and angry way. She established a pattern of prayer, which she
practiced regularly, systematically, and conscientiously in the office.
The prayer was as follows: “I think, speak, and act lovingly, quietly, and peacefully. I
now radiate love, peace, tolerance, and kindliness to all the girls who criticized me and
gossiped about me. I anchor my thoughts on peace, harmony, and good will to all.
Whenever I am about to react negatively, I say firmly to myself, ‘I am going to think,
speak, and act from the standpoint of the principle of harmony, health, and peace within
Page 106
myself.’Creative intelligence leads, rules, and guides me in all my ways.” The practice of
this prayer transformed her life, and she found that all criticism and annoyance ceased.
The girls became coworkers and friends along life’s journey. She discovered that there is
no one to change but myself.
His inner speech held back his promotion
One day a salesman came to see me and described his difficulties in working with the
sales manager of his organization. He had been with the company ten years and had
received no promotion or recognition of any kind. He showed me his sales figures,
which were greater proportionately than the other men in the territory. He said that the
sales manager did not like him, that he was unjustly treated, and hat at conferences the
manager was rude to him, and at times ridiculed his suggestions.
I explained that undoubtedly the cause was to a great degree within himself, and that his
concept and belief about his superior bore witness to the reaction of this man. The
measure we mete, shall be measured to us again. His mental measure or concept of the
sales manager was that he was mean and cantankerous. He was filled with bitterness and
hostility toward the executive. On his way to work he conducted a vigorous conversation
with himself filled with criticism, mental arguments, recriminations, and denunciations of
his sales manager.
What he gave out mentally, he was inevitably bound to get back. This salesman realized
that his inner speech was highly destructive because the intensity and force of his silent
thoughts and emotions, and personally conducted mental condemnation and vilification
of the sales manager entered into his own subconscious mind. This brought about the
negative response from his boss as well as creating many other personal, physical,
and emotional disorders.
He began to pray frequently as follows: “I am the only thinker in my universe. I am
responsible for what I think about my boss. My sales manager is not responsible for the
way I think about him. I refuse to give power to any person, place, or thing to annoy me
or disturb me. I wish health, success, peace of mind, and happiness for my boss. I
sincerely wish him well, and I know he is divinely guided in all his ways.”
He repeated this prayer out loud slowly, quietly, and feelingly, knowing that his mind is
like a garden, and that whatever he plants in the garden will come forth like seeds after
their kind. I also taught him to practice mental imagery prior to sleep in this way: He
imagined that his sales manager was congratulating him on his fine work, on his zeal and
enthusiasm, and on his wonderful response from customers. He felt the reality of all this,
felt his handshake, heard the tone of his voice, and saw him smile. He made a real mental
movie, dramatizing it to the best of his ability. Night after night he conducted this mental
movie, knowing that his subconscious mind was the receptive plate on which his
conscious imagery would be impressed.
Gradually by a process of what may be termed mental and spiritual osmosis, the
impression was made on his subconscious mind, and the expression automatically came
forth. The sales manager subsequently called him up to San Francisco, congratulated him,
and gave him a new assignment as Division Sales Manager over one hundred men with a
Page 107
big increase in salary. He changed his concept and estimate of his boss, and the latter
responded accordingly.
Becoming emotionally mature
What the other person says or does cannot really annoy or irritate you except you permit
him to disturb you. The only way he can annoy you is through your own thought. For
example, if you get angry, you have to go through four stages in your mind: You begin to
think about what he said. You decide to get angry and generate an emotion of rage. Then,
you decide to act. Perhaps, you talk back and react in kind. You see that the thought,
emotion, reaction, and action all take place in your mind.
When you become emotionally mature, you do not respond negatively to the criticism
and resentment of others. To do so would mean that you had descended to that state of
low mental vibration and become one with the negative atmosphere of the other. Identify
yourself with your aim in life, and do not permit any person, place, or thing to deflect you
from your inner sense of peace, tranquility, and radiant health.
The meaning of love in harmonious human relations
Sigmund Freud, the Austrian founder of psychoanalysis, said that unless the personality
has love, it sickens and dies. Love includes understanding, good will, and respect for the
divinity in the other person. The more love and good will you emanate and exude, the
more comes back to you. If you puncture the other fellow’s ego and wound his estimate
of himself, you cannot gain his good will. Recognize that every man wants to be loved
and appreciated, and made to feel important in the world. Realize that the other man is
conscious of his true worth, and that, like yourself, he feels the dignity of being an
expression of the One Life Principle animating all men. As you do this consciously and
knowingly, you build the other person up, and he returns your love and good will.
He hated audiences
An actor told me that the audience booed and hissed him on his first appearance on the
stage. He added that the play was badly written and that undoubtedly he did not play a
good role. He admitted openly to me that for months afterward he hated audiences. He
called them dopes, dummies, stupid, ignorant, gullible, etc. He quit the stage in disgust
and went to work in a drugstore for a year.
One day a friend invited him to hear a lecture in Town Hall, New York City, on “How to
Get Along With Ourselves.” This lecture changed his life. He went back to the stage and
began to pray sincerely for the audience and himself. He poured out love and good will
every night before appearing on the stage. He made it a habit to claim that the peace of
God filled the hearts of all present, and that all present were lifted up and inspired.
During each performance he sent out love vibrations to the audience. Today, he is a great
actor, and he loves and respects people. His good will and esteem are transmitted to
others and are felt by them.
Handling difficult people
There are difficult people in the world who are twisted and distorted mentally. They are
mal-conditioned. Many are mental delinquents, argumentative, uncooperative,
Page 108
cantankerous, cynical, and sour on life. They are sick psychologically. Many people have
deformed and distorted minds, probably warped during childhood. Many have congenital
deformities. You would not condemn a person who had tuberculosis, nor should you
condemn a person who is mentally ill. No one, for example, hates or resents a hunchback;
there are many mental hunchbacks. You should have compassion and understanding. To
understand all is to forgive all.
Misery loves company
The hateful, frustrated, distorted, and twisted personality is out of tune with the Infinite.
He resents those who are peaceful, happy, and joyous. Usually he criticizes, condemns,
and vilifies those who have been very good and kind to him. His attitude is this: Why
should they be so happy when he is so miserable? He wants to drag them down to his
own level. Misery loves company. When you understand this you remain unmoved, calm,
and dispassionate.
The practice of empathy in human relations
A girl visited me recently stating that she hated another girl in her office. She gave as her
reason that the other girl was prettier, happier, and wealthier than she, and, in addition,
was engaged to the boss of the company where they worked. One day after the marriage
had taken place, the crippled daughter (by a former marriage) of the woman whom she
hated came into the office. The child put her arms around her mother and said, “Mommy,
mommy, I love my new daddy! Look what he gave me!” She showed her mother a
wonderful new toy. She said to me, “My heart went out to that little girl, and I knew how
happy she must feel. I got a vision of how happy this woman was. All of a sudden I felt
love for her, and I went into the office and wished her all the happiness in the world, and
I meant it.”
In psychological circles today, this is called empathy, which simply means the
imaginative projection of your mental attitude into that of another. She projected her
mental mood or the feeling of her heart into that of the other woman, and began to think
and look out through the other woman’s brain. She was actually thinking and feeling as
the other woman, and also as the child, because she likewise had projected herself into
the mind of the child. She was looking out from that vantage point on the child’s
mother.
If tempted to injure or think ill of another, project yourself mentally into the mind of
Moses and think from the standpoint of the Ten Commandments. If you are prone to be
envious, jealous, or angry, project yourself into the mind of Jesus and think from that
standpoint, and you will feel the truth of the words Love ye one another.
Appeasement never wins
Do not permit people to take advantage of you and gain their point by temper tantrums,
crying jags, or so-called heart attacks. These people are dictators who try to enslave you
and make you do their bidding. Be firm but kind, and refuse to yield. Appeasement never
wins. Refuse to contribute to their delinquency, selfishness, and possessiveness.
Remember, do that which is right. You are here to fulfill your ideal and remain true to the
eternal verities and spiritual values of life, which are eternal. Give no one in all the world
the power to deflect you from your goal, your aim in life, which is to express your hidden
Page 109
talents to the world, to serve humanity, and to reveal more and more of God’s wisdom,
truth, and beauty to all people in the world. Remain true to your ideal. Know definitely
and absolutely that whatever contributes to your peace, happiness, and fulfillment must of
necessity bless all men who walk the earth. The harmony of the part is the harmony of the
whole, for the whole is in the part, and the part is in the whole. All you owe the other, as
Paul says, is love, and love is the fulfilling of the law of health, happiness, and peace of
mind.
Profitable pointers in human relations
1. Your subconscious mind is a recording machine, which reproduces your habitual
thinking. Think good of the other, and you are actually thinking good about yourself.
2. A hateful or resentful thought is a mental poison. Do not think ill of another for to do
so is to think ill of yourself. You are the only thinker in your universe, and your thoughts
are creative.
3. Your mind is a creative medium; therefore, what you think and feel about the other,
you are bringing to pass in your own experience. This is the psychological meaning of the
Golden Rule. As you would that man should think about you, think you about them in the
same manner.
4. To cheat, rob, or defraud another brings lack, loss, and limitation to yourself. Your
subconscious mind records your inner motivations, thoughts, and feelings. These being of
a negative nature; loss, limitation, and trouble come to you in countless ways. Actually,
what you do to the other, you are doing to yourself.
5. The good you do, the kindness proffered, the love and good will you send forth, will
all come back to you multiplied in many ways.
6. You are the only thinker in your world. You are responsible for the way you think
about the other. Remember, the other person is not responsible for the way you think
about him. Your thoughts are reproduced. What are you thinking now about the other
fellow?
7. Become emotionally mature and permit other people to differ from you. They have a
perfect right to disagree with you, and you have the same freedom to disagree with them.
You can disagree without being disagreeable.
8. Animals pick up your fear vibrations and snap at you. If you love animals, they will
never attack you. Many undisciplined human beings are just as sensitive as dogs, cats,
and other animals.
9. Your inner speech, representing your silent thoughts and feelings, is experienced in the
reactions of others toward you.
10. Wish for the other what you wish for yourself. This is the key to harmonious human
relations.
11. Change your concept and estimate of your employer. Feel and know he is practicing
the Golden Rule and the Law of Love, and he will respond accordingly.
12. The other person cannot annoy you or irritate you except you permit him. Your
thought is creative; you can bless him. If someone calls you a skunk, you have the
freedom to say to the other, “God’s peace fills your soul.”
14. Love is the answer to getting along with others. Love is understanding, good will, and
respecting the divinity of the other.
Page 110
15. You would not hate a hunchback or cripple. You would have compassion. Have
compassion and understanding for mental hunchbacks who have been conditioned
negatively. To understand all is to forgive all.
16. Rejoice in the success, promotion, and good fortune of the other. In doing so, you
attract good fortune to yourself.
17. Never yield to emotional scenes and tantrums of others. Appeasement never wins. Do
not be a doormat. Adhere to that which is right. Stick to your ideal, knowing that the
mental outlook, which gives you peace, happiness, and joy, is right, good, an d true. What
blesses you, blesses all.
18. All you owe any person in the world is love, and love is wishing for everyone what
you wish for yourself—health, happiness, and all the blessings of life.
Page 111
17 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind for Forgiveness
Life plays no favorites. God is Life, and this Life Principle is flowing through you this
moment. God loves to express Himself as harmony, peace, beauty, joy, and abundance
through you. This is called the will of God or the tendency of Life.
If you set up resistance in your mind to the flow of Life through you, this emotional
congestion will get snarled up in your subconscious mind and cause all kinds of negative
conditions. God has nothing to do with unhappy or chaotic conditions in the world.
Man’s negative and destructive thinking brings about all these conditions. Therefore, it is
silly to blame God for your trouble or sickness.
Many persons habitually set up mental resistance to the flow of Life by accusing and
reproaching God for the sin, sickness, and suffering of mankind. Others cast the blame on
God for their pains, aches, and loss of loved ones, personal tragedies, and accidents. They
are angry at God, and they believe He is responsible for their misery.
As long as people entertain such negative concepts about God, they will experience the
automatic negative reactions from their subconscious minds. Actually, such people do not
know that they are punishing themselves. They must see the truth, find release, and give
up all condemnation, resentment, and anger against anyone or any power outside
themselves. Otherwise, they cannot go forward into a healthy, happy, or creative activity.
The minute these people entertain a God of love in their minds and hearts, and when
they believe that God is their Loving Father who watches over them, cares for them,
guides them, sustains and strengthens them, this concept and belief about God or the Life
Principle will be accepted by their subconscious mind, and they will find themselves
blessed in countless ways.
Life always forgives you
Life forgives you when you cut your finger. The subconscious intelligence within you
sets about immediately to repair it. New cells build bridges over the cut. Should you take
some tainted food by error, Life forgives you and causes you to regurgitate it in order to
preserve you. If you burn your hand, the Life Principle reduces the edema and
congestion, and gives you new skin, tissue, and cells. Life holds no grudges against you,
and it is always forgiving you. Life brings you back to health, vitality, harmony, and
peace, if you cooperate by thinking in harmony with nature. Negative, hurtful memories,
bitterness, and ill will clutter up and impede the free flow of the Life Principle in you.
How he banished that feeling of guilt
I knew a man who worked every night until about one o’clock in the morning. He paid no
attention to his two boys or his wife. He was always too busy working hard. He thought
people should pat him on the back because he was working so arduously and persistently
past midnight every night. He had a blood pressure of over two hundred and was full of
guilt. Unconsciously, he proceeded to punish himself by hard work and he completely
ignored his children. A normal man does not do that. He is interested in his boys and in
their development. He does not shut his wife out of his world.
I explained to him why he was working so arduously, “There is something eating you
inside, otherwise, you would not act this way. You are punishing yourself, and you have
to learn to forgive yourself.” He did have a deep sense of guilt. It was toward a brother.
Page 112
I explained to him that God was not punishing him, but that he was punishing himself.
For example, if you misuse the laws of life, you will suffer accordingly. If you put your
hand on a naked charged wire, you will get burned. The forces of nature are not evil; it is
your use of them that determines whether they have a good or evil effect. Electricity is
not evil; it depends on how you use it, whether to burn down a structure or light up a
home. The only sin is ignorance of the law, and the only punishment is the automatic
reaction of man’s misuse of the law.
If you misuse the principle of chemistry, you may blow up the office or the factory. If
you strike your hand on a board, you may cause your hand to bleed. The board is not for
that purpose. Its purpose may be to lean upon or to support your feet.
This man realized that God does not condemn or punish anyone, and that all his suffering
was due to the reaction of his subconscious mind to his own negative and destructive
thinking. He had cheated his brother at one time, and the brother had now passed on.
Still, he was full of remorse and guilt.
I asked him, “Would you cheat your brother now?” He said, “No.” “Did you feel you
were justified at the time?” His reply was, “Yes.” “But, you would not do it now?” He
added, “No, I am helping others to know how to live.” I added the following comment,
“You have a greater reason and understanding now. Forgiveness is to forgive yourself.
Forgiveness is getting your thoughts in line with the divine law of harmony. Self
condemnation is called hell (bondage and restriction); forgiveness is called heaven
(harmony and peace).”
The burden of guilt and self condemnation was lifted from his mind, and he had a
complete healing. The doctor tested his blood pressure, and it had become normal. The
explanation was the cure.
A murderer learned to forgive himself
A man who murdered his brother in Europe visited me many years ago. He was suffering
from great mental anguish and torture believing that God must punish him. He explained
that his brother had been having an affair with his wife, and that he had shot him on the
spur of the moment. This had happened about fifteen years previous to his interview with
me. In the meantime, this man had married an American girl and had been blessed with
three lovely children. He was in a position where he helped many people, and he was a
transformed man.
My explanation to him was that physically and psychologically he was not the same man
who shot his brother, since scientists inform us that every cell of our bodies changes
every eleven months. Moreover, mentally and spiritually he was a new man. He was now
full of love and good will for humanity. The “old” man who committed the crime fifteen
years before was mentally and spiritually dead. Actually, he was condemning an innocent
man!
This explanation had a profound effect upon him, and he said it was as if a great weight
had been lifted from his mind. He realized the significance of the following truth in the
Bible: Come now, let us reason together, saith the Lord: though your sins be as scarlet,
they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.
ISAIAH 1:18.
Page 113
Criticism cannot hurt you without your consent
A schoolteacher told me that one of her associates criticized a speech she had given,
saying to her that she spoke too fast, she swallowed some of her words, she couldn’t be
heard, her diction was poor, and her speech ineffective. This teacher was furious and full
of resentment toward her critic.
She admitted to me that the criticisms were just. Her first reaction was really childish,
and she agreed that the letter was really a blessing and a marvelous corrective. She
proceeded immediately to supplement her deficiencies in her speech by enrolling in a
course in public speaking at City College. She wrote and thanked the writer of the note
for her interest, expressing appreciation for her conclusions and findings, which enabled
the teacher to correct the matter at once.
How to be compassionate
Suppose none of the things mentioned in the letter had been true of the teacher. The latter
would have realized that her class material had upset the prejudices, superstitions, or
narrow sectarian beliefs of the writer of the note, and that a psychologically ill person
was simply pouring forth her resentment because a psychological boil had been hurt.
To understand this fact is to be compassionate. The next logical step would be to pray for
the other person’s peace, harmony, and understanding. You cannot be hurt when you
know that you are master of your thoughts, reactions, and emotions. Emotions follow
thoughts, and you have the power to reject all thoughts, which may disturb or upset you.
Left at the altar
Some years ago I visited a church to perform a marriage ceremony. The young man did
not appear, and at the end of two hours, the bride-to-be shed a few tears, and then said to
me, “I prayed for divine guidance. This might be the answer for He never faileth.”
That was her reaction—faith in God and all things good. She had no bitterness in her
heart because as she said, “It must not have been right action because my prayer was for
right action for both of us.” Someone else having a similar experience would have gone
into a tantrum, have had an emotional fit, required sedation, and perhaps needed
hospitalization. Tune in with the infinite intelligence within your subconscious depths,
trusting the answer in the same way that you trusted your mother when she held you in
her arms. This is how you can acquire poise and mental and emotional health.
It is wrong to marry. Sex is evil and I am evil
Some time ago, I talked to a young lady aged twenty-two. She was taught that it was a sin
to dance, to play cards, to swim, and to go out with men. She was threatened by her
mother who told her she would burn eternally in hellfire if she disobeyed her will and her
religious teachings. This girl wore a black dress and black stockings. She wore no rouge,
lipstick, or any form of makeup because her mother said that these things were sinful.
Her mother told her that all men were evil, and that sex was of the devil and simply
diabolic debauchery.
This girl had to learn how to forgive herself, as she was full of guilt. To forgive means to
give for. She had to give up all these false beliefs for the truths of life and a new estimate
of herself. When she went out with young men in the office where she worked, she had a
deep sense of guilt and thought that God would punish her. Several eligible young men
proposed to her, but she said to me, “It is wrong to marry. Sex is evil and I am evil.” This
Page 114
was her conscience or early conditioning speaking. She came to me once weekly for
about ten weeks, and I taught her the workings of the conscious and subconscious mind
as set forth in this book. This young girl gradually came to see that she had been
completely brainwashed, mesmerized, and conditioned by an ignorant, superstitious,
bigoted, and frustrated mother. She broke away completely from her family and started to
live a wonderful life.
At my suggestion she dressed up and had her hair attended to. She took lessons in
dancing from a man, and she also took driving lessons. She learned to swim, play cards,
and had a number of dates. She began to love He. She prayed for a divine companion by
claiming that Infinite Spirit would attract to her a man who harmonized with her
thoroughly. Eventually this came to pass. As she left my office one evening, there was a
man waiting to see me and I casually introduced them. They are now married and
harmonize with each other perfectly.
Forgiveness is necessary for healing
And when ye stand praying, forgive, if ye have ought against any . . . MARK 11:25.
Forgiveness of others is essential to mental peace and radiant health. You must forgive
everyone who has ever hurt you if you want perfect health and happiness. Forgive
yourself by getting your thoughts in harmony with divine law and order. You cannot
really forgive yourself completely until you have forgiven others first. To refuse to
forgive yourself is nothing more or less than spiritual pride or ignorance.
In the psychosomatic field of medicine today, it is being constantly stressed that
resentment, condemnation of others, remorse, and hostility are behind a host of maladies
ranging from arthritis to cardiac disease. They point out that these sick people, who were
hurt, mistreated, deceived, or injured, were full of resentment and hatred for those who
hurt them. This caused inflamed and festering wounds in their subconscious minds. There
is only one remedy. They have to cut out and discard their hurts, and the one and only
sure way is by forgiveness.
Forgiveness is love in action
The essential ingredient in the art of forgiveness is the willingness to forgive. If you
sincerely desire to forgive the other, you are fifty-one percent over the hurdle. I feel sure
you know that to forgive the other does not necessarily mean that you like him or want to
associate with him. You cannot be compelled to like someone, neither can a government
legislate good will, love, peace, or tolerance. It is quite impossible to like people because
someone in Washington issues an edict to that effect. We can, however, love people
without liking them. The Bible says, Love ye one another. This, anyone can do who
really wants to do it. Love means that you wish for the other health, happiness, peace,
joy, and all the blessings of life. There is only one prerequisite, and that is sincerity. You
are not being magnanimous when you forgive, you are really being selfish, because what
you wish for the other, you are actually wishing for yourself. The reason is that you are
thinking it and you are feeling it. As you think and feel, so are you. Could anything be
simpler than that?
Technique of forgiveness
The following is a simple method, which works wonders in your life as you practice it:
Quiet your mind, relax, and let go. Think of God and His love for you, and then affirm, “I
Page 115
fully and freely forgive (mention the name of the offender); I release him mentally and
spiritually. I completely forgive everything connected with the matter in question. I am
free, and he/she is free. It is a marvelous feeling. It is my day of general amnesty. I
release anybody and everybody who has ever hurt me, and I wish for each and everyone
health, happiness, peace, and all the blessings of life. I do this freely, joyously, and
lovingly, and whenever I think of the person or persons who hurt me, I say, ‘I have
released you, and all the blessings of life are yours.’ I am free and you are free. It is
wonderful!”
The great secret of true forgiveness is that once you have forgiven the person, it is
unnecessary to repeat the prayer. Whenever the person comes to your mind, or the
particular hurt happens to enter your mind, wish the delinquent well, and say, “Peace be
to you.” Do this as often as the thought enters your mind. You will find that after a few
days the thought of the person or experience will return less and less often, until it fades
into nothingness.
The acid test for forgiveness
There is an acid test for gold. There is also an acid test for forgiveness. If I should tell
you something wonderful about someone who has wronged you, cheated you, or
defrauded you, and you sizzled at hearing the good news about this person, the roots of
hatred would still be in your subconscious mind, playing havoc with you.
Let us suppose you had a painful abscess on your jaw a year ago, and you told me about
it. I would casually ask you if you had any pain now. You would automatically say, “Of
course not, I have a memory of it but no pain.” That is the whole story. You may have a
memory of the incident but no sting or hurt any more. This is the acid test, and you must
meet it psychologically and spiritually, otherwise, you are simply deceiving yourself and
not practicing the true art of forgiveness.
To understand all is to forgive all
When man understands the creative law of his own mind, he ceases to blame other people
and conditions for making or marring his life. He knows that his own thoughts and
feelings create his destiny. Furthermore, he is aware that externals are not the causes and
conditioners of his life and his experiences. To think that others can mar your happiness
that you are the football of a cruel fate that you must oppose and fight others for a
living— all these and others like them are untenable when you understand that thoughts
are things. The Bible says the same thing. For as a man thinketh in his heart, so is he.
PROVERBS 23:7.
Summary of your aids to forgiveness
1. God, or Life, is no respecter of persons. Life plays no favorites. Life, or God, seems to
favor you when you align yourself with the principle of harmony, health, joy, and peace.
2. God, or Life, never sends disease, sickness, accident, or suffering. We bring these
things on ourselves by our own negative destructive thinking based upon the law as we
sow, so shall we reap.
3. Your concept of God is the most important thing in your life. If you really believe in a
God of love, your subconscious mind will respond in countless blessings to you. Believe
in a God of love.
Page 116
4. Life, or God, holds no grudge against you. Life never condemns you. Life heals a
severe cut on your hand. Life forgives you if you burn your finger. It reduces the edema
and restores the part to wholeness and perfection.
5. Your guilt complex is a false concept of God and Life. God, or Life, does not punish or
judge you. You do this to yourself by your false beliefs, negative thinking, and self
condemnation.
6. God, or Life, does not condemn or punish you. The forces of nature are not evil. The
effect of their use depends on how you use the power within you. You can use electricity
to kill someone or to light the house. You can use water to drown a child, or quench his
thirst. Good and evil come right back to the thought and purpose in man’s own mind.
7. God, or Life, never punishes. Man punishes himself by his false concepts of God, Life,
and the Universe. His thoughts are creative, and he creates his own misery.
8. If another criticizes you, and these faults are within you, rejoice, give thanks, and
appreciate the comments. This gives you the opportunity to correct the particular fault.
9. You cannot be hurt by criticism when you know that you are master of your thoughts,
reactions, and emotions. This gives you the opportunity to pray and bless the other,
thereby blessing yourself.
10. When you pray for guidance and right action, take what comes. Realize it is good and
very good. Then there is no cause for self-pity, criticism, or hatred.
11. There is nothing good or bad, but thinking makes it so. There is no evil in sex, the
desire for food, wealth, or true expression. It depends on how you use these urges,
desires, or aspirations. Your desire for food can be met without killing someone for a loaf
of bread.
12. Resentment, hatred, ill will, and hostility are behind a host of maladies. Forgive
yourself and everybody else by pouring out love, life, joy, and good will to all those who
have hurt you. Continue until such time as you meet them in your mind and you are at
peace with them.
13. To forgive is to give something for. Give love, peace, joy, wisdom, and all the
blessings of life to the other, until there is no sting left in your mind. This is really the
acid test of forgiveness.
14. Let us suppose you had an abscess in your jaw about a year ago. It was very painful.
Ask yourself if it is painful now. The answer is in the negative. Likewise, if someone has
hurt you, lied about and vilified you, and said all manner of evil about you, is your
thought of that person negative? Do you sizzle when he or she comes into your mind? If
so, the roots of hatred are still there, playing havoc with you and your good. The only
way is to wither them with love by wishing for the person all the blessings of life, until
you can meet the person in your mind, and you can sincerely react with a benediction of
peace and good will. This is the meaning of forgive until seventy times seven.
Page 117
18 How Your Subconscious Removes Mental Blocks
The solution lies within the problem. The answer is in every question. If you are
presented with a difficult situation and you cannot see your way clear, the best procedure
is to assume that infinite intelligence within your subconscious mind knows all and sees
all, has the answer, and is revealing it to you now. Your new mental attitude that the
creative intelligence is bringing about a happy solution will enable you to find the
answer. Rest assured that such an attitude of mind would bring order, peace, and meaning
to all your undertakings.
How to break or build a habit
You are a creature of habit. Habit is the function of your subconscious mind. You learned
to swim, ride a bicycle, dance, and drive a car by consciously doing these things over and
over again until they established tracks in your subconscious mind. Then, the automatic
habit action of your subconscious mind took over. This is sometimes called second
nature, which is a reaction of your subconscious mind to your thinking and acting.
You are free to choose a good habit or a bad habit. If you repeat a negative thought or act
over a period of time, you will be under the compulsion of a habit. The law of your
subconscious is compulsion.
How he broke a bad habit
Mr. Jones said to me, “An uncontrollable urge to drink seizes me, and I remain drunk for
two weeks at a time. I can’t give up this terrible habit.” Time and time again these
experiences had occurred to this unfortunate man. He had grown into the habit of
drinking to excess. Although he had started drinking of his own initiative, he also began
to realize that he could change the habit and establish a new one. He said that while
through his will power he was able to suppress his desires temporarily, his continued
efforts to suppress the many urges only made matters worse. His repeated failures
convinced him that he was hopeless and powerless to control his urge or
obsession. This idea of being powerless operated as a powerful suggestion to his
subconscious mind and aggravated his weakness, making his life a succession of failures.
I taught him to harmonize the functions of the conscious and subconscious mind. When
these two cooperate, the idea or desire implanted in the subconscious mind is realized.
His reasoning mind agreed that if the old habit path or track had carried him into trouble,
he could consciously form a new path to freedom, sobriety, and peace of mind. He knew
that his destructive habit was automatic, but since it was acquired through his conscious
choice, he realized that if he had been conditioned negatively, he also could be
conditioned positively. As a result, he ceased thinking of the fact that he was powerless to
overcome the habit. Moreover, he understood clearly that there was no obstacle to his
healing other than his own thought. Therefore, there was no occasion for great mental
effort or mental coercion.
The power of his mental picture
This man acquired a practice of relaxing his body and getting into a relaxed, drowsy,
meditative state. Then he filled his mind with the picture of the desired end, knowing his
subconscious mind could bring it about the easiest way. He imagined his daughter
congratulating him on his freedom, and saying to him, “Daddy, it’s wonderful to have
Page 118
you home!” He had lost his family through drink. He was not allowed to visit them, and
his wife would not speak to him.
Regularly, systematically, he used to sit down and meditate in the way outlined. When
his attention wandered, he made it a habit to immediately recall the mental picture of his
daughter with her smile and the scene of his home enlivened by her cheerful voice. All
this brought about a reconditioning of his mind. It was a gradual process. He kept it up.
He persevered knowing that sooner or later he would establish a new habit pattern in his
subconscious mind.
I told him that he could liken his conscious mind to a camera, that his subconscious mind
was the sensitive plate on which he registered and impressed the picture. This made a
profound impression on him, and his whole aim was to firmly impress the picture on his
mind and develop it there. Films are developed in the dark; likewise, mental pictures are
developed in the darkroom of the subconscious mind.
Focused attention
Realizing that his conscious mind was simply a camera, he used no effort. There was no
mental struggle. He quietly adjusted his thoughts and focused his attention on the scene
before him until he gradually became identified with the picture. He became absorbed in
the mental atmosphere, repeating the mental movie frequently. There was no room for
doubt that a healing would follow. When there was any temptation to drink, he would
switch his imagination from any reveries of drinking bouts to the feeling of being at
home with his family. He was successful because he confidently expected to experience
the picture he was developing in his mind. Today he is president of a multimillion dollar
concern and is radiantly happy.
He said a jinx was following him
Mr. Block said that he had been making an annual income of $20,000, but for the past
three months all doors seemed to jam tightly. He brought clients up to the point where
they were about to sign on the dotted line, and then at the eleventh hour the door closed.
He added that perhaps a jinx was following him.
In discussing the matter with Mr. Block, I discovered that three months previously he had
become very irritated, annoyed, and resentful toward a dentist who, after he had promised
to sign a contract, had withdrawn at the last moment. He began to live in the unconscious
fear that other clients would do the same, thereby setting up a history of frustration,
hostility, and obstacles. He gradually built up in his mind a belief in obstruction and last
minute cancellations until a vicious circle had been established. What I fear most has
come upon me. Mr. Block realized that the trouble was in his mind, and that it was
essential to change his mental attitude.
His run of so-called misfortune was broken in the following way: “I realize I am one with
the infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind which knows no obstacle, difficulty, or
delay. I live in the joyous expectancy of the best. My deeper mind responds to my
thoughts. I know that the work of the infinite power of my subconscious cannot be
hindered. Infinite intelligence always finishes successfully whatever it begins. Creative
wisdom works through me bringing all my plans and purposes to completion. Whatever I
start, I bring to a successful conclusion. My aim in life is to give wonderful service, and
all those whom I contact are blessed by what I have to offer. All my work comes to full
fruition in divine order.” He repeated this prayer every morning before going to call on
Page 119
his customers, and he also prayed each night prior to sleep. In a short time he had
established a new habit pattern in his subconscious mind, and he was back in his old
accustomed stride as a successful salesman.
How much do you want what you want?
A young man asked Socrates how he could get wisdom. Socrates replied, “Come with
me.” He took the lad to a river, pushed the boy’s head under the water, held it there until
the boy was gasping for air, then relaxed and released his head. When the boy regained
his composure, he asked him, “What did you desire most when you were under water?”
“I wanted air,” said the boy. Socrates said to him, “When you want wisdom as much as
you wanted air when you were immersed in the water, you will receive it.” Likewise,
when you really have an intense desire to overcome any block in your life, and you come
to a clear cut decision that there is a way out, and that is the course you wish to follow,
then victory and triumph are assured.
If you really want peace of mind and inner calm, you will get it. Regardless of how
unjustly you have been treated, or how unfair the boss has been, or what a mean
scoundrel someone has proved to be, all this makes no difference to you when you
awaken to your mental and spiritual powers. You know what you want, and you will
definitely refuse to let the thieves (thoughts) of hatred, anger, hostility, and ill will rob
you of peace, harmony, health, and happiness. You cease to become upset by people,
conditions, news, and events by identifying your thoughts immediately with your aim in
life. Your aim is peace, health, inspiration, harmony, and abundance. Feel a river of peace
flowing through you now. Your thought is the immaterial and invisible power, and you
choose to let it bless, inspire, and give you peace.
Why he could not be healed
This is a case history of a married man with four children who was supporting and
secretly living with another woman during his business trips. He was ill, nervous,
irritable, and cantankerous, and he could not sleep without drugs. The doctor’s medicine
failed to bring down his high blood pressure of over two hundred. He had pains in
numerous organs of his body, which doctors could not diagnose or relieve. To make
matters worse, he was drinking heavily.
The cause of all this was a deep unconscious sense of guilt. He had violated the marriage
vows, and this troubled him. The religious creed he was brought up on was deeply lodged
in his subconscious mind, and he drank excessively to heal the wound of guilt. Some
invalids take morphine and codeine for severe pains; he was taking alcohol for the pain or
wound in his mind. It was the old story of adding fuel to the fire.
The explanation and the cure
He listened to the explanation of how his mind worked. He faced his problem, looked at
it, and gave up his dual role. He knew that his drinking was an unconscious attempt to
escape. The hidden cause lodged in his subconscious mind had to be eradicated; then the
healing would follow. He began to impress his subconscious mind three or four times a
day by using the following prayer: “My mind is full of peace, poise, balance, and
equilibrium. The infinite lies stretched in smiling repose within me. I am not afraid of
anything in the past, the present, or the future. The infinite intelligence of my
subconscious mind leads, guides, and directs me in all ways. I now meet every situation
Page 120
with faith, poise, calmness, and confidence. I am now completely free from the habit. My
mind is full of inner peace, freedom, and joy. I forgive myself; then I am forgiven. Peace,
sobriety, and confidence reign supreme in my mind.” He repeated this prayer frequently
as outlined; being fully aware of what he was doing and why he was doing it. Knowing
what he was doing gave him the necessary faith and confidence. I explained to him that
as he spoke these statements out loud, slowly, lovingly, and meaningfully, they would
gradually sink down into his subconscious mind. Like seeds, they would grow after their
kind. These truths, on which he concentrated, went in through his eyes, his ears heard the
sound, and the healing vibrations of these words reached his subconscious mind and
obliterated all the negative mental patterns which caused all the trouble. Light dispels
darkness. The constructive thought destroys the negative thought. He became a
transformed man within a month.
Refusing to admit it
If you are an alcoholic or drug addict, admit it. Do not dodge the issue. Many people
remain alcoholics because they refuse to admit it. Your disease is instability, an inner
fear. You are refusing to face life, and so you try to escape your responsibilities through
the bottle. As an alcoholic you have no free will, although you think you have, and you
may even boast about your will power. If you are a habitual drunkard and say bravely, “I
will not touch it anymore,” you have no power to make this assertion come true, because
you do not know where to locate the power.
You are living in a psychological prison of your own making, and you are bound by your
beliefs, opinions, training, and environmental influences. Like most people, you are a
creature of habit. You are conditioned to react the way you do.
Building in the idea of freedom
You can build the idea of freedom and peace of mind into your mentality so that it
reaches your subconscious depths. The latter, being all powerful, will free you from all
desire for alcohol. Then, you will have the new understanding of how your mind works,
and you can truly back up your statement and prove the truth to yourself.
Fifty-one percent healed
If you have a keen desire to free yourself from any destructive habit, you are fifty-one
percent healed already. When you have a greater desire to give up the bad habit than to
continue it, you will not experience too much difficulty in gaining complete freedom.
Whatever thought you anchor the mind upon, the latter magnifies. If you engage the mind
on the concept of freedom (freedom from the habit) and peace of mind, and if you keep it
focused on this new direction of attention, you generate feelings and emotions, which
gradually emotionalize the concept of freedom and peace. Whatever idea you
emotionalize is accepted by your subconscious and brought to pass.
The law of substitution
Realize that something good can come out of your suffering. You have not suffered in
vain. However, it is foolish to continue to suffer. If you continue as an alcoholic, it will
bring about mental and physical deterioration and decay. Realize that the power in your
subconscious is backing you up. Even though you may be seized with melancholia, you
Page 121
should begin to imagine the joy of freedom that is in store for you. This is the law of
substitution. Your imagination took you to the bottle; let it take you now to freedom and
peace of mind. You will suffer a little bit, but it is for a constructive purpose. You will
bear it like a mother in the pangs of childbirth, and you will, likewise, bring forth a child
of the mind. Your subconscious will give birth to sobriety.
Cause of alcoholism
The real cause of alcoholism is negative and destructive thinking; for as a man thinketh,
so is he. The alcoholic has a deep sense of inferiority, inadequacy, defeat, and frustration,
usually accompanied by a deep inner hostility. He has countless alibis as to his reason for
drinking, but the sole reason is in his thought life.
Three magic steps
The first step: Get still; quiet the wheels of the mind. Enter into a sleepy, drowsy state. In
this relaxed, peaceful, receptive state, you are preparing for the second step.
The second step: Take a brief phrase, which can readily be graven on the memory, and
repeat it over and over as a lullaby. Use the phrase, “Sobriety and peace of mind are mine
now, and I give thanks.” To prevent the mind from wandering, repeat it aloud or sketch
its pronunciation with the lips and tongue as you say it mentally. This helps its entry into
the subconscious mind. Do this for five minutes or more. You will find a deep
emotional response.
The third step: Just before going to sleep, practice what Johann von Goethe, German
author, used to do. Imagine a friend, a loved one in front of you. Your eyes are closed,
you are relaxed and at peace. The loved one or friend is subjectively present, and is
saying to you, “Congratulations!” You see the smile; you hear the voice. You mentally
touch the hand; it is all real and vivid. The word congratulations imply complete
freedom. Hear it over and over again until you get the subconscious reaction, which
satisfies.
Keep on keeping on
When fear knocks at the door of your mind, or when worry, anxiety, and doubt cross your
mind, behold your vision, your goal. Think of the infinite power within your
subconscious mind, which you can generate by your thinking and imagining, and this will
give you confidence, power, and courage. Keep on, persevere, until the day breaks, and
the shadows flee away.
Review your thought power
1. The solution lies within the problem. The answer is in every question. Infinite
intelligence responds to you as you call upon it with faith and confidence.
2. Habit is the function of your subconscious mind. There is no greater evidence of the
marvelous power of your subconscious than the force and sway habit holds in your life.
You are a creature of habit.
3. You form habit patterns in your subconscious mind by repeating a thought and act over
and over again until it establishes tracks in the subconscious mind and becomes
automatic, such as swimming, dancing, typing, walking, driving your car, etc.
4. You have freedom to choose. You can choose a good habit or a bad habit. Prayer is a
good habit.
Page 122
5. Whatever mental picture, backed by faith, you behold in your conscious mind, and
your subconscious mind will bring to pass.
6. The only obstacle to your success and achievement is your own thought or mental
image.
7. When your attention wanders, bring it back to the contemplation of your good or goal.
Make a habit of this. This is called disciplining the mind.
8. Your conscious mind is the camera, and your subconscious mind is the sensitive plate
on which you register or impress the picture.
9. The only jinx that follows anyone is a fear thought repeated over and over in the mind.
Break the jinx by knowing that whatever you start you will bring to a conclusion in
divine order. Picture the happy ending and sustain it with confidence.
10. To form a new habit, you must be convinced that it is desirable. When your desire to
give up the bad habit is greater than your desire to continue, you are fifty-one percent
healed already.
11. The statements of others cannot hurt you except through your own thoughts and
mental participation. Identify yourself with your aim, which is peace, harmony, and joy.
You are the only thinker in your universe.
12. Excessive drinking is an unconscious desire to escape. The cause of alcoholism is
negative and destructive thinking. The cure is to think of freedom, sobriety, and
perfection, and to feel the thrill of accomplishment.
13. Many people remain alcoholics because they refuse to admit it.
14. The law of your subconscious mind, which held you in bondage and inhibited your
freedom of action, will give you freedom and happiness. It depends on how you use it.
15. Your imagination took you to the bottle; let it take you to freedom by imagining you
are free.
16. The real cause of alcoholism is negative and destructive thinking. As a man thinketh
in his heart [subconscious mind], so is he.
17. When fear knocks at the door of your mind, let faith in God and all things good open
the door.
Page 123
19 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind to Remove Fear
One of our students told me that he was invited to speak at a banquet. He said he was
panic-stricken at the thought of speaking before a thousand people. He overcame his fear
this way: For several nights he sat down in an armchair for about five minutes and said to
himself slowly, quietly, and positively, “I am going to master this fear. I am overcoming
it now. I speak with poise and confidence. I am relaxed and at ease.” He operated a
definite law of mind and overcame his fear.
The subconscious mind is amenable to suggestion and is controlled by suggestion. When
you still your mind and relax, the thoughts of your conscious mind sink down into the
subconscious through a process similar to osmosis, whereby fluids separated by a porous
membrane intermingle. As these positive seeds, or thoughts, sink into the subconscious
area, they grow after their kind, and you become poised, serene, and calm.
Man’s greatest enemy
It is said that fear is man’s greatest enemy. Fear is behind failure, sickness, and poor
human relations. Millions of people are afraid of the past, the future, old age, insanity,
and death. Fear is a thought in your mind, and you are afraid of your own thoughts.
A little boy can be paralyzed with fear when he is told there is a boogieman under his bed
that is going to take him away. When his father turns on the light and shows him there is
no boogieman, he is freed from fear. The fear in the mind of the boy was as real as if
there really was a boogie man there. He was healed of a false thought in his mind. The
thing he feared did not exist. Likewise, most of your fears have no reality. They are
merely a conglomeration of sinister shadows and shadows have no reality.
Do the thing you fear
Ralph Waldo Emerson, philosopher and poet, said, “Do the thing you are afraid to do,
and the death of fear is certain.” There was a time when the writer of this chapter was
filled with unutterable fear when standing before an audience. The way I overcame it
was to stand before the audience, do the thing I was afraid to do, and the death of fear
was certain. When you affirm positively that you are going to master your fears, and you
come to a definite decision in your conscious mind, you release the power of the
subconscious, which flows in response to the nature of your thought.
Banishing stage fright
A young lady was invited to an audition. She had been looking forward to the interview.
However, on three previous occasions, she had failed miserably due to stage fright.
She possessed a very good voice, but she was certain that when the time came for her to
sing, she would be seized with stage fright. The subconscious mind takes your fears as a
request, proceeds to manifest them, and brings them into your experience. On three
previous auditions she sang wrong notes, and she finally broke down and cried. The
cause, as previously outlined, was an involuntary autosuggestion, i.e., a silent fear
thought emotionalized and subjectified.
She overcame it by the following technique: Three times a day she isolated herself in a
room. She sat down comfortably in an armchair, relaxed her body, and closed her eyes.
She stilled her mind and body to the best of her ability. Physical inertia favors passivity
and renders the mind more receptive to suggestion. She counteracted the fear suggestion
by its converse, saying to herself, “I sing beautifully. I am poised, serene, confident, and
Page 124
calm.”
She repeated the words slowly, quietly, and with feeling from five to ten times at each
sitting. She had three such “sittings” every day and one immediately prior to sleep at
night. At the end of a week she was completely poised and confident, and gave a
definitely outstanding audition. Carry out the above procedure, and the death of fear is
certain.
Fear of failure
Occasionally young men from the local university come to see me, as well as
schoolteachers, who often seem to suffer from suggestive amnesia at examinations. The
complaint is always the same: “I know the answers after the examination is over, but I
can’t remember the answers during the examination.”
The idea, which realizes itself, is the one to which we invariably give concentrated
attention. I find that each one is obsessed with the idea of failure. Fear is behind the
temporary amnesia, and it is the cause of the whole experience.
One young medical student was the most brilliant person in his class, yet he found
himself failing to answer simple questions at the time of written or oral examinations. I
explained to him that the reason was he had been worrying and was fearful for several
days previous to the examination.
These negative thoughts became charged with fear. Thoughts enveloped in the powerful
emotion of fear are realized in the subconscious mind. In other words, this young man
was requesting his subconscious mind to see to it that he failed, and that is exactly what it
did. On the day of the examination he found himself stricken with what is called, in
psychological circles, suggestive amnesia.
How he overcame the fear
He learned that his subconscious mind was the storehouse of memory, and that it had a
perfect record of all he had heard and read during his medical training. Moreover, he
learned that the subconscious mind was responsive and reciprocal. The way to be en
rapport with it was to be relaxed, peaceful, and confident. Every night and morning he
began to imagine his mother congratulating him on his wonderful record. He would hold
an imaginary letter from her in his hand. As he began to contemplate the happy result, he
called forth a corresponding or reciprocal response or reaction in himself. The all wise
and omnipotent power of the subconscious took over, dictated, and directed his conscious
mind accordingly. He imagined the end, thereby willing the means to the realization of
the end. Following this procedure, he had no trouble passing subsequent examinations. In
other words, the subjective wisdom took over, compelling him to give an excellent
account of himself.
Fear of water, mountains, closed places, etc.
There are many people who are afraid to go into an elevator, climb mountains, or even
swim in the water. It may well be that the individual had unpleasant experiences in the
water in his youth, such as having been thrown forcibly into the water without being able
to swim. He might have been forcibly detained in an elevator, which failed to function
properly, causing resultant fear of closed places.
I had an experience when I was about ten years of age. I accidentally fell into a pool and
went down three times. I can still remember the dark water engulfing my head, and my
Page 125
gasping for air until another boy pulled me out at the last moment. This experience sank
into my subconscious mind, and for years I feared the water.
An elderly psychologist said to me, “Go down to the swimming pool, look at the water,
and say out loud in strong tones, ‘I am going to master you. I can dominate you.’ Then go
into the water, take lessons, and overcome it.” This I did, and I mastered the water. Do
not permit water to master you. Remember, you are the master of the water. When I
assumed a new attitude of mind, the omnipotent power of the subconscious responded,
giving me strength, faith, and confidence, and enabling me to overcome my fear.
Master technique for overcoming any particular fear
The following is a process and technique for overcoming fear, which I teach from the
platform. It works like a charm. Try it! Suppose you are afraid of the water, a mountain,
an interview, an audition, or you fear closed places. If you are afraid of swimming, begin
now to sit still for five or ten minutes three or four times a day, and imagine you are
swimming. Actually, you are swimming in your mind. It is a subjective experience.
Mentally you have projected yourself into the water.
You feel the chill of the water and the movement of your arms and legs. It is all real,
vivid, and a joyous activity of the mind. It is not idle daydreaming, for you know that
what you are experiencing in your imagination will be developed in your subconscious
mind. Then you will be compelled to express the image and likeness of the picture you
impressed on your deeper mind. This is the law of the subconscious.
You could apply the same technique if you are afraid of mountains or high places.
Imagine you are climbing the mountain, feel the reality of it all, enjoy the scenery,
knowing that as you continue to do this mentally, you will do it physically with ease and
comfort.
He blessed the elevator
I knew an executive of a large corporation who was terrified to ride in an elevator. He
would walk up five flights of stairs to his office every morning. He said that he began to
bless the elevator every night and several times a day. He finally overcame his fear. This
was how he blessed the elevator: “The elevator in our building is a wonderful idea. It
came out of the universal mind. It is a boon and a blessing to all our employees. It gives
wonderful service. It operates in divine order. I ride in it in peace and joy. I remain silent
now while the currents of life, love, and understanding flow through the patterns of my
thought. In my imagination I am now in the elevator, and I step out into my office. The
elevator is full of our employees. I talk to them, and they are friendly, joyous, and free. It
is a wonderful experience of freedom, faith, and confidence. I give thanks.”
He continued this prayer for about ten days, and on the eleventh day, he walked into the
elevator with other members of the organization and felt completely free.
Normal and abnormal fear
Man is born only with two fears, the fear of falling and the fear of noise. These are an
alarm system given you by nature as a means of self-preservation. Normal fear is good.
You hear an automobile coming down the road, and you step aside to survive. The
momentary fear of being run over is overcome by your action. All other fears were given
to you by parents, relatives, teachers, and all those who influenced your early years.
Page 126
Abnormal fear
Abnormal fear takes place when man lets his imagination run riot. I knew a woman who
was invited to go on a trip around the world by plane. She began to cut out of the
newspapers all reports of airplane catastrophes. She pictured herself going down in the
ocean, being drowned, etc. This is abnormal fear. Had she persisted in this, she would
undoubtedly have attracted what she feared most.
Another example of abnormal fear is that of a businessman in New York, who was very
prosperous and successful. He had his own private mental motion picture of which he
was the director. He would run this mental movie of failure, bankruptcy, empty shelves,
and no bank balance until he sank into a deep depression. He refused to stop this morbid
imagery and kept reminding his wife that “this can’t last,” “there will be a recession,”
“I feel sure we will go bankrupt,” etc.
His wife told me that he finally did go into bankruptcy, and all the things he imagined
and feared came to pass. The things he feared did not exist, but he brought them to pass
by constantly fearing, believing, and expecting financial disaster. Job said, the thing I
feared has come upon me. There are people who are afraid that something terrible will
happen to their children, and that some dread catastrophe will befall them. When they
read about an epidemic or rare disease, they live in fear that they will catch it, and some
imagine they have the disease already. All this is abnormal fear.
The answer to abnormal fear
Move mentally to the opposite. To stay at the extreme of fear is stagnation plus mental
and physical deterioration. When fear arises, there immediately comes with it a desire for
something opposite to the thing feared. Place your attention on the thing immediately
desired. Get absorbed and engrossed in your desire, knowing that the subjective always
overturns the objective. This attitude will give you confidence and lift your spirits. The
infinite power of your subconscious mind is moving on your behalf, and it cannot fail.
Therefore, peace and assurance are yours.
Examine your fears
The president of a large organization told me that when he was a salesman he used to
walk around the block five or six times before he called on a customer. The sales
manager came along one day and said to him “Don’t be afraid of the boogie man behind
the door. There is no boogieman. It is a false belief.”
The manager told him that whenever he looked at his own fears he stared them in the face
and stood up to them, looking them straight in the eye. Then they faded and shrank into
insignificance.
He landed in the jungle
A chaplain told me of his experiences in the Second World War. He had to parachute
from a damaged plane and land in the jungle. He said he was frightened, but he knew
there were two kinds of fear, normal and abnormal, which we have previously pointed
out. He decided to do something about the fear immediately. and began to talk to himself
saying, “John, you can’t surrender to your fear. Your fear is a desire for safety and
security, and a way out.” He began to claim; “Infinite intelligence which guides the
planets in their courses is now leading and guiding me out of this jungle.”
Page 127
He kept saying this out loud to himself for ten minutes or more. “Then,” he added,
“Something began to stir inside me. A mood of confidence began to seize me, and I
began to walk. After a few days, I miraculously came out of the jungle, and was picked
up by a rescue plane.” His changed mental attitude saved him. His confidence and trust hi
the subjective wisdom and power within him was the solution to his problem.
He said, “Had I begun to bemoan my fate and indulge my fears, I would have succumbed
to the monster fear, and probably would have died of fear and starvation.”
He dismissed himself
The general manager of an organization told me that for three years he feared he would
lose his position. He was always imagining failure. The thing he feared did not exist, save
as a morbid anxious thought in his own mind. His vivid imagination dramatized the loss
of his job until he became nervous and neurotic. Finally he was asked to resign. Actually,
he dismissed himself. His constant negative imagery and fear suggestions to his
subconscious mind caused the latter to respond and react accordingly. It caused him to
make mistakes and foolish decisions, which resulted in his failure as a general manager.
His dismissal would never have happened,. if he had immediately moved to the opposite
in his mind.
They plotted against him
During a recent world lecture tour, I had a two-hour conversation with a prominent
government official. He had a deep sense of inner peace and serenity. He said that all the
abuse he receives politically from newspapers and the opposition party never disturb him.
His practice is to sit still for fifteen minutes in the morning and realize that in the center
of him is a deep still ocean of peace. Meditating in this way, he generates tremendous
power, which overcomes all manner of difficulties and fears.
Some time previously, a colleague called him at midnight and told him a group of people
was plotting against him. This is what he said to his colleague, “I am going to sleep now
in perfect peace. You can discuss it with me at 10:00 A.M. tomorrow.”
He said to me, “I know that no negative thought can ever manifest except I emotionalize
the thought and accept it mentally. I refuse to entertain their suggestion of fear.
Therefore, no harm can come to me.” Notice how calm he was, how cool, how peaceful!
He did not start getting excited, tearing his hair, or wringing his hands. At his center he
found the still water, an inner peace, and there was a great calm.
Deliver yourself from all your fears
Use this perfect formula for casting out fear. I sought the Lord, and He heard me, and
delivered me from all my fears. PSALM 34:4. The Lord is an ancient word meaning
law—the power of your subconscious mind. Learn the wonders of your subconscious,
and how it works and functions. Master the techniques given to you in this chapter. Put
them into practice now, today! Your subconscious will respond, and you will be free of
all fears. I sought the Lord, and He heard me, and delivered me from all my fears.
Step this way to freedom from fear
1. Do the thing you are afraid to do, and the death of fear is certain. Say to yourself and
mean it, “I am going to master this fear,” and you will.
Page 128
2. Fear is a negative thought in your mind. Supplant it with a constructive thought. Fear
has killed millions. Confidence is greater than fear. Nothing is more powerful than faith
in God and the good.
3. Fear is man’s greatest enemy. It is behind failure, sickness, and bad human relations.
Love casts out fear. Love is an emotional attachment to the good things of life. Fall in
love with honesty, integrity, justice, good will, and success. Live in the joyous
expectancy of the best, and invariably the best will come to you.
4. Counteract the fear suggestions with the opposite, such as “I sing beautifully; I am
poised, serene, and calm.” It will pay fabulous dividends.
5. Fear is behind amnesia at oral and written examination time. You can overcome this by
affirming frequently, “I have a perfect memory for everything I need to know,” or you
can imagine a friend congratulating you on your brilliant success on the examination.
Persevere and you will win.
6. If you are afraid to cross water, swim. In your imagination swim freely, joyously.
Project yourself into the water mentally. Feel the chill and thrill of swimming across the
pool. Make it vivid. As you do this subjectively, you will be compelled to go into the
water and conquer it. This is the law of your mind.
7. If you are afraid of closed places, such as elevators, lecture halls, etc., mentally ride in
an elevator blessing all its parts and functions. You will be amazed how quickly the fear
will be dissipated.
8. You were born with only two fears, the fear of falling and the fear of noise. All your
other fears were acquired. Get rid of them.
9. Normal fear is good. Abnormal fear is very bad and destructive. To constantly indulge
in fear thoughts results in abnormal fear, obsessions, and complexes. To fear something
persistently causes a sense of panic and terror.
10. You can overcome abnormal fear when you know the power of your subconscious
mind can change conditions and bring to pass the cherished desires of your heart. Give
your immediate attention and devotion to your desire which is the opposite of your fear.
This is the love that casts out fear.
11. If you are afraid of failure, give attention to success. If you are afraid of sickness,
dwell on your perfect health. If you are afraid of an accident, dwell on the guidance and
protection of God. If you are afraid of death, dwell on Eternal Life. God is Life, and that
is your life now.
12. The great law of substitution is the answer to fear. Whatever you fear has its solution
in the form of your desire. If you are sick, you desire health. If you are in the prison of
fear, you desire freedom. Expect the good. Mentally concentrate on the good, and know
that your subconscious mind answers you always. It never fails.
13. The things you fear do not really exist except as thoughts in your mind. Thoughts are
creative. This is why Job said; the thing I feared has come upon me. Think good and
good follows.
14. Look at your fears; hold them up to the light of reason. Learn to laugh at your fears.
That is the best medicine.
15. Nothing can disturb you but your own thought. The suggestions, statements, or
threats of other persons have no power. The power is within you, and when your thoughts
are focused on that which is good, then God’s power is with your thoughts of good. There
Page 129
is only one Creative Power, and It moves as harmony. There are no divisions of quarrels
in it. Its source is Love. This is why God’s power is with your thoughts of good.
Page 130
20 How to Stay Young in Spirit Forever
Your subconscious mind never grows old. It is timeless, ageless, and endless. It is a part
of the universal mind of God, which was never born, and it will never die. Fatigue or old
age cannot be predicated on any spiritual quality or power. Patience, kindness, veracity,
humility, good will, peace, harmony, and brotherly love are attributes and qualities,
which never grow old. If you continue to generate these qualities here on this plane of
life, you will always remain young in spirit.
I remember reading an article in one of our magazines some years ago, which stated that
a group of eminent medical men at the De Courcy Clinic, in Cincinnati, Ohio, reported
that years alone are not responsible for bringing about degenerative disorders. These
same physicians stated that it is the fear of time, not time itself, that has a harmful aging
effect on our minds and bodies, and that the neurotic fear of the effects of time may well
be the cause of premature aging.
During the many years of my public life, I have had occasion to study the biographies of
the famous men and women who have continued their productive activities into the years
well beyond the normal span of life. Some of them achieve their greatness in old age. At
the same time, it has been my privilege to meet and to know countless individuals of no
prominence who, in their lesser sphere, belonged to those hardy mortals who have proved
that old age of itself does not destroy the creative powers of the mind and body.
He had grown old in his thought life
A few years ago I called on an old friend in London, England. He was over 80 years of
age, very ill, and obviously was yielding to his advancing years. Our conversation
revealed his physical weakness, his sense of frustration, and a general deterioration
almost approaching lifelessness. His cry was that he was useless and that no one wanted
him. With an expression of hopelessness he betrayed his false philosophy, “We are born,
grow up, become old, good for nothing, and that’s the end.”
This mental attitude of futility and worthlessness was the chief reason for his sickness.
He was looking forward only to senescence, and after that—nothing. Indeed, he had
grown old in his thought life, and his subconscious mind brought about all the evidence
of his habitual thinking.
Age is the dawn of wisdom
Unfortunately, many people have the same attitude as this unhappy man. They are afraid
of what they term “old age,” the end, and extinction, which really means that they are
afraid of life. Yet, life is endless. Age is not the flight of years, but the dawn of wisdom.
Wisdom is an awareness of the tremendous spiritual powers in your subconscious mind
and the knowledge of how to apply these powers to lead a full and happy life. Get it out
of your head once and for all that 65, 75, or 85 years of age is synonymous with the end
for you or anybody else. It can be the beginning of a glorious, fruitful, active, and most
productive life pattern, better than you have ever experienced. Believe this, expect it, and
your subconscious will bring it to pass.
Welcome the change
Old age is not a tragic occurrence. What we call the aging process is really change. It is to
be welcomed joyfully and gladly as each phase of human life is a step forward on the
Page 131
path, which has no end. Man has powers, which transcend his bodily powers. He has
senses, which transcend his five physical senses.
Scientists today are finding positive indisputable evidence that something conscious in
man can leave his present body and travel thousands of miles to see, hear, touch, and
speak to people even though his physical body never leaves the couch on which it
reclines.
Man’s life is spiritual and eternal. He need never grow old for Life, or God, cannot grow
old. The Bible says that God is Life. Life is self renewing, eternal, indestructible, and is
the reality of all men.
Evidence for survival
The evidence gathered by the psychical research societies both in Great Britain and
America is overwhelming. You may go into any large metropolitan library and get
volumes on The Proceedings of the Psychical Research Society based on findings of
distinguished scientists on survival following so-called death. You will find a startling
report on scientific experiments establishing the reality of life after death in The Case for
Psychic Survival by Hereward Carrington, Director of the American Psychical Institute.
Life is
A woman asked Thomas Edison, the electrical wizard, “Mr. Edison, what is electricity?”
He replied, “Madame, electricity is. Use it.” Electricity is a name we give an invisible
power which we do not fully comprehend, but we learn all we can about the principle of
electricity and its uses. We use it in countless ways.
The scientist cannot see an electron with his eyes, yet he accepts it as a scientific fact,
because it is the only valid conclusion, which coincides with his other experimental
evidence. We cannot see life. However, we know we are alive. Life is, and we are here to
express it in all its beauty and glory.
Mind and spirit do not grow old
The Bible says, and this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God.
JOHN 17:3.
The man who thinks or believes that the earthly cycle of birth, adolescence, youth,
maturity, and old age is all there is to life, is indeed to be pitied. Such a man has no
anchor, no hope, no vision, and to him life has no meaning.
This type of belief brings frustration, stagnation, cynicism, and a sense of hopelessness
resulting in neurosis and mental aberrations of all kinds. If you cannot play a fast game of
tennis, or swim as fast as your son, or if your body has slowed down, or you walk with a
slow step, remember life is always clothing itself anew. What men call death is but a
journey to a new city in another dimension of Life.
I say to men and women in my lectures that they should accept what we call old age
gracefully. Age has its’ own glory, beauty, and wisdom, which belong to it. Peace, love,
joy, beauty, happiness, wisdom, good will, and understanding are qualities, which never
grow old or die.
Ralph Waldo Emerson, poet and philosopher, said, “We do not count a man’s years until
he has nothing else to count.” Your character, the quality of your mind, your faith, and
your convictions are not subject to decay.
Page 132
You are as young as you think you are
I give public lectures in Caxton Hall, London, England, every few years, and following
one of these lectures, a surgeon said to me, “I am 84 years of age. I operate every
morning, visit patients in the afternoons, and I write for medical and other scientific
journals in the evening.” His attitude was that he was as useful as he believed himself to
be, and that he was as young as his thoughts. He said to me, “It’s true what you said,
‘Man is as strong as he thinks he is, and as valuable as he thinks he is.’” This surgeon has
not surrendered to advancing years. He knows that he is immortal. His final comment to
me was, “If I should pass on tomorrow, I would be operating on people in the next
dimension, not with a surgeon’s scalpel, but with mental and spiritual surgery.”
Your gray hairs are an asset
Don’t ever quit a job and say, “I am retired; I am old; I am finished.” That would be
stagnation, death, and you would be finished. Some men are old at 30, while others are
young at 80. The mind is the master weaver, the architect, the designer, and the sculptor.
George Bernard Shaw was active at 90, and the artistic quality of his mind had not
relaxed from active duty. I meet men and women who tell me that some employers
almost slam the door in their faces when they say they are over 40. This attitude on the
part of the employers is to be considered cold, callous, evil, and completely void of
compassion and understanding. The total emphasis seems to be on youth, i.e., you must
be under 35 years of age to receive consideration. The reasoning behind this is certainly
very shallow. If the employer would stop and think, he would realize that the man or
woman was not selling his age or gray hair, rather, he was willing to give of his talents,
his experience, and his wisdom gathered through years of experience in the market place
of life.
Age is an asset
Your age should be a distinct asset to any organization, because of your practice and
application through the years of the principles of the Golden Rule and the law of love and
good will. Your gray hair, if you have any, should stand for greater wisdom, skill, and
understanding. Your emotional and spiritual maturity should be a tremendous blessing to
any organization. A man should not be asked to resign when he is 65 years of age. That is
the time of life when he could be most useful in handling personnel problems, making
plans for the future, making decisions, and guiding others in the realm of creative ideas
based on his experience and insight into the nature of the business.
Be your age
A motion picture writer in Hollywood told me that he had to write scripts, which would
cater to the twelve year old mind. This is a tragic state of affairs if the great masses of
people are expected to become emotionally and spiritually mature. It means that the
emphasis is placed on youth in spite of the fact that youth stands for inexperience, lack
of discernment, and hasty judgment.
I can keep up with the best of them
I am now thinking of a man 65 years of age who is trying frantically to keep young. He
swims with young men every Sunday, goes on long hikes, plays tennis, and boasts of his
prowess and physical powers, saying, “Look, I can keep up with the best of them!”
Page 133
He should remember the great truth: As a man thinketh in his heart, so is
he. PROV. 23:7. Diets, exercises, and games of all kinds will not keep this man young. It
is necessary for him to observe that he grows old or remains young in accordance with
his processes of thinking. Your subconscious mind is conditioned by your thoughts. If
your thoughts are constantly on the beautiful, the noble, and the good, you will remain
young regardless of the chronological years.
Fear of old age
Job said, The thing which I greatly feared is come upon me. There are many people who
fear old age and are uncertain about the future, because they anticipate mental and
physical deterioration as the years advance. What they think and feel comes to pass.
You grow old when you lose interest in life, when you cease to dream, to hunger after
new truths, and to search for new worlds to conquer. When your mind is open to new
ideas, new interests, and when you raise the curtain and let in the sunshine and inspiration
of new truths of life and the universe, you will be young and vital.
You Have much to give
If you are 65 or 95 years of age, realize you have much to give. You can help stabilize,
advise, and direct the younger generation. You can give the benefit of your knowledge,
your experience, and your wisdom. You can always look ahead for at all times you are
gazing into infinite life. You will find that you can never cease to unveil the glories and
wonders of life. Try to learn something new every moment of the day, and you will find
your mind will always be young.
One hundred and ten years old
Some years ago while lecturing in Bombay, India, I was introduced to a man who said he
was 110 years old. He had the most beautiful face I have ever seen. He seemed
transfigured by the radiance of an inner light. There was a rare beauty in his eyes
indicating he had grown old in years with gladness and with no indication that his mind
had dimmed its lights.
Retirement- a new venture
Be sure that your mind never retires. It must be like a parachute, which is no good unless
it opens up. Be open and receptive to new ideas. I have seen men of 65 and 70 retire.
They seemed to rot away, and in a few months passed on. They obviously felt that life
was at an end. Retirement can be a new venture, a new challenge, a new path, the
beginning of the fulfillment of a long dream. It is inexpressibly depressing to hear a man
say, “What shall I do now that I am retired?” He is saying in effect, “I am mentally and
physically dead. My mind is bankrupt of ideas.”
All this is a false picture. The real truth is that you can accomplish more at 90 than you
did at 60, because each day you are growing in wisdom and understanding of life and the
universe through your new studies and interest.
He graduated to a better job
An executive, who lives near me, was forced to retire a few months ago because he had
reached the age of 65. He said to me, “I look upon my retirement as promotion from
Page 134
kindergarten to the first grade.” He philosophized in this manner: He said that when he
left high school, he went up the ladder by going to college. He realized this was a step
forward in his education and understanding of life in general. Likewise, he added, now he
could do the things he had always wanted to do, and therefore, his retirement was still
another step forward on the ladder of life and wisdom.
He came to the wise conclusion that he was no longer going to concentrate on making a
living. Now he was going to give all his attention to living life. He is an amateur
photographer, and he took additional courses on the subject. He took a trip around the
world and took movies of famous places. He now lectures before various groups, lodges,
and clubs, and is in popular demand.
There are countless ways of taking an interest in something worthwhile outside yourself.
Become enthusiastic over new creative ideas, make spiritual progress, and continue to
learn and to grow. In this manner you remain young in heart, because you are hungering
and thirsting after new truths, and your body will reflect your thinking at all times.
You must be a producer and not a prisoner of society
The newspapers are taking cognizance of the fact that the voting population of the elderly
in California elections is increasing by leaps and bounds. This means that their voices
will be heard in the legislature of the state and also in the halls of Congress. I believe
there will be enacted a federal law prohibiting employers from discrimination against
men and women because of age.
A man of 65 years may be younger mentally, physically, and physiologically than many
men at 30. It is stupid and ridiculous to tell a man he cannot be hired because he is over
40. It is like saying to him that he is ready for the scrap heap or the junk pile.
What is a man of 40 or over to do? Must he bury his talents and hide his light under a
bushel? Men, who are deprived and prevented from working because of age must be
sustained by government treasuries at county, state, and federal levels. The many
organizations who refuse to hire them and benefit from their wisdom and experience will
be taxed to support them. This is a form of financial suicide.
Man is here to enjoy the fruit of his labor, and he is here to be a producer and not a
prisoner of society, which compels him to idleness. Man’s body slows down gradually as
he advances through the years, but his conscious mind can be made much more active,
alert, alive, and quickened by the inspiration from his subconscious mind. His mind, in
reality, never grows old. Job said, Oh that I were as in months past, as in the days when
God preserved me; When his candle shined upon my head, and when by his light I walked
through darkness; As I was in the days of my youth, when the secret of God was upon my
tabernacle. JOB 29:24.
Secret of youth
To recapture the days of your youth, feel the miraculous, healing, self renewing power of
your subconscious mind moving through your whole being. Know and feel that you are
inspired, lifted up, rejuvenated, revitalized, and recharged spiritually. You can bubble
over with enthusiasm and joy, as in the days of your youth, for the simple reason that you
can always mentally and emotionally recapture the joyous state.
The candle, which shines upon your head, is divine intelligence, and reveals to you
everything you need to know; it enables you to affirm the presence of your good,
Page 135
regardless of appearances. You walk by the guidance of your subconscious mind, because
you know that the dawn appears and the shadows flee away.
Get a vision
Instead of saying, “I am old,” say, “I am wise in the way of the Divine Life.” Don’t let
the corporation, newspapers, or statistics hold a picture before you of old age, declining
years, decrepitude, senility, and uselessness. Reject it, for it is a lie. Refuse to be
hypnotized by such propaganda. Affirm life—not death. Get a vision of yourself as
happy, radiant, successful, serene, and powerful.
Your mind does not grow old
Former President Herbert Hoover, now 88 years old, is very active and is performing
monumental work. I interviewed him a few years ago in his suite at the Waldorf Astoria,
New York City. I found him healthy, happy, vigorous, and full of life and enthusiasm. He
was keeping several secretaries busy handling his correspondence and was himself
writing books of a political and historical nature. Like all great men, I found him affable,
genial, amiable, loving, and most understanding.
His mental acumen and sagacity gave me the thrill of a lifetime. He is a deeply religious
man, and is full of faith in God and in the triumph of the eternal truth of life. He was
subjected to a barrage of criticism and condemnation in the years of the great depression,
but he weathered the storm and did not grow old in hatred, resentment, ill will, and
bitterness. On the contrary, he went into the silence of his soul, and communing with the
Divine Presence within him, he found the peace, which is the power at theheart of God.
His mind active at ninety-nine
My father learned the French language at 65 years of age, and became an authority on it
at 70. He made a study of Gaelic when he was over 60, and became an acknowledged and
famous teacher of the subject. He assisted my sister in a school of higher learning and
continued to do so until he passed away at 99. His mind was as clear at 99 as it was when
he was 20. Moreover, his handwriting and his reasoning powers had improved with age.
Truly, you are as old as you think and feel.
We need our senior citizens
Marcus Porcius Cato, the Roman patriot, learned Greek at 80. Madame Ernestine
Schumann-Heink, the great German American contralto, reached the pinnacle of her
musical success after she became a grandmother. It is wonderful to behold the
accomplishments of the oldsters. General Douglas MacArthur, Harry S. Truman, General
Dwight David Eisenhower, and American financier Bernard Baruch are interesting,
active, and contributing their talents and wisdom to the world.
The Greek philosopher Socrates, learned to play musical instruments when he was 80
years old. Michelangelo was painting his greatest canvases at 80. At 80, Cios Simonides
won the prize for poetry, Johann von Goethe finished Faust, and Leopold von Ranke
commenced his History of the World, which he finished at 92. Alfred Tennyson wrote a
magnificent poem, “Crossing the Bar,” at 83. Isaac Newton was hard at work close to 85.
At 88 John Wesley was directing, preaching, and guiding Methodism. We have several
men of 95 years who come to my lectures, and they tell me they are in better health
now than they were at 20.
Page 136
Let us place our senior citizens in high places and give them every opportunity to bring
forth the flowers of Paradise. If you are retired, get interested in the laws of life and the
wonders of your subconscious mind. Do something you have always wanted to do.
Study new subjects, and investigate new ideas. Pray as follows: As the hart panteth after
the water brooks, so panteth my soul after thee, O God. PSALM 42:1.
The fruits of old age
His flesh shall be fresher than a child’s: he shall return to the days of his youth. JOB
33:25. Old age really means the contemplation of the truths of God from the highest
standpoint. Realize that you are on an endless journey, a series of important steps in the
ceaseless, tireless, endless ocean of life. Then, with the Psalmist you will say, They shall
still bring forth fruit in old age; they shall be fat and flourishing. PSALM 92:14.
But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, gentleness, goodness, faith,
meekness, temperance: against such there is no law. GALATIANS 5:2223.
You are a son of Infinite Life, which knows no end, and you are a child of Eternity.
Profitable pointers
1. Patience, kindness, love, good will, joy, happiness, wisdom, and understanding are
qualities, which never grow old. Cultivate them and express them, and remain young in
mind and body.
2. Some research physicians say that the neurotic fear of the effects of time may well be
the cause of premature aging.
3. Age is not the flight of years; it is the dawn of wisdom in the mind of man.
4. The most productive years of your life can be from 65 to 95.
5. Welcome the advancing years. It means you are moving higher on the path of life,
which has no end.
6. God is Life, and that is your life now. Life is self renewing, eternal, and indestructible,
and is the reality of all men. You live forever, because your life is God’s life.
7. Evidence of survival after death is overwhelming. Study Proceedings of Psychical
Research Society of Great Britain and America in your library. Outstanding scientists
base the work on the scientific research for over 75 years.
8. You cannot see your mind, but you know you have a mind. You cannot see spirit, but
you know that the spirit of the game, the spirit of the artist, the spirit of the musician, and
the spirit of the speaker is real. Likewise, the spirit of goodness, truth, and beauty moving
in your mind and heart are real. You cannot see life, but you know you are alive.
9. Old age may be called the contemplation of the truths of God from the highest
standpoint. The joys of old age are greater than those of youth. Your mind is engaged in
spiritual and mental athletics. Nature slows down your body so that you may have the
opportunity to meditate on things divine.
10. We do not count a man’s years until he has nothing else to count. Your faith and
convictions are not subject to decay.
11. You are as young as you think you are. You are as strong as you think you are. You
are as useful as you think you are. You are as young as your thoughts.
12. Your gray hair is an asset. You are not selling your gray hairs. You are selling your
talent, abilities, and wisdom, which you have garnered through the years.
13. Diets and exercises won’t keep you young. As a man thinketh, so is he.
Page 137
14. Fear of old age can bring about physical and mental deterioration. The thing I greatly
feared has come upon me.
15. You grow old when you cease to dream, and when you lose interest in life. You grow
old if you are irritable, crotchety, petulant, and cantankerous. Fill your mind with the
truths of God and radiate the sunshine of His love—this is youth.
16. Look ahead, for at all times you are gazing into infinite life.
17. Your retirement is a new venture. Take up new studies and new interests. You can
now do the things you always wanted to do when you were so busy making a living. Give
your attention to living life.
18. Become a producer and not a prisoner of society. Don’t hide your light under a
bushel.
19. The secret of youth is love, joy, inner peace, and laughter. In Him there is fullness of
joy. In Him there is no darkness at all.
20. You are needed. Some of the great philosophers, artists, scientists, writers, and others
accomplished their greatest work after they were 80 years old.
21. The fruits of old age are love, joy, peace, patience, gentleness, goodness, faith,
meekness, and temperance.
22. You are a son of Infinite Life, which knows no end. You are a child of Eternity.
You are wonderful!
The end
Page 138
Welcome, you have here at your
fingertips a fantastic insight into the power of your subconscious mind.
When you
incorporate these teachings into your life
you change your life for the
better.
Wishing you every success,
Page 1
The POWER of Your Subconscious
Mind
Joseph Murphy
D.R.S., D.D., Ph.D., LL.D.
Fellow of the Andhra Research University of India
I have seen miracles happen to men and women in all walks of life all over the world.
Miracles will happen to you too—when you begin using the magic power of your
subconscious mind. This book is designed to teach you that your habitual thinking and
imagery mold, fashion, and create your destiny; for as a man thinketh in his subconscious
mind, so is he.
Do you know the answers?
Why is one man sad and another man happy? Why is one man joyous and prosperous and
another man poor and miserable? Why is one man fearful and anxious and another full of
faith and confidence? Why does one man have a beautiful, luxurious home while another
man lives out a meager existence in a slum? Why is one man a great success and another
an abject failure? Why is one speaker outstanding and immensely popular and another
mediocre and unpopular? Why is one man a genius in his work or profession while the
other man toils and moils all his life without doing or accomplishing anything
worthwhile? Why is one man healed of a so-called incurable disease and another isn’t?
Why is it so many good, kind religious people suffer the tortures of the damned in their
mind and body? Why is it many immoral and irreligious people succeed and prosper and
enjoy radiant health? Why is one woman happily married and her sister very unhappy and
frustrated?
Is there an answer to these questions in the workings of your conscious and subconscious
minds? There most certainly is!
Reason for writing this book
It is for the express purpose of answering and clarifying the above questions and many
others of a similar nature that motivated me to write this book. I have endeavored to
explain the great fundamental truths of your mind in the simplest language possible. I
believe that it is perfectly possible to explain the basic, foundational, and fundamental
laws of life and of your mind in ordinary everyday language. You will find that the
language of this book is that used in your daily papers, current periodicals, in your
business offices, in your home, and in the daily workshop. I urge you to study this
book and apply the techniques outlined therein; and as you do, I feel absolutely
convinced that you will lay hold of a miracle working power that will lift you up from
confusion, misery, melancholy, and failure, and guide you to your true place, solve your
difficulties, sever you from emotional and physical bondage, and place you on the royal
road to freedom, happiness, and peace of mind. This miracle working power of your
subconscious mind can heal you of your sickness; make you vital and strong again. In
learning how to use your inner powers, you will open the prison door of fear and enter
into a life described by Paul as the glorious liberty of the sons of God.
Page 2
Releasing the miracle working power
A personal healing will ever be the most convincing evidence of our subconscious
powers. Over forty-two years ago I resolved a malignancy—in medical terminology it
was called a sarcoma—by using the healing power of my subconscious mind, which
created me and still maintains and governs all my vital functions. The technique I applied
is elaborated on in this book, and I feel sure that it will help others to trust the same
Infinite Healing Presence lodged in the subconscious depths of all men. Through the
kindly offices of my doctor friend, I suddenly realized that it was natural to assume that
the Creative Intelligence which made all my organs, fashioned my body, and
started my heart, could heal its own handiwork. The ancient proverb says, “The doctor
dresses the wound and God heals it.”
Wonders happen when you pray effectively
Scientific prayer is the harmonious interaction of the conscious and subconscious levels
of mind scientifically directed for a specific purpose. This book will teach you the
scientific way to tap the realm of infinite power within you enabling you to get what you
really want in life. You desire a happier, fuller, and richer life. Begin to use this miracle
working power and smooth your way in daily affairs, solve business problems, and bring
harmony in family relationships. Be sure that you read this book several times. The many
chapters will show you how this wonderful power works, and how you can draw out the
hidden inspiration and wisdom that is within you. Learn the simple techniques of
impressing the subconscious mind. Follow the new scientific way in tapping the infinite
storehouse. Read this book carefully, earnestly, and lovingly. Prove to yourself the
amazing way it can help you. It could be and I believe it will be the turning point of your
life.
Everybody prays
Do you know how to pray effectively? How long is it since you prayed as part of your
everyday activities? In an emergency, in time of danger or trouble, in illness, and when
death lurks, prayers pour forth—your own and friends. Just read your daily newspaper. It
is reported that prayers are being offered up all over the nation for a child stricken with a
so called incurable ailment, for peace among nations, for a group of miners trapped in a
flooded mine. Later it is reported that when rescued, the miners said that they prayed
while waiting for rescue; an airplane pilot says that he prayed as he made a successful
emergency landing. Certainly, prayer is an ever-present help in time of trouble; but you
do not have to wait for trouble to make prayer an integral and constructive part of your
life. The dramatic answers to prayer make headlines and are the subject of testimonies to
the effectiveness of prayer. What of the many humble prayers of children, the simple
thanksgiving of grace at the table daily, the faithful devotions wherein the individual
seeks only communion with God? My work with people has made it necessary for me to
study the various approaches to prayer. I have experienced the power of prayer in my
own life, and I have talked and worked with many people who also have enjoyed the help
of prayer. The problem usually is how to tell others how to pray. People who
Page 3
are in trouble have difficulty in thinking and acting reasonably. They need an easy
formula to follow, an obviously workable pattern that is simple and specific. Often they
must be led to approach the emergency.
Unique feature of this book
The unique feature of this book is its down-to-earth practicality. Here you are presented
with simple, usable techniques and formulas, which you can easily apply in your
workaday world. I have taught these simple processes to men and women all over the
world, and recently over a thousand men and women of all religious affiliations attended
a special class in Los Angeles where I presented the highlights of what is offered in the
pages of this book. Many came from distances of two hundred miles for each class
lesson. The special features of this book will appeal to you because they show you why
oftentimes you get the opposite of what you prayed for and reveal to you the reasons
why. People have asked me in all parts of the world and thousands of times, “Why is it I
have prayed and prayed and got no answer?” In this book you will find the reasons for
this common complaint. The many ways of impressing the subconscious mind and
getting the right answers make this an extraordinarily valuable book and an ever present
help in time of trouble.
What do you believe?
It is not the thing believed in that brings an answer to man’s prayer; the answer to prayer
results when the individual’s sub conscious mind responds to the mental picture or
thought in his mind. This law of belief is operating in all religions of the world and is the
reason why they are psychologically true. The Buddhist, the Christian, the Moslem, and
the Hebrew all may get answers to their prayers, not because of the particular creed,
religion, affiliation, ritual, ceremony, formula, liturgy, incantation, sacrifices, or
offerings, but solely because of belief or mental acceptance and receptivity about that for
which they pray.
The law of life is the law of belief, and belief could be summed up briefly as a thought in
your mind. As a man thinks, feels, and believes, so is the condition of his mind, body,
and circumstances. A technique, a methodology based on an understanding of what you
are doing and why you are doing it will help you to bring about a subconscious
embodiment of all the good things of life. Essentially, answered prayer is the realization
of your heart’s desire.
Desire is prayer
Everyone desires health, happiness, security, peace of mind, true expression, but many
fail to achieve clearly defined results. A university professor admitted to me recently, “I
know that if I changed my mental pattern and redirected my emotional life, my ulcers
would not recur, but I do not have any technique, process, or modus operandi. My mind
wanders back and forth on my many problems, and I feel frustrated, defeated, and
unhappy.” This professor had a desire for perfect health; he needed knowledge of the way
his mind worked which would enable him to fulfill his desire. By practicing the healing
methods outlined in this book, he became whole and perfect.
Page 4
There is one mind common to all individual men (Emerson)
The miracle working powers of your subconscious mind existed before you and I were
born, before any church or world existed. The great eternal truths and principles of life
antedate all religions. It is with these thoughts in mind that I urge you in the following
chapters to lay hold of this wonderful, magical, transforming power, which will bind up
mental and physical wounds, proclaim liberty to the fear ridden mind, and liberate
you completely from the limitations of poverty, failure, misery, lack, and frustration. All
you have to do is unite mentally and emotionally with the good you wish to embody, and
the creative powers of your subconscious will respond accordingly. Begin now, today, let
wonders happen in your life!
Keep on, keeping on until the day breaks and the shadows flee away.
Page 5
Contents
1 The Treasure House Within You ................................................................................... 14
The marvelous power of your subconscious................................................................. 14
Necessity of a working basis......................................................................................... 15
The duality of mind....................................................................................................... 16
The conscious and subconscious minds........................................................................ 16
Outstanding differences and modes of operation.......................................................... 18
How her subconscious responded................................................................................. 19
Brief summary of ideas worth remembering ................................................................ 19
2 How Your Own Mind Works ........................................................................................ 21
Conscious and subconscious terms differentiated ........................................................ 21
Experiments by psychologists....................................................................................... 22
The terms objective and subjective mind clarified ....................................................... 22
The subconscious cannot reason like your conscious mind.......................................... 23
The tremendous power of suggestion ........................................................................... 23
Different reactions to the same suggestion ................................................................... 23
How he lost his arm ...................................................................................................... 24
How autosuggestion banishes fear................................................................................ 24
How she restored her memory ...................................................................................... 25
How he overcame a nasty temper ................................................................................. 25
The constructive and destructive power of suggestion................................................. 25
Have you accepted any of these? .................................................................................. 25
You can counteract negative suggestions ..................................................................... 26
How suggestion killed a man........................................................................................ 26
The power of an assumed major premise ..................................................................... 27
The subconscious does not argue controversially......................................................... 27
Review of highlights..................................................................................................... 28
3 The Miracle Working Power of Your Subconscious..................................................... 30
Your subconscious is your Book of Life ...................................................................... 31
What is impressed in the subconscious is expressed .................................................... 31
The subconscious heals a malignancy of the skin ........................................................ 32
How the subconscious controls all functions of the body............................................. 33
How to get the subconscious to work for you............................................................... 33
Healing principle of the subconscious restores atrophied optic nerves ........................ 34
Page 6
How to convey the idea of perfect health to your subconscious mind ......................... 34
Ideas worth remembering ............................................................................................. 35
4 Mental Healings in Ancient Times ................................................................................ 36
Biblical accounts on the use of the subconscious powers............................................. 36
Miracles at various shrines throughout the world......................................................... 37
One universal healing principle .................................................................................... 38
Widely different theories .............................................................................................. 39
Views of Paracelsus ...................................................................................................... 39
Bernheim’s experiments ................................................................................................ 40
Producing a blister by suggestion ................................................................................. 40
The cause of bloody stigmata ....................................................................................... 40
Healing points in review ............................................................................................... 41
5 Mental Healings in Modern Times ................................................................................ 42
One process of healing.................................................................................................. 42
The law of belief ........................................................................................................... 43
Prayer therapy is the combined function of the conscious and subconscious mind
scientifically directed .................................................................................................... 43
Faith healing, what it means, and how blind faith works ............................................. 43
Subjective faith and what it means ............................................................................... 44
The meaning of absent treatment .................................................................................. 45
Releasing the kinetic action of the subconscious mind ................................................ 46
Summary of your aids to health .................................................................................... 46
6 Practical Techniques in Mental Healings ...................................................................... 48
The passing over technique for impregnating the subconscious .................................. 48
Your subconscious will accept your blueprint.............................................................. 48
The science and art of true prayer................................................................................. 49
The visualization technique .......................................................................................... 49
Mental movie method ................................................................................................... 50
The Baudoin technique ................................................................................................. 51
The sleeping technique ................................................................................................. 51
The ‘thank you’ technique............................................................................................. 52
The affirmative method................................................................................................. 52
The argumentative method ........................................................................................... 53
The absolute method is like modern sound wave therapy ............................................ 54
Page 7
A cripple walks ............................................................................................................. 54
The decree method........................................................................................................ 55
Serve yourself with scientific truth............................................................................... 56
7 The Tendency of the Subconscious Is Life ward ........................................................... 57
How the body portrays the workings of the mind......................................................... 57
There is an intelligence which takes care of the body .................................................. 58
The subconscious mind works continually for the common good ............................... 58
How man interferes with the innate principle of harmony ........................................... 58
Why it’s normal to be healthy, vital, and strong – it’s abnormal to be sick.................. 59
Pott’s disease cured ....................................................................................................... 59
How faith in your subconscious powers makes you whole .......................................... 60
Pointers to review ......................................................................................................... 60
8 How to Get the Results You Want................................................................................. 61
Easy does it ................................................................................................................... 61
Infer no opponent, use imagination and not will power ............................................... 62
How disciplined imagination works wonders............................................................... 62
The three steps to success in prayer.............................................................................. 62
The law of reversed effort and why you get the opposite of what you pray for........... 62
The conflict of desire and imagination must be reconciled .......................................... 63
Ideas worth recalling..................................................................................................... 64
9 How to Use the Power of Your Subconscious for Wealth............................................. 65
Wealth is of the mind.................................................................................................... 65
Your invisible means of support ................................................................................... 65
The ideal method for building a wealth consciousness ................................................ 65
Why your affirmations for wealth fail .......................................................................... 66
How to avoid mental conflict........................................................................................ 66
Don’t sign blank checks ................................................................................................ 66
Your subconscious gives you compound interest ......................................................... 66
Why nothing happened ................................................................................................. 66
True source of wealth.................................................................................................... 67
Trying to make ends meet and the real cause ............................................................... 67
A common stumbling block to wealth .......................................................................... 67
Rubbing out a great mental block to wealth ................................................................. 67
Sleep and grow rich ...................................................................................................... 68
Page 8
Serve yourself with the powers of your mind............................................................... 68
10 Your Right to Be Rich ................................................................................................. 69
Money is a symbol........................................................................................................ 69
How to walk the royal road to riches............................................................................ 69
Why you do not have more money............................................................................... 69
Money and a balanced life ............................................................................................ 70
Poverty is a mental disease ........................................................................................... 70
Getting the right attitude toward money ....................................................................... 70
How the scientific thinker looks at money ................................................................... 70
How to attract the money you need .............................................................................. 71
Why some men do not get a raise in pay ...................................................................... 71
Obstacles and impediments on the pathway to riches .................................................. 71
Protect your investments............................................................................................... 72
You cannot get something for nothing.......................................................................... 72
Your constant supply of money .................................................................................... 72
Step up this way to riches ............................................................................................. 72
11 Your Subconscious Mind as a Partner in Success ....................................................... 74
The three steps to success ............................................................................................. 74
The measure of true success ......................................................................................... 74
How he made his dream come true............................................................................... 75
His dream pharmacy became a reality .......................................................................... 76
Using the subconscious mind in business..................................................................... 76
Boy of sixteen years turns failure into success ............................................................. 77
How to become successful in buying and selling ......................................................... 77
How she succeeded in getting what she wanted ........................................................... 78
A success technique employed by many outstanding executives and businessmen..... 79
Profitable pointers......................................................................................................... 79
12 Scientists Use the Subconscious Mind ........................................................................ 81
How a distinguished scientist brought forth his inventions.......................................... 81
How a famous naturalist solved his problem................................................................ 81
An outstanding physician solved the problem of diabetes............................................ 82
How a famous scientist and physicist escaped from a Russian concentration camp.... 82
How archaeologists and paleontologists reconstruct ancient scenes ............................ 83
How to receive guidance from your subconscious ....................................................... 83
Page 9
His subconscious revealed the location of his father’s will .......................................... 84
The secret of guidance .................................................................................................. 85
Highlights to recall........................................................................................................ 85
13 Your Subconscious and the Wonders of Sleep ............................................................ 87
Why we sleep................................................................................................................ 87
Prayer, a form of sleep .................................................................................................. 87
Startling effects of sleep deprivation ............................................................................ 87
You need more sleep..................................................................................................... 88
Sleep brings counsel ..................................................................................................... 88
Saved from certain disaster........................................................................................... 88
Your future is in your subconscious mind.................................................................... 89
A cat nap nets him $15,000........................................................................................... 89
How a famous professor solved his problem in sleep................................................... 90
How the subconscious worked for a famous writer while he slept............................... 90
Sleep in peace and wake in joy ..................................................................................... 91
Summary of your aids to the wonders of sleep............................................................. 91
14 Your Subconscious Mind and Marital Problems ......................................................... 93
The meaning of marriage .............................................................................................. 93
How to attract the ideal husband................................................................................... 93
How to attract the ideal wife......................................................................................... 94
No need for third mistake ............................................................................................. 94
How she broke the negative pattern.............................................................................. 94
The answer to her prayer............................................................................................... 95
Should I get a divorce? ................................................................................................. 95
Drifting into divorce ..................................................................................................... 95
Divorce begins in the mind........................................................................................... 96
The nagging wife .......................................................................................................... 96
The brooding husband................................................................................................... 96
The great mistake.......................................................................................................... 97
Don’t try to make your wife over.................................................................................. 97
Pray together and stay together through steps in prayer ............................................... 97
Review your actions...................................................................................................... 98
15 Your Subconscious Mind and Your Happiness ......................................................... 100
You must choose happiness........................................................................................ 100
Page 10
How to choose happiness............................................................................................ 100
He made it a habit to be happy.................................................................................... 101
You must desire to be happy....................................................................................... 101
Why choose unhappiness? .......................................................................................... 101
If I had a million dollars, I would be happy................................................................ 101
He found happiness to be the harvest of a quiet mind ................................................ 102
The block or stump is not really there ........................................................................ 102
The happiest people .................................................................................................... 103
Summary of steps to happiness................................................................................... 103
16 Your Subconscious Mind and Harmonious Human Relations .................................. 105
The master key to happy relationships with others..................................................... 105
And with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again .......................... 105
The daily headlines made him sick............................................................................. 105
I hate women, but I like men ...................................................................................... 106
His inner speech held back his promotion .................................................................. 107
Becoming emotionally mature.................................................................................... 108
The meaning of love in harmonious human relations................................................. 108
He hated audiences ..................................................................................................... 108
Handling difficult people ............................................................................................ 108
Misery loves company ................................................................................................ 109
The practice of empathy in human relations............................................................... 109
Appeasement never wins ............................................................................................ 109
Profitable pointers in human relations ........................................................................ 110
17 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind for Forgiveness............................................. 112
Life always forgives you............................................................................................. 112
How he banished that feeling of guilt ......................................................................... 112
A murderer learned to forgive himself........................................................................ 113
Criticism cannot hurt you without your consent......................................................... 114
How to be compassionate ........................................................................................... 114
Left at the altar ............................................................................................................ 114
It is wrong to marry. Sex is evil and I am evil............................................................ 114
Forgiveness is necessary for healing........................................................................... 115
Forgiveness is love in action....................................................................................... 115
Technique of forgiveness ............................................................................................ 115
Page 11
The acid test for forgiveness ....................................................................................... 116
To understand all is to forgive all ............................................................................... 116
Summary of your aids to forgiveness ......................................................................... 116
18 How Your Subconscious Removes Mental Blocks ................................................... 118
How to break or build a habit ..................................................................................... 118
How he broke a bad habit ........................................................................................... 118
The power of his mental picture ................................................................................. 118
Focused attention ........................................................................................................ 119
He said a jinx was following him ............................................................................... 119
How much do you want what you want?.................................................................... 120
Why he could not be healed........................................................................................ 120
The explanation and the cure ...................................................................................... 120
Refusing to admit it..................................................................................................... 121
Building in the idea of freedom .................................................................................. 121
Fifty-one percent healed ............................................................................................. 121
The law of substitution................................................................................................ 121
Cause of alcoholism.................................................................................................... 122
Three magic steps ....................................................................................................... 122
Keep on keeping on .................................................................................................... 122
Review your thought power........................................................................................ 122
19 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind to Remove Fear ............................................ 124
Man’s greatest enemy.................................................................................................. 124
Do the thing you fear .................................................................................................. 124
Banishing stage fright ................................................................................................. 124
Fear of failure.............................................................................................................. 125
How he overcame the fear .......................................................................................... 125
Fear of water, mountains, closed places, etc............................................................... 125
Master technique for overcoming any particular fear................................................. 126
He blessed the elevator ............................................................................................... 126
Normal and abnormal fear .......................................................................................... 126
Abnormal fear ............................................................................................................. 127
The answer to abnormal fear....................................................................................... 127
Examine your fears ..................................................................................................... 127
He landed in the jungle ............................................................................................... 127
Page 12
He dismissed himself .................................................................................................. 128
They plotted against him............................................................................................. 128
Deliver yourself from all your fears............................................................................ 128
Step this way to freedom from fear............................................................................. 128
20 How to Stay Young in Spirit Forever ........................................................................ 131
He had grown old in his thought life .......................................................................... 131
Age is the dawn of wisdom......................................................................................... 131
Welcome the change................................................................................................... 131
Evidence for survival .................................................................................................. 132
Life is .......................................................................................................................... 132
Mind and spirit do not grow old ................................................................................. 132
You are as young as you think you are ....................................................................... 133
Your gray hairs are an asset........................................................................................ 133
Age is an asset............................................................................................................. 133
Be your age ................................................................................................................. 133
I can keep up with the best of them ............................................................................ 133
Fear of old age ............................................................................................................ 134
You Have much to give .............................................................................................. 134
One hundred and ten years old.................................................................................... 134
Retirement- a new venture.......................................................................................... 134
He graduated to a better job ........................................................................................ 134
You must be a producer and not a prisoner of society................................................ 135
Secret of youth ............................................................................................................ 135
Get a vision ................................................................................................................. 136
Your mind does not grow old ..................................................................................... 136
His mind active at ninety-nine .................................................................................... 136
We need our senior citizens ........................................................................................ 136
The fruits of old age.................................................................................................... 137
Profitable pointers....................................................................................................... 137
Page 13
1 The Treasure House Within You
Infinite riches are all around you if you will open your mental eyes and behold the
treasure house of infinity within you. There is a gold mine within you from which you
can extract everything you need to live life gloriously, joyously, and abundantly.
Many are sound asleep because they do not know about this gold mine of infinite
intelligence and boundless love within themselves. Whatever you want, you can draw
forth. A magnetized piece of steel will lift about twelve times its own weight, and if you
demagnetize this same piece of steel, it will not even lift a feather. Similarly, there are
two types of men. There is the magnetized man who is full of confidence and faith. He
knows that he is born to win and to succeed. Then, there is the type of man who is
demagnetized. He is full of fears and doubts. Opportunities come, and he says, “I might
fail; I might lose my money; people will laugh at me.” This type of man will not get very
far in life because, if he is afraid to go forward, he will simply stay where he is. Become a
magnetized man and discover the master secret of the ages.
Th e ma st er se cr et of th e ag es
What, in your opinion, is the master secret of the ages? The secret of atomic energy?
Thermonuclear energy? The neutron bomb? Interplanetary travel? No—not any of these.
Then, what is this master secret? Where can one find it, and how can it be contacted and
brought into action? The answer is extraordinarily simple. This secret is the marvelous,
miracle working power found in your own subconscious mind, the last place that most
people would seek it.
The marvelous power of your subconscious
You can bring into your life more power, more wealth, more health, more happiness, and
more joy by learning to contact and release the hidden power of your subconscious mind.
You need not acquire this power; you already possess it. But, you want to learn how to
use it; you want to understand it so that you can apply it in all departments of your life.
As you follow the simple techniques and processes set forth in this book, you can gain
the necessary knowledge and understanding. A new light can inspire you, and you can
generate a new force enabling you to realize your hopes and make all your dreams come
true. Decide now to make your life grander, greater, richer, and nobler than ever before.
Within your subconscious depths lie infinite wisdom, infinite power, and infinite supply
of all that is necessary, which is waiting for development and expression. Begin now to
recognize these potentialities of your deeper mind, and they will take form in the world
without.
The infinite intelligence within your subconscious mind can reveal to you everything you
need to know at every moment of time and point of space provided you are open-minded
and receptive. You can receive new thoughts and ideas enabling you to bring forth new
inventions, make new discoveries, or write books and plays. Moreover, the infinite
intelligence in your subconscious can impart to you wonderful kinds of knowledge of an
original nature. It can reveal to you and open the way for perfect expression and true
place in your life.
Through the wisdom of your subconscious mind you can attract the ideal companion, as
well as the right business associate or partner. It can find the right buyer for your home,
Page 14
and provide you with all the money you need, and the financial freedom to be, to do, and
to go, as your heart desires.
It is your right to discover this inner world of thought, feeling, and power, of light, love,
and beauty. Though invisible, its forces are mighty. Within your subconscious mind you
will find the solution for every problem, and the cause for every effect. Because you can
draw out the hidden powers, you come into actual possession of the power and wisdom
necessary to move forward in abundance, security, joy, and dominion. I have seen the
power of the subconscious lift people up out of crippled states, making them whole, vital,
and strong once more, and free to go out into the world to experience happiness, health,
and joyous expression. There is a miraculous healing power in your subconscious that
can heal the troubled mind and the broken heart. It can open the prison door of the mind
and liberate you. It can free you from all kinds of material and physical bondage.
Necessity of a working basis
Substantial progress in any field of endeavor is impossible in the absence of a working
basis, which is universal in its application. You can become skilled in the operation of
your subconscious mind. You can practice its powers with a certainty of results in exact
proportion to your knowledge of its principles and to your application of them for definite
specific purposes and goals you wish to achieve.
Being a former chemist, I would like to point out that if you combine hydrogen and
oxygen in the proportions of two atoms of the former to one of the latter, water would be
the result. You are very familiar with the fact that one atom of oxygen and one atom of
carbon will produce carbon monoxide, a poisonous gas. But, if you add another atom of
oxygen, you will get carbon dioxide, a harmless gas, and so on throughout the vast realm
of chemical compounds.
You must not think that the principles of chemistry, physics, and mathematics differ from
the principles of your subconscious mind. Let us consider a generally accepted principle:
“Water seeks its own level.” This is a universal principle, which is applicable to water
everywhere.
Consider another principle: “Matter expands when heated.” This is true anywhere, at any
time, and under all circumstances. You can heat a piece of steel, and it will expand
regardless whether the steel is found in China, England, or India. It is a universal truth
that matter expands when heated. It is also a universal truth that whatever you impress on
your subconscious mind is expressed on the screen of space as condition, experience, and
event.
Your prayer is answered because your subconscious mind is principle, and by principle I
mean the way a thing works. For example, the principle of electricity is that it works from
a higher to a lower potential. You do not change the principle of electricity when you use
it, but by cooperating with nature, you can bring forth marvelous inventions and
discoveries, which bless humanity in countless ways.
Your subconscious mind is principle and works according to the law of belief. You must
know what belief is, why it works, and how it works. Your Bible says in a simple, clear,
and beautiful way: Whosoever shall say unto this mountain, Be thou removed, and be
thou cast into the sea; and shall not doubt in his heart, but shall believe that those things
which he saith shallcome to pass; he shall have whatsoever he saith. MARK 11:23.
Page 15
The law of your mind is the law of belief. This means to believe in the way your mind
works, to believe in belief itself. The belief of your mind is the thought of your mind—
that is simple—just that and nothing else.
All your experiences, events, conditions, and acts are the reactions of your subconscious
mind to your thoughts. Remember, it is not the thing believed in, but the belief in your
own mind, which brings about the result.
Cease believing in the false beliefs, opinions, superstitions, and fears of mankind. Begin
to believe in the eternal verities and truths of life, which never change. Then, you will
move onward, upward, and Godward. Whoever reads this book and applies the principles
of the subconscious mind herein set forth; will be able to pray scientifically and
effectively for himself and for others. Your prayer is answered according to the universal
law of action and reaction. Thought is incipient action. The reaction is the response from
your subconscious mind which corresponds with the nature of your thought. Busy your
mind with the concepts of harmony, health, peace, and good will, and wonders will
happen in your life.
The duality of mind
You have only one mind, but your mind possesses two distinctive characteristics. The
line of demarcation between the two is well known to all thinking men and women today.
The two functions of your mind are essentially unlike. Each is endowed with separate and
distinct attributes and powers. The nomenclature generally used to distinguish the two
functions of your mind is as follows: The objective and subjective mind, the conscious
and subconscious mind, the waking and sleeping mind, the surface self and the deep self,
the voluntary mind and the involuntary mind, the male and the female, and many other
terms. You will find the terms “conscious” and “subconscious” used to represent the dual
nature of your mind throughout this book.
The conscious and subconscious minds
An excellent way to get acquainted with the two functions of your mind is to look upon
your own mind as a garden. You are a gardener, and you are planting seeds (thoughts) in
your subconscious mind all day long, based on your habitual thinking. As you sow in
your subconscious mind, so shall you reap in your body and environment.
Begin now to sow thoughts of peace, happiness, right action, good will, and prosperity.
Think quietly and with interest on these qualities and accept them fully in your conscious
reasoning mind. Continue to plant these wonderful seeds (thoughts) in the garden of your
mind, and you will reap a glorious harvest. Your subconscious mind may be likened to
the soil, which will grow all kinds of seeds, good or bad. Do men gather grapes of thorns,
or figs of thistles? Every thought is, therefore, a cause, and every condition is an effect.
For this reason, it is essential that you take charge of your thoughts so as to bring forth
0nly desirable conditions.
When your mind thinks correctly, when you understand the truth, when the thoughts
deposited in your subconscious mind are constructive, harmonious, and peaceful, the
magic working power of your subconscious will respond and bring about harmonious
conditions, agreeable surroundings, and the best of everything. When you begin to
control your thought processes, you can apply the powers of your subconscious to any
problem or difficulty. In other words, you will actually be consciously cooperating
with the infinite power and omnipotent law, which governs all things.
Page 16
Look around you wherever you live and you will notice that the vast majority of mankind
lives in the world without; the more enlightened men are intensely interested in the world
within. Remember, it is the world within, namely, your thoughts, feelings, and imagery
that makes your world without. It is, therefore, the only creative power, and everything,
which you find in your world of expression, has been created by you in the inner world
of your mind consciously or unconsciously.
Knowledge of the interaction of your conscious and subconscious minds will enable you
to transform your whole life. In order to change external conditions, you must change the
cause. Most men try to change conditions and circumstances by working with conditions
and circumstances. To remove discord, confusion, lack, and limitation, you must remove
the cause, and the cause is the way you are using your conscious mind. In other words,
the way you are thinking and picturing in your mind.
You are living in a fathomless sea of infinite riches. Your subconscious is very sensitive
to your thoughts. Your thoughts form the mold or matrix through which the infinite
intelligence, wisdom, vital forces, and energies of your subconscious flow. The practical
application of the laws of your mind as illustrated in each chapter of this book will cause
you to experience abundance for poverty, wisdom for superstition and ignorance, peace
for pain, joy for sadness, light for darkness, harmony for discord, faith and
confidence for fear, success for failure, and freedom from the law of averages. Certainly,
there can be no more wonderful blessing than these from a mental, emotional, and
material standpoint.
Most of the great scientists, artists, poets, singers, writers, and inventors have a deep
understanding of the workings of the conscious and subconscious minds. One time
Caruso, the great operatic tenor, was struck with stage fright. He said his throat was
paralyzed due to spasms caused by intense fear, which constricted the muscles of his
throat. Perspiration poured copiously down his face. He was ashamed because in a few
minutes he had to go out on the stage, yet he was shaking with fear and trepidation. He
said, “They will laugh at me. I can’t sing.” Then he shouted in the presence of those
behind the stage, “The Little Me wants to strangle the Big Me within.”
He said to the Little Me, “Get out of here, the Big Me wants to sing through me.”
By the Big Me, he meant the limitless power and wisdom of his subconscious mind, and
he began to shout, “Get out, get out, the Big Me is going to sing!”
His subconscious mind responded releasing the vital forces within him. When the call
came, he walked out on the stage and sang gloriously and majestically, enthralling the
audience.
It is obvious to you now that Caruso must have understood the two levels of mind—the
conscious or rational, and the subconscious or irrational level. Your subconscious mind is
reactive and responds to the nature of your thoughts. When your conscious mind (the
Little Me) is full of fear, worry, and anxiety, the negative emotions engendered in your
subconscious mind (the Big Me) are released and flood the conscious mind with a sense
of panic, foreboding, and despair. When this happens, you can, like Caruso, speak
affirmatively and with a deep sense of authority to the irrational emotions generated in
your deeper mind as follows: “Be still, be quiet, I am in control, you must obey me, you
are subject to my command, you cannot intrude where you do not belong.”
Page 17
It is fascinating and intensely interesting to observe how you can speak authoritatively
and with conviction to the irrational movement of your deeper self bringing silence,
harmony, and peace to your mind. The subconscious is subject to the conscious mind,
and that is why it is called subconscious or subjective.
Outstanding differences and modes of operation
You will perceive the main differences by the following illustrations: The conscious mind
is like the navigator or captain at the bridge of a ship. He directs the ship and signals
orders to men in the engine room, who in turn control all the boilers, instruments, gauges,
etc. The men in the engine room do not know where they are going; they follow orders.
They would go on the rocks if the man on the bridge issued faulty or wrong instructions
based on his findings with the compass, sextant, or other instruments. The men in the
engine room obey him because he is in charge and issues orders, which are automatically
obeyed. Members of the crew do not talk back to the captain; they simply carry out
orders.
The captain is the master of his ship, and his decrees are carried out. Likewise, your
conscious mind is the captain and the master of your ship, which represents your body,
environment, and all your affairs. Your subconscious mind takes the orders you give it
based upon what your conscious mind believes and accepts as true.
When you repeatedly say to people, “I can’t afford it,” then your subconscious mind
takes you at your word and sees to it that you will not be in a position to purchase what
you want. As long as you persist in saying, “I can’t afford that car, that trip to Europe,
that home, that fur coat or ermine wrap,” you can rest assured that your subconscious
mind will follow your orders, and you will go through life experiencing the lack of all
these things.
Last Christmas Eve a beautiful young university student looked at an attractive and rather
expensive traveling bag in a store window. She was going home to Buffalo, New York,
for the holidays. She was about to say, “I can’t afford that bag,” when she recalled
something she had heard at one of my lectures which was, “Never finish a negative
statement; reverse it immediately, and wonders will happen in your life.”
She said, “That bag is mine. It is for sale. I accept it mentally, and my subconscious sees
to it that I receive it.” At eight o’clock Christmas Eve her fiancé presented her with a bag
exactly the same as the one she had looked at and mentally identified herself with at ten
o’clock the same morning. She had filled her mind with the thought of expectancy and
released the whole thing to her deeper mind, which has the “knowhow” of
accomplishment.
This young girl, a student at the University of Southern California, said to me, “I didn’t
have the money to buy that bag, but now I know where to find money and all the things I
need, and that is in the treasure house of eternity within me.”
Another simple illustration is this: When you say, “I do not like mushrooms,” and the
occasion subsequently comes that you are served mushrooms in sauces or salads, you will
get indigestion because your subconscious mind says to you, “The boss (your conscious
mind) does not like mushrooms.” This is an amusing example of the outstanding
differences and modes of operation of your conscious and subconscious minds.
Page 18
A woman may say, “I wake up at three o’clock, if I drink coffee at night.” Whenever she
drinks coffee, her subconscious mind nudges her, as if to say, “The boss wants you to
stay awake tonight.”
Your subconscious mind works twenty-four hours a day and makes provisions for your
benefit, pouring all the fruit of your habitual thinking into your lap.
How her subconscious responded
A woman wrote me a few months ago as follows: “I am seventy-five years old, a widow
with a grown family. I was living alone and on a pension. I heard your lectures on the
powers of the subconscious mind wherein you said that ideas could be conveyed to the
subconscious mind by repetition, faith, and expectancy.“I began to repeat frequently with
feeling, ‘I am wanted. I am happily married to a kind, loving, and spiritual minded man. I
am secure!’ “I kept on doing this many times a day for about two weeks, and one
day at the corner drugstore, I was introduced to a retired pharmacist. I found him to be
kind, understanding, and very religious. He was a perfect answer to my prayer. Within a
week he proposed to me, and now we are on our honeymoon in Europe. I know that the
intelligence within my subconscious mind brought both of us together in divine order.”
This woman discovered that the treasure house was within her. Her prayer was felt as true
in her heart, and her affirmation sank down by osmosis into her subconscious mind,
which is the creative medium. The moment she succeeded in bringing about a subjective
embodiment, her subconscious mind brought about the answer through the law of
attraction.
Her deeper mind, full of wisdom and intelligence, brought both of them together in divine
order. Be sure that you think on whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are
honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are
lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any
praise, think on these things. PHIL. 4:8.
Brief summary of ideas worth remembering
1. The treasure house is within you. Look within for the answer to your heart’s desire.
2. The great secret possessed by the great men of all ages was their ability to contact and
release the powers of their sub conscious mind. You can do the same.
3. Your subconscious has the answer to all problems. If you suggest to your subconscious
prior to sleep, “I want to get up at 6 A.M.,” it will awaken you at that exact time.
4. Your subconscious mind is the builder of your body and can heal you. Lull yourself to
sleep every night with the idea of perfect health, and your subconscious, being your
faithful servant, will obey you.
5. Every thought is a cause, and every condition is an effect.
6. If you want to write a book, write a wonderful play, give a better talk to your audience,
convey the idea lovingly and feelingly to your subconscious mind, and it will respond
accordingly.
7. You are like a captain navigating a ship. He must give the right orders, and likewise,
you must give the right orders (thoughts and images) to your subconscious mind, which
controls and governs all your experiences.
8. Never use the terms, “I can’t afford it” or “I can’t do this.” Your subconscious mind
takes you at your word and sees to it that you do not have the money or the ability to do
Page 19
what you want to do. Affirm, “I can do all things through the power of my subconscious
mind.”
9. The law of life is the law of belief. A belief is a thought in your mind. Do not believe
in things to harm or hurt you. Believe in the power of your subconscious to heal, inspire,
strengthen, and prosper you. According to your belief is it done unto you.
10. Change your thoughts, and you change your destiny.
Page 20
2 How Your Own Mind Works
You have a mind, and you should learn how to use it. There are two levels of your
mind—the conscious or rational level, and the subconscious or irrational level. You think
with your conscious mind, and whatever you habitually think sinks down into your
subconscious mind, which creates according to the nature of your thoughts. Your
subconscious mind is the seat of your emotions and is the creative mind. If you think
good, good will follow; if you think evil, evil will follow. This is the way your mind
works.
The main point to remember is once the subconscious mind accepts an idea, it begins to
execute it. It is an interesting and subtle truth that the law of the subconscious mind
works for good and bad ideas alike. This law, when applied in a negative way, is the
cause of failure, frustration, and unhappiness. However, when your habitual thinking is
harmonious and constructive, you experience perfect health, success, and prosperity.
Peace of mind and a healthy body are inevitable when you begin to think and feel in the
right way. Whatever you claim mentally and feel as true, your subconscious mind will
accept and bring forth into your experience. The only thing necessary for you to do is to
get your subconscious mind to accept your idea, and the law of your own subconscious
mind will bring forth the health, peace, or the position you desire. You give the command
or decree, and your subconscious will faithfully reproduce the idea impressed upon it.
The law of your mind is this: You will get a reaction or response from your subconscious
mind according to the nature of the thought or idea you hold in your conscious
mind.
Psychologists and psychiatrists point out that when thoughts are conveyed to your
subconscious mind, impressions are made in the brain cells. As soon as your
subconscious accepts any idea, it proceeds to put it into effect immediately. It works by
association of ideas and uses every bit of knowledge that you have gathered in your
lifetime to bring about its purpose. It draws on the infinite power, energy, and wisdom
within you. It lines up all the laws of nature to get its way. Sometimes it seems to bring
about an immediate solution to your difficulties, but at other times it may take days,
weeks, or longer. . . . Its ways are past finding out.
Conscious and subconscious terms differentiated
You must remember that these are not two minds. They are merely two spheres of
activity within one mind. Your conscious mind is the reasoning mind. It is that phase of
mind, which chooses. For example, you choose your books, your home, and your partner
in life. You make all your decisions with your conscious mind. On the other hand,
without any conscious choice on your part, your heart is kept functioning automatically,
and the process of digestion, circulation, and breathing are carried on by your
subconscious mind through processes independent of your conscious control.
Your subconscious mind accepts what is impressed upon it or what you consciously
believe. It does not reason things out like your conscious mind, and it does not argue with
you controversially. Your subconscious mind is like the soil, which accepts any kind of
seed, good or bad. Your thoughts are active and might be likened unto seeds. Negative,
destructive thoughts continue to work negatively in your subconscious mind, and in due
time will come forth into outer experience which corresponds with them.
Page 21
Remember, your subconscious mind does not engage in proving whether your thoughts
are good or bad, true or false, but it responds according to the nature of your thoughts or
suggestions. For example, if you consciously assume something as true, even though it
may be false, your subconscious mind will accept it as true and proceed to bring about
results, which must necessarily follow, because you consciously assumed it to be true.
Experiments by psychologists
Innumerable experiments by psychologists and others on persons in the hypnotic state
have shown that the subconscious mind is incapable of making selections and
comparisons, which are necessary for a reasoning process. They have shown repeatedly
that your subconscious mind will accept any suggestions, however false. Having once
accepted any suggestion, it responds according to the nature of the suggestion given.
To illustrate the amenability of your subconscious mind to suggestion, if a practiced
hypnotist suggests to one of his subjects that he is Napoleon Bonaparte, or even a cat or a
dog, he will act out the part with inimitable accuracy. His personality becomes changed
for the time being. He believes himself to be whatever the operator tells him he is.
A skilled hypnotist may suggest to one of his students in the hypnotic state that his back
itches, to another that his nose is bleeding, to another that he is a marble statue, to another
that he is freezing and the temperature is below zero. Each one will follow out the line of
his particular suggestion, totally oblivious to all his surroundings, which do not pertain to
his idea.
These simple illustrations portray clearly the difference between your conscious
reasoning mind and your subconscious mind, which is impersonal, nonselective, and
accepts as true whatever your conscious mind believes to be true. Hence, the importance
of selecting thoughts, ideas, and premises, which bless, heal, inspire, and fill your soul
with joy.
The terms objective and subjective mind clarified
Your conscious mind is sometimes referred to as your objective mind because it deals
with outward objects. The objective mind takes cognizance of the objective world. Its
media of observation are your five physical senses. Your objective mind is your guide
and director in your contact with your environment. You gain knowledge through your
five senses. Your objective mind learns through observation, experience, and education.
As previously pointed out, the greatest function of the objective mind is that of reasoning.
Suppose you are one of the thousands of tourists who come to Los Angeles annually. You
would come to the conclusion that it is a beautiful city based upon your observation of
the parks, pretty gardens, majestic buildings, and lovely homes. This is the working of
your objective mind.
Your subconscious mind is oftentimes referred to as your subjective mind. Your
subjective mind takes cognizance of its environment by means independent of the five
senses. Your subjective mind perceives by intuition. It is the seat of your emotion and the
storehouse of memory. Your subjective mind performs its highest functions when your
objective senses are in abeyance. In a word, it is that intelligence which makes itself
manifest when the objective mind is suspended or in a sleepy, drowsy state.
Your subjective mind sees without the use of the natural organs of vision. It has the
capacity of clairvoyance and clairaudience. Your subjective mind can leave your body,
travel to distant lands, and bring back information oftentimes of the most exact and
Page 22
truthful character. Through your subjective mind you can read the thoughts of others,
read the contents of sealed envelopes and closed safes. Your subjective mind has the
ability to apprehend the thoughts of others without the use of the ordinary objective
means of communication. It is of the greatest importance that we understand the
interaction of the objective and subjective mind in order to learn the true art of prayer.
The subconscious cannot reason like your conscious mind
Your subconscious mind cannot argue controversially. Hence, if you give it wrong
suggestions, it will accept them as true and will proceed to bring them to pass as
conditions, experiences, and events. All things that have happened to you are based on
thoughts impressed on your subconscious mind through belief. If you have conveyed
erroneous concepts to your subconscious mind, the sure method of overcoming them is
by the repetition of constructive, harmonious thoughts frequently repeated which your
subconscious mind accepts, thus forming new and healthy habits of thought and life, for
your subconscious mind is the seat of habit.
The habitual thinking of your conscious mind establishes deep grooves in your
subconscious mind. This is very favorable for you if your habitual thoughts are
harmonious, peaceful, and constructive. If you have indulged in fear, worry, and other
destructive forms of thinking, the remedy is to recognize the omnipotence of your
subconscious mind and decree freedom, happiness, and perfect health. Your
subconscious mind, being creative and one with your divine source, will proceed to
create the freedom and happiness, which you have earnestly decreed.
The tremendous power of suggestion
You must realize by now that your conscious mind is the “watchman at the gate,” and its
chief function is to protect your subconscious mind from false impressions. You are now
aware of one of the basic laws of mind: Your subconscious mind is amenable to
suggestion. As you know, your subconscious mind does not make comparisons, or
contrasts, neither does it reason and think things out for itself. This latter function belongs
to your conscious mind. It simply reacts to the impressions given to it by your conscious
mind. It does not show a preference for one course of action over another.
The following is a classic example of the tremendous power of suggestion. Suppose you
approach a timid looking passenger on board ship and say to him something like this:
“You look very ill. How pale you are! I feel certain you are going to be seasick. Let me
help you to your cabin.” The passenger turns pale. Your suggestion of seasickness
associates itself with his own fears and forebodings. He accepts your aid down to the
berth, and there your negative suggestion, which was accepted by him, is realized.
Different reactions to the same suggestion
It is true that different people will react in different ways to the same suggestion because
of their subconscious conditioning or belief. For example, if you go to a sailor on the ship
and say to him sympathetically, “My dear fellow, you’re looking very ill. Aren’t you
feeling sick? You look to me as if you were going to be seasick.” According to his
temperament he either laughs at your “joke,” or expresses a mild irritation. Your
suggestion fell on deaf ears in this instance because your suggestion of seasickness was
associated in his mind with his own immunity from it. Therefore, it called up not fear or
worry, but self-confidence.
Page 23
The dictionary says that a suggestion is the act or instance of putting something into
one’s mind, the mental process by which the thought or idea suggested is entertained,
accepted, or put into effect. You must remember that a suggestion cannot impose
something on the subconscious mind against the will of the conscious mind. In other
words, your conscious mind has the power to reject the suggestion given. In the case of
the sailor, he had no fear of seasickness. He had convinced himself of his immunity, and
the negative suggestion had absolutely no power to evoke fear.
The suggestion of seasickness to the other passenger called forth his indwelling fear of
seasickness. Each of us has his own inner fears, beliefs, opinions, and these inner
assumptions rule and govern our lives. A suggestion has no power in and of itself except
if you accept it mentally. This causes your subconscious powers to flow in a limited and
restricted way according to the nature of the suggestion.
How he lost his arm
Every two or three years I give a series of lectures at the London Truth Forum in Caxton
Hall. This is a Forum I founded a number of years ago. Dr. Evelyn Fleet, the director,
told me about an article which appeared in the English newspapers dealing with the
power of suggestion. This is the suggestion a man gave to his subconscious mind over
a period of about two years: “I would give my right arm to see my daughter cured.” It
appeared that his daughter had a crippling form of arthritis together with a so-called
incurable form of skin disease. Medical treatment had failed to alleviate the condition,
and the father had an intense longing for his daughter’s healing, and expressed his desire
in the words just quoted.
Dr. Evelyn Fleet said that the newspaper article pointed out that one day the family was
out riding when their car collided with another. The father’s right arm was torn off at the
shoulder, and immediately the daughter’s arthritis and skin condition vanished.
You must make certain to give your subconscious only suggestions, which heal, bless,
elevate, and inspire you in all your ways. Remember that your subconscious mind cannot
take a joke. It takes you at your word.
How autosuggestion banishes fear
Illustrations of autosuggestion: Autosuggestion means suggesting something definite and
specific to oneself. Herbert Parkyn, in his excellent manual of autosuggestion,* records
the following incident. It has its amusing side, so that one remembers it. “A New York
visitor in Chicago looks at his watch, which is set an hour ahead of Chicago time, and
tells a Chicago friend that it is twelve o’clock. The Chicago friend, not considering the
difference in time between Chicago and New York, tells the New Yorker that he is
hungry and that he must go to lunch.”
Autosuggestion may be used to banish various fears and other negative conditions. A
young singer was invited to give an audition. She had been looking forward to the
interview, but on three previous occasions she had failed miserably due to fear
Herbert Parkyn, Autosuggestion (London: Fowler, 1916).of failure. This young lady had
a very good voice, but she had been saying to herself, “When the time comes for me to
sing, maybe they won’t like me. I will try, but I’m full of fear and anxiety.” Her
subconscious mind accepted these negative autosuggestions as a request and proceeded to
manifest them and bring them into her experience. The cause was an involuntary
autosuggestion, i.e., silent fear thoughts emotionalized and subjectified.
Page 24
She overcame it by the following technique: Three times a day she isolated herself in a
room. She sat down comfortably in an armchair, relaxed her body, and closed her eyes.
She stilled her mind and body as best she could. Physical inertia favors mental passivity
and renders the mind more receptive to suggestion. She counteracted the fear suggestion
by saying to herself, “I sing beautifully. I am poised, serene, confident, and calm.” She
repeated this statement slowly, quietly, and with feeling from five to ten times at each
sitting. She had three such “sittings” every day and one immediately prior to sleep. At the
end of a week she was completely poised and confident. When the invitation to audition
came, she gave a remarkable, wonderful audition.
How she restored her memory
A woman, aged seventy-five, was in the habit of saying to herself, “I am losing my
memory.” She reversed the procedure and practiced induced autosuggestion several times
a day as follows: “My memory from today on is improving in every department. I shall
always remember whatever I need to know at every moment of time and point of space.
The impressions received will be clearer and more definite. I shall retain them
automatically and with ease. Whatever I wish to recall will immediately present itself in
the correct form in my mind. I am improving rapidly every day, and very soon my
memory will be better than it has ever been before.” At the end of three weeks, her
memory was back to normal, and she was delighted.
How he overcame a nasty temper
Many men who complained of irritability and bad temper proved to be very susceptible to
autosuggestion and obtained marvelous results by using the following statements three or
four times a day—morning, noon, and at night prior to sleep for about a month.
“Henceforth, I shall grow more good-humored.
Joy, happiness, and cheerfulness are now becoming my normal states of mind. Every day
I am becoming more and more lovable and understanding. I am now becoming the center
of cheer and good will to all those about me, infecting them with good humor. This
happy, joyous, and cheerful mood is now becoming my normal, natural state of mind. I
am grateful.”
The constructive and destructive power of suggestion
Some illustrations and comments on heterosuggestion: Heterosuggestion means
suggestions from another person. In all ages the power of suggestion has played a part in
the life and thought of man in every period of time and in each country of the earth. In
many parts of the world it is the controlling power in religion.
Suggestion may be used to discipline and control ourselves, but it can also be used to take
control and command over others who do not know the laws of mind. In its constructive
form it is wonderful and magnificent. In its negative aspects it is one of the most
destructive of all the response patterns of the mind, resulting in patterns of misery,
failure, suffering, sickness, and disaster.
Have you accepted any of these?
From infancy on the majority of us have been given many negative suggestions. Not
knowing how to thwart them, we unconsciously accepted them. Here are some of the
negative suggestions: “You can’t.” “You’ll never amount to anything.” “You mustn’t.”
Page 25
“You’ll fail.” “You haven’t got a chance.” “You’re all wrong.” “It’s no use.” “It’s not
what you know, but who you know.” “The world is going to the dogs.” “What’s the use,
nobody cares.” “It’s no use trying so hard.” “You’re too old now.” “Things are getting
worse and worse.” “Life is an endless grind.” “Love is for the birds.” “You just can’t
win.” “Pretty soon you’ll be bankrupt.” “Watch out, you’ll get the virus.” “You can’t
trust a soul,” etc.
Unless, as an adult, you use constructive autosuggestion, which is a reconditioning
therapy, the impressions made on you in the past can cause behavior patterns that cause
failure in your personal and social life. Autosuggestion is a means releasing you from the
mass of negative verbal conditioning that might otherwise distort your life pattern,
making the development of good habits difficult.
You can counteract negative suggestions
Pick up the paper any day, and you can read dozens of items that could sow the seeds of
futility, fear, worry, anxiety, and impending doom. If accepted by you, these thoughts of
fear could cause you to lose the will for life. Knowing that you can reject all these
negative suggestions by giving your subconscious mind constructive autosuggestions,
you counteract all these destructive ideas.
Check regularly on the negative suggestions that people make to you. You do not have to
be influenced by destructive heterosuggestion. All of us have suffered from it in our
childhood and in our teens. If you look back, you can easily recall how parents, friends,
relatives, teachers, and associates contributed in a campaign of negative suggestions.
Study the things said to you, and you will discover much of it was in the form of
propaganda. The purpose of much of what was said was to control you or instill fear into
you. This heterosuggestion process goes on in every home, office, factory, and club. You
will find that many of these suggestions are for the purpose of making you think, feel,
and act, as others want you to and in ways that are to their advantage.
How suggestion killed a man
Here is an illustration of heterosuggestion: A relative of mine went to a crystal gazer in
India who told him that he had a bad heart and predicted that he would die at the next
new moon. He began to tell all members of his family about this prediction, and he
arranged his will. This powerful suggestion entered into his subconscious mind because
he accepted it completely. My relative also told me that this crystal gazer was believed to
have some strange occult powers, and he could do harm or good to a person. He died as
predicted not knowing that he was the cause of his own death. I suppose many of us have
heard similar stupid, ridiculous, superstitious stories.
Let us look at what happened in the light of our knowledge of the way the subconscious
mind works. Whatever the conscious, reasoning mind of man believes; the subconscious
mind will accept and act upon. My relative was happy, healthy, vigorous, and robust
when he went to see the fortuneteller. She gave him a very negative suggestion, which he
accepted. He became terrified, and constantly dwelt upon the fact that he was going to
die at the next new moon. He proceeded to tell everyone about it, and he prepared for the
end. The activity took place in his own mind, and his own thought was the cause. He
brought about his own so-called death, or rather destruction of the physical body, by his
fear and expectation of the end. The woman who predicted his death had no more power
Page 26
than the stones and sticks in the field. Her suggestion had no power to create or bring
about the end she suggested. If he had known the laws of his mind, he would have
completely rejected the negative suggestion and refused to give her words any attention,
knowing in his heart that he was governed and controlled by his own thought and feeling.
Like tin arrows aimed at a battleship, her prophecy could have been completely
neutralized and dissipated without hurting him.
The suggestions of others in themselves have absolutely no power whatever over you
except the power that you give them through your own thoughts. You have to give your
mental consent; you have to entertain the thought. Then, it becomes your thought, and
you do the thinking. Remember, you have the capacity to choose. Choose life! Choose
love! Choose health!
The power of an assumed major premise
Your mind works like a syllogism. This means that whatever major premise your
conscious mind assumes to be true determines the conclusion your subconscious mind
comes to in regard to any particular question or problem in your mind. If your premise is
true, the conclusion must be true as in the following example:
Every virtue is laudable; Kindness is a virtue; Therefore, kindness is laudable.
Another example is as follows: All formed things change and pass away; The Pyramids
of Egypt are formed things; Therefore, some day the Pyramids will pass away.
The first statement is referred to as the major premise, and the right conclusion must
necessarily follow the right premise. A college professor, who attended some of my
science of mind lectures in May, 1962, at Town Hall, New York, said to me, “Everything
in my life is topsy-turvy, and I have lost health, wealth, and friends. Everything I touch
turns out wrong.”
I explained to him that he should establish a major premise in his thinking, that the
infinite intelligence of his subconscious mind was guiding, directing, and prospering him
spiritually, mentally, and materially. Then, his subconscious mind would automatically
direct him wisely in his investments, decisions, and also heal his body and restore his
mind to peace and tranquility.
This professor formulated an overall picture of the way he wanted his life to be, and this
was his major premise: “Infinite intelligence leads and guides me in all my ways. Perfect
health is mine, and the Law of Harmony operates in my mind and body. Beauty, love,
peace, and abundance are mine. The principle of right action and divine order govern my
entire life. I know my major premise is based on the eternal truths of life, and I know,
feel, and believe that my subconscious mind responds according to the nature of my
conscious mind thinking.”
He wrote me as follows: “I repeated the above statements slowly, quietly, and lovingly
several times a day knowing that they were sinking deep down into my subconscious
mind, and that results must follow. I am deeply grateful for the interview you gave me,
and I would like to add that all departments of my life are changing for the better. It
works!”
The subconscious does not argue controversially
Your subconscious mind is all wise and knows the answers to all questions. It does not
argue with you or talk back to you. It does not say, “You must not impress me with that.”
Page 27
For example, when you say, “I can’t do this.” “I am too old now.” “I can’t meet this
obligation.” “I was born on the wrong side of the tracks.” “I don’t know the right
politician,” you are impregnating your subconscious with these negative thoughts, and it
responds accordingly. You are actually blocking your own good, thereby bringing
lack, limitation, and frustration into your life.
When you set up obstacles, impediments, and delays in your conscious mind, you are
denying the wisdom and intelligence resident in your subconscious mind. You are
actually saying in effect that your subconscious mind cannot solve your problem. This
leads to mental and emotional congestion, followed by sickness and neurotic tendencies.
To realize your desire and overcome your frustration, affirm boldly several times a day:
“The infinite intelligence which gave me this desire leads, guides, and reveals to me the
perfect plan for the unfolding of my desire. I know the deeper wisdom of my
subconscious is now responding, and what I feel and claim within is expressed in the
without. There is a balance, equilibrium, and equanimity.”
If you say, “There is no way out; I am lost; there is no way out of this dilemma; I am
stymied and blocked,” you will get no answer or response from your subconscious mind.
If you want the subconscious to work for you, give it the right request, and attain its
cooperation. It is always working for you. It is controlling your heartbeat this minute and
also your breathing. It heals a cut on your finger, and its tendency is life ward, forever
seeking to take care of you and preserve you. Your subconscious has a mind of its own,
but it accepts your patterns of thought and imagery.
When you are seeking an answer to a problem, your subconscious will respond, but it
expects you to come to a decision and to a true judgment in your conscious mind. You
must acknowledge the answer is in your subconscious mind. However, if you say, “I
don’t think there is any way out; I am all mixed up and confused; why don’t I get an
answer?” you are neutralizing your prayer. Like the soldier marking time, you do not get
anywhere.
Still the wheels of your mind, relax, let go, and quietly affirm: “My subconscious knows
the answer. It is responding to me now. I give thanks because I know the infinite
intelligence of my subconscious knows all things and is revealing the perfect answer to
me now. My real conviction is now setting free the majesty and glory of my subconscious
mind. I rejoice that it is so.”
Review of highlights
1. Think good, and good follows. Think evil, and evil follows. You are what you think all
day long.
2. Your subconscious mind does not argue with you. It accepts what your conscious mind
decrees. If you say, “I can’t afford it,” it may be true, but do not say it. Select a better
thought, decree, “I’ll buy it. I accept it in my mind.”
3. You have the power to choose. Choose health and happiness. You can choose to be
friendly, or you can choose to be unfriendly. Choose to be cooperative, joyous, friendly,
lovable, and the whole world will respond. This is the best way to develop a wonderful
personality.
4. Your conscious mind is the “watchman at the gate.” Its chief function is to protect your
subconscious mind from false impressions. Choose to believe that something good can
Page 28
happen and is happening now. Your greatest power is your capacity to choose. Choose
happiness and abundance.
5. The suggestions and statements of others have no power to hurt you. The only power is
the movement of your own thought. You can choose to reject the thoughts or statements
of others and affirm the good. You have the power to choose how you will react.
6. Watch what you say. You have to account for every idle word. Never say, “I will fail; I
will lose my job; I can’t pay the rent.” Your subconscious cannot take a joke. It brings all
these things to pass.
7. Your mind is not evil. No force of nature is evil. It depends how you use the powers of
nature. Use your mind to bless, heal, and inspire all people everywhere.
8. Never say, “I can’t.” Overcome that fear by substituting the following, “I can do all
things through the power of my own subconscious mind.”
9. Begin to think from the standpoint of the eternal truths and principles of life and not
from the standpoint of fear, ignorance, and superstition. Do not let others do your
thinking for you. Choose your own thoughts and make your own decisions.
10. You are the captain of your soul (subconscious mind) and the master of your fate.
Remember, you have the capacity to choose. Choose life! Choose love! Choose health!
Choose happiness!
11. Whatever your conscious mind assumes and believes to be true, your subconscious
mind will accept and bring to pass. Believe in good fortune, divine guidance, right action,
and all the blessings of life.
Page 29
3 The Miracle Working Power of Your Subconscious
The power of your subconscious is enormous. It inspires you, it guides you, and it reveals
to you names, facts, and scenes from the storehouse of memory. Your subconscious
started your heartbeat, controls the circulation of your blood, and regulates your
digestion, assimilation, and elimination. When you eat a piece of bread, your
subconscious mind transmutes it into tissue, muscle, bone, and blood. This process is
beyond the ken of the wisest man who walks the earth. Your subconscious mind controls
all the vital processes and functions of your body and knows the answer to all problems.
Your subconscious mind never sleeps, never rests. It is always on the job. You can
discover the miracle working power of your subconscious by plainly stating to your
subconscious prior to sleep that you wish a certain specific thing accomplished. You will
be delighted to discover that forces within you will be released, leading to the desired
result. Here, then, is a source of power and wisdom which places you in touch with
omnipotence or the power that moves the world, guides the planets in their course, and
causes the sun to shine.
Your subconscious mind is the source of your ideals, aspirations, and altruistic urges. It
was through the subconscious mind that Shakespeare perceived great truths hidden from
the average man of his day. Undoubtedly, it was the response of his subconscious mind
that caused the Greek sculptor, Phidias, to portray beauty, order, symmetry, and
proportion in marble and bronze. It enabled the Italian artist, Raphael, to paint
Madonna’s, and Ludwig van Beethoven to compose symphonies.
In 1955 I lectured at the Yoga Forest University, Rishikesh, India, and there I chatted
with a visiting surgeon from Bombay. He told me about Dr. James Esdaille, a Scotch
surgeon, who worked in Bengal before ether or other modern methods of anesthesia were
discovered. Between 1843 and 1846, Dr. Esdaille performed about four hundred major
operations of all kinds, such as amputations, removal of tumors and cancerous growths,
as well as operations on the eye, ear, and throat. All operations were conducted
under mental anesthesia only. This Indian doctor at Rishikesh informed me that the
postoperative mortality rate of patients operated on by Dr. Esdaille was extremely low,
probably two or three percent. Patients felt no pain, and there were no deaths during the
operations.
Dr. Esdaille suggested to the subconscious minds of all his patients, who were in a
hypnotic state, that no infection or septic condition would develop. You must remember
that this was before Louis Pasteur, Joseph Lister, and others who pointed out the bacterial
origin of disease and causes of infection due to unsterilized instruments and virulent
organisms. This Indian surgeon said that the reason for the low mortality rate and
the general absence of infection, which was reduced to a minimum, was undoubtedly due
to the suggestions of Dr. Esdaille to the subconscious minds of his patients. They
responded according to the nature of his suggestion.
It is simply wonderful, when you conceive how a surgeon, over one hundred twenty years
ago, discovered the miraculous wonderworking powers of the subconscious mind.
Doesn’t it cause you to be seized with a sort of mystic awe when you stop and think of
the transcendental powers of your subconscious mind? Consider its extrasensory
perceptions, such as its capacity for clairvoyance and clairaudience, its independence of
time and space, its capacity to render you free from all pain and suffering, and its
Page 30
capacity to get the answer to all problems, be they what they may. All these and many
more reveal to you that there is a power and intelligence within you that far transcends
your intellect, causing you to marvel at the wonders of it all. All these experiences cause
you to rejoice and believe in the miracle working powers of your own subconscious
mind.
Your subconscious is your Book of Life
Whatever thoughts, beliefs, opinions, theories, or dogmas you write, engrave, or impress
on your subconscious mind, you shall experience them as the objective manifestation of
circumstances, conditions, and events. What you write on the inside, you will experience
on the outside. You have two sides to your life, objective and subjective, visible and
invisible, thought and its manifestation.
Your brain receives your thought, which is the organ of your conscious reasoning mind.
When your conscious or objective mind accepts the thought completely, it is sent to the
solar plexus, called the brain of your mind, where it becomes flesh and is made manifest
in your experience. As previously outlined, your subconscious cannot argue. It acts only
from what you write on it. It accepts your verdict or the conclusions of your conscious
mind as final. This is why you are always writing on the book of life, because your
thoughts become your experiences. The American essayist, Ralph Waldo Emerson said,
“Man is what he thinks all day long.”
What is impressed in the subconscious is expressed
William James, the father of American psychology, said that the power to move the
world is in your subconscious mind. Your subconscious mind is one with infinite
intelligence and boundless wisdom. It is fed by hidden springs, and is called the law of
life. Whatever you impress upon your subconscious mind, the latter will move heaven
and earth to bring it to pass.
You must, therefore, impress it with right ideas and constructive thoughts. The reason
there is so much chaos and misery in the world is because people do not understand the
interaction of their conscious and subconscious minds. When these two principles work
in accord, in concord, in peace, and synchronously together, you will have heath,
happiness, peace and joy. There is no sickness or discord when the conscious and
subconscious work together harmoniously and peacefully.
The tomb of Hermes was opened with great expectancy and a sense of wonder because
people believed that the greatest secret of the ages was contained therein. The secret was
as within, so without; as above, so below. In other words, whatever is impressed hi your
subconscious mind is expressed on the screen of space. This same truth was proclaimed
by Moses, Isaiah, Jesus, Buddha, Zoroaster, Laotze, and all the illumined seers of the
ages Whatever you feel as true subjectively is expressed as conditions, experiences, and
events. Motion and emotion must balance. As in heaven [your own mind], so on earth [in
your body and environment]. This is the great law of life.
You will find throughout all nature the law of action and reaction, of rest and motion.
These two must balance, then there will be harmony and equilibrium. You are here to let
the life principle flow through you rhythmically and harmoniously. The intake and the
outgo must be equal. The impression and the expression must be equal. All your
frustration is due to unfulfilled desire.
Page 31
If you think negatively, destructively, and viciously, these thoughts generate destructive
emotions which must be expressed and find an outlet. These emotions, being of a
negative nature, are frequently expressed as ulcers, heart trouble, tension, and anxieties.
What is your idea or feeling about yourself now? Every part of your being expresses that
idea. Your vitality, body, financial status, friends, and social status represent a perfect
reflection of the idea you have of yourself. This is the real meaning of what is impressed
in your subconscious mind, and which is expressed in all phases of your life.
We injure ourselves by the negative ideas, which we entertain. How often have you
wounded yourself by getting angry, fearful, jealous, or vengeful? These are the poisons
that enter your subconscious mind. You were not born with these negative attitudes. Feed
your subconscious mind life-giving thoughts, and you will wipe out all the negative
patterns lodged therein. As you continue to do this, all the past will be wiped out and
remembered no more.
The subconscious heals a malignancy of the skin
A personal healing will ever be the most convincing evidence of the healing power of the
subconscious mind. Over forty years ago I resolved a malignancy of the skin through
prayer. Medical therapy had failed to check the growth, and it was getting progressively
worse. A clergyman, with a deep psychological knowledge, explained to me the inner
meaning of the 139th Psalm wherein it says, In thy book all my members were written,
which in continuance were fashioned, when as yet there was none of them. He explained
that the term book meant my subconscious mind, which fashioned and molded all my
organs from an invisible cell. He also pointed out that inasmuch as my subconscious
mind made my body, it could also recreate it and heal it according to the perfect
pattern within it.
This clergyman showed me his watch and said, “This had a maker, and the watchmaker
had to have the idea first in mind before the watch became an objective reality, and if the
watch was out of order, the watchmaker could fix it.” My friend reminded me that the
subconscious intelligence, which created my body, was like a watchmaker, and it also
knew exactly how to heal, restore, and direct all the vital functions and processes of my
body, but that I had to give it the perfect idea of health. This would act as cause, and
the effect would be a healing.
I prayed in a very simple way as follows: “My body and all its organs were created by the
infinite intelligence in my subconscious mind. It knows how to heal me. Its wisdom
fashioned all my organs, tissues, muscles, and bones. This infinite healing presence
within me is now transforming every atom of my being making me whole and perfect
now. I give thanks for the healing I know is taking place now. Wonderful are the works
of the creative intelligence within me.” I prayed aloud for about five minutes two or three
times a day repeating the above simple prayer. In about three months my skin was whole
and perfect.
As you can see, all I did was give life-giving patterns of wholeness, beauty, and
perfection to my subconscious mind, thereby obliterating the negative images and
patterns of thought lodged in my subconscious mind which were the cause of all my
trouble. Nothing appears on your body except when the mental equivalent is first in your
Page 32
mind, and as you change your mind by drenching it with incessant affirmatives, you
change your body. This is the basis of all healing. . . . Marvelous are thy works; and that
my soul [subconscious mind] knoweth right well. PSALM 139:14.
How the subconscious controls all functions of the body
While you are awake or sound asleep upon your bed, the ceaseless, tireless action of your
subconscious mind controls all the vital functions of your body without the help of your
conscious mind. For example, while you are asleep your heart continues to beat
rhythmically, your lungs do not rest, and the process of inhalation and exhalation,
whereby your blood absorbs fresh air, goes on just the same as when you are awake.
Your subconscious controls your digestive processes and glandular secretions, as well as
all the other mysterious operations of your body. The hair on your face continues to
grow whether you are asleep or awake. Scientists tell us that the skin secretes much more
perspiration during sleep than during the waking hours.
Your eyes, ears, and other senses are active during sleep. For instance, many of our great
scientists have received answers to perplexing problems while they were asleep. They
saw the answers in a dream. Oftentimes your conscious mind interferes with the normal
rhythm of the heart, lungs, and functioning of the stomach and intestines by worry,
anxiety, fear, and depression. These patterns of thought interfere with the harmonious
functioning of your subconscious mind. When mentally disturbed, the best procedure is
to let go, relax, and still the wheels of your thought processes.
Speak to your subconscious mind, telling it to take over in peace, harmony, and divine
order. You will find that all the functions of your body will become normal again. Be
sure to speak to your subconscious mind with authority and conviction, and it will
conform to your command. Your subconscious seeks to preserve your life and restore you
to health at all costs. It causes you to love your children, which also illustrates an
instinctive desire to preserve all life. Let us suppose you accidentally ate some bad food.
Your subconscious mind would cause you to regurgitate it. If you inadvertently took
some poison, your subconscious powers would proceed to neutralize it. If you completely
entrusted yourself to its wonderworking power, you would be entirely restored to health.
How to get the subconscious to work for you
The first thing to realize is that your subconscious mind is always working. It is active
night and day, whether you act upon it or not. Your subconscious is the builder of your
body, but you cannot consciously perceive or hear that inner silent process. Your
business is with your conscious mind and not your subconscious mind. Just keep your
conscious mind busy with the expectation of the best, and make sure the thoughts you
habitually think are based on whatsoever things are lovely, true, just, and of good report.
Begin now to take care of your conscious mind, knowing in your heart and soul that your
subconscious mind is always expressing, reproducing, and manifesting according to your
habitual thinking.
Remember, just as water takes the shape of the pipe it flows through, the life principle in
you flows through you according to the nature of your thoughts. Claim that the healing
presence in your subconscious is flowing through you as harmony, health, peace, joy, and
abundance. Think of it as a living intelligence, a lovely companion on the way. Firmly
believe it is continually flowing through you vivifying, inspiring, and prospering you. It
will respond exactly this way. It is done unto you as you believe.
Page 33
Healing principle of the subconscious restores atrophied optic nerves
There is the well-known, duly authenticated case of Madame Bire of France, recorded in
the archives of the medical department of Lourdes, France. She was blind; the optic
nerves were atrophied and useless. She visited Lourdes and had what she termed a
miraculous healing. Ruth Cranston, a Protestant young lady who investigated and
wrote about healings at Lourdes in McCall’s magazine, November, 1955, writes about
Madame Bire as follows: “At Lourdes she regained her sight incredibly, with the optic
nerves still lifeless and useless, as several doctors could testify after repeated
examinations. A month later, upon reexamination, it was found that the seeing
mechanism had been restored to normal. But at first, so far as medical examination could
tel, she was seeing with ‘dead eyes.’” I have visited Lourdes several times where I, too,
witnessed some healings, and of course, as we shall explain in the next chapter, there is
no doubt that healings take place at many shrines throughout the world, Christian and non
Christian.
The waters of the shrine did not heal Madame Bire, to whom we just referred, but by her
own subconscious mind, which responded to her belief. The healing principle within her
subconscious mind responded to the nature of her thought. Belief is a thought in the
subconscious mind. It means to accept something as true. The thought accepted executes
itself automatically. Undoubtedly, Madame Bire went to the shrine with expectancy
and great faith, knowing in her heart she would receive a healing. Her subconscious mind
responded accordingly, releasing the ever-present healing forces. The subconscious mind,
which created the eye, can certainly bring a dead nerve back to life. What the creative
principle created, it can recreate. According to your belief is it done unto you.
How to convey the idea of perfect health to your subconscious mind
A Protestant minister I knew in Johannesburg, South Africa, told me the method he used
to convey the idea of perfect health to his subconscious mind. He had cancer of the lung.
His technique, as given to me in his own handwriting, is exactly as follows: “Several
times a day I would make certain that I was completely relaxed mentally and physically. I
relaxed my body by speaking to it as follows, ‘My feet are relaxed, my ankles are
relaxed, my legs are relaxed, my abdominal muscles are relaxed, my heart and lungs are
relaxed, my head is relaxed, my whole being is completely relaxed.’ After about five
minutes I would be in a sleepy drowsy state, and then I affirmed the following truth, ‘the
perfection of God is now being expressed through me. The idea of perfect health is now
filling my subconscious mind. The image God has of me is a perfect image, and my
subconscious mind recreates my body in perfect accordance with the perfect image held
in the mind of God.’” This minister had a remarkable healing. This is a simple easy way
of conveying the idea of perfect health to your subconscious mind.
Another wonderful way to convey the idea of health to your subconscious is through
disciplined or scientific imagination. I told a man who was suffering from functional
paralysis to make a vivid picture of himself walking around in his office, touching the
desk, answering the telephone, and doing all the things he ordinarily would do if he were
healed.
Page 34
I explained to him that this idea and mental picture of perfect health would be accepted
by his subconscious mind. He lived the role and actually felt himself back in the office.
He knew that he was giving his subconscious mind something definite to work upon.
His subconscious mind was the film upon which the picture was impressed. One day,
after several weeks of frequent conditioning of the mind with this mental picture, the
telephone rang by prearrangement and kept ringing while his wife and nurse were out.
The telephone was about twelve feet away, but nevertheless he managed to answer it. He
was healed at that hour. The healing power of his subconscious mind responded to his
mental imagery, and a healing followed.
This man had a mental block, which prevented impulses from the brain reaching his legs;
therefore, he said he could not walk. When he shifted his attention to the healing power
within him, the power flowed through, his focused attention, enabling him to walk.
Whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive. MATT. 21:22.
Ideas worth remembering
1. Your subconscious mind controls all the vital processes of your body and knows the
answer to all problems.
2. Prior to sleep, turn over a specific request to your subconscious mind and prove its
miracle working power to yourself.
3. Whatever you impress on your subconscious mind is expressed on the screen of space
as conditions, experiences, and events. Therefore, you should carefully watch all ideas
and thoughts entertained in your conscious mind.
4. The law of action and reaction is universal. Your thought is action, and the reaction is
the automatic response of your subconscious mind to your thought. Watch your thoughts!
5. All frustration is due to unfulfilled desires. If you dwell on obstacles, delays, and
difficulties, your subconscious mind responds accordingly, and you are blocking your
own good.
6. The Life Principle will flow through you rhythmically and harmoniously if you
consciously affirm: “I believe that the subconscious power which gave me this desire is
now fulfilling it through me.” This dissolves all conflicts.
7. You can interfere with the normal rhythm of your heart, lungs, and other organs by
worry, anxiety, and fear. Feed your subconscious with thoughts of harmony, health, and
peace, and all the functions of your body will become normal again.
8. Keep your conscious mind busy with the expectation of the best, and your
subconscious will faithfully reproduce your habitual thinking.
9. Imagine the happy ending or solution to your problem, feel the thrill of
accomplishment, and what you imagine and feel will be accepted by your subconscious
mind and bring it to pass.
Page 35
4 Mental Healings in Ancient Times
Down through the ages men of all nations have somehow instinctively believed that
somewhere there resided a healing power which could restore to normal the functions and
sensations of man’s body. They believed that this strange power could be invoked under
certain conditions, and that the alleviation of human suffering would follow. The history
of all nations presents testimony in support of this belief.
In the early history of the world the power of secretly influencing men for good or evil,
including the healing of the sick, was said to be possessed by the priests and holy men of
all nations. Healing of the sick was supposed to be a power derived directly by them from
God, and the procedures and processes of healing varied throughout the world. The
healing processes took the form of supplications to God attended by various ceremonies,
such as the laying on of hands, incantations, the application of amulets, talismans, rings,
relics, and images.
For example, in the religions of antiquity priests in the ancient temples gave drugs to the
patient and practiced hypnotic suggestions prior to the patient’s sleep, telling him that the
gods would visit him in his sleep and heal him. Many healings followed. Obviously, all
this was the work of potent suggestions to the subconscious mind.
After the performance of certain mysterious rites, the devotees of Hecate would see the
goddess during sleep, provided that before going to sleep they had prayed to her
according to weird and fantastic instructions. They were told to mix lizards with resin,
frankincense, and myrrh, and pound all this together in the open air under the crescent
moon. Healings were reported in many cases following this grotesque procedure.
It is obvious that these strange procedures, as mentioned in the illustrations given,
favored suggestion and acceptance by the subconscious mind of these people by making
a powerful appeal to their imagination. Actually, in all these healings, the subconscious
mind of the subject was the healer.
In all ages unofficial healers have obtained remarkable results in cases where authorized
medical skill has failed. This gives cause for thought. How do these healers in all parts of
the world effect their cures? The answer to all these healings is due to the blind belief of
the sick person, which released the healing power resident in his subconscious mind.
Many of the remedies and methods employed were rather strange and fantastic which
fired the imagination of the patients, causing an aroused emotional state. This state of
mind facilitated the suggestion of health, and was accepted both by the conscious and
subconscious mind of the sick. This will be elaborated on further in the next chapter.
Biblical accounts on the use of the subconscious powers
What things so ever ye desire, when ye pray believe that ye receive them, and ye shall
have them. MARK 11:24.
Note the difference in tenses. The inspired writer tells us to believe and accept as true the
fact that our desire has already been accomplished and fulfilled, that it is already
completed, and that its realization will follow as a thing in the future.
The success of this technique depends on the confident conviction that the thought, the
idea, the picture is already a fact in mind. In order for anything to have substance in the
realm of mind, it must be thought of as actually existing there.
Here in a few cryptic words is a concise and specific direction for making use of the
creative power of thought by impressing upon the subconscious the particular thing,
Page 36
which you desire. Your thought, idea, plan, or purpose is as real on its own plane as your
hand or your heart. In following the Biblical technique, you completely eliminate from
your mind all consideration of conditions, circumstances, or anything, which might imply
adverse contingencies. You are planting a seed (concept) in the mind, which, if you leave
it undisturbed, will infallibly germinate into external fruition.
The prime condition, which Jesus insisted upon, was faith. Over and over again you read
in the Bible, According to your faith is it done unto you. If you plant certain types of
seeds in the ground, you have faith they will grow after their kind. This is the way of
seeds, and trusting the laws of growth and agriculture, you know that the seeds will come
forth after their kind. Faith as mentioned in the Bible is a way of thinking, an attitude of
mind, an inner certitude, knowing that the idea you fully accept in your conscious mind
will be embodied in your subconscious mind and made manifest. Faith is, in a sense,
accepting as true what your reason and senses deny, i.e., a shutting out of the little,
rational, analytical, conscious mind and embracing an attitude of complete reliance on the
inner power of your subconscious mind.
A classical instance of Bible technique is recorded in MATTHEW 9:28
30. And when he was come into the house, the blind men came to him: and Jesus saith
unto them, Believe ye that I am able to do this? They said unto him, Yea, Lord. Then
touched he their eyes, saying, according to your faith be it unto you. And their eyes were
opened; and Jesus straitly charged them, saying, see that no man know it.
In the words according to your faith be it unto you, you can see that Jesus was actually
appealing to the cooperation of the subconscious mind of the blind men. Their faith was
their great expectancy, their inner feeling, their inner conviction that something
miraculous would happen, and that their prayer would be answered, and it was. This is
the time-honored technique of healing, utilized alike by all healing groups throughout the
world regardless of religious affiliation.
In the words see that no man know it, Jesus enjoins the newly healed patients not to
discuss their healing because they might be subjected to the skeptical and derogatory
criticisms of the unbelieving. This might tend to undo the benefits they had received at
the hand of Jesus by depositing thoughts of fear, doubt, and anxiety in the
subconscious mind.. . . for with authority and power he commandeth the unclean spirits,
and they came out. LUKE 4:36.
When the sick came to Jesus to be healed, they were healed by their faith together with
his faith and understanding of the healing power of the subconscious mind. Whatever he
decreed, he felt inwardly to be true. He and the people needing help were in the one
universal subjective mind, and his silent inner knowing and conviction of the healing
power changed the negative destructive patterns in the patients’ subconscious. The
resultant healings were the automatic response to the internal mental change. His
command was his appeal to the subconscious mind of the patients plus his awareness,
feeling, and absolute trust in the response of the subconscious mind to the words which
he spoke with authority.
Miracles at various shrines throughout the world
It is an established fact that cures have taken place at various shrines throughout the
world, such as in Japan, India, Europe, and America. I have visited several of the famous
Page 37
shrines in Japan. At the world famous shrine called Diabutsu is a gigantic divinity of
bronze where Buddha is seated with folded hands, and the head is inclined in an attitude
of profound contemplative ecstasy. It is 42 feet in height and is called the great Buddha.
Here I saw young and old making offerings at its feet. Money, fruit, rice, and oranges
were offered. Candles were lit, incense was burned, and prayers of petition recited.
The guide explained the chant of a young girl as she murmured a prayer, bowed low, and
placed two oranges as an offering. She also lit a candle. He said she had lost her voice,
and it was restored at the shrine. She was thanking Buddha for restoring her voice. She
had the simple faith that Buddha would give her back her singing voice if she followed a
certain ritual, fasted, and made certain offerings. All this helped to kindle faith and
expectancy, resulting in a conditioning of her mind to the point of belief. Her
subconscious mind responded to her belief.
To illustrate further the power of imagination and blind belief I will relate the case of a
relative of mine who had tuberculosis. His lungs were badly diseased. His son decided to
heal his father. He came home to Perth, Western Australia, where his father lived, and
said to him that he had met a monk who had returned from one of the healing shrines in
Europe. This monk sold him a piece of the true cross. He said that he gave the monk the
equivalent of $500 for it.
This young man had actually picked up a splinter of wood from the sidewalk, went to the
jeweler’s, and had it set in a ring so that it looked real. He told his father that just
touching the ring or the cross healed many. He inflamed and fired his father’s
imagination to the point that the old gentleman snatched the ring from him, placed it over
his chest, prayed silently, and went to sleep. In the morning he was healed. All the
clinic’s tests proved negative.
You know, of course, it was not the splinter of wood from the sidewalk that healed him.
It was his imagination aroused to an intense degree, plus the confident expectancy of a
perfect healing. Imagination was joined to faith or subjective feeling, and the union of the
two brought about a healing. The father never learned of the trick that had been played
upon him. If he had, he probably would have had a relapse. He remained completely
cured and passed away fifteen years later at the age of 89.
One universal healing principle
It is a well-known fact that all of the various schools of healing effect cures of the most
wonderful character. The most obvious conclusion, which strikes your mind, is that there
must be some underlying principle, which is common to them all, namely, the
subconscious mind, and the one process of healing is faith.
It will now be in order to recall to your mind once more the following fundamental truths:
First that you possess mental functions, which have been distinguished by designating
one the conscious mind and the other the subconscious mind.
Secondly, your subconscious mind is constantly amenable to the power of suggestion.
Furthermore, your subconscious mind has complete control of the functions, conditions,
and sensations of your body. I venture to believe that all the readers of this book are
familiar with the fact that symptoms of almost any disease can be induced in hypnotic
subjects by suggestion. For example, a subject in the hypnotic state can develop a high
temperature, flushed face, or chills according to the nature of the suggestion given. By
experiment, you can suggest to the person that he is paralyzed and cannot walk: it will be
Page 38
so. By illustration, you can hold a cup of cold water under the nose of the hypnotic
subject and tell him, “This is full of pepper; smell it!” He will proceed to sneeze. What do
you think caused him to sneeze, the water or the suggestion?
If a man says he is allergic to Timothy grass, you can place a synthetic flower or an
empty glass in front of his nose, when he is in a hypnotic state, and tell him it is Timothy
grass. He will portray the usual allergic symptoms. This indicates that the cause of the
disease is in the mind. The healing of the disease can also take place mentally.
You realize that remarkable healings take place through osteopathy, chiropractic
medicine, and naturopathy, as well as through all the various religious bodies throughout
the world, but it is obvious that all of these healings are brought about through the
subconscious mind—the only healer there is.
Notice how it heals a cut on your face caused by shaving. It knows exactly how to do it.
The doctor dresses the wound and says, “Nature heals it!” Nature refers to natural law,
the law of the subconscious mind, or self-preservation, which is the function of the
subconscious mind. The instinct of self-preservation is the first law of nature. Your
strongest instinct is the most potent of all autosuggestions.
Widely different theories
It would be tedious and unprofitable to discuss to any great extent the numerous theories
advanced by different religious sects and prayer therapy groups. There are a great number
who claim that because their theory produces results it is, therefore, the correct one. This,
as explained in this chapter, cannot be true.
You are aware that there are all types of healing. Franz Anton Mesmer, an Austrian
physician (17341815) who practiced in Paris, discovered that by applying magnets to the
diseased body, he could cure that disease miraculously. He also performed cures with
various other pieces of glass and metals. He discontinued this form of healing and
claimed that his cures were due to “animal magnetism,” theorizing that this substance
was projected from the healer to the patient.
His method of treating disease from then on was by hypnotism, which was called
mesmerism in his day. Other physicians said that all his healings were due to suggestion
and nothing else.
All of these groups, such as psychiatrists, psychologists, osteopaths, chiropractors,
physicians, and all the churches are using the one universal power resident in the
subconscious mind. Each may proclaim the healings are due to their theory. The process
of all healing is a definite, positive, mental attitude, an inner attitude, or a way of
thinking, called faith. Healing is due to a confident expectancy, which acts as a powerful
suggestion to the subconscious mind releasing its healing potency.
One man does not heal by a different power than another. It is true he may have his own
theory or method. There is only one process of healing and that is faith. There is only one
healing power, namely, your subconscious mind. Select the theory and method you
prefer. You can rest assured, if you have faith, you shall get results.
Views of Paracelsus
Philippus Paracelsus, a famous Swiss alchemist and physician, who lived from 1493 to
1541, was a great healer in his day. He stated what is now an obvious scientific fact when
he uttered these words, “Whether the object of your faith be real or false, you will
Page 39
nevertheless obtain the same effects. Thus, if I believed in Saint Peter’s statue as I should
have believed in Saint Peter himself, I shall obtain the same effects that I should have
obtained from Saint Peter. But that is superstition. Faith, however, produces miracles; and
whether it is true or false faith, it will always produce the same wonders.”
The views of Paracelsus were also entertained in the sixteenth century by Pietro
Pomponazzi, an Italian philosopher and contemporary of Paracelsus, who said, “We can
easily conceive the marvelous effects which confidence and imagination can produce,
particularly when both qualities are reciprocated between the subjects and the person who
influences them. The cures attributed to the influence of certain relics are the effect of
their imagination and confidence. Quacks and philosophers know that if the bones of any
skeleton were put in place of the saint’s bones, the sick would none the less experience
beneficial effects, if they believed that they were veritable relics.”
Then, if you believe in the bones of saints to heal, or if you believe in the healing power
of certain waters, you will get results because of the powerful suggestion given to your
subconscious mind. It is the latter that does the healing.
Bernheim’s experiments
Hippolyte Bernheim, professor of medicine at Nancy, France, 1910- 1919, was the
expounder of the fact that the suggestion of the physician to the patient was exerted
through the subconscious mind. Bernheim, in his Suggestive Therapeutics, page 197, tells
a story of aman with paralysis of the tongue which had yielded to no form of treatment.
His doctor told the patient that he had a new instrument with which he promised to heal
him. He introduced a pocket thermometer into the patient’s mouth. The patient imagined
it to be the instrument, which was to save him. In a few moments he cried out joyfully
that he could once more move his tongue freely.
“Among our cases,” continues Bernheim, “facts of the same sort will be found. A young
girl came into my office, having suffered from complete loss of speech for nearly four
weeks. After making sure of the diagnosis, I told my students that loss of speech
sometimes yielded instantly to electricity, which might act simply by its suggestive
influence. I sent for the induction apparatus. I applied my hand over the larynx and
moved a little, and said, ‘Now you can speak aloud.’ In an instant I made her saw ‘a,’
then ‘b,’ then ‘Maria.’ She continued to speak distinctly; the loss of voice had
disappeared.”
Here Bernheim is showing the power of faith and expectancy on the part of the patient,
which acts as a powerful suggestion to the subconscious mind.
Producing a blister by suggestion
Bernheim states that he produced a blister on the back of a patient’s neck by applying a
postage stamp and suggesting to the patient that it was a fly plaster. This has been
confirmed by the experiments and experiences of many doctors in many parts of the
world, which leave no doubt that structural change, are a possible result of oral
suggestion to patients.
The cause of bloody stigmata
In Hudson’s Law of Psychic Phenomena, page 153, he states, “Hemorrhages and bloody
stigmata may be induced in certain subjects by means of suggestion.
Page 40
“Dr. M. Bourru put a subject into the somnambulistic condition, and gave him the
following suggestion: ‘At four o’clock this afternoon, after the hypnosis, you will come
into my office, sit down in the armchair, cross your arms upon your breast, and your nose
will begin to bleed.’ At the hour appointed the young man did as directed. Several drops
of blood came from the left nostril.“On another occasion the same investigator traced the
patient’s name on both his forearms with the dull point of an instrument. Then when the
patient was in the somnambulistic condition, he said, ‘At four o’clock this afternoon you
will go to sleep, and your arms will bleed along the lines which I have traced, and your
name will appear written on your arms in letters of blood.’ He was watched at four
o’clock and seen to fall asleep. On the left arm the letters stood out in bright relief, and in
several places there were drops of blood. The letters were still visible three months
afterward, although they had gradually grown faint.”
These facts demonstrate at once the correctness of the two fundamental propositions
previously stated, namely, the constant amenability of the subconscious mind to the
power of suggestion and the perfect control, which the subconscious mind exercises, over
the functions, sensations, and conditions of the body.
All the foregoing phenomena dramatize vividly abnormal conditions induced by
suggestion, and are conclusive proof that as a man thinketh in his heart [subconscious
mind] so is he.
Healing points in review
1. Remind yourself frequently that the healing power is in your own subconscious mind.
2. Know that faith is like a seed planted in the ground; it grows after its kind. Plant the
idea (seed) in your mind, water and fertilize it with expectancy, and it will manifest.
3. The idea you have for a book, new invention, or play is real in your mind. This is why
you can believe you have it now. Believe in the reality of your idea, plan, or invention,
and as you do, it will become manifest.
4. In praying for another, know that your silent inner knowing of wholeness, beauty, and
perfection can change the negative patterns of the other’s subconscious mind and bring
about wonderful results.
5. The miraculous healings you hear about at various shrines are due to imagination and
blind faith which act on the subconscious mind, releasing the healing power.
6. All disease originates in the mind. Nothing appears on the body unless there is a
mental pattern corresponding to it.
7. The symptoms of almost any disease can be induced in you by hypnotic suggestion.
This shows you the power of your thought.
8. There is only one process of healing and that is faith. There is only one healing power,
namely, your subconscious mind.
9. Whether the object of your faith is real or false, you will get results. Your
subconscious mind responds to the thought in your mind. Look upon faith as a thought in
your mind, and that will suffice.
Page 41
5 Mental Healings in Modern Times
Everyone is definitely concerned with the healing of bodily conditions and human affairs.
What is it that heals? Where is this healing power? These are questions asked by
everyone. The answer is that this healing power is the subconscious mind of each person,
and a changed mental attitude on the part of the sick person releases this healing power.
No mental or religious science practitioner, psychologist, psychiatrist, or medical doctor
ever healed a patient. There is an old saying, “The doctor dresses the wound, but God
heals it.” The psychologist or psychiatrist proceeds to remove the mental blocks in the
patient so that the healing principle may be released, restoring the patient to health.
Likewise, the surgeon removes the physical block enabling the healing currents to
function normally. No physician, surgeon, or mental science practitioner claims, “he
healed the patient.” The one healing power is called by many names— Nature, Life, God,
Creative Intelligence, and Subconscious Power. As previously outlined, there are many
different methods used to remove the mental, emotional, and physical blocks which
inhibit the flow of the healing life principle animating all of us. The healing principle
resident in your subconscious mind can and will, if properly directed by you or some
other person, heal your mind and body of all disease. This healing principle is operative
in all men regardless of creed, color, or race. You do not have to belong to some
particular church in order to use and participate in this healing process. Your
subconscious will heal the burn or cut on your hand even though you profess to be an
atheist or agnostic.
The modern mental therapeutic procedure is based on the truth that the infinite
intelligence and power of your subconscious mind responds according to your faith. The
mental science practitioner or minister follows the injunction of the Bible, i.e., he goes
into his closet and shuts the door, which means he stills his mind, relaxes, lets go, and
thinks of the infinite healing presence within him. He closes the door of his mind to all
outside distractions as well as appearances, and then he quietly and knowingly turns
over his request or desire to his subconscious mind, realizing that the intelligence of his
mind will answer him according to his specific needs. The most wonderful thing to know
is this: Imagine the end desired and feel its reality; then the infinite life principle will
respond to your conscious choice and your conscious request. This is the meaning of
believe you have received, and you shall receive. This is what the modern mental scientist
does when he practices prayer therapy.
One process of healing
There is only one universal healing principle operating through everything—the cat, the
dog, the tree, the grass, the wind, the earth—for everything is alive. This life principle
operates through the animal, vegetable, and mineral kingdoms as instinct and the law of
growth. Man is consciously aware of this life principle, and he can consciously direct it to
bless himself in countless ways.
There are many different approaches, techniques, and methods in using the universal
power, but there is only one process of healing, which is faith, for according to your faith
is it done unto you.
Page 42
The law of belief
All religions of the world represent forms of belief, and these beliefs are explained in
many ways. The law of life is belief. What do you believe about yourself, life, and the
universe? It is done unto you, as you believe.
Belief is a thought in your mind, which causes the power of your subconscious to be
distributed into all phases of your life according to your thinking habits. You must realize
the Bible is not talking about your belief in some ritual, ceremony, form, institution, man,
or formula. It is talking about belief itself. The belief of your mind is simply the thought
of your mind. If thou canst believe, all things are possible to him that believeth. MARK
9:23.
It is foolish to believe in something to hurt or harm you. Remember, it is not the thing
believed in that hurts or harms you, but the belief or thought in your mind, which creates
the result. All your experiences, all your actions, and all the events and circumstances of
your life are but the reflections and reactions to your own thought.
Prayer therapy is the combined function of the conscious and
subconscious mind scientifically directed
Prayer therapy is the synchronized, harmonious, and intelligent function of the conscious
and subconscious levels of mind specifically directed for a definite purpose. In scientific
prayer or prayer therapy, you must know what you are doing and why you are doing it.
You trust the law of healing. Prayer therapy is sometimes referred to as mental treatment,
and another term is scientific prayer.
In prayer therapy you consciously choose a certain idea, mental picture, or plan which
you desire to experience. You realize your capacity to convey this idea or mental image
to your subconscious by feeling the reality of the state assumed. As you remain faithful in
your mental attitude, your prayer will be answered. Prayer therapy is a definite mental
action for a definite specific purpose.
Let us suppose that you decide to heal a certain difficulty by prayer therapy. You are
aware that your problem or sickness, whatever it may be, must be caused by negative
thoughts charged with fear and lodged in your subconscious mind, and that if you can
succeed in cleansing your mind of these thoughts, you will get a healing. You, therefore,
turn to the healing power within your own subconscious mind and remind yourself of its
infinite power and intelligence and its capacity to heal all conditions. As you dwell on
these truths, your fear will begin to dissolve, and the recollection of these truths also
corrects the erroneous beliefs.
You give thanks for the healing that you know will come, and then you keep your mind
off the difficulty until you feel guided, after an interval, to pray again. While you are
praying, you absolutely refuse to give any power to the negative conditions or to admit
for a second that the healing will not come. This attitude of mind brings about the
harmonious union of the conscious and subconscious mind, which releases the healing
power.
Faith healing, what it means, and how blind faith works
What is popularly termed faith healing is not the faith mentioned in the Bible, which
means knowledge of the interaction of the conscious and subconscious mind. A faith
Page 43
healer is one who heals without any real scientific understanding of the powers and forces
involved. He may claim that he has a special gift of healing, and the sick person’s blind
belief in him or his powers may bring results.
The voodoo doctor in South Africa and other parts of the world may heal by incantations,
or touching the so-called bones of saints, or anything else may heal a person, which cause
the patients to honestly believe in the method or process.
Any method, which causes you to more from fear and worry to faith and expectancy, will
heal. There are many persons, each of whom claims that because his personal theory
produces results, it is, therefore, the correct one. This, as already explained in this
chapter, cannot be true. To illustrate how blind faith works: You will recall our
discussion of the Swiss physician, Franz Anton Mesmer. In 1776 he claimed many cures
when he stroked diseased bodies with artificial magnets. Later on he threw away his
magnets and evolved the theory of animal magnetism. This he held to be a fluid, which
pervades the universe, but is most active in the human organism.
He claimed that this magnetic fluid, which was going forth from him to his patients,
healed them. People flocked to him, and many wonderful cures were affected.
Mesmer moved to Paris, and while there the Government appointed a commission
composed of physicians and members of the Academy of Science, of which Benjamin
Franklin was a member, to investigate his cures. The report admitted the leading facts
claimed by Mesmer, but held that there was no evidence to prove the correctness of his
magnetic fluid theory, and said the effects were due to the imagination of the patients.
Soon after this, Mesmer was driven into exile, and died in 1815. Shortly afterwards, Dr.
Braid of Manchester undertook to show that magnetic fluid had nothing to do with the
production of the healings of Dr. Mesmer. Dr. Braid discovered that patients could be
thrown into hypnotic sleep by suggestion, during which many of the well-known
phenomena ascribed to magnetism by Mesmer could be produced.
You can readily see that all these cures were undoubtedly brought about by the active
imagination of the patients together with a powerful suggestion of health to their
subconscious minds. All this could be termed blind faith, as there was no understanding
in those days as to how the cures were brought about.
Subjective faith and what it means
You will recall the proposition, which need not be repeated at length, that the subjective
or subconscious mind of an individual is as amenable to the control of his own conscious
or objective mind as it is by the suggestions of another. It follows that whatever may be
your objective belief, if you will assume to have faith actively or passively, your
subconscious mind will be controlled by the suggestion, and your desire will be fulfilled.
The faith required in mental healings is a purely subjective faith, and it is attainable upon
the cessation of active opposition on the part of the objective or conscious mind.
In the healing of the body it is, of course, desirable to secure the concurrent faith of both
the conscious and subconscious mind. However, it is not always essential if you will
enter into a state of passivity and receptivity by relaxing the mind and the body and
getting into a sleepy state. In this drowsy state your passivity becomes receptive to
subjective impression.
Page 44
Recently, I was asked by a man, “How is it that I got a healing through a minister? I did
not believe what he said when, he told me that there is no such thing as disease and that
matter does not exist.” This man at first thought his intelligence was being insulted, and
he protested against such a palpable absurdity. The explanation is simple. He was quieted
by soothing words and told to get into a perfectly passive condition, to say nothing, and
think of nothing for the time being. His minister also became passive, and affirmed
quietly, peacefully, and constantly for about one half hour that this man would have
perfect health, peace, harmony, and wholeness. He felt immense relief and was restored
to health.
It is easy to see that his subjective faith had been made manifest by his passivity under
treatment, and the suggestions of perfect healthfulness by the minister were conveyed to
his subconscious mind. The two subjective minds were then en rapport.
The minister was not handicapped by antagonistic autosuggestions of the patient arising
from objective doubt of the power of the healer or the correctness of the theory. In this
sleepy, drowsy state the conscious mind resistance is reduced to a minimum, and results
followed. The subconscious mind of the patient being necessarily controlled by such
suggestion exercised its functions in accordance therewith, and a healing followed.
The meaning of absent treatment
Suppose you learned that your mother was sick in New York City and you lived in Los
Angeles. Your mother would not be physically present where you are, but you could pray
for her. It is the Father within which doeth the work.
The creative law of mind (subconscious mind) serves you and will do the work. Its
response to you is automatic. Your treatment is for the purpose of inducing an inner
realization of health and harmony in your mentality.
This inner realization, acting through the subconscious mind, operates through your
mother’s subconscious mind as there is but one creative mind. Your thoughts of health,
vitality, and perfection operate through the one universal subjective mind, and set a law
in motion on the subjective side of life, which manifests through her body as a healing.
In the mind principle there is no time or space. It is the same mind that operates through
your mother no matter where she may be. In reality there is no absent treatment as
opposed to present treatment for the universal mind is omnipresent. You do not try to
send out thoughts or hold a thought. Your treatment is a conscious movement of thought,
and as you become conscious of the qualities of health, wellbeing, and relaxation, these
qualities will be resurrected in the experience of your mother, and results will follow.
The following is a perfect example of what is called absent treatment. Recently, a listener
of our radio program in Los Angeles prayed as follows for her mother in New York who
had a coronary thrombosis: “The healing presence is right where my mother is. Her
bodily condition is but a reflection of her thought life like shadows cast on the screen. I
know that in order to change the images on the screen I must change the projection reel.
My mind is the projection reel, and I now project in my own mind the image of
wholeness, harmony, and perfect health for my mother. The infinite healing presence,
which created my mother’s body and all her organs is now saturating every atom of her
being, and a river of peace, flows through every cell of her body. The doctors are divinely
guided and directed, and whoever touches my mother is guided to do the right thing. I
Page 45
know that disease has no ultimate reality; if it had, no one could be healed. I now align
myself with the infinite principle of love and life, and I know and decree that harmony,
health, and peace are now being expressed in my mother’s body.”
She prayed in the above manner several times daily, and her mother had a most
remarkable recovery after a few days, much to the amazement of her specialist. He
complimented her on her great faith in the power of God.
The conclusion arrived at in the daughter’s mind set the creative law of mind in motion
on the subjective side of life, which manifested itself through her mother’s body as
perfect health and harmony. What the daughter felt as true about her mother was
simultaneously resurrected in the experience of her mother.
Releasing the kinetic action of the subconscious mind
A psychologist friend of mine told me that one of his lungs was infected. X rays and
analysis showed the presence of tuberculosis. At night before going to sleep he would
quietly affirm, “Every cell, nerve, tissue, and muscle of my lungs are now being made
whole, pure, and perfect. My whole body is being restored to health and harmony.”
These are not his exact words, but they represent the essence of what he affirmed. A
complete healing followed in about a month’s time. Subsequent X rays showed a perfect
healing. I wanted to know his method, so I asked him why he repeated the words prior to
sleep. Here is his reply, “The kinetic action of the subconscious mind continues
throughout your sleeptime period. Hence, give the subconscious mind something good to
work on as you drop off into slumber.” This was a very wise answer. In thinking of
harmony and perfect health, he never mentioned his trouble by name.
I strongly suggest that you cease talking about your ailments or giving them a name. The
only sap from which they draw life is your attention and fear of them. Like the
abovementioned psychologist, become a mental surgeon. Then your troubles will be cut
off like dead branches are pruned from a tree.
If you are constantly naming your aches and symptoms, you inhibit the kinetic action,
which means the release of the healing power and energy of your subconscious mind.
Furthermore, by the law of your own mind, these imaginings tend to take shape, as the
thing I greatly feared. Fill your mind with the great truths of life and walk forward
in the light of love.
Summary of your aids to health
1. Find out what it is that heals you. Realize that correct directions given to your
subconscious mind will heal your mind and body.
2. Develop a definite plan for turning over your requests or desires to your subconscious
mind.
3. Imagine the end desired and feel its reality. Follow it through, and you will get definite
results.
4. Decide what belief is. Know that belief is a thought in your mind, and what you think
you create.
5. It is foolish to believe in sickness and something to hurt or to harm you. Believe in
perfect health, prosperity, peace, wealth, and divine guidance.
6. Great and noble thoughts upon which you habitually dwell become great acts.
Page 46
7. Apply the power of prayer therapy in your life. Choose a certain plan, idea, or mental
picture. Mentally and emotionally unite with that idea, and as you remain faithful to your
mental attitude, your prayer will be answered.
8. Always remember, if you really want the power to heal, you can have it through faith,
which means knowledge of the working of your conscious and subconscious mind. Faith
comes with understanding.
9. Blind faith means that a person may get results in healing without any scientific
understanding of the powers and forces involved.
10. Learn to pray for your loved ones who may be ill. Quiet your mind, and your thoughts
of health, vitality, and perfection operating through the one universal subjective mind will
be felt and resurrected in the mind of your loved one.
Page 47
6 Practical Techniques in Mental Healings
An engineer has a technique and a process for building a bridge or an engine. Like the
engineer, your mind also has a technique for governing, controlling, and directing your
life. You must realize that methods and techniques are primary.
In building the Golden Gate Bridge, the chief engineer understood mathematical
principles, stresses and strains. Secondly, he had a picture of the ideal bridge across the
bay. The third step was his application of tried and proven methods by which the
principles were implemented until the bridge took form and we drive on it. There also are
techniques and methods by which your prayers are answered. If your prayer is answered,
there is a way in which it is answered, and this is a scientific way. Nothing happens by
chance. This is a world of law and order. In this chapter you will find practical techniques
for the unfolding and nurture of your spiritual life. Your prayers must not remain up in
the air like a balloon. They must go somewhere and accomplish something in your life.
When we come to analyze prayer we discover there are many different approaches and
methods. We will not consider in this book the formal, ritual prayers used in religious
services. These have important place in group worship. We are immediately concerned
with the methods of personal prayer as it is applied in your daily life and as it is used to
help others.
Prayer is the formulation of an idea concerning something we wish to accomplish. Prayer
is the soul’s sincere desire. Your desire is your prayer. It comes out of your deepest needs
and it reveals the things you want in life. Blessed are they that hunger and thirst after
righteousness: for they shall be filled. That is really prayer, life’s hunger and thirst for
peace, harmony, health, joy, and all the other blessings of life.
The passing over technique for impregnating the subconscious
This consists essentially in inducing the subconscious mind to take over your request as
handed it by the conscious mind. This passing over is best accomplished in the reverie
like state. Know that in your deeper mind are Infinite Intelligence and Infinite Power. Just
calmly think over what you want; see it coming into fuller fruition from this moment
forward. Be like the little girl who had a very bad cough and a sore throat. She declared
firmly and repeatedly, “It is passing away now. It is passing away now.” It passed away
in about an hour. Use this technique with complete simplicity and naïveté.
Your subconscious will accept your blueprint
If you were building a new home for yourself and family, you know that you would be
intensely interested in regard to the blueprint for your home; you would see to it that the
builders conformed to the blueprint. You would watch the material and select only the
best wood, steel, in fact, the best of everything. What about your mental home and your
mental blueprint for happiness and abundance? All your experiences and everything that
enters into your life depend upon the nature of the mental building blocks, which you use
in the construction of your mental home.
If your blueprint is full of mental patterns of fear, worry, anxiety, or lack, and if you are
despondent, doubtful, and cynical, then the texture of the mental material you are
weaving into your mind will come forth as more toil, care, tension, anxiety, and
Page 48
limitation of all kinds. The most fundamental and the most far reaching activity in life is
that which you build into your mentality every waking hour. Your word is silent
and invisible; nevertheless, it is real.
You are building your mental home all the time, and your thought and mental imagery
represent your blueprint. Hour by hour, moment by moment, you can build radiant health,
success, and happiness by the thoughts you think, the ideas which you harbor, the beliefs
that you accept, and the scenes that you rehearse in the hidden studio of your mind. This
stately mansion, upon the construction of which you are perpetually engaged, is your
personality, your identity in this plane, your whole life story on this earth.
Get a new blueprint; build silently by realizing peace, harmony, joy, and good will in the
present moment. By dwelling upon these things and claiming them, your subconscious
will accept your blueprint and bring all these things to pass. By their fruits ye shall know
them.
The science and art of true prayer
The term “science” means knowledge, which is coordinated, arranged, and systematized.
Let us think of the science and art of true prayer as it deals with the fundamental
principles of life and the techniques and processes by which they can be demonstrated in
your life, as well as in the life of every human being when he applies them faithfully. The
art is your technique or process, and the science behind it is the definite response of
creative mind to your mental picture or thought.
Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto
you. MATTHEW 7:7.
Here you are told you shall receive that for which you ask. It shall be opened to you when
you knock, and you shall find that for which you are searching. This teaching implies the
definiteness of mental and spiritual laws. There is always a direct response from the
Infinite Intelligence of your subconscious mind to your conscious thinking. If you ask for
bread, you will not receive a stone. You must ask believing, if you are to receive. Your
mind moves from the thought to the thing. Unless there is first an image in the mind, it
cannot move, for there would be nothing for it to move toward. Your prayer, which is
your mental act must be accepted as an image in your mind before the power from your
subconscious will play upon it and make it productive. You must reach a point of
acceptance in your mind, an unqualified and undisputed state of agreement.
This contemplation should be accompanied by a feeling of joy and restfulness in
foreseeing the certain accomplishment of your desire. The sound basis for the art and
science of true prayer is your knowledge and complete confidence that the movement of
your conscious mind will gain a definite response from your subconscious mind, which is
one with boundless wisdom and infinite power. By following this procedure, your prayers
will be answered.
The visualization technique
The easiest and most obvious way to formulate an idea is to visualize it, to see it in your
mind’s eye as vividly as if it were alive. You can see with the naked eye only what
already exists in the external world; in a similar way, that which you can visualize in your
mind’s eye already exists in the invisible realms of your mind. Any picture, which you
have in your mind, is the substance of things hoped for and the evidence of things not
seen. What you form in your imagination is as real as any part of your body. The idea
Page 49
and the thought are real and will one day appear in your objective world if you are
faithful to your mental image. This process of thinking forms impressions in your mind;
theseimpressions in turn become manifested as facts and experiences in your life.
The builder visualizes the type of building he wants; he sees it as he desires it to be
completed. His imagery and thought processes become a plastic old from which the
building will emerge—a beautiful or an ugly one, a skyscraper or a very low one. His
mental imagery is projected as it is drawn on paper. Eventually, the contractor and his
workers gather the essential materials, and the building progresses until it stands finished,
conforming perfectly to the mental patterns of the architect.
I use the visualization technique prior to speaking from the platform. I quiet the wheels of
my mind in order that I may present to the subconscious mind my images of thought.
Then, I picture the entire auditorium and the seats filled with men and women, and each
one of them illumined and inspired by the infinite healing presence within each
one. I see them as radiant, happy, and free.
Having first built up the idea in my imagination, I quietly sustain it there as a mental
picture while I imagine I hear men and women saying, “I am healed,” “I feel wonderful,”
“I’ve had an instantaneous healing,” “I’m transformed.” I keep this up for about ten
minutes or more, knowing and feeling that each person’s mind and body are saturated
with love, wholeness, beauty, and perfection. My awareness grows to the point where
in my mind I can actually hear the voices of the multitude proclaiming their health and
happiness; then I release the whole picture and go onto the platform. Almost every
Sunday some people stop and say that their prayers were answered.
Mental movie method
The Chinese say, “A picture is worth a thousand words.” William James, the father of
American psychology, stressed the fact that the subconscious mind will bring to pass any
picture held in the mind and backed by faith. Act as though I am, and I will be.
A number of years ago I was in the Middle West lecturing in several states, and I desired
to have a permanent location in the general area from which I could serve those who
desired help. I traveled far, but the desire did not leave my mind. One evening, while in a
hotel in Spokane, Washington, I relaxed completely on a couch, immobilized my
attention, and in a quiet, passive manner imagined that I was talking to a large audience,
saying in effect, “I am glad to be here; I have prayed for the ideal opportunity.” I saw
in my mind’s eye the imaginary audience, and I felt the reality of it all. I played the role
of the actor, dramatized this mental movie, and felt satisfied that this picture was being
conveyed to my subconscious mind, which would bring it to pass in its own way. The
next morning, on awakening, I felt a great sense of peace and satisfaction, and in a few
days’ time I received a telegram asking me to take over an organization in the Midwest,
which I did, and I enjoyed it immensely for several years.
The method outlined here appeals to many who have described it as “the mental movie
method.” I have received numerous letters from people who listen to my radio talks and
weekly public lectures, telling me of the wonderful results they get using this technique
in the sale of their property. I suggest to those who have homes or property for sale that
they satisfy themselves in their own mind that their price is right. Then, I claim that the
Infinite Intelligence is attracting to them the buyer who really wants to have the property
and who will love it and prosper in it. After having done this I suggest that they quiet
Page 50
their mind, relax, let go, and get into a drowsy, sleepy state, which reduces all mental
effort to a minimum. Then, they are to picture the check in their hands, rejoice in the
check, give thanks for the check, and go off to sleep feeling the naturalness of the whole
mental movie created in their own mind. They must act as though it were an objective
reality, and the subconscious mind will take it as an impression, and through the deeper
currents of the mind the buyer and the seller are brought together. A mental picture held
in the mind, backed by faith, will come to pass.
The Baudoin technique
Charles Baudoin was a professor at the Rousseau Institute in France. He was a brilliant
psychotherapist and a research director of the New Nancy School of Healing, who in
1910 taught that the best way to impress the subconscious mind was to enter into a
drowsy, sleepy state, or a state akin to sleep in which all effort was reduced to a
minimum. Then in a quiet, passive, receptive way, by reflection, he would convey the
idea to the subconscious.
The following is his formula: “A very simple way of securing this (impregnation of the
subconscious mind) is to condense the idea which is to be the object of suggestion, to
sum it up in a brief phrase which can be readily graven on the memory, and to repeat it
over and over again as a lullaby.”
Some years ago, a young lady in Los Angeles was engaged in a prolonged bitter family
lawsuit over a will. Her husband had bequeathed his entire estate to her, and his sons and
daughters by a previous marriage were bitterly fighting to break the will. The Baudoin
technique was outlined to her, and this is what she did: She relaxed her body in an
armchair, entered into the sleepy state and, as suggested, condensed the idea of her need
into a phrase consisting of six words easily graven on the memory. “It is finished in
Divine Order.” The significance to her of these words meant that Infinite Intelligence
operating through the laws of her subconscious mind would bring about a harmonious
adjustment through the principle of harmony. She continued this procedure every night
for about ten nights. After she got into a sleepy state, she would affirm slowly, quietly,
and feelingly the statement: “It is finished in Divine Order,” over and over again, feeling
a sense of inner peace and an all pervading tranquility; then she went off into her deep,
normal sleep.
On the morning of the eleventh day, following the use of the above technique, she
awakened with a sense of wellbeing, a conviction that it was finished. Her attorney called
her the same day, saying that the opposing attorney and his clients were willing to settle.
A harmonious agreement was reached, and litigation was discontinued.
The sleeping technique
By entering into a sleepy, drowsy state, effort is reduced to a minimum. The conscious
mind is submerged to a great extent when in a sleepy state. The reason for this is that the
highest degree of outcropping of the subconscious occurs prior to sleep and just after we
awaken. In this state the negative thoughts, which tend to neutralize your desire and so
prevent acceptance by your subconscious mind, are no longer present.
Suppose you want to get rid of a destructive habit. Assume a comfortable posture, relax
your body, and be still. Get into a sleepy state, and in that sleepy state, say quietly, over
and over again as a lullaby, “I am completely free from this habit; harmony and peace of
mind reign supreme.” Repeat the above slowly, quietly, and lovingly for five or ten
Page 51
minute’s night and morning. Each time you repeat the words the emotional value
becomes greater. When the urge comes to repeat the negative habit, repeat the above
formula out loud by yourself. By this means you induce the subconscious to accept the
idea, and a healing follows.
The ‘thank you’ technique
In the Bible, Paul recommends that we make known our requests with praise and
thanksgiving. Some extraordinary results follow this simple method of prayer. The
thankful heart is always close to the creative forces of the universe, causing countless
blessings to flow toward it by the law of reciprocal relationship, based on a cosmic law of
action and reaction.
For instance, a father promises his son a car for graduation; the boy has not yet received
the car, but he is very thankful and happy, and is as joyous as though he had actually
received the car. He knows his father will fulfill his promise, and he is full of gratitude
and joy even though he has not yet received the car, objectively speaking. He has,
however, received it with joy and thankfulness in his mind.
I shall illustrate how Mr. Broke applied this technique with excellent results. He said,
“Bills are piling up, I am out of work, I have three children and no money. What shall I
do?” Regularly every night and morning, for a period of about three weeks, he repeated
the words, “Thank you, Father, for my wealth,” in a relaxed, peaceful manner until the
feeling or mood of thankfulness dominated his mind. He imagined he was addressing the
infinite power and intelligence within him knowing, of course, that he could not see the
creative intelligence or infinite mind. He was seeing with the inner eye of spiritual
perception, realizing that his thought image of wealth was the first cause, relative to the
money, position, and food he needed. His thought feeling was the substance of wealth
untrammeled by antecedent conditions of any kind. By repeating, “Thank you, Father,”
over and over again, his mind and heart were lifted up to the point of acceptance, and
when fear, thoughts of lack, poverty, and distress came into his mind, he would say,
“Thank you, Father,” as often as necessary. He knew that as he kept up the thankful
attitude he would recondition his mind to the idea of wealth, which is what happened.
The sequel to his prayer is very interesting. After praying in the abovementioned manner,
he met a former employer of his on the street whom he had not seen for twenty years.
The man offered him a very lucrative position and advanced him $500 on a temporary
loan. Today, Mr. Broke is vice-president of the company for which he works. His recent
remark to me was, “I shall never forget the wonders of ‘Thank you, Father.’ It has
worked wonders for me.”
The affirmative method
The effectiveness of an affirmation is determined largely by your understanding of the
truth and the meaning back of the words, 3In praying use not vain repetition. ́ Therefore,
the power of your affirmation lies in the intelligent application of definite and specific
positives. For example, a boy adds three and three and puts down seven on the
blackboard. The teacher affirms with mathematical certainty that three and three are six;
therefore, the boy changes his figures accordingly. The teacher’s statement did not make
three and three equal six because the latter was already a mathematical truth. The
mathematical truth caused the boy to rearrange the figures on the blackboard. It is
Page 52
abnormal to be sick; it is normal to be healthy. Health is the truth of your being. When
you affirm health, harmony, and peace for yourself or another, and when you realize
these are universal principles of your own being, you will rearrange the negative patterns
of your subconscious mind based on your faith and understanding of that which you
affirm.
The result of the affirmative process of prayer depends on your conforming to the
principles of life, regardless of appearances. Consider for a moment that there is a
principle of mathematics and none of error; there is a principle of truth but none of
dishonesty.
There is a principle of intelligence but none of ignorance; there is a principle of harmony
and none of discord. There is a principle of health but none of disease, and there is a
principle of abundance but none of poverty.
The affirmative method was chosen by the author for use on his sister who was to be
operated on for the removal of gallstones in a hospital in England. The condition
described was based on the diagnosis of hospital tests and the usual X-ray procedures.
She asked me to pray for her. We were separated geographically about 6,500 miles, but
there is no time or space in the mind principle. Infinite mind or intelligence is present in
its entirety at every point simultaneously. I withdrew all thought from the contemplation
of symptoms and from the corporeal personality altogether. I affirmed as follows: “This
prayer is for my sister Catherine. She is relaxed and at peace, poised, balanced, serene,
and calm. The healing intelligence of her subconscious mind, which created her body, is
now transforming every cell, nerve, tissue, muscle, and bone of her being according to
the perfect pattern of all organs lodged in her subconscious mind. Silently, quietly, all
distorted thought patterns in her subconscious mind are removed and dissolved, and the
vitality, wholeness, and beauty of the life principle are made manifest in every atom of
her being. She is now open and receptive to the healing currents, which are flowing
through her like a river, restoring her to perfect health, harmony, and peace. All
distortions and ugly images are now washed away by the infinite ocean of love and peace
flowing through her, and it is so.”
I affirmed the above several times a day, and at the end of two weeks my sister had an
examination, which showed a remarkable healing, and the X ray, proved negative.
To affirm is to state that it is so, and as you maintain this attitude of mind as true,
regardless of all evidence to the contrary, you will receive an answer to your prayer. Your
thought can only affirm, for even if you deny something, you are actually affirming the
presence of what you deny.
Repeating an affirmation, knowing what you are saying and why you are saying it, leads
the mind to that state of consciousness where it accepts that which you state as true. Keep
on affirming the truths of life until you get the subconscious reaction, which satisfies.
The argumentative method
This method is just what the word implies. It stems from the procedure of Dr. Phineas
Parkhurst Quimby of Maine. Dr. Quimby, a pioneer in mental and spiritual healing, lived
and practiced in Belfast, Maine, about one hundred years ago. A book called The Quimby
Manuscripts, published in 1921 by Thomas Y. Crowell Company, New York City, and
edited by Horatio Dresser, is available in your library. This book gives newspaper
accounts of this man’s remarkable results in prayer treatment of the sick.
Page 53
Quimby duplicated many of the healing miracles recorded in the Bible. In brief, the
argumentative method employed according to Quimby consists of spiritual reasoning
where you convince the patient and yourself that his sickness is due to his false belief,
groundless fears, and negative patterns lodged in his subconscious mind. You reason it
out clearly in your mind and convince your patient that the disease or ailment is due only
to a distorted, twisted pattern of thought, which has taken form in his body. This wrong
belief in some external power and external causes has now externalized itself as sickness,
and can be changed by changing the thought patterns. You explain to the sick person that
the basis of all healing is a change of belief. You also point out that the subconscious
mind created the body and all its organs; therefore, it knows how to heal it, can heal it,
and is doing so now as you speak. You argue in the courtroom of your mind that the
disease is a shadow of the mind based on disease soaked, morbid thought imagery.
You continue to build up all the evidence you can muster on behalf of the healing power
within, which created all the organs in the first place, and which has a perfect pattern of
every cell, nerve, and tissue within it. Then, you render a verdict in the courthouse of
your mind in favor of yourself or your patient. You liberate the sick one by faith and
spiritual understanding. Your mental and spiritual evidence is overwhelming; they’re
being but one mind, what you feel as true will be resurrected in the experience of
the patient. This procedure is essentially the argumentative method used by Dr. Quimby
of Maine from 1849 to 1869.
The absolute method is like modern sound wave therapy
Many people throughout the world practice this form of prayer treatment with wonderful
results. The person using the absolute method mentions the name of the patient, such as
John Jones, then quietly and silently thinks of God and His qualities and attributes, such
as, God is all bliss, boundless love, infinite intelligence, all powerful, boundless wisdom,
absolute harmony, indescribable beauty, and perfection. As he quietly thinks along
these lines he is lifted up in consciousness into a new spiritual wave length, at which
times he feels the infinite ocean of God’s love is now dissolving everything unlike itself
in the mind and body of John Jones for whom he is praying. He feels all the power and
love of God are now focused on John Jones, and whatever is bothering or vexing him is
now completely neutralized in the presence of the infinite ocean of life and love. The
absolute method of prayer might be likened to the sound wave or sonic therapy recently
shown me by a distinguished physician in Los Angeles. He has an ultra sound wave
machine, which oscillates at a tremendous speed and sends sound waves to any area of
the body to which it is directed. These sound waves can be controlled, and he told me of
achieving remarkable results in dissolving arthritic calcareous deposits, as well as the
healing and removal of other disturbing conditions. To the degree that we rise in
consciousness by contemplating qualities and attributes of God, do we generate spiritual
electronic waves of harmony, health, and peace. Many remarkable healings follow this
technique of prayer.
A cripple walks
Dr. Phineas Parkhurst Quimby, of whom we spoke previously in this chapter, used the
absolute method in the latter years of his healing career. He was really the father of
psychosomatic medicine and the first psychoanalyst. He had the capacity to diagnose
clairvoyantly the cause of the patient’s trouble, pains, and aches.
Page 54
The following is a condensed account of the healing of a cripple as recorded in Quimby’s
Manuscripts: Quimby was called on to visit a woman who was lame, aged, and
bedridden. He states that her ailment was due to the fact that she was
imprisoned by a creed so small and contracted that she could not stand upright and move
about. She was living in the tomb of fear and ignorance; furthermore, she was taking the
Bible literally, and it frightened her. “In this tomb,” Quimby said, “was the presence and
power of God trying to burst the bands, break through the bonds, and rise from the dead.”
When she would ask others for an explanation of some passage of the Bible, the answer
would be a stone; then she would hunger for the bread of life. Dr. Quimby diagnosed her
case as a mind cloudy and stagnated, due to excitation and fear, caused by the inability to
see clearly the meaning of the passage of the Bible, which she had been reading. This
showed itself in the body by her heavy and sluggish feeling, which would terminate as
paralysis.
At this point Quimby asked her what was meant in the Bible verses: Yet a little while am
I with you, and then I go unto Him that sent me. Ye shall seek me, and shall not find me:
and where I am, thither ye cannot come. JOHN 7:3334. She replied that it meant Jesus
went to heaven. Quimby explained what it really meant by telling her that being with her
a little while meant his explanation of her symptoms, feelings, and their causes; i.e., he
had compassion and sympathy for her momentarily, but he could not remain in that
mental state. The next step was to go to Him that sent us, which, as Quimby pointed out,
was the creative power of God in all of us. Quimby immediately traveled in his mind and
contemplated the divine ideal; i.e., the vitality, intelligence, harmony, and power of God
functioning in the sick person. This is why he said to the woman, “Therefore, where I go
you cannot come, for you are in your narrow, restricted belief, and I am in health.” This
prayer and explanation produced an instantaneous sensation, and a change came over her
mind. She walked without her crutches! Quimby said it was one of the most singular of
all his healings. She was, as it were, dead to error, and to bring her to life or truth was to
raise her from the dead. Quimby quoted the resurrection of Christ and applied it to her
own Christ or health; this produced a powerful effect on her. He also explained to her that
the truth, which she accepted, was the angel or idea, which rolled away the stone of fear,
ignorance, and superstition, thereby, releasing the healing power of God, which made her
whole.
The decree method
Power goes into our word according to the feeling and faith behind it. When we realize
the power that moves the world is moving on our behalf and is backing up our word, our
confidence and assurance grow. You do not try and add power to power; therefore, there
must be no mental striving, coercion, force, or mental wrestling.
A young girl used the decree method on a young man who was constantly phoning her,
pressing her for dates, and meeting her at her place of business; she found it very difficult
to get rid of him. She decreed as follows: “I release.........unto God. He is in his true
place at all times. I am free, and he is free. I now decree that my words go forth into
infinite mind and it brings it to pass. It is so.” She said he vanished and she has never
seen him since, adding, “It was as though the ground swallowed him up.” Thou shalt
decree a thing, and it shall be established unto thee: and the light shall shine upon thy
ways. JOB 22:28.
Page 55
Serve yourself with scientific truth
1. Be a mental engineer and use tried and proven techniques in building a grander and
greater life.
2. Your desire is your prayer. Picture the fulfillment of your desire now and feel its
reality, and you will experience the joy of the answered prayer.
3. Desire to accomplish things the easy way—with the sure aid of mental science.
4. You can build radiant health, success, and happiness by the thoughts you think in the
hidden studio of your mind.
5. Experiment scientifically until you personally prove that there is always a direct
response from the infinite intelligence of your subconscious mind to your conscious
thinking.
6. Feel the joy and restfulness in foreseeing the certain accomplishment of your desire.
Any mental picture, which you have in your mind, is the substance of things hoped for
and the evidence of things not seen.
7. A mental picture is worth a thousand words. Your subconscious will bring to pass any
picture held in the mind backed by faith.
8. Avoid all effort or mental coercion in prayer. Get into a sleepy, drowsy state and lull
yourself to sleep feeling and knowing that your prayer is answered.
9. Remember that the thankful heart is always close to the riches of the universe.
10. To affirm is to state that it is so, and as you maintain this attitude of mind as true,
regardless of all evidence to the contrary, you will receive an answer to your prayer.
11. Generate electronic waves of harmony, health, and peace by thinking of the love and
the glory of God.
12. What you decree and feel as true will come to pass. Decree harmony, health, peace,
and abundance.
Page 56
7 The Tendency of the Subconscious Is Life ward
Over 90 percent of your mental life is subconscious, so men and women who fail to make
use of this marvelous power live within very narrow limits. Your subconscious processes
are always life ward and constructive. Your subconscious is the builder of your body and
maintains all its vital functions. It is on the job 24 hours a day and never sleeps. It is
always trying to help and preserve you from harm.
Your subconscious mind is in touch with infinite life and boundless wisdom, and its
impulses and ideas are always life ward. The great aspirations, inspirations, and visions
for a grander and nobler life, spring from the subconscious. Your profoundest convictions
are those you cannot argue about rationally because they do not come from your
conscious mind; they come from your subconscious mind. Your subconscious speaks to
you in intuitions, impulses, hunches, intimations, urges, and ideas, and it is always telling
you to rise, transcend, grow, advance, adventure, and move forward to greater heights.
The urge to love, to save the lives of others comes from the depths of your subconscious.
For example, during the great San Francisco earthquake and fire of April 18, 1906,
invalids and cripples who had been confined to bed for long periods of time, rose up and
performed some of the most amazing feats of bravery and endurance. The intense desire
welled up within them to save others at all costs, and their subconscious responded
accordingly. Great artists, musicians, poets, speakers, and writers tune in with their
subconscious powers and become animated and inspired. For example, Robert Louis
Stevenson, before he went to sleep, used to charge his subconscious with the task of
evolving stories for him while he slept. He was accustomed to ask his subconscious to
give him a good, marketable thriller when his bank account was low. Stevenson said the
intelligence of his deeper mind gave him the story piece by piece, like a serial. This
shows how your subconscious will speak lofty and wise sayings through you,
which your conscious mind knows nothing about.
Mark Twain confided to the world on many occasions that he never worked in his life.
All his humor and all his great writings were due to the fact that he tapped the
inexhaustible reservoir of his subconscious mind.
How the body portrays the workings of the mind
The interaction of your conscious and subconscious mind requires a similar interaction
between the corresponding system of nerves. The cerebrospinal system is the organ of the
conscious mind, and the sympathetic system is the organ of the subconscious mind. The
cerebrospinal system is the channel through which you receive conscious perception by
means of your five physical senses and exercise control over the movement of your body.
This system has its nerves in the brain, and it is the channel of your volitional and
conscious mental action. The sympathetic system, sometimes referred to as the
involuntary nervous system, has its center in a ganglionic mass at the back of the
stomach known as the solar plexus, and is sometimes spoken of as the abdominal brain. It
is the channel of that mental action which unconsciously supports the vital functions of
the body.
The two systems may work separately or synchronously. Judge Thomas Troward * says,
“The vaguest nerve passes out of the cerebral region as a portion of the voluntary system,
and * The Edinburgh Lectures on Mental Science (New York: Robert McBride
Page 57
& Co., 1909). through it we control the vocal organs; then it passes onward to the thorax
sending out branches to the heart and lungs; finally, passing through the diaphragm, it
loses the outer coating which distinguishes the nerves of the voluntary system and
becomes identified with those of the sympathetic system, so forming a connecting link
between the two and making the man physically a single entity.
“Similarly different areas of the brain indicate their connection with the objective and
subjective activities of the mind respectively, and speaking in a general way we may
assign the frontal portion of the brain to the former and the posterior portion to the latter,
while the intermediate portion partakes of the character of both.”
A rather simple way of looking at the mental and physical interaction is to realize that
your conscious mind grasps an idea, which induces a corresponding vibration in your
voluntary system of nerves. This in turn causes a similar current to be generated in your
involuntary system of nerves, thus handling the idea over to your subconscious mind,
which is the creative medium. This is how your thoughts become things.
Every thought entertained by your conscious mind and accepted as true is sent by your
brain to your solar plexus, the brain of your subconscious mind, to be made into your
flesh, and to be brought forth into your world as a reality.
There is an intelligence which takes care of the body
When you study the cellular system and the structure of the organs, such as eyes, ears,
heart, liver, bladder, etc., you learn they consist of groups of cells which form a group
intelligence whereby they function together and are able to take orders and carry them out
in deductive function at the suggestion of the master mind (conscious mind).
A careful study of the single celled organism shows you what goes on in your complex
body. Though the monocellular organism has no organs, it still gives evidence of mind
action and reaction performing the basic functions of movement, alimentation,
assimilation, and elimination. Many say there is an intelligence, which will take care of
your body if you let it alone. That is true, but the difficulty is that the conscious mind
always interferes with its five sense evidence based on outer appearances, leading to the
sway of false beliefs, fears, and mere opinion. When fear, false beliefs, and negative
patterns are made to register in your subconscious mind through psychological, emotional
conditioning, there is no other course open to the subconscious mind except to act on the
blueprint specifications offered it.
The subconscious mind works continually for the common good
The subjective self within you works continuously for the general good, reflecting an
innate principle of harmony behind all things. Your subconscious mind has its own will,
and it is a very real something in itself. It acts night and day whether you act upon it or
not. It is the builder of your body, but you cannot see, hear, or feel it building, as all this
is a silent process. Your subconscious has a life of its own which is always moving
toward harmony, health, and peace. This is the divine norm within it seeking expression
through you at all times.
How man interferes with the innate principle of harmony
To think correctly, scientifically, we must know the “Truth.” To know the truth is to be in
harmony with the infinite intelligence and power of your subconscious mind, which is
Page 58
always moving life ward. Every thought or action, which is not harmonious, whether
through ignorance or design, will result in discord and limitation of all kinds.
Scientists inform us that you build a new body every eleven months; so you are really
only eleven months old from a physical standpoint. If you build defects back into your
body by thoughts of fear, anger, jealousy, and ill will, you have no one to blame but
yourself. You are the sum total of your own thoughts. You can keep from entertaining
negative thought and imagery. The way to get rid of darkness is with light; the way to
overcome cold is with heat; the way to overcome the negative thought is to substitute the
good thought. Affirm the good, and the bad will vanish.
Why it’s normal to be healthy, vital, and strong – it’s abnormal to be sick
The average child born into the world is perfectly healthy with all its organs functioning
perfectly. This is the normal state, and we should remain healthy, vital, and strong. The
instinct of self-preservation is the strongest instinct of your nature, and it constitutes a
most potent, ever-present, and constantly operative truth, inherent in your nature. It is,
therefore, obvious that all your thoughts, ideas, and beliefs must operate with greater
potentiality when they are in harmony with the innate life principle in you, which is
forever seeking to preserve and protect you along all lines. It follows from this that
normal conditions can be restored with greater ease and certainty than abnormal
conditions can be induced.
It is abnormal to be sick; it simply means you are going against the stream of life and
thinking negatively. The law of life is the law of growth; all nature testifies to the
operation of this law by silently, constantly expressing itself in the law of growth. Where
there is growth and expression, there must be life; where there is life there must be
harmony, and where there is harmony, there is perfect health.
If your thought is in harmony with the creative principle of your subconscious mind, you
are in tune with the innate principle of harmony. If you entertain thoughts which are not
in accordance with the principle of harmony, these thoughts cling to you, harass you,
worry you, and finally bring about disease, and if persisted in, possibly death.
In the healing of disease, you must increase the inflow and distribution of the vital forces
of your subconscious mind throughout your system. This can be done by eliminating
thoughts of fear, worry, anxiety, jealousy, hatred, and every other destructive thought
which tends to tear down and destroy your nerves and glands—body tissue which
controls the elimination of all waste material.
Pott’s disease cured
In the Nautilus magazine of March, 1917, there appears an article about a boy suffering
from Pott’s disease, or tuberculosis of the spine, who had a remarkable healing. His name
was Frederick Elias Andrews of Indianapolis, now minister of Unity School of
Christianity, Kansas City, Missouri. His physician pronounced him incurable. He began
to pray, and from a crooked, twisted cripple going about on hands and knees, he became
a strong, straight, well formed man. He created his own affirmation, mentally
absorbing the qualities he needed.
He affirmed over and over again many times a day, “I am whole, perfect, strong,
powerful, loving, harmonious, and happy.” He persevered and said that this prayer was
the last utterance on his lips at night and the first in the morning. He prayed for others
Page 59
also by sending out thoughts of love and health. This attitude of mind and way of prayer
returned to him multiplied many times. His faith and perseverance paid off with big
dividends. When thoughts of fear, anger, jealousy, or envy drew his attention, he would
immediately start his counteracting force of affirmation going in his mind. His
subconscious mind responded according to the nature of his habitual thinking. This is the
meaning of the statement in the Bible, Go thy way, thy faith hath made thee whole.
MARK 10:52.
How faith in your subconscious powers makes you whole
A young man, who came to my lectures on the healing power of the subconscious mind,
had severe eye trouble, which his doctor said necessitated an operation. He said to
himself, “My subconscious made my eyes, and it can heal me.”
Each night, as he went to sleep, he entered into a drowsy, meditative state, the condition
akin to sleep. His attention was immobilized and focused on the eye doctor. He imagined
the doctor was in front of him, and he plainly heard, or imagined he heard, the doctor
saying to him, “A miracle has happened!” He heard this over and over again every
night for perhaps five minutes or so before going to sleep. At the end of three weeks he
again went to the ophthalmologist who had previously examined his eyes, and the
physician said to this man, “This is a miracle!” What happened? This man impressed his
subconscious mind using the doctor as an instrument or a means of convincing it or
conveying the idea. Through repetition, faith, and expectancy he impregnated his
subconscious mind. His subconscious mind made his eye; within it was the perfect
pattern, and immediately it proceeded to heal the eye. This is another example of
how faith in the healing power of your subconscious can make you whole.
Pointers to review
1. Your subconscious is the builder of your body and is on the job 24 hours a day. You
interfere with its life giving patterns by negative thinking.
2. Charge your subconscious with the task of evolving an answer to any problem, prior to
sleep and it will answer you.
3. Watch your thoughts. Every thought accepted as true is sent by your brain to your solar
plexus—your abdominal brain—and is brought into your world as a reality.
4. Know that you can remake yourself by giving a new blueprint to your subconscious
mind.
5. The tendency of your subconscious is always life ward. Your job is with your
conscious mind. Feed your subconscious mind with premises, which are true. Your
subconscious is always reproducing according to your habitual mental patterns.
6. You build a new body every eleven months. Change your body by changing your
thoughts and keeping them changed.
7. It is normal to be healthy. It is abnormal to be ill. There is within the innate principle of
harmony.
8. Thoughts of jealousy, fear, worry, and anxiety tear down and destroy your nerves and
glands bringing about mental and physical diseases of all kinds.
9. What you affirm consciously and feel as true will be made manifest in your mind, body
and affairs. Affirm the good and enter into the joy of living.
Page 60
8 How to Get the Results You Want
The principle reasons for failure are: Lack of confidence and too much effort. Many
people block answers to their prayers by failing to fully comprehend the workings of their
subconscious mind. When you know how your mind functions, you gain a measure of
confidence. You must remember whenever your subconscious mind accepts an idea; it
immediately begins to execute it. It uses all its mighty resources to that end and mobilizes
all the mental and spiritual laws of your deeper mind. This law is true for good or
bad ideas. Consequently, if you use it negatively, it brings trouble, failure, and confusion.
When you use it constructively, it brings guidance, freedom, and peace of mind.
The right answer is inevitable when your thoughts are positive, constructive, and loving.
From this it is perfectly obvious that the only thing you have to do in order to overcome
failure is to get your subconscious to accept your idea or request by feeling its reality
now, and the law of your mind will do the rest. Turn over your request with faith and
confidence, and your subconscious will take over and answer for you.
You will always fail to get results by trying to use mental coercion— your subconscious
mind does not respond to coercion, it responds to your faith or conscious mind
acceptance.
Your failure to get results may also arise from such statements as: “Things are getting
worse.” “I will never get an answer.” “I see no way out.” “It is hopeless.” “I don’t know
what to do.” “I’m all mixed up.” When you use such statements, you get no response or
cooperation from your subconscious mind. Like a soldier marking time, you neither go
forward nor backward; in other words, you don’t get anywhere.
If you get into a taxi and give half dozen different directions to the driver in five minutes,
he would become hopelessly confused and probably would refuse to take you anywhere.
It is the same when working with your subconscious mind. There must be a clear cut idea
in your mind. You must arrive at the definite decision that there is a way out, a solution to
the vexing problem in sickness. Only the infinite intelligence within your subconscious
knows the answer. When you come to that clear cut conclusion in your conscious mind,
your mind is then made up, and according to your belief is it done unto you.
Easy does it
A house owner once remonstrated with a furnace repairman for charging two hundred
dollars for fixing the boiler. The mechanic said, “I charged five cents for the missing bolt
and one hundred ninety-nine dollars and ninety-five cents for knowing what was wrong.”
Similarly, your subconscious mind is the master mechanic, the all wise one, who knows
ways and means of healing any organ of your body, as well as your affairs. Decree
health, and your subconscious will establish it, but relaxation is the key. “Easy does it.”
Do not be concerned with details and means, but know the end result. Get the feel of the
happy solution to your problem whether it is health, finances, or employment. Remember
how you felt after you had recovered from a severe state of illness. Bear in mind that your
feeling is the touchstone of all subconscious demonstration. Your new idea must be felt
subjectively in a finished state, not the future, but as coming about now.
Page 61
Infer no opponent, use imagination and not will power
In using your subconscious mind you infer no opponent, you use no will power. You
imagine the end and the freedom state. You will find your intellect trying to get in the
way, but persist in maintaining a simple, childlike, miracle making faith. Picture yourself
without the ailment or problem. Imagine the emotional accompaniment of the freedom
state you crave. Cut out all red tape from the process. The simple way is the best.
How disciplined imagination works wonders
A wonderful way to get a response from your subconscious mind is through disciplined
or scientific imagination. As previously pointed out, your subconscious mind is the
builder of the body and controls all its vital functions.
The Bible says, whatsoever ye shall ask in prayer, believing, ye shall receive. To believe
is to accept something as true, or to live in the state of being it. As you sustain this mood,
you shall experience the joy of the answered prayer!
The three steps to success in prayer
The usual procedure is as follows:
1. Take a look at the problem.
2. Turn to the solution or way out known only to the subconscious mind.
3. Rest in a sense of deep conviction that it is done.
Do not weaken your prayer by saying, “I wish I might be healed.” “I hope so.” Your
feeling about the work to be done is “the boss.” Harmony is yours. Know that health is
yours. Become intelligent by becoming a vehicle for the infinite healing power of the
subconscious mind. Pass on the idea of health Jo your subconscious mind to the point of
conviction; then relax. Get yourself off your hands. Say to the condition and
circumstance, “This, too, shall pass.” Through relaxation you impress your subconscious
mind enabling the kinetic energy behind the idea to take over and bring it into concrete
realization.
The law of reversed effort and why you get the opposite of what you
pray for
Coué, the famous psychologist from France who visited America about forty years ago,
defined the law of reversed effort as follows: “When your desires and imagination are in
conflict your imagination invariably gains the day.”
If, for example, you were asked to walk a plank on the floor, you would do so without
question. Now suppose the same plank were placed twenty feet up in the air between two
walls, would you walk it? Your desire to walk it would be counteracted by your
imagination or fear of falling. Your dominant idea, which would be the picture of falling,
would conquer. Your desire, will, or effort to walk on the plank would be reversed, and
the dominant idea of failure would be reinforced.
Mental effort is invariably self defeated, eventuating always in the opposite of what is
desired. The suggestions of powerlessness to overcome the condition dominate the mind;
your subconscious is always controlled by the dominant idea. Your subconscious will
accept the stronger of two contradictory propositions. The effortless way is the better.
If you say, “I want a healing, but I can’t get it;” “I try so hard;” “I force myself to pray;”
“I use all the will power I have,” you must realize that your error lies in your effort.
Page 62
Never try to compel the subconscious mind to accept your idea by exercising will power.
Such attempts are doomed to failure, and you get the opposite of what you prayed for.
The following is a rather common experience. Students, when taking examinations and
reading through their papers, find that all their knowledge has suddenly deserted them.
Their minds become appalling blanks, and they are unable to recall one relevant thought.
The more they grit their teeth and summon the powers of the will, the further the answers
seem to flee. But, when they have left the examination room and the mental pressure
relaxes, the answers they were seeking flow tantalizingly back into their minds.
Trying to force themselves to remember was the cause of their failure. This is an example
of the law of reversed effort whereby you get the opposite of what you asked or prayed
for.
The conflict of desire and imagination must be reconciled
To use mental force is to presuppose that there is opposition. When your mind is
concentrated on the means to overcome a problem, it is no longer concerned with the
obstacle. MATT. 18:19 says, If two of you shall agree on earth as touching anything that
they shall ask, it shall be done for them of my Father which is in heaven. Who are these
two? It means the harmonious union or agreement between your conscious and
subconscious on any idea, desire, or mental image. When there is no longer any quarrel in
either part of your mind, your prayer will be answered. The two agreeing may also be
represented as you and your desire, your thought and feeling, your idea and emotion,
your desire and imagination. You avoid all conflict between your desires and imagination
by entering into a drowsy, sleepy state which brings all effort to a minimum. The
conscious mind is submerged to a great extent when in a sleepy state. The best time to
impregnate your subconscious is prior to sleep. The reason for this is that the highest
degree of outcropping of the subconscious occurs prior to sleep and just after we awaken.
In this state the negative thoughts and imagery, which tend to neutralize your desire and
so prevent acceptance by your subconscious mind no longer present themselves. When
you imagine the reality of the fulfilled desire and feel the thrill of accomplishment, your
subconscious brings about the realization of your desire.
A great many people solve all their dilemmas and problems by the play of their
controlled, directed, and disciplined imagination, knowing that whatever they imagine
and feel as true will and must come to pass. The following will clearly illustrate how a
young girl overcame the conflict between her desire and her imagination. She desired a
harmonious solution to her legal problem, yet her mental imagery was constantly on
failure, loss, bankruptcy, and poverty. It was a complicated lawsuit and there was one
postponement after another with no solution in sight.
At my suggestion, she got into a sleepy, drowsy state each night prior to sleep, and she
began to imagine the happy ending, feeling it to the best of her ability. She knew that the
image in her mind had to agree with her heart’s desire. Prior to sleep she began to
dramatize as vividly as possible her lawyer having an animated discussion with her
regarding the outcome. She would ask him questions, and he would answer her
appropriately. He would say to her over and over again, “There has been a perfect,
harmonious solution. The case has been settled out of court.” During the day when fear
thoughts came into her mind, she would run her mental movie with gestures, voice, and
sound equipment. She could easily imagine the sound of his voice, smile, and
Page 63
mannerism. She ran this mental picture so often; it became a subjective pattern, a regular
train track. At the end of a few weeks her attorney called her and confirmed objectively
what she had been imagining and feeling as true subjectively.
This is really what the Psalmist meant when he wrote, Let the words of my mouth [your
thoughts, mental images, good] and the meditations of my heart [your feeling, nature,
emotion] be acceptable in thy sight, O Lord [the law of your subconscious mind], my
strength, and my redeemer [the power and wisdom of your subconscious mind can
redeem you from sickness, bondage, and misery]. PSALM 19:14.
Ideas worth recalling
1. Mental coercion or too much effort shows anxiety and fear, which block your answer.
Easy does it.
2. When your mind is relaxed and you accept an idea, your subconscious goes to work to
execute the idea.
3. Think and plan independently of traditional methods. Know that there is always an
answer and a solution to every problem.
4. Do not be overly concerned with the beating of your heart, with the breathing of your
lungs, or the functions of any part of your anatomy. Lean heavily upon your subconscious
and proclaim frequently that Divine right action is taking place.
5. The feeling of health produces health; the feeling of wealth produces wealth. How do
you feel?
6. Imagination is your most powerful faculty. Imagine what is lovely and of good report.
You are what you imagine yourself to be.
7. You avoid conflict between your conscious and subconscious in the sleepy state.
Imagine the fulfillment of your desire over and over again prior to sleep. Sleep in peace
and wake in joy.
Page 64
9 How to Use the Power of Your Subconscious for Wealth
If you are having financial difficulties, if you are trying to make ends meet, it means you
have not convinced your subconscious mind that you will always have plenty and some
to spare. You know men and women who work a few hours a week and make fabulous
sums of money. They do not strive or slave hard. Do not believe the story that the only
way you can become wealthy is by the sweat of your brow and hard labor. It is not so; the
effortless way of life is the best. Do the thing you love to do, and do it for the joy and
thrill of it.
I know an executive in Los Angeles who receives a salary of $75,000 yearly. Last year he
went on a nine month cruise seeing the world and its beauty spots. He said to me that he
had succeeded in convincing his subconscious mind that he is worth that much money.
He told me that many men in his organization getting about one hundred dollars a week
knew more about the business than he did, and could manage it better, but they had no
ambition, no creative ideas, and were not interested in the wonders of their subconscious
mind.
Wealth is of the mind
Wealth is simply a subconscious conviction on the part of the individual. You will not
become a millionaire by saying, “I am a millionaire, I am a millionaire.” You will grow
into a wealth consciousness by building into your mentality the idea of wealth and
abundance.
Your invisible means of support
The trouble with most people is that they have no invisible means of support. When
business falls away, the stock market drops, or they lose their investments, they seem
helpless. The reason for such insecurity is that they do not know how to tap the
subconscious mind. They are unacquainted with the inexhaustible storehouse within.
A man with a poverty type mind finds himself in poverty stricken conditions. Another
man with a mind filled with ideas of wealth is surrounded with everything he needs. It
was never intended that man should lead a life of indigence. You can have wealth,
everything you need, and plenty to spare. Your words have power to cleanse your mind
of wrong ideas and to instill right ideas in their place.
The ideal method for building a wealth consciousness
Perhaps you are saying as you read this chapter, “I need wealth and success.” This is
what you do: Repeat for about five minutes to yourself three or four times a day,
“Wealth—Success.” These words have tremendous power. They represent the inner
power of the subconscious mind. Anchor your mind on this substantial power within you;
then conditions and circumstances corresponding to their nature and quality will
be manifested in your life. You are not saying, “I am wealthy,” you are dwelling on real
powers within you. There is no conflict in the mind when you say, “Wealth.”
Furthermore, the feeling of wealth will well up within you as you dwell on the idea of
wealth.
The feeling of wealth produces wealth; keep this in mind at all times. Your subconscious
mind is like a bank, a sort of universal financial institution. It magnifies whatever you
deposit or impress upon it whether it is the idea of wealth or of poverty. Choose wealth.
Page 65
Why your affirmations for wealth fail
I have talked to many people during the past thirty-five years whose usual complaint is,
“I have said for weeks and months, ‘I am wealthy, I am prosperous,’ and nothing has
happened.” I discovered that when they said, “I am prosperous, I am wealthy,” they felt
within that they were lying to themselves.
One man told me, “I have affirmed that I am prosperous until I am tired. Things are now
worse. I knew when I made the statement that it was obviously not true.” His statements
were rejected by the conscious mind, and the very opposite of what he outwardly
affirmed and claimed was made manifest.
Your affirmation succeeds best when it is specific and when it does not produce a mental
conflict or argument; hence the statements made by this man made matters worse because
they suggested his lack. Your subconscious accepts what you really feel to be true, not
just idle words or statements. The dominant idea or belief is always accepted by the
subconscious mind.
How to avoid mental conflict
The following is the ideal way to overcome this conflict for those who have this
difficulty. Make this practical statement frequently, particularly prior to sleep: “By day
and by night I am being prospered in all of my interests.” This affirmation will not arouse
any argument because it does not contradict your subconscious mind’s impression of
financial lack.
I suggested to one businessman whose sales and finances were very low and who was
greatly worried, that he sit down in his office, become quiet, and repeat this statement
over and over again: “My sales are improving every day.” This statement engaged the
cooperation of the conscious and subconscious mind; results followed.
Don’t sign blank checks
You sign blank checks when you make such statements as, “There is not enough to go
around.” “There is a shortage.” “I will lose the house because of the mortgage,” etc. If
you are full of fear about the future, you are also writing a blank check and attracting
negative conditions to you. Your subconscious mind takes your fear and negative
statement as your request and proceeds in its own way to bring obstacles, delays, lack,
and limitation into your life.
Your subconscious gives you compound interest
To him that hath the feeling of wealth, more wealth shall be added; to him that hath the
feeling of lack, more lack shall be added. Your subconscious multiplies and magnifies
whatever you deposit in it. Every morning as you awaken deposit thoughts of prosperity,
success, wealth, and peace. Dwell upon these concepts. Busy your mind with them as
often as possible. These constructive thoughts will find their way as deposits in your
subconscious mind, and bring forth abundance and prosperity.
Why nothing happened
I can hear you saying, “Oh, I did that and nothing happened.” You did not get results
because you indulged in fear thoughts perhaps ten minutes later and neutralized the good
Page 66
you had affirmed. When you place a seed in the ground, you do not dig it up. You let it
take root and grow.
Suppose, for example, you are going to say, “I shall not be able to make that payment.”
Before you get further than, “I shall—” stop the sentence and dwell on a constructive
statement, such as, “By day and by night I am prospered in all my ways.”
True source of wealth
Your subconscious mind is never short of ideas. There are within it an infinite number of
ideas ready to flow into your conscious mind and appear as cash in your pocketbook in
countless ways. This process will continue to go on in your mind regardless of whether
the stock market goes up or down, or whether the pound sterling or dollar drops in value.
Your wealth is never truly dependent on bonds, stocks, or money in the bank; these are
really only symbols necessary and useful, of course, but only symbols.
The point I wish to emphasize is that if you convince your subconscious mind that wealth
is yours, and that it is always circulating in your life, you will always and inevitably have
it, regardless of the form it takes.
Trying to make ends meet and the real cause
There are people who claim that they are always trying to make ends meet. They seem to
have a great struggle to meet their obligations. Have you listened to their conversation?
In many instances their conversation runs along this vein. They are constantly
condemning those who have succeeded in life and who have raised their heads above the
crowd. Perhaps they are saying, “Oh, that fellow has a racket; he is ruthless; he is a
crook.” This is why they lack; they are condemning the thing they desire and want. The
reason they speak critically of their more prosperous associates is because they are
envious and covetous of the others prosperity. The quickest way to cause wealth to take
wings and fly away is to criticize and condemn others who have more wealth than you.
A common stumbling block to wealth
There is one emotion, which is the cause of the lack of wealth in the lives of many. Most
people learn this the hard way. It is envy. For example, if you see a competitor depositing
large sums of money in the bank, and you have only a meager amount to deposit, does it
make you envious? The way to overcome this emotion is to say to yourself, “Isn’t it
wonderful! I rejoice in that man’s prosperity. I wish for him greater and greater wealth.”
To entertain envious thoughts is devastating because it places you in a very negative
position; therefore, wealth flows from you instead of to you. If you are ever annoyed or
irritated by the prosperity or great wealth of another, claim immediately that you truly
wish for him greater wealth in every possible way. This will neutralize the negative
thoughts in your mind and cause an ever greater measure of wealth to flow to you by the
law of your own subconscious mind.
Rubbing out a great mental block to wealth
If you are worried and critical about someone whom you claim is making money
dishonestly, cease worrying about him. You know such a person is using the law of mind
negatively; the law of mind takes care of him. Be careful not to criticize him for the
reasons previously indicated. Remember: The block or obstacle to wealth is in your own
Page 67
mind. You can now destroy that mental block. This you may do by getting on mental
good terms with everyone.
Sleep and grow rich
As you go to sleep at night, practice the following technique. Repeat the word, “Wealth,”
quietly, easily, and feelingly. Do this over and over again, just like a lullaby. Lull
yourself to sleep with the one word, “Wealth.” You should be amazed at the result.
Wealth should flow to you in avalanches of abundance. This is another example of the
magic power of your subconscious mind.
Serve yourself with the powers of your mind
1. Decide to be wealthy the easy way, with the infallible aid of your subconscious mind.
2. Trying to accumulate wealth by the sweat of your brow and hard labor is one way to
become the richest man in the graveyard. You do not have to strive or slave hard.
3. Wealth is a subconscious conviction. Build into your mentality the idea of wealth.
4. The trouble with most people is that they have no invisible means of support.
5. Repeat the word, “Wealth,” to yourself slowly and quietly for about five minutes prior
to sleep and your subconscious will bring wealth to pass in your experience.
6. The feeling of wealth produces wealth. Keep this in mind at all times.
7. Your conscious and subconscious mind must agree. Your subconscious accepts what
you really feel to be true. The dominant idea is always accepted by your subconscious
mind. The dominant idea should be wealth, not poverty.
8. You can overcome any mental conflict regarding wealth by affirming frequently, “By
day and by night I am being prospered in all of my interests.”
9. Increase your sales by repeating this statement over and over again, “My sales are
improving every day; I am advancing, progressing, and getting wealthier every day.”
10. Stop writing blank checks, such as, “There is not enough to go around,” or “There is a
shortage,” etc. Such statements magnify and multiply your loss.
11. Deposit thoughts of prosperity, wealth, and success in your subconscious mind, and
the latter will give you compound interest.
12. What you consciously affirm, you must not mentally deny a few moments later. This
will neutralize the good you have affirmed.
13. Your true source of wealth consists of the ideas in your mind. You can have an idea
worth millions of dollars. Your subconscious will give you the idea you seek.
14. Envy and jealousy are stumbling blocks to the flow of wealth. Rejoice in the
prosperity of others.
15. The block to wealth is in your own mind. Destroy that block now by getting on good
mental terms with everyone.
Page 68
10 Your Right to Be Rich
It is your right to be rich. You are here to lead the abundant life and be happy, radiant,
and free. You should, therefore, have all the money you need to lead a full, happy, and
prosperous life. You are here to grow, expand, and unfold spiritually, mentally, and
materially. You have the inalienable right to fully develop and express yourself along all
lines. You should surround yourself with beauty and luxury.
Why be satisfied with just enough to go around when you can enjoy the riches of your
subconscious mind? In this chapter you can learn to make friends with money, and you
should always have a surplus. Your desire to be rich is a desire for a fuller, happier, more
wonderful life. It is a cosmic urge. It is not only good, but also very good.
Money is a symbol
Money is a symbol of exchange. It means to you not only freedom from want, but beauty,
luxury, abundance, and refinement. It is merely a symbol of the economic health of the
nation. When your blood is circulating freely in your body, you are healthy. When money
is circulating freely in your life, you are economically healthy. When people begin to
hoard money, to put it away in tin boxes, and become charged with fear, there is
economic illness. Money has taken many forms as a medium of exchange down through
the centuries, such as, salt, beads, and trinkets of various kinds. In early times a
man’s wealth was determined by the number of sheep and oxen he had. Now we use
currency, and other negotiable instruments, as it is much more convenient to write a
check than carry some sheep around with you to pay bills.
How to walk the royal road to riches
Knowledge of the powers of your subconscious mind is the means to the royal road to
riches of all kinds—spiritual, mental, or financial. The student of the laws of mind
believes and knows definitely that regardless of economic situations, stock market
fluctuation, depression, strikes, war, other conditions or circumstances, he will always be
amply supplied, regardless of what form money takes. The reason for this is that he has
conveyed the idea of wealth to his subconscious mind, and it keeps him supplied
wherever he may be. He has convinced himself in his mind that money is forever flowing
freely in his life and that there is always a wonderful surplus. Should there be a financial
collapse of government tomorrow and all the man’s present holdings become valueless,
as the German marks did after the First World War, he would still attract wealth and be
cared for, regardless of the form the new currency took.
Why you do not have more money
As you read this chapter, you are probably saying, “I am worthy of a higher salary than I
am receiving.” I believe most people are inadequately compensated. One of the causes
many people does not have more money is that they are silently or openly condemning it.
They refer to money as “filthy lucre” or “the love of money is the root of all evil.”
Another reason they do not prosper is that they have a sneaky subconscious feeling there
is some virtue in poverty. This subconscious pattern may be due to early childhood
training, superstition, or it could be based on a false interpretation of scriptures.
Page 69
Money and a balanced life
One time a man said to me, “I am broke. I do not like money. It is the root of all evil.”
These statements represent a confused neurotic mind. Love of money to the exclusion of
everything else will cause you to become lopsided and unbalanced. You are here to use
your power or authority wisely. Some men crave power others crave money. If you set
your heart on money exclusively and say, “Money is all I want; I am going to give all my
attention to amassing money; nothing else matters,” you can get money and attain a
fortune, but you have forgotten that you are here to lead a balanced life. You must also
satisfy the hunger for peace of mind, harmony, love, joy, and perfect health. By making
money your sole aim, you simply made a wrong choice. You thought that was all you
wanted, but you found after all your efforts that it was not only the money you needed.
You also desired true expression of your hidden talents, true place in life, beauty, and the
joy of contributing to the welfare and success of others. By learning the laws of your
subconscious mind, you could have a million dollars or many millions, if you wanted
them, and still have peace of mind, harmony, perfect health, and perfect expression.
Poverty is a mental disease
There is no virtue in poverty; it is a disease like any other mental disease. If you were
physically ill, you would think there was something wrong with you. You would seek
help and do something about the condition at once. Likewise, if you do not have money
constantly circulating in your life, there is something radically wrong with you.
The urge of the life principle in you is toward growth, expansion, and the life more
abundant. You are not here to live in a hovel, dress in rags, and go hungry. You should be
happy, prosperous, and successful. Why you must never criticize money Cleanse your
mind of all weird and superstitious beliefs about money. Do not ever regard money as
evil or filthy. If you do, you cause it to take wings and fly away from you. Remember
that you lose what you condemn. You cannot attract what you criticize.
Getting the right attitude toward money
Here is a simple technique you may use to multiply money in your experience. Use the
following statements several times a day, “I like money, I love it, I use it wisely,
constructively, and judiciously. Money is constantly circulating in my life. I release it
with joy, and it returns to me multiplied in a wonderful way. It is good and very good.
Money flows to me in avalanches of abundance. I use it for good only, and I am grateful
for my good and for the riches of my mind.”
How the scientific thinker looks at money
Suppose, for example, you found gold, silver, lead, copper, or iron in the ground. Would
you pronounce these things evil? All evil comes from man’s darkened understanding,
from his ignorance, from his false interpretation of life, and from his misuse of his
subconscious mind. Uranium, lead, or some other metal could have been used as a
medium of exchange. We use paper bills, checks, nickel, and silver surely these are not
evil. Physicists and chemists know today that the only difference between one metal and
another is the number and rate of motion of electrons revolving around a central
nucleus. They can now change one metal into another through a bombardment of the
atoms in the powerful cyclotron. Gold under certain conditions becomes mercury. I
believe that our modern scientists in the near future will be able to make gold, silver, and
Page 70
other metals synthetically in the chemical laboratory. The cost may be prohibitive now,
but it can be done. I cannot imagine any intelligent person seeing anything evil in
electrons, neutrons, protons, and isotopes.
The piece of paper in your pocket is composed of atoms and molecules with their
electrons and protons arranged differently. Their number and rate of motion are different.
That is the only way the paper differs from the silver in your pocket.
How to attract the money you need
Many years ago I met a young boy in Australia who wanted to become a physician and
surgeon, but he had no money. I explained to him how a seed deposited in the soil attracts
to itself everything necessary for its unfolding, and that all he had to do was to take a
lesson from the seed and deposit the required idea in his subconscious mind. For
expenses this young, brilliant boy used to clean out doctors’ offices, wash windows, and
do odd repair jobs. He told me that every night, as he went to sleep, he used to picture in
his mind’s eye a medical diploma on a wall with his name on it in big, bold letters. He
used to clean and shine the framed diplomas in the medical building where he worked. It
was not hard for him to engrave the image of a diploma in his mind and develop it there.
Definite results followed as he persisted with his mental picture every night for about
four months. The sequel of this story was very interesting. One of the doctors took a
great liking to this young boy and after training him in the art of sterilizing instruments,
giving hypodermic injections, and other miscellaneous first aid work, he employed him
as a technical assistant in his office. The doctor later sent him to medical school at his
own expense. Today, this young man is a prominent medical doctor in Montreal, Canada.
He discovered the law of attraction by using his subconscious mind the right way. He
operated an age-old law, which says, “Having seen the end, you have willed the means to
the realization of the end.” The end in this case was to become a medical doctor.
This young man was able to imagine, see, and feel the reality of being a doctor. He lived
with that idea, sustained it, nourished it, and loved it until through his imagination it
penetrated the layers of his subconscious mind and became a conviction, thereby ttracting
to him everything necessary for the fulfillment of his dream.
Why some men do not get a raise in pay
If you are working in a large organization and you are silently thinking of and resenting
the fact you are underpaid, that you are not appreciated, and that you deserve more
money and greater recognition, you are subconsciously severing your ties with that
organization. You are setting a law in motion, and the superintendent or manager will say
to you, “We have to let you go.” Actually, you dismissed yourself. The manager was
simply the instrument through which your own negative mental state was confirmed. It
was an example of the law of action and reaction. The action was your thought, and the
reaction was the response of your subconscious mind.
Obstacles and impediments on the pathway to riches
I am sure you have heard men say, “That fellow has a racket.” “He is a racketeer.” “He is
getting money dishonestly.” “He is a faker.” “I knew him when he had nothing.” “He is a
crook, a thief, and a swindler.” If you analyze the man who talks like that, you discover
he is usually in want or suffering from some financial or physical illness. Perhaps his
former college friends went up the ladder of success and excelled him. Now he is
Page 71
bitter and envious of their progress. In many instances this is the cause of his
downfall. Thinking negatively of these classmates and condemning their wealth causes
the wealth and prosperity he is praying for to vanish and flee away. He is condemning the
thing he is praying for.
He is praying two ways. On the one hand he is saying, “Wealth is flowing to me now,”
and in the next breath, silently or audibly, he is saying, “I resent that fellow’s wealth.”
Always make it a special point to rejoice in the wealth of the other person.
Protect your investments
If you are seeking wisdom regarding investments, or if you are worried about your stocks
or bonds, quietly claim, “Infinite intelligence governs and watches over all my financial
transactions, and whatsoever I do shall prosper.” Do this frequently and you will find that
your investments will be wise; moreover, you will be protected from loss, as you will be
prompted to sell your securities or holdings before any loss accrues to you.
You cannot get something for nothing
In large stores the management employs store detectives to prevent people from stealing.
They catch a number of people every day trying to get something for nothing. All such
people are living in the mental atmosphere of lack and limitation and are stealing from
themselves peace, harmony, faith, honesty, integrity, good will, and confidence.
Furthermore, they are attracting to themselves all manner of loss, such as, loss of
character, prestige, social status, and peace of mind. These people lack faith in the
source of supply and the understanding of how their minds work. If they would mentally
call on the powers of their subconscious mind and claim that they are guided to their true
expression, they would find work and constant supply. Then by honesty, integrity, and
perseverance, they would become a credit to themselves and to society at large.
Your constant supply of money
Recognizing the powers of your subconscious mind and the creative power of your
thought or mental image is the way to opulence, freedom, and constant supply. Accept
the abundant life in your own mind. Your mental acceptance and expectancy of wealth
has its own mathematics and mechanics of expression. As you enter into the mood of
opulence, all things necessary for the abundant life will come to pass.
Let this be your daily affirmation; write it in your heart, “I am one with the infinite riches
of my subconscious mind. It is my right to be rich, happy, and successful. Money flows
to me freely, copiously, and endlessly. I am forever conscious of my true worth. I give of
my talents freely, and I am wonderfully blessed financially. It is wonderful!”
Step up this way to riches
1. Be bold enough to claim that it is your right to be rich and your deeper mind will honor
your claim.
2. You don’t want just enough to go around. You want all the money you need to do all
the things you want to do and when you want to do them. Get acquainted with the riches
of your subconscious mind.
3. When money is circulating freely in your life, you are economically healthy. Look at
money like the tide and you will always have plenty of it. The ebb and flow of the tide is
constant. When the tide is out, you are absolutely sure that it will return.
Page 72
4. Knowing the laws of your subconscious mind, you will always be supplied regardless
of what form money takes.
5. One reason many people simply make ends meet and never have enough money is that
they condemn money. What you condemn takes wings and flies away.
6. Do not make a god of money. It is only a symbol. Remember that the real riches are in
your mind. You are here to lead a balanced life—this includes acquiring all the money
you need.
7. Don’t make money your sole aim. Claim wealth, happiness, peace, true expression,
and love, and personally radiate love and good will to all. Then your subconscious mind
will give you compound interest in all these fields of expression.
8. There is no virtue in poverty. It is a disease of the mind, and you should heal yourself
of this mental conflict or malady at once.
9. You are not here to live in a hovel, to dress in rags, or to go hungry. You are here to
lead the life more abundant.
10. Never use the terms “filthy lucre” or “I despise money.” You lose what you criticize.
There is nothing good or bad, but thinking of it in either light makes it so.
11. Repeat frequently, “I like money. I use it wisely, constructively, and judiciously. I
release it with joy, and it returns a thousand fold.”
12. Money is not evil any more so than copper, lead, tin, or iron which you may find in
the ground. All evil is due to ignorance and misuse of the mind’s powers.
13. To picture the end result in your mind causes your subconscious to respond and fulfill
your mental picture.
14. Stop trying to get something for nothing. There is no such thing as a free lunch. You
must give to receive. You must give mental attention to your goals, ideals, and
enterprises, and your deeper mind will back you up. The key to wealth is application of
the laws of the subconscious mind by impregnating it with the idea of wealth.
Page 73
11 Your Subconscious Mind as a Partner in Success
Success means successful living. A long period of peace, joy, and happiness on this plane
may be termed success. The eternal experience of these qualities is the everlasting life
spoken of by Jesus. The real things of life, such as peace, harmony, integrity, security,
and happiness are intangible. They come from the Deep Self of man. Meditating on these
qualities builds these treasures of heaven in our subconscious. It is where moth and rust
do not consume, and where thieves do not break through and steal. MATT. 6:20.
The three steps to success
Let us discuss three steps to success: The first step to success is to find out the thing you
love to do, then do it. Success is in loving your work. Although, if a man is a psychiatrist,
it is not adequate for him to get a diploma and place it on the wall; he must keep up with
the times, attend conventions, and continue studying the mind and its workings. The
successful psychiatrist visits clinics and reads the latest scientific articles. In other words,
he is informed in the most advanced methods of alleviating human suffering. The
successful psychiatrist or doctor must have the interest of his patients at heart. Someone
may say, “How can I put the first step into operation? I do not know what I should do.” In
such a case, pray for guidance as follows: “The infinite intelligence of my subconscious
mind reveals to me my true place in life.” Repeat this prayer quietly, positively, and
lovingly to your deeper mind. As you persist with faith and confidence, the answer will
come to you as a feeling, a hunch, or a tendency in a certain direction. It will come to you
clearly and in peace, and as an inner silent awareness.
The second step to success is to specialize in some particular branch of work and know
more about it than anyone else. For example, if a young man chooses chemistry as his
profession, he should concentrate on one of the many branches in this field. He should
give all of his time and attention to his chosen specialty. He should become sufficiently
enthusiastic to try to know all there is available about his field; if possible, he should
know more than anyone else. The young man should become ardently interested in his
work and should desire to serve the world. He that is greatest among you, let him become
your servant. There is a great contrast in this attitude of mind in comparison to that of the
man who only wants to makes a living or just “get by.” “Getting by” is not true success.
Man’s motive must be greater, nobler, and more altruistic. He must serve others, thereby
casting his bread upon the waters.
The third step is the most important one. You must be sure that the thing you want to do
does not redound to your success only. Your desire must not be selfish; it must benefit
humanity. The path of a complete circuit must be formed. In other words, your idea must
go forth with the purpose of blessing or serving the world. It will then come back to you
pressed down, shaken together, and running over. If it is to benefit yourself exclusively,
the circle or complete circuit is not formed, and you may experience a short circuit in
your life which may consist of limitation or sickness.
The measure of true success
Some people may say, “But Mr. James made a fortune in selling fraudulent oil stock.” A
man may seem to succeed for a while, but the money he obtained by fraud usually takes
Page 74
wings and flies away. When we rob from another, we rob from ourselves, because we are
in a mood of lack and limitation, which may manifest itself in our body, home life, and
affairs. What we think and feel, we create. We create what we believe. Even though a
man may have accumulated a fortune fraudulently, he is not successful. There is
no success without peace of mind. What good is man’s accumulated wealth if he cannot
sleep nights, is sick, or has a guilt complex? I knew a man in London who told me of his
exploits. He had been a professional pickpocket and had amassed a large amount of
money. He had a summer home in France and lived in a royal fashion in England. His
story was that he was in constant dread of being arrested by Scotland Yard. He had many
inner disorders, which were undoubtedly caused by his constant fear and deep seated
guilt complex. He knew he had done wrong. This deep sense of guilt attracted all kinds of
trouble to him. Subsequently, he voluntarily surrendered to the police and served a prison
sentence. After his release from prison, he sought psychological and spiritual counsel and
became transformed. He went to work and became an honest, law-abiding citizen. He
found what he loved to do and was happy. A successful person loves his work and
expresses himself fully. Success is contingent upon a higher ideal than the mere
accumulation of riches. The man of success is the man who possesses great psychological
and spiritual understanding. Many of the great industrialists today depend upon the
correct use of their subconscious minds for their success.
There was an article published some years ago about Flagler, an oil magnate. He admitted
that the secret of his success was his ability to see a project in its completion. For
instance, in his case, he closed his eyes, imagined a big oil industry, saw trains running
on tracks, heard whistles blowing, and saw smoke. Having seen and felt the fulfillment of
his prayer, his subconscious mind brought about its realization. If you imagine an
objective clearly, you will be provided with the necessities, in ways you now not of,
through the wonderworking power of your subconscious mind.
In considering the three steps to success you must never forget the underlying power of
the creative forces of your subconscious mind. This is the energy in back of all steps in
any plan of success. Your thought is creative. Thought fused with feeling becomes a
subjective faith or belief, and according to your belief is it done unto you. MATT. 9:29.
Knowledge of a mighty force in you, which is capable of bringing to pass all your
desires, gives you confidence and a sense of peace. Whatever your field of action may be,
you should learn the laws of your subconscious mind. When you know how to apply the
powers of your mind, and when you are expressing yourself fully and giving of your
talents to others, you are on the sure path to true success. If you are about God’s business,
or any part of it, God, by His very nature, is for you, so who can be against you? With
this understanding there is no power in heaven or on earth to withhold success
from you.
How he made his dream come true
A movie actor told me that he had very little education, but he had a dream as a boy of
becoming a successful movie actor. Out in the field mowing hay, driving the cows home,
or even when milking them he said, “I would constantly imagine I saw my name in big
lights at a large theatre. I kept this up for years until finally I ran away from home. I got
extra jobs in the motion picture field, and the day finally came when I saw my name in
Page 75
great, big lights as I did when I was a boy!” Then he added, “I know the power of
sustained imagination to bring success.”
His dream pharmacy became a reality
Thirty years ago I knew a young pharmacist who was receiving forty dollars a week plus
commission on sales. “After twenty-five years,” he said to me, “I will get a pension and
retire.” I said to this young man, “Why don’t you own your own store? Get out
of this place. Raise your sights! Have a dream for your children. Maybe your son wants
to be a doctor; perhaps your daughter desires to be a great musician.”
His answer was that he had no money! He began to awaken to the fact that whatever he
could conceive as true, he could give conception. The first step toward his goal was his
awakening to the powers of his subconscious mind, which I briefly elaborated on for his
benefit. His second step was his realization that if he could succeed in conveying an
idea to his subconscious mind, the latter would somehow bring it to pass.
He began to imagine that he was in his own store. He mentally arranged the bottles,
dispensed prescriptions, and imagined several clerks in the store waiting on customers.
He also visualized a big bank balance. Mentally he worked in that imaginary store. Like a
good actor he lived the role. Act as though I am, and I will be. This pharmacist put
himself wholeheartedly into the act, living, moving, and acting on the assumption that he
owned the store.
The sequel was interesting. He was discharged from his position. He found new
employment with a large chain store, became manager, and later on, district manager. He
saved enough money in four years to provide a down payment on a drugstore of his own.
He called it his “Dream Pharmacy.” “It was,” he said, “exactly the store I saw in my
imagination.” He became a recognized success in his chosen field, and was happy doing
what he loved to do.
Using the subconscious mind in business
Some years ago I gave a lecture to a group of businessmen on the powers of imagination
and the subconscious mind. In this lecture I pointed out how Goethe used his imagination
wisely when confronted with difficulties and predicaments.
His biographers point out that he was accustomed to fill many hours quietly holding
imaginary conversations. It is well known that his custom was to imagine one of his
friends before him in a chair answering him in the right way. In other words, if he were
concerned over any problems, he imagined his friend giving him the right or appropriate
answer, accompanied with the usual gestures and tonal qualities of the voice, and he
made the entire imaginary scene as real and as vivid as possible.
One of the men present at this lecture was a young stockbroker. He proceeded to adopt
the technique of Goethe. He began to have mental, imaginary conversations with a
multimillionaire banker friend of his who used to congratulate him on his wise and sound
judgment, and compliment him on his purchase of the right stocks. He used to dramatize
this imaginary conversation until he had psychologically fixed it as a form of belief in his
mind.
This broker’s inner talking and controlled imagination certainly agreed with his aim,
which was to make sound investments for his clients. His main purpose in life was to
make money for his clients and to see them prosper financially by his wise counsel. He is
Page 76
still using his subconscious mind in his business, and he is a brilliant success in his field
of endeavor.
Boy of sixteen years turns failure into success
A young boy who was attending high school said to me, “I am getting very poor grades.
My memory is failing. I do not know what is the matter.” I discovered that the only thing
wrong with this boy was his attitude, which was one of indifference and resentment
toward some of his teachers and fellow students. I taught him how to use his
subconscious mind, and how to succeed in his studies.
He began to affirm certain truths several times a day particularly at night prior to sleep,
and also in the morning after awakening. These are the best times to impregnate the
subconscious mind. He affirmed as follows: “I realize that my subconscious mind is a
storehouse of memory. It retains everything I read and hear from my teachers. I have a
perfect memory, and the infinite intelligence in my subconscious mind constantly reveals
to me everything I need to know at all my examinations, whether written or oral. I radiate
love and good will to all my teachers and fellow students. I sincerely wish for them
success and all good things.”
This young man is now enjoying a greater freedom than he has ever known. He is now
receiving all “A’s.” He constantly imagines the teachers and his mother congratulating
him on his success in his studies.
How to become successful in buying and selling
In buying and selling, remember that your conscious mind is the starter and your
subconscious mind is the motor. You must start the motor to enable it to perform its
work. Your conscious mind is the dynamo that awakens the power of your subconscious
mind. The first step in conveying your clarified desire, idea, or image to the deeper mind
is to relax, immobilize the attention, get still, and be quiet. This quiet, relaxed, and
peaceful attitude of mind prevents extraneous matter and false ideas from interfering with
your mental absorption of your ideal. Furthermore, in the quiet, passive, and receptive
attitude of mind, effort is reduced to a minimum.
The second step is to begin to imagine the reality of that which you desire. For example,
you may wish to buy a home, and in your relaxed state of mind affirm as follows: “The
infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind is all wise. It reveals to me now the ideal
home, which is central, ideal, is in a lovely environment, meets with all my requirements,
and is commensurate with my income. I am now turning this request over to my
subconscious mind, and I know it responds according to the nature of my request. I
release this request with absolute faith and confidence in the same way that a farmer
deposits a seed in the ground, trusting implicitly in the laws of growth.”
The answer to your prayer may come through an advertisement in the paper, through a
friend, or you may be guided directly to a particular home, which is exactly what you are
seeking. There are many ways by which your prayer may be answered. The principal
knowledge, in which you may place your confidence, is that the answer always comes,
provided you trust the working of your deeper mind.
Page 77
You may wish to sell a home, land, or any kind of property. In private consultation with
real estate brokers I have told them of the way I sold my own home on Orlando Avenue
in Los Angeles. Many of them have applied the technique I used with remarkable
and speedy results. I placed a sign which read, “For sale by owner” in the garden in front
of my home. The day after I said to myself as I was going to sleep, “Supposing you sold
your house, what would you do?” I answered my own question and I said, “I would take
that sign down and throw it into the garage.” In my imagination I took hold of the sign,
pulled it up from the ground, placed it on my shoulder, went to the garage, threw it on the
floor, and said jokingly to the sign, “I don’t need you any more!” I felt the inner
satisfaction of it all, realizing it was finished. The next day a man gave me a deposit of
$1,000 and said to me, “Take your sign down. We will go into escrow now.”
Immediately I pulled the sign up and took it to the garage. The outer action conformed to
the inner. There is nothing new about this. As within, so without, meaning according to
the image impressed on your subconscious mind, so it is on the objective screen of your
life. The outside mirrors the inside. External action follows internal action.
Here is another very popular method used in selling homes, land, or any kind of property.
Affirm slowly, quietly, and feelingly as follows: “Infinite intelligence attracts to me the
buyer for this home who wants it and who prospers in it. This buyer is being sent to me
by the creative intelligence of my subconscious mind, which makes no mistakes. This
buyer may look at many other homes, but mine is the only one he wants and will buy,
because he is guided by the infinite intelligence within him. I know the buyer is right,
the time is right, and the price is right. Everything about it is right. The deeper currents of
my subconscious mind are now in operation bringing both of us together in divine order.
I know that it is so.” Remember always, that what you are seeking is also seeking you,
and whenever you want to sell a home or property of any kind, there is always someone
who wants what you have to offer By using the powers of your subconscious mind
correctly, you free your mind of all sense of competition and anxiety in buying and
selling.
How she succeeded in getting what she wanted
There is a young lady who regularly comes to my lectures and classes. She had to change
buses three times; it took her one and a half hours each time to come to the lectures. In
one lecture I explained how a young man who needed a car in his work received one.
She went home and experimented as outlined in my lecture. Here is her letter in part,
narrating her application of my method, and published by her permission:
Dear Dr. Murphy: This is how I received a Cadillac car—I wanted one to come to the
lectures regularly. In my imagination I went through the identical process I would go
through if I were actually driving a car. I went to the showroom, and the salesman took
me for a ride in one. I also drove it several blocks. I claimed the Cadillac car as my own
over and over again.
I kept the mental picture of getting into the car, driving it, feeling the upholstery, etc.,
consistently for over two weeks. Last week I drove to your lectures in a Cadillac. My
uncle in Inglewood passed away, and left me his Cadillac and his entire estate.
Page 78
A success technique employed by many outstanding executives and
businessmen
There are many prominent businessmen who quietly use the abstract term, “success,”
over and over many times a day until they reach a conviction that success is theirs. They
know that the idea of success contains all the essential elements of success. Likewise, you
can begin now to repeat the word, “success,” to yourself with faith and conviction. Your
subconscious mind will accept it as true of you, and you will be under a subconscious
compulsion to succeed.
You are compelled to express your subjective beliefs, impressions, and convictions. What
does success imply to you? You want, undoubtedly, to be successful in your home life
and in your relationship with others. You wish to be outstanding in your chosen work or
profession. You wish to possess a beautiful home, and all the money you need to live
comfortably and happily. You want to be successful in your prayer life and in your
contact with the powers of your subconscious mind.
You are a businessman also because you are in the business of living. Become a
successful businessman by imagining yourself doing what you long to do, and possessing
the things you long to possess. Become imaginative; mentally participate in the reality of
the successful state. Make a habit of it. Go to sleep feeling successful every night, and
perfectly satisfied, and you will eventually succeed in implanting the idea of success
in your subconscious mind. Believe you were born to succeed, and wonders will happen
as you pray!
Profitable pointers
1. Success means successful living. When you are peaceful, happy, joyous, and doing
what you love to do, you are successful.
2. Find out what you love to do, and then do it. If you don’t know your true expression,
ask for guidance, and the lead will come.
3. Specialize in your particular field and try to know more about it than anyone else.
4. A successful man is not selfish. His main desire in life is to serve humanity.
5. There is no true success without peace of mind.
6. A successful man possesses great psychological and spiritual understanding.
7. If you imagine an objective clearly, you will be provided with the necessities through
the wonderworking power of your subconscious mind.
8. Your thought fused with feeling becomes a subjective belief, and according to your
belief is it done unto you.
9. The power of sustained imagination draws forth the miracle working powers of your
subconscious mind.
10. If you are seeking promotion in your work, imagine your employer, supervisor, or
loved one congratulating you on your promotion. Make the picture vivid and real. Hear
the voice, see the gestures, and feel the reality of it all. Continue to do this frequently, and
through frequent occupancy of your mind, you will experience the joy of the answered
prayer.
11. Your subconscious mind is a storehouse of memory. For a perfect memory, affirm
frequently: “The infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind reveals to me everything I
need to know at all times, everywhere.”
Page 79
12. If you wish to sell a home or property of any kind, affirm slowly, quietly, and
feelingly as follows: “Infinite intelligence attracts to me the buyer for this house or
property, who wants it, and who prospers in it.” Sustain this awareness, and the deeper
currents of your subconscious mind will bring it to pass.
13. The idea of success contains all the elements of success. Repeat the word, “success,”
to yourself frequently with faith and conviction, and you will be under a subconscious
compulsion to succeed.
Page 80
12 Scientists Use the Subconscious Mind
Many scientists realize the true importance of the subconscious mind. Edison, Marconi,
Kettering, Poincarè, Einstein, and many others have used the subconscious mind. It has
given them the insight and the “knowhow” for all their great achievements in modern
science and industry. Research has shown that the ability to bring into action the
subconscious power has determined the success of all the great scientific and research
workers.
An instance of how a famous chemist, Friedrich von Stradonitz, used his subconscious
mind to solve his problem is as follows: He had been working laboriously for a long time
trying to rearrange the six carbon and the six hydrogen atoms of the benzine formula, and
he was constantly perplexed and unable to solve the matter. Tired and exhausted, he
turned the request over completely to his subconscious mind. Shortly afterward, as he
was about to board a London bus, his subconscious presented his conscious mind
with a sudden flash of a snake biting its own tail and turning around like a pin wheel.
This answer, from his subconscious mind, gave him the long sought answer of the
circular rearrangement of the atoms that is known as the benzene ring.
How a distinguished scientist brought forth his inventions
Nikola Tesla was a brilliant electrical scientist who brought forth the most amazing
innovations. When an idea for a new invention came into his mind, he would build it up
in his imagination, knowing that his subconscious mind would reconstruct and reveal to
his conscious mind all the parts needed for its manufacture in concrete form.
Through quietly contemplating every possible improvement, he spent no time in
correcting defects, and was able to give the technicians the perfect product of his mind.
He said, “Invariably, my device works as I imagined it should. In twenty years there has
not been a single exception.”
How a famous naturalist solved his problem
Professor Agassiz, a distinguished American naturalist, discovered the indefatigable
activities of his subconscious mind while he slept. His widow in her biography of her
famous husband has reported the following. “He had been for two weeks striving to
decipher the somewhat obscure impression of a fossil fish on the stone slab in which it
was preserved. Weary and perplexed, he put his work aside at last, and tried to dismiss it
from his mind. Shortly after, he waked one night persuaded that while asleep he had seen
his fish with all the missing features perfectly restored. But when he tried to hold and
make fast the image it escaped him. Nevertheless, he went early to the Jardin des Plantes,
thinking that on looking anew at the impression he should see something, which would
put him on the track of his vision. In vain—the blurred record was as black as ever. The
next night he saw the fish again, but with no more satisfactory result. When he awoke it
disappeared from his memory as before. Hoping that the same experience might be
repeated, on the third night he placed a pencil and paper beside his bed before going to
sleep. “Accordingly, toward morning the fish reappeared in his dream, confusedly at first,
but at last with such distinctness that he had no longer any doubt as to its zoological
characters. Still half dreaming, in perfect darkness, he traced these characters on the sheet
of paper at the bedside. In the morning he was surprised to see in his nocturnal sketch
Page 81
features, which he thought it impossible the fossil itself should reveal. He hastened to the
Jardin des Plantes, and, with his drawing as a guide, succeeded in chiseling away the
surface of the stone under which portions of the fish proved to be hidden. When wholly
exposed it corresponded with his dream and his drawing, and he succeeded in classifying
it with ease.”
An outstanding physician solved the problem of diabetes
Some years ago I received a clipping from a magazine describing the origin of the
discovery of insulin. This is the essence of the article as I recall it.
About forty years ago or more, Dr. Frederick Banting, a brilliant Canadian physician and
surgeon, was concentrating his attention on the ravages of diabetes. At that time medical
science offered no effective method of arresting the disease. Dr. Banting spent
considerable time experimenting and studying the international literature on the subject.
One night he was exhausted and fell asleep. While asleep, his subconscious mind
instructed him to extract the residue from the degenerated pancreatic duct of dogs. This
was the origin of insulin which has helped millions of people. You will note that Dr.
Banting had been consciously dwelling on the problem for some time seeking a solution,
a way out, and his subconscious responded accordingly.
It does not follow that you will always get an answer overnight. The answer may not
come for some time. Do not be discouraged. Keep on turning the problem over every
night to the subconscious mind prior to sleep, as if you had never done it before.
One of the reasons for the delay may be that you look upon it as a major problem. You
may believe it will take a long time to solve it. Your subconscious mind is timeless and
spaceless. Go to sleep believing you have the answer now. Do not postulate the answer in
the future. Have an abiding faith in the outcome. Become convinced now as you read this
book that there is an answer and a perfect solution for you.
How a famous scientist and physicist escaped from a Russian
concentration camp
Dr. Lothar von BlenkSchmidt, a member of the Rocket Society and an outstanding
research electronic engineer, gives the following condensed summary of how he used his
subconscious mind to free himself from certain death at the hands of brutal guards in a
Russian prison camp coal mine. He states as follows: “I was a prisoner of war in a coal
mine in Russia, and I saw men dying all around me in that prison compound. We were
watched over by brutal guards, arrogant officers, and sharp, fastthinking commissars.
After a short medical checkup, a quota of coal was assigned to each person. My quota
was three hundred pounds per day. In case any man did not fill his quota, his
small food ration was cut down, and in a short time he was resting in the cemetery.
“I started concentrating on my escape. I knew that my subconscious mind would
somehow find a way. My home in Germany was destroyed, my family wiped out; all my
friends and former associates were either killed in the war or were in concentration
camps. “I said to my subconscious mind, ‘I want to go to Los Angeles, and you will find
the way.’ I had seen pictures of Los Angeles and I remembered some of the boulevards
very well as well as some of the buildings. “Every day and night I would imagine I was
Page 82
walking down Wilshire Boulevard with an American girl whom I met in Berlin prior to
the war (she is now my wife). In my imagination we would visit the stores, ride buses,
and eat in the restaurants. Every night I made it a special point to drive my imaginary
American automobile up and down the boulevards of Los Angeles. I made all this vivid
and real. These pictures in my mind were as real and as natural to me as one of the trees
outside the prison camp.
“Every morning the chief guard would count the prisoners as they were lined up. He
would call out ‘one, two, three,’ etc., and when seventeen was called out, which was my
number in sequence, I stepped aside. In the meantime, the guard was called away for a
minute or so, and on his return he started by mistake on the next man as number
seventeen. When the crew returned in the evening, the number of men was the same, and
I was not missed, and the discovery would take a long time.
“I walked out of the camp undetected and kept walking for twenty-four hours, resting in a
deserted town the next day. I was able to live by fishing and killing some wild life. I
found coal trains going to Poland and traveled on them by night, until finally I reached
Poland. With the help of friends, I made my way to Lucerne, Switzerland.
“One evening at the Palace Hotel, Lucerne, I had a talk with a man and his wife from the
United States of America. This man asked me if I would care to be a guest at his home in
Santa Monica, California. I accepted, and when I arrived in Los Angeles, I found that
their chauffeur drove me along Wilshire Boulevard and many other boulevards, which I
had imagined, so vividly in the long months in the Russian coalmines. I recognized the
buildings, which I had seen in my mind so often. It actually seemed as if I had been in
Los Angeles before. I had reached my goal.
“I will never cease to marvel at the wonders of the subconscious mind. Truly, it has ways
we know not of.”
How archaeologists and paleontologists reconstruct ancient scenes
These scientists know that their subconscious mind has a memory of everything that has
ever transpired. As they study the ancient ruins and fossils, through their imaginative
perception, their subconscious mind aids them in reconstructing the ancient scenes. The
dead past becomes alive and audible once more. Looking at these ancient temples and
studying the pottery, statuary, tools, and household utensils of these ancient times,
the scientist tells us of an age when there was no language. Communication was done by
grunts, groans, and signs.
The keen concentration and disciplined imagination of the scientist awakens the latent
powers of his subconscious mind enabling him to clothe the ancient temples with roofs,
and surround them with gardens, pools, and fountains. The fossil remains are clothed
with eyes, sinews, and muscles, and they again walk and talk. The past becomes the
living present, and we find that in mind there is no time or space. Through disciplined,
controlled, and directed imagination, you can be a companion of the most scientific and
inspired thinkers of all time.
How to receive guidance from your subconscious
When you have what you term “a difficult decision” to make, or when you fail to see the
solution to your problem, begin at once to think constructively about it. If you are fearful
and worried, you are not really thinking. True thinking is free from fear.
Page 83
Here is a simple technique you can use to receive guidance on any subject: Quiet the
mind and still the body. Tell the body to relax; it has to obey you. It has no volition,
initiative, or self-conscious intelligence. Your body is an emotional disk, which records
your beliefs and impressions.
Mobilize your attention; focus your thought on the solution to your problem. Try to solve
it with your conscious mind. Think how happy you would be about the perfect solution.
Sense the feeling you would have if the perfect answer were yours now. Let your mind
play with this mood in a relaxed way; then drop off to sleep. When you awaken, and you
do not have the answer, get busy about something else. Probably, when you are
preoccupied with something else, the answer will come into your mind like toast pops out
of a toaster. In receiving guidance from the subconscious mind, the simple way is the
best. This is an illustration: I once lost a valuable ring, which was an heirloom. I looked
everywhere for it and could not locate it. At night I talked to the subconscious in the same
manner that I would talk to anyone. I said to it prior to dropping off to sleep, “You know
all things; you know where that ring is, and you now reveal to me where it is.”
In the morning I awoke suddenly with the words ringing in my ear, “Ask Robert!”
I thought it very strange that I should ask Robert, a young boy about nine years of age;
however, I followed the inner voice of intuition. Robert said, “Oh, yes, I picked it up in
the yard while I was playing with the boys. I placed it on the desk in my room. I did not
think it worth anything, so I did not say anything about it.” The subconscious mind will
always answer you if you trust it.
His subconscious revealed the location of his father’s will
A young man who attends my lectures had this experience. His father died and apparently
left no will. However, this man’s sister told him that their father had confided to her that
a will had been executed which was fair to all. Every attempt to locate the will failed.
Prior to sleep he talked to his deeper mind as follows: “I now turn this request over the
subconscious mind. It knows just where that will is, and reveals it to me.” Then he
condensed his request down to one word, “Answer,” repeating it over and over again as a
lullaby. He lulled himself to sleep with the word, “Answer.”
The next morning this young man had an overpowering hunch to go to a certain bank in
Los Angeles where he found a safe deposit vault registered in the name of his father, the
contents of which solved all his problems.
Your thought, as you go to sleep, arouses the powerful latency, which is within you. For
example, let us suppose you are wondering whether to sell your home, buy a certain
stock, sever partnership, move to New York or stay in Los Angeles,
dissolve the present contract or take a new one. Do this: Sit quietly in your armchair or at
the desk in your office. Remember that there is a universal law of action and reaction.
The action is your thought. The reaction is the response from your subconscious mind.
The subconscious mind is reactive and reflexive; this is its nature. It rebounds, rewards,
and repays. It is the law of correspondence. It responds by corresponding. As you
contemplate right action, you will automatically experience a reaction or response in
yourself, which represents the guidance or answer of your subconscious mind.
In seeking guidance, you simply think quietly about right action, which means that you
are using the infinite intelligence resident in the subconscious mind to the point where it
Page 84
begins to use you. From there on, your course of action is directed and controlled by the
subjective wisdom within you, which is all wise and omnipotent. Your decision will be
right. There will only be right action because you are under a subjective compulsion to do
the right thing. I use the word compulsion because the law of the subconscious is
compulsion.
The secret of guidance
The secret of guidance or right action is to mentally devote yourself to the right answer,
until you find its response in you. The response is a feeling, an inner awareness, and an
overpowering hunch whereby you know that you know. You have used the power to the
point where it begins to use you. You cannot possibly fail or make one false step while
operating under the subjective wisdom within you. You will find that all your ways are
pleasantness and all your paths are peace.
Highlights to recall
1. Remember that the subconscious mind has determined the success and wonderful
achievements of all great scientific workers.
2. By giving your conscious attention and devotion to the solution of a perplexing
problem, your subconscious mind gathers all the necessary information and presents it
full-blown to the conscious mind.
3. If you are wondering about the answer to a problem, try to solve it objectively. Get all
the information you can from research and also from others. If no answer comes, turn it
over to your subconscious mind prior to sleep, and the answer always comes. It never
fails.
4. You do not always get the answer overnight. Keep on turning your request over to your
subconscious until the daybreaks and the shadows flee away.
5. You delay the answer by thinking it will take a long time or that it is a major problem.
Your subconscious has no problem it knows only the answer.
6. Believe that you have the answer now. Feel the joy of the answer and the way you
would feel if you had the perfect answer. Your subconscious will respond to your feeling.
7. Any mental picture, backed by faith and perseverance, will come to pass through the
miracle working power of your subconscious. Trust it, believe in its power, and wonders
will happen as you pray.
8. Your subconscious is the storehouse of memory, and within your subconscious are
recorded all your experiences since childhood.
9. Scientists meditating on ancient scrolls, temples, fossils, etc., are able to reconstruct
scenes of the past and make them alive today. Their subconscious mind comes to their
aid.
10. Turn over your request for a solution to your subconscious prior to sleep. Trust it and
believe in it, and the answer will come. It knows all and sees all, but you must not doubt
or question its powers.
11. The action is your thought, and the reaction is the response of your subconscious
mind. If your thoughts are wise, your actions and decisions will be wise.
12. Guidance comes as a feeling, an inner awareness, an overpowering hunch whereby
you know that you know. It is an inner sense of touch. Follow it.
Page 85
Page 86
13 Your Subconscious and the Wonders of Sleep
You spend about eight out of every twenty-four hours, or one third of your entire life, in
sleep. This is an inexorable law of life. This also applies to the animal and vegetable
kingdoms. Sleep is a divine law, and many answers to our problems come to us when we
are sound asleep upon the bed. Many people have advocated the theory that you get tired
during the day, that you go to sleep to rest the body, and that a reparative process takes
place while you sleep. Nothing rests in sleep. Your heart, lungs, and all your vital
organs function while you are asleep. If you eat prior to sleep, the food is digested and
assimilated; also, your skin secretes perspiration, and your nails and hair continue to
grow. Your subconscious mind never rests or sleeps. It is always active, controlling all
your vital forces. The healing process takes place more rapidly while you are asleep as
there is no interference from your conscious mind. Remarkable answers are given to you
while you are asleep.
Why we sleep
Dr. John Bigelow, a famous research authority on sleep, demonstrated that at night while
asleep you receive impressions showing that the nerves of the eyes, ears, nose, and taste
buds are active during sleep, and also that the nerves of your brain are quite active. He
says that the main reason we sleep is because “the nobler part of the soul is united by
abstraction to our higher nature and becomes a participant in the wisdom and
foreknowledge of the gods.”
Dr. Bigelow states also, “The results of my studies have not only strengthened my
convictions that the supposed exemption from customary toils and activities was not the
final purpose of sleep, but have also made clearer to my mind the conviction that no part
of a man’s life deserves to be considered more indispensable to its symmetrical and
perfect spiritual development than the while he is separated from the phenomenal world
in sleep.”
Prayer, a form of sleep
Your conscious mind gets involved with vexations, strife, and contentions of the day, and
it is very necessary to withdraw periodically from sense evidence and the objective
world, and commune silently with the inner wisdom of your subconscious mind. By
claiming guidance, strength, and greater intelligence in all phases of your life, you will be
enabled to overcome all difficulties and solve your daily problems.
This regular withdrawal from sense evidence and the noise and confusion of everyday
living is also a form of sleep, i.e., you become asleep to the world of the senses and alive
to the wisdom and power of your subconscious mind.
Startling effects of sleep deprivation
Lack of sleep can cause you to become irritable, moody, and depressed. Dr. George
Stevenson of the National Association for Mental Health says, “I believe it can safely be
said that all human beings need a minimum of six hours’ sleep to be healthy. Most people
need more. Those who think they can get along on less are fooling themselves.”
Medical research scholars, investigating sleep processes and deprivation of sleep, point
out that severe insomnia has preceded psychotic breakdown in some instances.
Remember, you are spiritually recharged during sleep, and adequate sleep is essential to
produce joy and vitality in life.
Page 87
You need more sleep
Robert O’Brien, in an article, “Maybe You Need More Sleep,” in an issue of The Readers
Digest, reports the following experiment on sleep: “For the last three years experiments
have been in progress at Walter Reed Army Institute of Research in Washington, D.C.
Subjects—more than one hundred military and civilian volunteers—have been kept
awake for as long as four days. Thousands of tests have measured the effects on their
behavior and personality. Results of these tests have given scientists astonishingly new
insights into the mysteries of sleep. “They now know that the tired brain apparently
craves sleep so hungrily that it will sacrifice anything to get it. After only a few hours of
sleep loss, fleeting stolen naps called ‘lapses,’ or micro sleep, occurred at the rate of
three or four an hour. As in real sleep, eyelids drooped, heartbeat slowed. Each lapse
lasted just a fraction of a second. Sometimes the lapses were periods of blankness;
sometimes they were filled with images, wisps of dreams. As hours of sleep loss
mounted, the lapses took place more often and lasted longer, perhaps two or three
seconds. Even if the subjects had been piloting an airliner in a thunderstorm, they still
couldn’t have resisted micro sleeps for those few priceless seconds. And it can happen to
you, as many who have fallen asleep at the wheel of a car can testify. “Another startling
effect of sleep deprivation was its attack on human memory and perception. Many sleep
deprived subjects were unable to retain information long enough to relate it to the task
they were supposed to perform. They were totally befuddled in situations requiring them
to hold several factors in mind and act on them, as a pilot must when he skillfully
integrates wind direction, air speed, altitude, and glide path to make a safe landing.”
Sleep brings counsel
A young lady in Los Angeles who listens to my morning radio talks told me that she had
been offered a lucrative position in New York City at twice her present salary. She was
wondering whether to accept or not and prayed prior to sleep as follows: “The creative
Intelligence of my subconscious mind knows what is best for me. Its tendency is always
life ward, and it reveals to me the right decision, which blesses all concerned. I give
thanks for the answer which I know will come to me.”
She repeated this simple prayer over and over again as a lullaby prior to sleep, and in the
morning she had a persistent feeling that she should not accept the offer. She rejected the
offer and subsequent events verified her inward sense of knowing, because the company
went bankrupt in a few months following their offer of employment to her.
The conscious mind may be correct on the facts objectively known, but the intuitive
faculty of her subconscious mind saw the failure of the concern in question, and
prompted her accordingly.
Saved from certain disaster
I will illustrate how the wisdom of your subconscious mind can instruct you and protect
you relative to your request for right action as you go to sleep. Many years ago, before
the Second World War, I was offered a very lucrative assignment in the Orient, and I
prayed for guidance and the right decision as follows: “Infinite intelligence within me
knows all things, and the right decision is revealed to me in divine order. I will recognize
the answer when it comes.”
Page 88
I repeated this simple prayer over and over again as a lullaby prior to sleep, and in a
dream came the vivid realization of things to come three years hence. An old friend
appeared in the dream and said, “Read these headlines—do not go!” The headlines of the
newspaper, which appeared in the dream, related to war and the attack on Pearl Harbor.
Occasionally, the writer dreams literally. The aforementioned dream was undoubtedly a
dramatization of the subconscious mind which projected a person whom I trusted and
respected. To some a warning may come in the form of a mother who appears in a dream.
She tells the person not to go here or there, and the reason for the warning. Your
subconscious mind is all wise. It knows all things. Oftentimes it will speak to you only in
a voice that your conscious mind will immediately accept as true. Sometimes your
subconscious will warn you in a voice which sounds like that of your mother or some
loved one which may cause you to stop on the street, and you find, if you had gone
another foot, a falling object from a window might have struck you on the head.
My subconscious mind is one with the universal subconscious, and it knew the Japanese
were planning a war, and it also knew when the war would start.
Dr. Rhine, director of the Department of Psychology at Duke University, has gathered
together a vast amount of evidence showing that a great number of people all over the
world see events before they happen, and in many instances are, therefore, able to avoid
the tragic event which was foreseen vividly in a dream.
The dream which I had showed clearly the headlines in The New York Times about three
years prior to the tragedy of Pearl Harbor. In consequence of this dream, I immediately
cancelled the trip as I felt a subconscious compulsion to do so. Three years later the
Second World War proved the truth of the inner voice of intuition.
Your future is in your subconscious mind
Remember that the future, the result of your habitual thinking, is already in your mind
except when you change it through prayer. The future of a country, likewise, is in the
collective subconscious of the people of that nation. There is nothing strange in the dream
I had wherein I saw the headlines of the New York newspapers long before the war
began. The war had already taken place in mind, and all the plans of attack were already
engraved on that great recording instrument, the subconscious mind or collective
unconscious of the universal mind. Tomorrow’s events are in your subconscious mind, so
are next week’s and next month’s, and they may be seen by a highly psychic or
clairvoyant person.
No disaster or tragedy can happen to you if you decide to pray. Nothing is predetermined
or foreordained. Your mental attitude, i.e., the way you think, feel, and believe
determines your destiny. You can, through scientific prayer, which is explained in a
previous chapter, mold, fashion, and create your own future. Whatsoever a man soweth,
that shall he also reap.
A cat nap nets him $15,000
One of my students mailed me a newspaper clipping three or four years ago about a man
called Ray Hammerstrom, a roller at the steel works in Pittsburgh operated by Jones and
Laughlin Steel Corporation. He received $15,000 for his dream.
Page 89
According to the article, the engineers could not fix a faulty switch in a newly installed
bar mill which controlled the delivery of straight bars to the cooling beds. The engineers
worked on the switch about eleven or twelve times to no avail.
Hammerstrom thought a lot about the problem and tried to figure out a new design, which
might work. Nothing worked. One afternoon he lay down for a nap, and prior to sleep he
began to think about the answer to the switch problem. He had a dream in which a perfect
design for the switch was portrayed. When he awoke, he sketched his new design
according to the outline of his dream.
This visionary catnap won Hammerstrom a check for $15,000; the largest award the firm
ever gave an employee for a new idea.
How a famous professor solved his problem in sleep
Dr. H. V. Helprecht, Professor of Assyrian at the University of Pennsylvania, wrote as
follows: “One Saturday evening . . . I had been wearying myself, in the vain attempt to
decipher two small fragments of agate which were supposed to belong to the finger rings
of some Babylonians.
“About midnight, weary and exhausted, I went to bed and dreamed the following
remarkable dream: A tall, thin priest of Nippur, about forty years of age, led me to the
treasure chamber of the temple . . . a small, low ceilinged room without windows, while
scraps of agate and lapislazuli lay scattered on the floor. Here he addressed me as
follows: ‘The two fragments which you have published separately on pages 22 and 26
belong together, are not finger rings . . .. The first two rings served as earrings for the
statue of the god; the two fragments (you have) . . . are the portions of them. If you will
put them together you will have confirmation of my words.’ . . . I awoke at once . . . I
examined the fragments . . . and to my astonishment found the dream verified. The
problem was then at last solved.”
This demonstrates clearly the creative manifestation of his subconscious mind, which
knew the answer to all his problems.
How the subconscious worked for a famous writer while he slept
Robert Louis Stevenson in one of his books, Across the Plains, devotes a whole chapter
to dreams. He was a vivid dreamer and had the persistent habit of giving specific
instructions to his subconscious every night prior to sleep. He would request his
subconscious to evolve stories for him while he slept. For example, if Stevenson’s funds
were at low ebb, his command to his subconscious would be something like this: “Give
me a good thrilling novel which will be marketable and profitable.” His subconscious
responded magnificently.
Stevenson says, “These little brownies [the intelligences and powers of his subconscious]
can tell me a story piece by piece, like a serial, and keep me, its supposed creator, all the
while in total ignorance of where they aim.” And he added: “That part of my work which
is done when I am up and about [while he is consciously aware and awake] is by no
means necessarily mine, since all goes to show that the brownies have a hand in it even
then.”
Page 90
Sleep in peace and wake in joy
To those who suffer from insomnia, you will find the following prayer very effective.
Repeat it slowly, quietly, and lovingly prior to sleep: “My toes are relaxed, my ankles are
relaxed, my abdominal muscles are relaxed, my heart and lungs are relaxed, my hands
and arms are relaxed, my neck is relaxed, my brain is relaxed, my face is relaxed, my
eyes are relaxed, my whole mind and body are relaxed. I fully and freely forgive
everyone, and I sincerely wish for them harmony, health, peace, and all the blessings of
me. I am at peace; I am poised, serene, and calm. I rest in security and in peace. A great
stillness steals over me, and a great calm quiets my whole being as I realize the Divine
Presence within me. I know that the realization of life and love heals me. I wrap myself
in the mantle of love and fall asleep filled with good will for all. Throughout the night
peace remains with me, and in the morning I shall be filled with life and love. A circle of
love is drawn around me. I will hear no evil, for Thou art with me. I sleep in peace, I
wake in joy, and in Him I live, move, and have my being ́
Summary of your aids to the wonders of sleep
1. If you are worried that you will not wake up on time, suggest to your subconscious
mind prior to sleep the exact time you wish to arise, and it will awaken you. It needs no
clock. Do the same thing with all problems. There is nothing too hard for your
subconscious.
2. Your subconscious never sleeps. It is always on the job. It controls all your vital
functions. Forgive yourself and everyone else before you go to sleep, and healing will
take place much more rapidly.
3. Guidance is given you while you are asleep, sometimes in a dream. The healing
currents are also released, and in the morning you feel refreshed and rejuvenated.
4. When troubled by the vexations and strife of the day, still the wheels of your mind and
think about the wisdom and intelligence lodged in your subconscious mind, which is
ready to respond to you. This will give you peace, strength, and confidence.
5. Sleep is essential for peace of mind and health of body. Lack of sleep can cause
irritation, depression, and mental disorders. You need eight hours’ sleep.
6. Medical research scholars point out that insomnia precedes psychotic breakdowns.
7. You are spiritually recharged during sleep. Adequate sleep is essential for joy and
vitality in life.
8. Your tired brain craves sleep so hungrily that it will sacrifice anything to get it. Many
who have fallen asleep at the wheel of an automobile can testify to this.
9. Many sleep deprived people have poor memories and lack proper coordination. They
become befuddled, confused, and disorientated.
10. Sleep brings counsel. Prior to sleep, claim that the infinite intelligence of your
subconscious mind is guiding and directing you. Then, watch for the lead, which comes,
perhaps on awakening.
11. Trust your subconscious completely. Know that its tendency is always life ward.
Occasionally, your subconscious answers you in a very vivid dream and a vision in the
night. You can be forewarned in a dream in the same way as the author of this book was
warned.
12. Your future is in your mind now, based on your habitual thinking and beliefs. Claim
infinite intelligence leads and guides you and that all good is yours, and your future will
Page 91
be wonderful. Believe it and accept it. Expect the best, and invariably the best will come
to you.
13. If you are writing a novel, play, or book, or are working on an invention, speak to
your subconscious mind at night and claim boldly that its wisdom, intelligence, and
power are guiding, directing, and revealing to you the ideal play, novel, book, or
revealing the perfect solution whatever it may be. Wonders will happen as you pray this
way.
Page 92
14 Your Subconscious Mind and Marital Problems
Ignorance of the functions and powers of the mind is the cause of all marital trouble.
Each using the law of mind correctly can solve friction between husband and wife. By
praying together they stay together. The contemplation of divine ideals, the study of the
laws of life, the mutual agreement on a common purpose and plan, and the enjoyment of
personal freedom bring about that harmonious marriage, that wedded bliss, that sense
of oneness where the two become one.
The best time to prevent divorce is before marriage. It is not wrong to try to get out of a
very bad situation. But, why get into the bad situation in the first place? Would it not be
better to give attention to the real cause of marital problems, in other words, to really get
at the root of the matter involved?
As with all other problems of men and women, the problems of divorce, separation,
annulment, and endless litigation are directly traceable to lack of knowledge of the
working and interrelationship of the conscious and subconscious mind.
The meaning of marriage
Marriage to be real must first be on a spiritual basis. It must be of the heart, and the heart
is the chalice of love. Honesty, sincerity, kindness, and integrity are also forms of love.
Each partner should be perfectly honest and sincere with the other. It is not a true
marriage when a man marries a woman for her money, social position, or to lift his ego,
because this indicates a lack of sincerity, honesty, and true love. Such a marriage is a
farce, a sham, and a masquerade.
When a woman says, “I am tired working; I want to get married because I want security,”
her premise is false. She is not using the laws of mind correctly. Her security depends
upon her knowledge of the interaction of the conscious and subconscious mind and its
application. For example, a woman will never lack for wealth or health if she applies the
techniques outlined in the respective chapters of this book. Her wealth can come to her
independent of her husband, father, or anyone else. A woman is not dependent on her
husband for health, peace, joy, inspiration, guidance, love, wealth, security, happiness, or
anything in the world. Her security and peace of mind come from her knowledge of the
inner powers within her and from the constant use of the laws of her own mind in a
constructive fashion.
How to attract the ideal husband
You are now acquainted with the way your subconscious mind works. You know that
whatever you impress upon it will be experienced in your world. Begin now to impress
your subconscious mind with the qualities and characteristics you desire in a man.
The following is an excellent technique: Sit down at night in your armchair, close your
eyes, let go, relax the body, become very quiet, passive, and receptive. Talk to your
subconscious mind and say to it, “I am now attracting a man into my experience who is
honest, sincere, loyal, faithful, peaceful, happy, and prosperous. These qualities, which I
admire, are sinking down into my subconscious mind now. As I dwell upon these
characteristics, they become a part of me and are embodied subconsciously. “I know
there is an irresistible law of attraction and that I attract to me a man according to my
subconscious belief. I attract that which I feel to be true in my subconscious mind.
Page 93
“I know I can contribute to his peace and happiness. He loves my ideals, and I love his
ideals. He does not want to make me over; neither do I want to make him over. There is
mutual love, freedom, and respect.”
Practice this process o f impregnating your subconscious mind. Then, you will have the
joy of attracting to you a man possessing the qualities and characteristics you mentally
dwelt upon. Your subconscious intelligence will open up a pathway, whereby both of you
will meet, according to the irresistible and changeless flow of your own subconscious
mind. Have a keen desire to give the best that is in you of love, devotion, and
cooperation. Be receptive to this gift of love, which you have given to your subconscious
mind.
How to attract the ideal wife
Affirm as follows: “I now attract the right woman who is in complete accord with me.
This is a spiritual union because it is divine love functioning through the personality of
someone with whom I blend perfectly. I know I can give to this woman love, light, peace,
and joy. I feel and believe I can make this woman’s life full, complete, and wonderful.
“I now decree that she possesses the following qualities and attributes: She is spiritual,
loyal, faithful, and true. She is harmonious, peaceful, and happy. We are irresistibly
attracted to each other. Only that which belongs to love, truth, and beauty can enter my
experience. I accept my ideal companion now.”
As you think quietly and with interest on the qualities and attributes, which you admire in
the companion you seek, you will build the mental equivalent into your mentality. Then,
the deeper currents of your subconscious mind will bring both of you together in divine
order.
No need for third mistake
Recently a teacher said to me, “I have had three husbands and all three have been passive,
submissive, and dependent on me to make all decisions and govern everything. Why do I
attract such type men?” I asked her whether she had known that her second husband was
the effeminate type, and she replied, “Of course not.
Had I known, I would not have married him.” Apparently she had not learned anything
from the first mistake. The trouble was with her personality makeup. She was very
masculine, domineering, and unconsciously wanted someone who would be submissive
and passive so that she could play the dominant role. All this was unconscious
motivation, and her subconscious picture attracted to her what she subjectively wanted.
She had to learn to break the pattern by adopting the right prayer process.
How she broke the negative pattern
The abovementioned woman learned a simple truth. When you believe you can have the
type of man you idealize, it is done unto you, as you believe. The following is the specific
prayer she used to break the old subconscious pattern and attract to her the ideal mate: “I
am building into my mentality the type of man I deeply desire. The man I attract for a
husband is strong, powerful, loving, very masculine, successful, honest, loyal, and
faithful. He finds love and happiness with me. I love to follow where he leads.
“I know he wants me, and I want him. I am honest, sincere, loving, and kind. I have
wonderful gifts to offer him. They are good will, a joyous heart, and a healthy body. He
offers me the same. It is mutual. I give and I receive.
Page 94
Divine intelligence knows where this man is, and the deeper wisdom of my subconscious
mind is now bringing both of us together in its own way, and we recognize each other
immediately. I release this request to my subconscious mind, which knows how to bring
my request to pass. I give thanks for the perfect answer.”
She prayed in the above manner night and morning, affirming these truths and knowing
that through frequent occupation of the mind she would reach the mental equivalent of
that which she sought.
The answer to her prayer
Several months went by. She had a great number of dates and social engagements, none
of which was agreeable to her. When she was about to question, waiver, doubt, and
vacillate, she reminded herself that the infinite intelligence was bringing it to pass in
its own way and that there was nothing to be concerned about. Her final decree in her
divorce proceedings was granted which brought her a great sense of release and mental
freedom.
Shortly afterward she went to work as a receptionist in a doctor’s office. She told me that
the minute she saw the physician she knew he was the man she was praying about.
Apparently he knew it, too, because he proposed to her the first week she was in the
office, and their subsequent marriage was ideally happy. This physician was not the
passive or submissive type, but was a real man, a former football player, an outstanding
athlete, and was a deeply spiritual man though he was completely devoid of any sectarian
or denominational affiliation.
She got what she prayed for because she claimed it mentally until she reached the point
of saturation. In other words, she mentally and emotionally united with her idea, and it
became a part of her in the same way that an apple becomes a part of her blood stream.
Should I get a divorce?
Divorce is an individual problem. It cannot be generalized. In some cases, of course,
there never should have been a marriage. In some cases, divorce is not the solution, no
more so than marriage is the solution for a lonely man. Divorce may be right for one
person and wrong for another. A divorced woman may be far more sincere and noble
than many of her married sisters who perhaps are living a lie.
For example, I once talked with a woman whose husband was a dope fiend, an ex-
convict, a wife beater, and a non-provider. She had been told it was wrong to get a
divorce. I explained to her that marriage is of the heart. If two hearts blend harmoniously,
lovingly, and sincerely, that is the ideal marriage. The pure action of the heart is love.
Following this explanation she knew what to do. She knew in her heart that there is no
divine law which compelled her to be browbeaten, intimidated, and beaten because
someone said, “I pronounce you man and wife.”
If you are in doubt as to what to do, ask for guidance, knowing that there is always an
answer, and you will receive it. Follow the lead that comes to you in the silence of your
soul. It speaks to you in peace.
Drifting into divorce
Recently a young couple, married for only a few months, was seeking a divorce. I
discovered that the young man had a constant fear that his wife would leave him. He
expected rejection, and he believed that she would be unfaithful. These thoughts haunted
Page 95
his mind, and became an obsession with him. His mental attitude was one of separation
and suspicion. She felt unresponsive to him; it was his own feeling or atmosphere of loss
and separation operating through them. This brought about a condition or action in
accordance with the mental pattern behind it. There is a law of action and reaction, or
cause and effect. The thought is the action, and the response of the subconscious mind is
the reaction. His wife left home and asked for a divorce, which is what he feared and
believed she would do.
Divorce begins in the mind
Divorce takes place first in the mind; the legal proceedings follow after. These two young
people were full of resentment, fear, suspicion, and anger. These attitudes weaken,
exhaust, and debilitate the whole being. They learned that hate divides and that love
unites. They began to realize what they had been doing with their minds. Neither one of
them knew the law of mental action, nor they were misusing their minds and bringing on
chaos and misery. These two people went back together at my suggestion and
experimented with prayer therapy.
They began to radiate love, peace, and good will to each other. Each one practiced
radiating harmony, health, peace, and love to the other, and they alternated in the reading
of the Psalms every night. Their marriage is growing more beautiful every day.
The nagging wife
Many times the reason the wife nags is because she gets no attention. Oftentimes, it is a
craving for love and affection. Give your wife attention, and show your appreciation.
Praise and exalt all her many good points. There is also the nagging type of woman who
wants to make the man conform to her particular pattern. This is about the quickest way
in the world to get rid of a man.
The wife and the husband must cease being scavengers— always looking at the petty
faults or errors in each other. Let each give attention and praise for the constructive and
wonderful qualities in the other.
The brooding husband
If a man begins to brood, grows morbid against his wife because of the things she said or
did, he is, psychologically speaking, committing adultery. One of the meanings of
adultery is idolatry, i.e., giving attention to or uniting mentally with that which is
negative and destructive. When a man is silently resenting his wife and is full of hostility
toward her, he is unfaithful. He is not faithful to his marriage vows, which are to love,
cherish, and honor her all the days of his life.
The man who is brooding, bitter, and resentful can swallow his sharp remarks, abate his
anger, and he can go to great lengths to be considerate, kind, and courteous. He can deftly
skirt the differences. Through praise and mental effort, he can get out of the habit of
antagonism. Then, he will be able to get along better, not only with his wife, but with
business associates also. Assume the harmonious state, and eventually you will find
peace and harmony.
Page 96
The great mistake
A great mistake is to discuss your marital problems or difficulties with neighbors and
relatives. Suppose, for example, a wife says to the neighbor, “John never gives me any
money. He treats my mother abominably, drinks to excess, and is constantly abusive and
insulting.” Now, this wife is degrading and belittling her husband in the eyes of all the
neighbors and relatives. He no longer appears as the ideal husband to them. Never discuss
your marital problems with anyone except a trained counselor. Why cause numerous
people to think negatively of your marriage? Moreover, as you discuss and dwell upon
these shortcomings of your husband, you are actually creating these states within
yourself. Who is thinking and feeling it? You are! As you think and feel, so are you.
Relatives will usually give you the wrong advice. It is usually biased and prejudiced
because it is not given in an impersonal way. Any advice you receive which violates the
golden rule, which is a cosmic law, is not good or sound.
It is well to remember that no two human beings ever lived beneath the same roof without
clashes of temperament, periods of hurts and strain. Never display the unhappy side of
your marriage to your friends. Keep your quarrels to yourself. Refrain from criticism and
condemnation of your partner.
Don’t try to make your wife over
A husband must not try to make his wife over into a second edition of himself. The
tactless attempt to change her in many ways is foreign to her nature. These attempts are
always foolish, and many times result in dissolution of the marriage. These attempts to
alter her destroy her pride and self-esteem, and arouse a spirit of contrariness and
resentment that proves fatal to the marriage bond.
Adjustments are needed, of course, but if you have a good look inside your own mind,
and study your character and behavior, you will find so many shortcomings, they will
keep you busy the rest of your Me. If you say, “I will make him over into what I want,”
you are looking for trouble and the divorce court. You are asking for misery. You will
have to learn the hard way that there is no one to change but yourself.
Pray together and stay together through steps in prayer
The first step: Never carry over from one day to another accumulated irritations arising
from little disappointments. Be sure to forgive each other for any sharpness before you
retire at night. The moment you awaken in the morning, claim infinite intelligence is
guiding you in all your ways. Send out loving thoughts of peace, harmony, and love to
your marriage partner, to all members of the family, and to the whole world.
The second step: Say grace at breakfast. Give thanks for the wonderful food, for your
abundance, and for all your blessings. Make sure that no problems, worries, or arguments
shall enter into the table conversation; the same applies at dinnertime. Say to your wife or
husband, “I appreciate all you are doing, and I radiate love and good will to you all day
long.”
The third step: The husband and wife should alternate in praying each night. Do not take
your marriage partner for granted. Show your appreciation and love. Think appreciation
and good will, rather than condemnation, criticism, and nagging. The way to build a
peaceful home and a happy marriage is to use a foundation of love, beauty, harmony,
mutual respect, faith in God, and all things good. Read the 23rd, 27th, and 91st Psalms,
the 11th chapter of Hebrews, the 13th chapter of I Corinthians, and other great texts of
Page 97
the Bible before going to sleep. As you practice these truths, your marriage will grow
more and more blessed through the years.
Review your actions
1. Ignorance of mental and spiritual laws is the cause of all marital unhappiness. By
praying scientifically together, you stay together.
2. The best time to prevent divorce is before marriage. If you learn how to pray in the
right way, you will attract the right mate for you.
3. Marriage is the union of a man and woman who are bound together by love. Their
hearts beat as one, and they move onward, upward, and Godward.
4. Marriage does not bequeath happiness. People find happiness by dwelling on the
eternal truths of God and the spiritual values of life. Then, the man and woman can
contribute to each other’s happiness and joy.
5. You attract the right mate by dwelling on the qualities and characteristics you admire
in a woman or a man, and then your subconscious mind will bring you together in divine
order.
6. You must build into your mentality the mental equivalent of what you want in a
marriage partner. If you want to attract an honest, sincere, and loving partner in life, you
must be honest, sincere, and loving yourself.
7. You do not have to repeat mistakes in marriage. When you really believe you can have
the type man or woman you idealize, it is done unto you, as you believe. To believe is to
accept something as true. Accept your ideal companion now mentally.
8. Do not wonder how, why, or where you will meet the mate you are praying for. Trust
implicitly the wisdom of your subconscious mind. It has the “knowhow,” and you don’t
have to assist it.
9. You are mentally divorced when you indulge in peeves, grudges, ill will, and hostility
toward your marriage partner. You are mentally dwelling with error in the bed of your
mind. Adhere to your marriage vows, “I promise to cherish, love, and honor him (or her)
all the days of my life.”
10. Cease projecting fear patterns to your marriage partner. Project love, peace, harmony,
and good will, and your marriage will grow more beautiful and more wonderful through
the years.
11. Radiate love, peace, and good will to each other. These vibrations are picked up by
the subconscious mind resulting in mutual trust, affection, and respect.
12. A nagging wife is usually seeking attention and appreciation. She is craving for love
and affection. Praise and exalt her many good points. Show her that you love her and
appreciate her.
13. A man who loves his wife does not do anything unloving or unkind in word, manner,
or action. Love is what love does.
14. In marital problems, always seek expert advice. You would not go to a carpenter to
pull a tooth; neither should you discuss your marriage problems with relatives or friends.
You should go to a trained person for counsel.
15. Never try to make your wife or husband over. These attempts are always foolish and
tend to destroy the pride and self esteem of the other. Moreover, it arouses a spirit of
Page 98
resentment that proves fatal to the marriage bond. Cease trying to make the other a
second edition of yourself.
16. Pray together and you will stay together. Scientific prayer solves all problems.
Mentally picture your wife as she ought to be, joyous, happy, healthy, and beautiful. See
your husband, as he ought to be, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious, and kind.
Maintain this mental picture, and you will experience the marriage made in heaven,
which is harmony and peace.
Page 99
15 Your Subconscious Mind and Your Happiness
William James, father of American psychology, said that the greatest discovery of the
nineteenth century was not in the realm of physical science. The greatest discovery was
the power of the subconscious touched by faith.
In every human being is that limitless reservoir of power, which can overcome any
problem in the world. True and lasting happiness will come into your life the day you get
the clear realization that you can overcome any weakness—the day you realize that your
subconscious can solve your problems, heal your body, and prosper you beyond your
fondest dream.
You might have felt very happy when your child was born, when you got married, when
you graduated from college, or when you won a great victory or a prize. You might have
been very happy when you became engaged to the loveliest girl or the most handsome
man. You could go on and list innumerable experiences, which have made you happy.
However, no matter how marvelous these experiences are, they do not give real lasting
happiness—they are transitory.
The Book of Proverbs gives the answer: Whosoever trusteth in the Lord, happy is he.
When you trust in the Lord (the power and wisdom of your subconscious mind) to lead,
guide, govern, and direct all your ways, you will become poised, serene, and relaxed. As
you radiate love, peace, and good will to all, you are really building a superstructure of
happiness for all the days of your life.
You must choose happiness
Happiness is a state of mind. There is a phrase in the Bible which says, Choose ye this
day whom ye will serve. You have the freedom to choose happiness. This may seem
extraordinarily simple, and it is. Perhaps this is why people stumble over the way to
happiness; they do not see the simplicity of the key to happiness. The great things of life
are simple, dynamic, and creative. They produce wellbeing and happiness.
St. Paul reveals to you how you can think your way into a life of dynamic power and
happiness in these words: Finally, brethren, whatsoever things are true, whatsoever
things are honest, whatsoever things are just, whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever
things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if
there be any praise, think on these things. PHIL. 4:8.
How to choose happiness
Begin now to choose happiness. This is how you do it: When you open your eyes in the
morning, say to yourself, “Divine order takes charge of my life today and every day. All
things work together for good for me today. This is a new and wonderful day for me.
There will never be another day like this one. I am divinely guided all day long, and
whatever I do will prosper. Divine love surrounds me, enfolds me, and enwraps me, and I
go forth in peace. Whenever my attention wanders away from that which is good and
constructive, I will immediately bring it back to the contemplation of that which is lovely
and of good report. I am a spiritual and mental magnet attracting to myself all things,
which bless and prosper me. I am going to be a wonderful success in all my undertakings
today. I am definitely going to be happy all day long.” Start each day in this manner; then
you will be choosing happiness, and you will be a radiant joyous person.
Page 100
He made it a habit to be happy
A number of years ago, I stayed for about a week in a farmer's house in Connemarra on
the west coast of Ireland. He seemed to be always singing and whistling and was full of
humor. I asked him the secret of his happiness, and his reply was: “It is a habit of mine to
be happy. Every morning when I awaken and every night before I go to sleep, I bless my
family, the crops, the cattle, and I thank God for the wonderful harvest.”
This farmer had made a practice of this for over forty years. As you know, thoughts
repeated regularly and systematically sink into the subconscious mind and become
habitual. He discovered that happiness is a habit.
You must desire to be happy
There is one very important point about being happy. You must sincerely desire to be
happy. There are people who have been depressed, dejected, and unhappy so long that
was they suddenly made happy by some wonderful, good, joyous news, they would
actually be like the woman who said to me, “It is wrong to be so happy!” They have been
so accustomed to the old mental patterns that they do not feel at home being happy! They
long for the former, depressed, unhappy state.
I knew a woman in England who had rheumatism for many years. She would pat herself
on the knee and say, “My rheumatism is bad today. I cannot go out. My rheumatism
keeps me miserable.” This dear elderly lady got a lot of attention from her son, daughter,
and the neighbors. She really wanted her rheumatism. She enjoyed her “misery” as she
called it. This woman did not really want to be happy. I suggested a curative procedure to
her. I wrote down some biblical verses and told her that if she gave attention to these
truths, her mental attitude would undoubtedly change and would result in her faith and
confidence in being restored to health. She was not interested. There seems to be a
peculiar, mental, morbid streak in many people, whereby they seem to enjoy being
miserable and sad.
Why choose unhappiness?
Many people choose unhappiness by entertaining these ideas: “Today is a black day;
everything is going to go wrong.” 3I am not going to succeed.” “Everyone is against me.”
“Business is bad, and it is going to get worse.” “I'm always late.” “I never get the
breaks.” “He can, but I can't.” If you have this attitude of mind the first thing in the
morning, you will attract all these experiences to you, and you will be very unhappy.
Begin to realize that the world you live in is determined largely by what goes on in your
mind. Marcus Aurelius, the great Roman philosopher and sage, said, “A man's life is
what his thoughts make of it.” Emerson, America's foremost philosopher, said, “A man is
what he thinks all day long.” The thoughts you habitually entertain in your mind have the
tendency to actualize themselves in physical conditions.
Make certain you do not indulge in negative thoughts, defeatist thoughts, or unkind,
depressing thoughts. Recall frequently to your mind that you can experience nothing
outside your own mentality.
If I had a million dollars, I would be happy
I have visited many men in mental institutions who were millionaires, but they insisted
they were penniless and destitute. They were incarcerated because of psychotic, paranoid,
and manic-depressive tendencies. Wealth in and of itself will not make you happy. On the
Page 101
other hand, it is not a deterrent to happiness. Today, there are many people trying to buy
happiness through the purchase of radios, television sets, automobiles, a home in the
country, a private yacht, and a swimming pool, but happiness cannot be purchased or
procured in that way.
The kingdom of happiness is in your thought and feeling. Too many people have the idea
that it takes something artificial to produce happiness. Some say, “If I were elected
mayor, made president of the organization, promoted to general manager of the
corporation, I would be happy.” The truth is that happiness is a mental and spiritual state.
None of these positions mentioned will necessarily bequeath happiness. Your strength,
joy, and happiness consist in finding out the law of divine order and right action lodged
in your subconscious mind and by applying these principles in all phases of your
life.
He found happiness to be the harvest of a quiet mind
Lecturing in San Francisco some years ago, I interviewed a man who was very unhappy
and dejected over the way his business was going. He was the general manager. His heart
was filled with resentment toward the vice president and the president of the
organization. He claimed that they opposed him. Because of this internal strife, business
was declining; he was receiving no dividends or stock bonuses.
This is how he solved his business problem: The first thing in the morning he affirmed
quietly as follows, “All those working in our corporation are honest, sincere, cooperative,
faithful, and full of good will to all. They are mental and spiritual links in the chain of
this corporation's growth, welfare, and prosperity. I radiate love, peace, and good will in
my thoughts, words, and deeds to my two associates and to all those in the company. The
president and the vice president of our company are divinely guided in all their
undertakings. The infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind makes all decisions
through me. There is only right action in all our business transactions and in our
relationship with each other. I send the messengers of peace, love, and good will before
me to the office. Peace and harmony reign supreme in the minds and hearts of all those in
the company including myself. I now go forth into a new day, full of faith, confidence,
and trust.”
This business executive repeated the above meditation slowly three times in the morning,
feeling the truth of what he affirmed. When fearful or angry thoughts came into his mind
during the day, he would say to himself, “Peace, harmony, and poise govern my mind at
all times.” As he continued disciplining his mind in this manner, all the harmful thoughts
ceased to come, and peace came into his mind. He reaped the harvest.
Subsequently, he wrote me to the effect that at the end of about two weeks of reordering
his mind, the president and the vice president called him into the office, praised his
operations and his new constructive ideas, and remarked how fortunate they were in
having him as general manager. He was very happy in discovering that man finds
happiness within himself.
The block or stump is not really there
I read a newspaper article some years ago, which told about a horse that had shied when
he came to a stump on the road. Subsequently, every time the horse came to that same
stump, he shied. The farmer dug the stump out, burned it, and leveled the old road. Yet,
Page 102
for twenty-five years, every time the horse passed the place where the former stump was,
he shied. The horse was shying at the memory of a stump.
There is no block to your happiness save in your own thought life and mental imagery. Is
fear or worry holding you back? Fear is a thought in your mind. You can dig it up this
very moment by supplanting it with faith in success, achievement, and victory over all
problems.
I knew a man who failed in business. He said to me, “I made mistakes. I've learned a lot.
I am going back into business, and I will be a tremendous success.” He faced up to that
stump in his mind. He did not whine or complain, but he tore up the stump of failure, and
through believing in his inner powers to back him up, he banished all fear thoughts and
old depressions. Believe in yourself, and you will succeed and be happy.
The happiest people
The happiest man is he who constantly brings forth and practices what is best in him.
Happiness and virtue complement each other. The best are not only the happiest, but the
happiest are usually the best in the art of living life successfully. God is the highest and
best in you. Express more of God's love, light, truth, and beauty, and you will become
one of the happiest persons in the world today.
Epictetus, the Greek stoic philosopher, said, “There is but one way to tranquility of mind
and happiness; let this, therefore, be always ready at hand with thee, both when thou
wakest early in the morning, and all the day long, and when thou goest late to sleep, to
account no external things thine own, but commit all these to God.”
Summary of steps to happiness
1. William James said that the greatest discovery of the 19th century was the power of the
subconscious mind touched by faith.
2. There is tremendous power within you. Happiness will come to you when you acquire
a sublime confidence in this power. Then, you will make your dreams come true.
3. You can rise victorious over any defeat and realize the cherished desires of your heart
through the marvelous power of your subconscious mind. This is the meaning of
whosoever trusteth in the Lord [spiritual laws of the subconscious mind], happy is he.
4. You must choose happiness. Happiness is a habit. It is a good habit to ponder often on
Whatsoever things are true, whatsoever things are honest, whatsoever things are just,
whatsoever things are pure, whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good
report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things. Phil. 4:8.
5. When you open your eyes in the morning, say to yourself, I choose happiness today. I
choose success today. I choose right action today. I choose love and good will for all
today. I choose peace today. Pour life, love, and interest into this affirmation, and you
have chosen happiness.
6. Give thanks for all your blessings several times a day. Furthermore, pray for the peace,
happiness, and prosperity of all members of your family, your associates, and all people
everywhere.
7. You must sincerely desire to be happy. Nothing is accomplished without desire. Desire
is a wish with wings of imagination and faith. Imagine the fulfillment of your desire, and
feel its reality, and it will come to pass. Happiness comes in answered prayer.
Page 103
8. By constantly dwelling on thoughts of fear, worry, anger, hate, and failure, you will
become very depressed and unhappy. Remember, your life is what your thoughts make of
it.
9. You cannot buy happiness with all the money in the world. Some millionaires are very
happy, some are very unhappy. Many people with very little worldly goods are very
happy, and some are very unhappy. Some married people are happy, and some very
unhappy. Some single people are happy, and some are very unhappy. The kingdom of
happiness is in your thought and feeling.
10. Happiness is the harvest of a quiet mind. Anchor your thoughts on peace, poise,
security, and divine guidance, and your mind will be productive of happiness.
11. There is no block to your happiness. External things are not causative; these are
effects, not cause. Take your cue from the only creative principle within you. Your
thought is cause, and a new cause produces a new effect. Choose happiness.
12. The happiest man is he who brings forth the highest and the best in him. God is the
highest and the best in him, for the kingdom of God is within.
Page 104
16 Your Subconscious Mind and Harmonious Human Relations
In studying this book, you learn that your subconscious mind is a recording machine,
which faithfully reproduces whatever you impress upon it. This is one of the reasons for
the application of the Golden Rule in human relations. MATT. 7:12 says, All things
whatsoever ye would that men should do unto you, do ye even so to them. This quotation
has outer and inner meanings. You are interested in its inner meaning from the standpoint
of your subconscious mind, which is: As you would that men should think about you,
think you about them in like manner. As you would that men should feel about you, feel
you also about them in like manner. As you would want men to act toward you, act you
toward them in like manner.
For example, you may be polite and courteous to someone in your office, but when his
back is turned, you are very critical and resentful toward him in your mind. Such negative
thoughts are highly destructive to you. It is like taking poison. You are actually taking
mental poisons, which rob you of vitality, enthusiasm, strength, guidance, and good will.
These negative thoughts and emotions sink down into your subconscious, and cause all
kinds of difficulties and maladies in your life.
The master key to happy relationships with others
Judge not, that ye be not judged. For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged:
and with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again. MATTHEW 7:12.
A study of these verses and the application of the inner truths therein contained represent
the real key to harmonious relations. To judge is to think, to arrive at a mental verdict or
conclusion in your mind. The thought you have about the other person is your thought,
because you are thinking it.
Your thoughts are creative, therefore, you actually create in your own experience what
you think and feel about the other person. It is also true that the suggestion you give to
another, you give to yourself because your mind is the creative medium.
This is why it is said, For with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged. When you
know this law and the way your subconscious mind works, you are careful to think, feel,
and act rights toward the other. These verses teach you about the emancipation of man
and reveal to you the solution to your individual problems.
And with what measure ye mete, it shall be measured to you again
The good you do for others comes back to you in like measure; and the evil you do
returns to you by the law of your own mind. If a man cheats and deceives another, he is
actually cheating and deceiving himself. His sense of guilt and mood of loss inevitably
will attract loss to him in some way, at some time. His subconscious records his mental
act and reacts according to the mental intention or motivation.
Your subconscious mind is impersonal and unchanging, neither considering persons nor
respecting religious affiliations or institutions of any kind. It is neither compassionate nor
vindictive. The way you think, feel, and act toward others returns at last upon yourself.
The daily headlines made him sick
Begin now to observe yourself. Observe your reactions to people, conditions, and
circumstances. How do you respond to the events and news of the day? It makes no
difference if all the other people were wrong and you alone were right. If the news
Page 105
disturbs you, it is your evil because your negative emotions robbed you of peace and
harmony.
A woman wrote me about her husband, saying that he goes into a rage when he reads
what certain newspaper columnists write in the newspaper. She added that this constant
reaction of anger and suppressed rage on his part brought on bleeding ulcers, and his
physician recommended an emotional reconditioning.
I invited this man to see me and I explained to him the way his mind functions indicating
how emotionally immature it was to get angry when others write articles with which he
disapproves or disagrees. He began to realize that he should give the newspaperman
freedom to express himself even though the latter disagreed with him politically,
religiously, or in any other way. In the same manner, the newspaperman would give him
freedom to write a letter to the newspaper disagreeing with his published statements. He
learned that he could disagree without being disagreeable. He awakened to the simple
truth that it is never what a person says or does that affects him, it is his reaction to what
is said or done that matters.
This explanation was the cure for this man, and he realized that with a little practice he
could master his morning tantrums. His wife told me, subsequently, that he laughed at
himself and also at what the columnists say. They no longer have power to disturb,
annoy, and irritate him. His ulcers have disappeared due to his emotional poise and
serenity.
I hate women, but I like men
A private secretary was very bitter toward some of the girls in her office because they
were gossiping about her, and as she said, spreading vicious lies about her. She admitted
that she did not like women. She said, “I hate women, but I like men.” I discovered also
that she spoke to the girls who were under her in the office in a very haughty, imperious,
and irritable tone of voice. She pointed out that they took a delight in making things
difficult for her. There was a certain pomposity in her way of speaking, and I could see
where her tone of voice would affect some people unpleasantly.
If all the people in the office or factory annoy you, isn’t it a possibility that the vibration,
annoyance, and turmoil may be due to some subconscious pattern or mental projection
from you? We know that a dog will react ferociously if you hate or fear dogs. Animals
pick up your subconscious vibrations and react accordingly. Many undisciplined human
beings are just as sensitive as dogs, cats, and other animals.
I suggested a process of prayer to this private secretary who hated women, explaining to
her that when she began to identify herself with spiritual values and commenced to affirm
the truths of life, her voice, mannerisms, and hatred of women would completely
disappear. She was surprised to know that the emotion of hatred shows up in a person’s
speech, actions, in his writings, and in all phases of his life. She ceased reacting in
the typical, resentful, and angry way. She established a pattern of prayer, which she
practiced regularly, systematically, and conscientiously in the office.
The prayer was as follows: “I think, speak, and act lovingly, quietly, and peacefully. I
now radiate love, peace, tolerance, and kindliness to all the girls who criticized me and
gossiped about me. I anchor my thoughts on peace, harmony, and good will to all.
Whenever I am about to react negatively, I say firmly to myself, ‘I am going to think,
speak, and act from the standpoint of the principle of harmony, health, and peace within
Page 106
myself.’Creative intelligence leads, rules, and guides me in all my ways.” The practice of
this prayer transformed her life, and she found that all criticism and annoyance ceased.
The girls became coworkers and friends along life’s journey. She discovered that there is
no one to change but myself.
His inner speech held back his promotion
One day a salesman came to see me and described his difficulties in working with the
sales manager of his organization. He had been with the company ten years and had
received no promotion or recognition of any kind. He showed me his sales figures,
which were greater proportionately than the other men in the territory. He said that the
sales manager did not like him, that he was unjustly treated, and hat at conferences the
manager was rude to him, and at times ridiculed his suggestions.
I explained that undoubtedly the cause was to a great degree within himself, and that his
concept and belief about his superior bore witness to the reaction of this man. The
measure we mete, shall be measured to us again. His mental measure or concept of the
sales manager was that he was mean and cantankerous. He was filled with bitterness and
hostility toward the executive. On his way to work he conducted a vigorous conversation
with himself filled with criticism, mental arguments, recriminations, and denunciations of
his sales manager.
What he gave out mentally, he was inevitably bound to get back. This salesman realized
that his inner speech was highly destructive because the intensity and force of his silent
thoughts and emotions, and personally conducted mental condemnation and vilification
of the sales manager entered into his own subconscious mind. This brought about the
negative response from his boss as well as creating many other personal, physical,
and emotional disorders.
He began to pray frequently as follows: “I am the only thinker in my universe. I am
responsible for what I think about my boss. My sales manager is not responsible for the
way I think about him. I refuse to give power to any person, place, or thing to annoy me
or disturb me. I wish health, success, peace of mind, and happiness for my boss. I
sincerely wish him well, and I know he is divinely guided in all his ways.”
He repeated this prayer out loud slowly, quietly, and feelingly, knowing that his mind is
like a garden, and that whatever he plants in the garden will come forth like seeds after
their kind. I also taught him to practice mental imagery prior to sleep in this way: He
imagined that his sales manager was congratulating him on his fine work, on his zeal and
enthusiasm, and on his wonderful response from customers. He felt the reality of all this,
felt his handshake, heard the tone of his voice, and saw him smile. He made a real mental
movie, dramatizing it to the best of his ability. Night after night he conducted this mental
movie, knowing that his subconscious mind was the receptive plate on which his
conscious imagery would be impressed.
Gradually by a process of what may be termed mental and spiritual osmosis, the
impression was made on his subconscious mind, and the expression automatically came
forth. The sales manager subsequently called him up to San Francisco, congratulated him,
and gave him a new assignment as Division Sales Manager over one hundred men with a
Page 107
big increase in salary. He changed his concept and estimate of his boss, and the latter
responded accordingly.
Becoming emotionally mature
What the other person says or does cannot really annoy or irritate you except you permit
him to disturb you. The only way he can annoy you is through your own thought. For
example, if you get angry, you have to go through four stages in your mind: You begin to
think about what he said. You decide to get angry and generate an emotion of rage. Then,
you decide to act. Perhaps, you talk back and react in kind. You see that the thought,
emotion, reaction, and action all take place in your mind.
When you become emotionally mature, you do not respond negatively to the criticism
and resentment of others. To do so would mean that you had descended to that state of
low mental vibration and become one with the negative atmosphere of the other. Identify
yourself with your aim in life, and do not permit any person, place, or thing to deflect you
from your inner sense of peace, tranquility, and radiant health.
The meaning of love in harmonious human relations
Sigmund Freud, the Austrian founder of psychoanalysis, said that unless the personality
has love, it sickens and dies. Love includes understanding, good will, and respect for the
divinity in the other person. The more love and good will you emanate and exude, the
more comes back to you. If you puncture the other fellow’s ego and wound his estimate
of himself, you cannot gain his good will. Recognize that every man wants to be loved
and appreciated, and made to feel important in the world. Realize that the other man is
conscious of his true worth, and that, like yourself, he feels the dignity of being an
expression of the One Life Principle animating all men. As you do this consciously and
knowingly, you build the other person up, and he returns your love and good will.
He hated audiences
An actor told me that the audience booed and hissed him on his first appearance on the
stage. He added that the play was badly written and that undoubtedly he did not play a
good role. He admitted openly to me that for months afterward he hated audiences. He
called them dopes, dummies, stupid, ignorant, gullible, etc. He quit the stage in disgust
and went to work in a drugstore for a year.
One day a friend invited him to hear a lecture in Town Hall, New York City, on “How to
Get Along With Ourselves.” This lecture changed his life. He went back to the stage and
began to pray sincerely for the audience and himself. He poured out love and good will
every night before appearing on the stage. He made it a habit to claim that the peace of
God filled the hearts of all present, and that all present were lifted up and inspired.
During each performance he sent out love vibrations to the audience. Today, he is a great
actor, and he loves and respects people. His good will and esteem are transmitted to
others and are felt by them.
Handling difficult people
There are difficult people in the world who are twisted and distorted mentally. They are
mal-conditioned. Many are mental delinquents, argumentative, uncooperative,
Page 108
cantankerous, cynical, and sour on life. They are sick psychologically. Many people have
deformed and distorted minds, probably warped during childhood. Many have congenital
deformities. You would not condemn a person who had tuberculosis, nor should you
condemn a person who is mentally ill. No one, for example, hates or resents a hunchback;
there are many mental hunchbacks. You should have compassion and understanding. To
understand all is to forgive all.
Misery loves company
The hateful, frustrated, distorted, and twisted personality is out of tune with the Infinite.
He resents those who are peaceful, happy, and joyous. Usually he criticizes, condemns,
and vilifies those who have been very good and kind to him. His attitude is this: Why
should they be so happy when he is so miserable? He wants to drag them down to his
own level. Misery loves company. When you understand this you remain unmoved, calm,
and dispassionate.
The practice of empathy in human relations
A girl visited me recently stating that she hated another girl in her office. She gave as her
reason that the other girl was prettier, happier, and wealthier than she, and, in addition,
was engaged to the boss of the company where they worked. One day after the marriage
had taken place, the crippled daughter (by a former marriage) of the woman whom she
hated came into the office. The child put her arms around her mother and said, “Mommy,
mommy, I love my new daddy! Look what he gave me!” She showed her mother a
wonderful new toy. She said to me, “My heart went out to that little girl, and I knew how
happy she must feel. I got a vision of how happy this woman was. All of a sudden I felt
love for her, and I went into the office and wished her all the happiness in the world, and
I meant it.”
In psychological circles today, this is called empathy, which simply means the
imaginative projection of your mental attitude into that of another. She projected her
mental mood or the feeling of her heart into that of the other woman, and began to think
and look out through the other woman’s brain. She was actually thinking and feeling as
the other woman, and also as the child, because she likewise had projected herself into
the mind of the child. She was looking out from that vantage point on the child’s
mother.
If tempted to injure or think ill of another, project yourself mentally into the mind of
Moses and think from the standpoint of the Ten Commandments. If you are prone to be
envious, jealous, or angry, project yourself into the mind of Jesus and think from that
standpoint, and you will feel the truth of the words Love ye one another.
Appeasement never wins
Do not permit people to take advantage of you and gain their point by temper tantrums,
crying jags, or so-called heart attacks. These people are dictators who try to enslave you
and make you do their bidding. Be firm but kind, and refuse to yield. Appeasement never
wins. Refuse to contribute to their delinquency, selfishness, and possessiveness.
Remember, do that which is right. You are here to fulfill your ideal and remain true to the
eternal verities and spiritual values of life, which are eternal. Give no one in all the world
the power to deflect you from your goal, your aim in life, which is to express your hidden
Page 109
talents to the world, to serve humanity, and to reveal more and more of God’s wisdom,
truth, and beauty to all people in the world. Remain true to your ideal. Know definitely
and absolutely that whatever contributes to your peace, happiness, and fulfillment must of
necessity bless all men who walk the earth. The harmony of the part is the harmony of the
whole, for the whole is in the part, and the part is in the whole. All you owe the other, as
Paul says, is love, and love is the fulfilling of the law of health, happiness, and peace of
mind.
Profitable pointers in human relations
1. Your subconscious mind is a recording machine, which reproduces your habitual
thinking. Think good of the other, and you are actually thinking good about yourself.
2. A hateful or resentful thought is a mental poison. Do not think ill of another for to do
so is to think ill of yourself. You are the only thinker in your universe, and your thoughts
are creative.
3. Your mind is a creative medium; therefore, what you think and feel about the other,
you are bringing to pass in your own experience. This is the psychological meaning of the
Golden Rule. As you would that man should think about you, think you about them in the
same manner.
4. To cheat, rob, or defraud another brings lack, loss, and limitation to yourself. Your
subconscious mind records your inner motivations, thoughts, and feelings. These being of
a negative nature; loss, limitation, and trouble come to you in countless ways. Actually,
what you do to the other, you are doing to yourself.
5. The good you do, the kindness proffered, the love and good will you send forth, will
all come back to you multiplied in many ways.
6. You are the only thinker in your world. You are responsible for the way you think
about the other. Remember, the other person is not responsible for the way you think
about him. Your thoughts are reproduced. What are you thinking now about the other
fellow?
7. Become emotionally mature and permit other people to differ from you. They have a
perfect right to disagree with you, and you have the same freedom to disagree with them.
You can disagree without being disagreeable.
8. Animals pick up your fear vibrations and snap at you. If you love animals, they will
never attack you. Many undisciplined human beings are just as sensitive as dogs, cats,
and other animals.
9. Your inner speech, representing your silent thoughts and feelings, is experienced in the
reactions of others toward you.
10. Wish for the other what you wish for yourself. This is the key to harmonious human
relations.
11. Change your concept and estimate of your employer. Feel and know he is practicing
the Golden Rule and the Law of Love, and he will respond accordingly.
12. The other person cannot annoy you or irritate you except you permit him. Your
thought is creative; you can bless him. If someone calls you a skunk, you have the
freedom to say to the other, “God’s peace fills your soul.”
14. Love is the answer to getting along with others. Love is understanding, good will, and
respecting the divinity of the other.
Page 110
15. You would not hate a hunchback or cripple. You would have compassion. Have
compassion and understanding for mental hunchbacks who have been conditioned
negatively. To understand all is to forgive all.
16. Rejoice in the success, promotion, and good fortune of the other. In doing so, you
attract good fortune to yourself.
17. Never yield to emotional scenes and tantrums of others. Appeasement never wins. Do
not be a doormat. Adhere to that which is right. Stick to your ideal, knowing that the
mental outlook, which gives you peace, happiness, and joy, is right, good, an d true. What
blesses you, blesses all.
18. All you owe any person in the world is love, and love is wishing for everyone what
you wish for yourself—health, happiness, and all the blessings of life.
Page 111
17 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind for Forgiveness
Life plays no favorites. God is Life, and this Life Principle is flowing through you this
moment. God loves to express Himself as harmony, peace, beauty, joy, and abundance
through you. This is called the will of God or the tendency of Life.
If you set up resistance in your mind to the flow of Life through you, this emotional
congestion will get snarled up in your subconscious mind and cause all kinds of negative
conditions. God has nothing to do with unhappy or chaotic conditions in the world.
Man’s negative and destructive thinking brings about all these conditions. Therefore, it is
silly to blame God for your trouble or sickness.
Many persons habitually set up mental resistance to the flow of Life by accusing and
reproaching God for the sin, sickness, and suffering of mankind. Others cast the blame on
God for their pains, aches, and loss of loved ones, personal tragedies, and accidents. They
are angry at God, and they believe He is responsible for their misery.
As long as people entertain such negative concepts about God, they will experience the
automatic negative reactions from their subconscious minds. Actually, such people do not
know that they are punishing themselves. They must see the truth, find release, and give
up all condemnation, resentment, and anger against anyone or any power outside
themselves. Otherwise, they cannot go forward into a healthy, happy, or creative activity.
The minute these people entertain a God of love in their minds and hearts, and when
they believe that God is their Loving Father who watches over them, cares for them,
guides them, sustains and strengthens them, this concept and belief about God or the Life
Principle will be accepted by their subconscious mind, and they will find themselves
blessed in countless ways.
Life always forgives you
Life forgives you when you cut your finger. The subconscious intelligence within you
sets about immediately to repair it. New cells build bridges over the cut. Should you take
some tainted food by error, Life forgives you and causes you to regurgitate it in order to
preserve you. If you burn your hand, the Life Principle reduces the edema and
congestion, and gives you new skin, tissue, and cells. Life holds no grudges against you,
and it is always forgiving you. Life brings you back to health, vitality, harmony, and
peace, if you cooperate by thinking in harmony with nature. Negative, hurtful memories,
bitterness, and ill will clutter up and impede the free flow of the Life Principle in you.
How he banished that feeling of guilt
I knew a man who worked every night until about one o’clock in the morning. He paid no
attention to his two boys or his wife. He was always too busy working hard. He thought
people should pat him on the back because he was working so arduously and persistently
past midnight every night. He had a blood pressure of over two hundred and was full of
guilt. Unconsciously, he proceeded to punish himself by hard work and he completely
ignored his children. A normal man does not do that. He is interested in his boys and in
their development. He does not shut his wife out of his world.
I explained to him why he was working so arduously, “There is something eating you
inside, otherwise, you would not act this way. You are punishing yourself, and you have
to learn to forgive yourself.” He did have a deep sense of guilt. It was toward a brother.
Page 112
I explained to him that God was not punishing him, but that he was punishing himself.
For example, if you misuse the laws of life, you will suffer accordingly. If you put your
hand on a naked charged wire, you will get burned. The forces of nature are not evil; it is
your use of them that determines whether they have a good or evil effect. Electricity is
not evil; it depends on how you use it, whether to burn down a structure or light up a
home. The only sin is ignorance of the law, and the only punishment is the automatic
reaction of man’s misuse of the law.
If you misuse the principle of chemistry, you may blow up the office or the factory. If
you strike your hand on a board, you may cause your hand to bleed. The board is not for
that purpose. Its purpose may be to lean upon or to support your feet.
This man realized that God does not condemn or punish anyone, and that all his suffering
was due to the reaction of his subconscious mind to his own negative and destructive
thinking. He had cheated his brother at one time, and the brother had now passed on.
Still, he was full of remorse and guilt.
I asked him, “Would you cheat your brother now?” He said, “No.” “Did you feel you
were justified at the time?” His reply was, “Yes.” “But, you would not do it now?” He
added, “No, I am helping others to know how to live.” I added the following comment,
“You have a greater reason and understanding now. Forgiveness is to forgive yourself.
Forgiveness is getting your thoughts in line with the divine law of harmony. Self
condemnation is called hell (bondage and restriction); forgiveness is called heaven
(harmony and peace).”
The burden of guilt and self condemnation was lifted from his mind, and he had a
complete healing. The doctor tested his blood pressure, and it had become normal. The
explanation was the cure.
A murderer learned to forgive himself
A man who murdered his brother in Europe visited me many years ago. He was suffering
from great mental anguish and torture believing that God must punish him. He explained
that his brother had been having an affair with his wife, and that he had shot him on the
spur of the moment. This had happened about fifteen years previous to his interview with
me. In the meantime, this man had married an American girl and had been blessed with
three lovely children. He was in a position where he helped many people, and he was a
transformed man.
My explanation to him was that physically and psychologically he was not the same man
who shot his brother, since scientists inform us that every cell of our bodies changes
every eleven months. Moreover, mentally and spiritually he was a new man. He was now
full of love and good will for humanity. The “old” man who committed the crime fifteen
years before was mentally and spiritually dead. Actually, he was condemning an innocent
man!
This explanation had a profound effect upon him, and he said it was as if a great weight
had been lifted from his mind. He realized the significance of the following truth in the
Bible: Come now, let us reason together, saith the Lord: though your sins be as scarlet,
they shall be as white as snow; though they be red like crimson, they shall be as wool.
ISAIAH 1:18.
Page 113
Criticism cannot hurt you without your consent
A schoolteacher told me that one of her associates criticized a speech she had given,
saying to her that she spoke too fast, she swallowed some of her words, she couldn’t be
heard, her diction was poor, and her speech ineffective. This teacher was furious and full
of resentment toward her critic.
She admitted to me that the criticisms were just. Her first reaction was really childish,
and she agreed that the letter was really a blessing and a marvelous corrective. She
proceeded immediately to supplement her deficiencies in her speech by enrolling in a
course in public speaking at City College. She wrote and thanked the writer of the note
for her interest, expressing appreciation for her conclusions and findings, which enabled
the teacher to correct the matter at once.
How to be compassionate
Suppose none of the things mentioned in the letter had been true of the teacher. The latter
would have realized that her class material had upset the prejudices, superstitions, or
narrow sectarian beliefs of the writer of the note, and that a psychologically ill person
was simply pouring forth her resentment because a psychological boil had been hurt.
To understand this fact is to be compassionate. The next logical step would be to pray for
the other person’s peace, harmony, and understanding. You cannot be hurt when you
know that you are master of your thoughts, reactions, and emotions. Emotions follow
thoughts, and you have the power to reject all thoughts, which may disturb or upset you.
Left at the altar
Some years ago I visited a church to perform a marriage ceremony. The young man did
not appear, and at the end of two hours, the bride-to-be shed a few tears, and then said to
me, “I prayed for divine guidance. This might be the answer for He never faileth.”
That was her reaction—faith in God and all things good. She had no bitterness in her
heart because as she said, “It must not have been right action because my prayer was for
right action for both of us.” Someone else having a similar experience would have gone
into a tantrum, have had an emotional fit, required sedation, and perhaps needed
hospitalization. Tune in with the infinite intelligence within your subconscious depths,
trusting the answer in the same way that you trusted your mother when she held you in
her arms. This is how you can acquire poise and mental and emotional health.
It is wrong to marry. Sex is evil and I am evil
Some time ago, I talked to a young lady aged twenty-two. She was taught that it was a sin
to dance, to play cards, to swim, and to go out with men. She was threatened by her
mother who told her she would burn eternally in hellfire if she disobeyed her will and her
religious teachings. This girl wore a black dress and black stockings. She wore no rouge,
lipstick, or any form of makeup because her mother said that these things were sinful.
Her mother told her that all men were evil, and that sex was of the devil and simply
diabolic debauchery.
This girl had to learn how to forgive herself, as she was full of guilt. To forgive means to
give for. She had to give up all these false beliefs for the truths of life and a new estimate
of herself. When she went out with young men in the office where she worked, she had a
deep sense of guilt and thought that God would punish her. Several eligible young men
proposed to her, but she said to me, “It is wrong to marry. Sex is evil and I am evil.” This
Page 114
was her conscience or early conditioning speaking. She came to me once weekly for
about ten weeks, and I taught her the workings of the conscious and subconscious mind
as set forth in this book. This young girl gradually came to see that she had been
completely brainwashed, mesmerized, and conditioned by an ignorant, superstitious,
bigoted, and frustrated mother. She broke away completely from her family and started to
live a wonderful life.
At my suggestion she dressed up and had her hair attended to. She took lessons in
dancing from a man, and she also took driving lessons. She learned to swim, play cards,
and had a number of dates. She began to love He. She prayed for a divine companion by
claiming that Infinite Spirit would attract to her a man who harmonized with her
thoroughly. Eventually this came to pass. As she left my office one evening, there was a
man waiting to see me and I casually introduced them. They are now married and
harmonize with each other perfectly.
Forgiveness is necessary for healing
And when ye stand praying, forgive, if ye have ought against any . . . MARK 11:25.
Forgiveness of others is essential to mental peace and radiant health. You must forgive
everyone who has ever hurt you if you want perfect health and happiness. Forgive
yourself by getting your thoughts in harmony with divine law and order. You cannot
really forgive yourself completely until you have forgiven others first. To refuse to
forgive yourself is nothing more or less than spiritual pride or ignorance.
In the psychosomatic field of medicine today, it is being constantly stressed that
resentment, condemnation of others, remorse, and hostility are behind a host of maladies
ranging from arthritis to cardiac disease. They point out that these sick people, who were
hurt, mistreated, deceived, or injured, were full of resentment and hatred for those who
hurt them. This caused inflamed and festering wounds in their subconscious minds. There
is only one remedy. They have to cut out and discard their hurts, and the one and only
sure way is by forgiveness.
Forgiveness is love in action
The essential ingredient in the art of forgiveness is the willingness to forgive. If you
sincerely desire to forgive the other, you are fifty-one percent over the hurdle. I feel sure
you know that to forgive the other does not necessarily mean that you like him or want to
associate with him. You cannot be compelled to like someone, neither can a government
legislate good will, love, peace, or tolerance. It is quite impossible to like people because
someone in Washington issues an edict to that effect. We can, however, love people
without liking them. The Bible says, Love ye one another. This, anyone can do who
really wants to do it. Love means that you wish for the other health, happiness, peace,
joy, and all the blessings of life. There is only one prerequisite, and that is sincerity. You
are not being magnanimous when you forgive, you are really being selfish, because what
you wish for the other, you are actually wishing for yourself. The reason is that you are
thinking it and you are feeling it. As you think and feel, so are you. Could anything be
simpler than that?
Technique of forgiveness
The following is a simple method, which works wonders in your life as you practice it:
Quiet your mind, relax, and let go. Think of God and His love for you, and then affirm, “I
Page 115
fully and freely forgive (mention the name of the offender); I release him mentally and
spiritually. I completely forgive everything connected with the matter in question. I am
free, and he/she is free. It is a marvelous feeling. It is my day of general amnesty. I
release anybody and everybody who has ever hurt me, and I wish for each and everyone
health, happiness, peace, and all the blessings of life. I do this freely, joyously, and
lovingly, and whenever I think of the person or persons who hurt me, I say, ‘I have
released you, and all the blessings of life are yours.’ I am free and you are free. It is
wonderful!”
The great secret of true forgiveness is that once you have forgiven the person, it is
unnecessary to repeat the prayer. Whenever the person comes to your mind, or the
particular hurt happens to enter your mind, wish the delinquent well, and say, “Peace be
to you.” Do this as often as the thought enters your mind. You will find that after a few
days the thought of the person or experience will return less and less often, until it fades
into nothingness.
The acid test for forgiveness
There is an acid test for gold. There is also an acid test for forgiveness. If I should tell
you something wonderful about someone who has wronged you, cheated you, or
defrauded you, and you sizzled at hearing the good news about this person, the roots of
hatred would still be in your subconscious mind, playing havoc with you.
Let us suppose you had a painful abscess on your jaw a year ago, and you told me about
it. I would casually ask you if you had any pain now. You would automatically say, “Of
course not, I have a memory of it but no pain.” That is the whole story. You may have a
memory of the incident but no sting or hurt any more. This is the acid test, and you must
meet it psychologically and spiritually, otherwise, you are simply deceiving yourself and
not practicing the true art of forgiveness.
To understand all is to forgive all
When man understands the creative law of his own mind, he ceases to blame other people
and conditions for making or marring his life. He knows that his own thoughts and
feelings create his destiny. Furthermore, he is aware that externals are not the causes and
conditioners of his life and his experiences. To think that others can mar your happiness
that you are the football of a cruel fate that you must oppose and fight others for a
living— all these and others like them are untenable when you understand that thoughts
are things. The Bible says the same thing. For as a man thinketh in his heart, so is he.
PROVERBS 23:7.
Summary of your aids to forgiveness
1. God, or Life, is no respecter of persons. Life plays no favorites. Life, or God, seems to
favor you when you align yourself with the principle of harmony, health, joy, and peace.
2. God, or Life, never sends disease, sickness, accident, or suffering. We bring these
things on ourselves by our own negative destructive thinking based upon the law as we
sow, so shall we reap.
3. Your concept of God is the most important thing in your life. If you really believe in a
God of love, your subconscious mind will respond in countless blessings to you. Believe
in a God of love.
Page 116
4. Life, or God, holds no grudge against you. Life never condemns you. Life heals a
severe cut on your hand. Life forgives you if you burn your finger. It reduces the edema
and restores the part to wholeness and perfection.
5. Your guilt complex is a false concept of God and Life. God, or Life, does not punish or
judge you. You do this to yourself by your false beliefs, negative thinking, and self
condemnation.
6. God, or Life, does not condemn or punish you. The forces of nature are not evil. The
effect of their use depends on how you use the power within you. You can use electricity
to kill someone or to light the house. You can use water to drown a child, or quench his
thirst. Good and evil come right back to the thought and purpose in man’s own mind.
7. God, or Life, never punishes. Man punishes himself by his false concepts of God, Life,
and the Universe. His thoughts are creative, and he creates his own misery.
8. If another criticizes you, and these faults are within you, rejoice, give thanks, and
appreciate the comments. This gives you the opportunity to correct the particular fault.
9. You cannot be hurt by criticism when you know that you are master of your thoughts,
reactions, and emotions. This gives you the opportunity to pray and bless the other,
thereby blessing yourself.
10. When you pray for guidance and right action, take what comes. Realize it is good and
very good. Then there is no cause for self-pity, criticism, or hatred.
11. There is nothing good or bad, but thinking makes it so. There is no evil in sex, the
desire for food, wealth, or true expression. It depends on how you use these urges,
desires, or aspirations. Your desire for food can be met without killing someone for a loaf
of bread.
12. Resentment, hatred, ill will, and hostility are behind a host of maladies. Forgive
yourself and everybody else by pouring out love, life, joy, and good will to all those who
have hurt you. Continue until such time as you meet them in your mind and you are at
peace with them.
13. To forgive is to give something for. Give love, peace, joy, wisdom, and all the
blessings of life to the other, until there is no sting left in your mind. This is really the
acid test of forgiveness.
14. Let us suppose you had an abscess in your jaw about a year ago. It was very painful.
Ask yourself if it is painful now. The answer is in the negative. Likewise, if someone has
hurt you, lied about and vilified you, and said all manner of evil about you, is your
thought of that person negative? Do you sizzle when he or she comes into your mind? If
so, the roots of hatred are still there, playing havoc with you and your good. The only
way is to wither them with love by wishing for the person all the blessings of life, until
you can meet the person in your mind, and you can sincerely react with a benediction of
peace and good will. This is the meaning of forgive until seventy times seven.
Page 117
18 How Your Subconscious Removes Mental Blocks
The solution lies within the problem. The answer is in every question. If you are
presented with a difficult situation and you cannot see your way clear, the best procedure
is to assume that infinite intelligence within your subconscious mind knows all and sees
all, has the answer, and is revealing it to you now. Your new mental attitude that the
creative intelligence is bringing about a happy solution will enable you to find the
answer. Rest assured that such an attitude of mind would bring order, peace, and meaning
to all your undertakings.
How to break or build a habit
You are a creature of habit. Habit is the function of your subconscious mind. You learned
to swim, ride a bicycle, dance, and drive a car by consciously doing these things over and
over again until they established tracks in your subconscious mind. Then, the automatic
habit action of your subconscious mind took over. This is sometimes called second
nature, which is a reaction of your subconscious mind to your thinking and acting.
You are free to choose a good habit or a bad habit. If you repeat a negative thought or act
over a period of time, you will be under the compulsion of a habit. The law of your
subconscious is compulsion.
How he broke a bad habit
Mr. Jones said to me, “An uncontrollable urge to drink seizes me, and I remain drunk for
two weeks at a time. I can’t give up this terrible habit.” Time and time again these
experiences had occurred to this unfortunate man. He had grown into the habit of
drinking to excess. Although he had started drinking of his own initiative, he also began
to realize that he could change the habit and establish a new one. He said that while
through his will power he was able to suppress his desires temporarily, his continued
efforts to suppress the many urges only made matters worse. His repeated failures
convinced him that he was hopeless and powerless to control his urge or
obsession. This idea of being powerless operated as a powerful suggestion to his
subconscious mind and aggravated his weakness, making his life a succession of failures.
I taught him to harmonize the functions of the conscious and subconscious mind. When
these two cooperate, the idea or desire implanted in the subconscious mind is realized.
His reasoning mind agreed that if the old habit path or track had carried him into trouble,
he could consciously form a new path to freedom, sobriety, and peace of mind. He knew
that his destructive habit was automatic, but since it was acquired through his conscious
choice, he realized that if he had been conditioned negatively, he also could be
conditioned positively. As a result, he ceased thinking of the fact that he was powerless to
overcome the habit. Moreover, he understood clearly that there was no obstacle to his
healing other than his own thought. Therefore, there was no occasion for great mental
effort or mental coercion.
The power of his mental picture
This man acquired a practice of relaxing his body and getting into a relaxed, drowsy,
meditative state. Then he filled his mind with the picture of the desired end, knowing his
subconscious mind could bring it about the easiest way. He imagined his daughter
congratulating him on his freedom, and saying to him, “Daddy, it’s wonderful to have
Page 118
you home!” He had lost his family through drink. He was not allowed to visit them, and
his wife would not speak to him.
Regularly, systematically, he used to sit down and meditate in the way outlined. When
his attention wandered, he made it a habit to immediately recall the mental picture of his
daughter with her smile and the scene of his home enlivened by her cheerful voice. All
this brought about a reconditioning of his mind. It was a gradual process. He kept it up.
He persevered knowing that sooner or later he would establish a new habit pattern in his
subconscious mind.
I told him that he could liken his conscious mind to a camera, that his subconscious mind
was the sensitive plate on which he registered and impressed the picture. This made a
profound impression on him, and his whole aim was to firmly impress the picture on his
mind and develop it there. Films are developed in the dark; likewise, mental pictures are
developed in the darkroom of the subconscious mind.
Focused attention
Realizing that his conscious mind was simply a camera, he used no effort. There was no
mental struggle. He quietly adjusted his thoughts and focused his attention on the scene
before him until he gradually became identified with the picture. He became absorbed in
the mental atmosphere, repeating the mental movie frequently. There was no room for
doubt that a healing would follow. When there was any temptation to drink, he would
switch his imagination from any reveries of drinking bouts to the feeling of being at
home with his family. He was successful because he confidently expected to experience
the picture he was developing in his mind. Today he is president of a multimillion dollar
concern and is radiantly happy.
He said a jinx was following him
Mr. Block said that he had been making an annual income of $20,000, but for the past
three months all doors seemed to jam tightly. He brought clients up to the point where
they were about to sign on the dotted line, and then at the eleventh hour the door closed.
He added that perhaps a jinx was following him.
In discussing the matter with Mr. Block, I discovered that three months previously he had
become very irritated, annoyed, and resentful toward a dentist who, after he had promised
to sign a contract, had withdrawn at the last moment. He began to live in the unconscious
fear that other clients would do the same, thereby setting up a history of frustration,
hostility, and obstacles. He gradually built up in his mind a belief in obstruction and last
minute cancellations until a vicious circle had been established. What I fear most has
come upon me. Mr. Block realized that the trouble was in his mind, and that it was
essential to change his mental attitude.
His run of so-called misfortune was broken in the following way: “I realize I am one with
the infinite intelligence of my subconscious mind which knows no obstacle, difficulty, or
delay. I live in the joyous expectancy of the best. My deeper mind responds to my
thoughts. I know that the work of the infinite power of my subconscious cannot be
hindered. Infinite intelligence always finishes successfully whatever it begins. Creative
wisdom works through me bringing all my plans and purposes to completion. Whatever I
start, I bring to a successful conclusion. My aim in life is to give wonderful service, and
all those whom I contact are blessed by what I have to offer. All my work comes to full
fruition in divine order.” He repeated this prayer every morning before going to call on
Page 119
his customers, and he also prayed each night prior to sleep. In a short time he had
established a new habit pattern in his subconscious mind, and he was back in his old
accustomed stride as a successful salesman.
How much do you want what you want?
A young man asked Socrates how he could get wisdom. Socrates replied, “Come with
me.” He took the lad to a river, pushed the boy’s head under the water, held it there until
the boy was gasping for air, then relaxed and released his head. When the boy regained
his composure, he asked him, “What did you desire most when you were under water?”
“I wanted air,” said the boy. Socrates said to him, “When you want wisdom as much as
you wanted air when you were immersed in the water, you will receive it.” Likewise,
when you really have an intense desire to overcome any block in your life, and you come
to a clear cut decision that there is a way out, and that is the course you wish to follow,
then victory and triumph are assured.
If you really want peace of mind and inner calm, you will get it. Regardless of how
unjustly you have been treated, or how unfair the boss has been, or what a mean
scoundrel someone has proved to be, all this makes no difference to you when you
awaken to your mental and spiritual powers. You know what you want, and you will
definitely refuse to let the thieves (thoughts) of hatred, anger, hostility, and ill will rob
you of peace, harmony, health, and happiness. You cease to become upset by people,
conditions, news, and events by identifying your thoughts immediately with your aim in
life. Your aim is peace, health, inspiration, harmony, and abundance. Feel a river of peace
flowing through you now. Your thought is the immaterial and invisible power, and you
choose to let it bless, inspire, and give you peace.
Why he could not be healed
This is a case history of a married man with four children who was supporting and
secretly living with another woman during his business trips. He was ill, nervous,
irritable, and cantankerous, and he could not sleep without drugs. The doctor’s medicine
failed to bring down his high blood pressure of over two hundred. He had pains in
numerous organs of his body, which doctors could not diagnose or relieve. To make
matters worse, he was drinking heavily.
The cause of all this was a deep unconscious sense of guilt. He had violated the marriage
vows, and this troubled him. The religious creed he was brought up on was deeply lodged
in his subconscious mind, and he drank excessively to heal the wound of guilt. Some
invalids take morphine and codeine for severe pains; he was taking alcohol for the pain or
wound in his mind. It was the old story of adding fuel to the fire.
The explanation and the cure
He listened to the explanation of how his mind worked. He faced his problem, looked at
it, and gave up his dual role. He knew that his drinking was an unconscious attempt to
escape. The hidden cause lodged in his subconscious mind had to be eradicated; then the
healing would follow. He began to impress his subconscious mind three or four times a
day by using the following prayer: “My mind is full of peace, poise, balance, and
equilibrium. The infinite lies stretched in smiling repose within me. I am not afraid of
anything in the past, the present, or the future. The infinite intelligence of my
subconscious mind leads, guides, and directs me in all ways. I now meet every situation
Page 120
with faith, poise, calmness, and confidence. I am now completely free from the habit. My
mind is full of inner peace, freedom, and joy. I forgive myself; then I am forgiven. Peace,
sobriety, and confidence reign supreme in my mind.” He repeated this prayer frequently
as outlined; being fully aware of what he was doing and why he was doing it. Knowing
what he was doing gave him the necessary faith and confidence. I explained to him that
as he spoke these statements out loud, slowly, lovingly, and meaningfully, they would
gradually sink down into his subconscious mind. Like seeds, they would grow after their
kind. These truths, on which he concentrated, went in through his eyes, his ears heard the
sound, and the healing vibrations of these words reached his subconscious mind and
obliterated all the negative mental patterns which caused all the trouble. Light dispels
darkness. The constructive thought destroys the negative thought. He became a
transformed man within a month.
Refusing to admit it
If you are an alcoholic or drug addict, admit it. Do not dodge the issue. Many people
remain alcoholics because they refuse to admit it. Your disease is instability, an inner
fear. You are refusing to face life, and so you try to escape your responsibilities through
the bottle. As an alcoholic you have no free will, although you think you have, and you
may even boast about your will power. If you are a habitual drunkard and say bravely, “I
will not touch it anymore,” you have no power to make this assertion come true, because
you do not know where to locate the power.
You are living in a psychological prison of your own making, and you are bound by your
beliefs, opinions, training, and environmental influences. Like most people, you are a
creature of habit. You are conditioned to react the way you do.
Building in the idea of freedom
You can build the idea of freedom and peace of mind into your mentality so that it
reaches your subconscious depths. The latter, being all powerful, will free you from all
desire for alcohol. Then, you will have the new understanding of how your mind works,
and you can truly back up your statement and prove the truth to yourself.
Fifty-one percent healed
If you have a keen desire to free yourself from any destructive habit, you are fifty-one
percent healed already. When you have a greater desire to give up the bad habit than to
continue it, you will not experience too much difficulty in gaining complete freedom.
Whatever thought you anchor the mind upon, the latter magnifies. If you engage the mind
on the concept of freedom (freedom from the habit) and peace of mind, and if you keep it
focused on this new direction of attention, you generate feelings and emotions, which
gradually emotionalize the concept of freedom and peace. Whatever idea you
emotionalize is accepted by your subconscious and brought to pass.
The law of substitution
Realize that something good can come out of your suffering. You have not suffered in
vain. However, it is foolish to continue to suffer. If you continue as an alcoholic, it will
bring about mental and physical deterioration and decay. Realize that the power in your
subconscious is backing you up. Even though you may be seized with melancholia, you
Page 121
should begin to imagine the joy of freedom that is in store for you. This is the law of
substitution. Your imagination took you to the bottle; let it take you now to freedom and
peace of mind. You will suffer a little bit, but it is for a constructive purpose. You will
bear it like a mother in the pangs of childbirth, and you will, likewise, bring forth a child
of the mind. Your subconscious will give birth to sobriety.
Cause of alcoholism
The real cause of alcoholism is negative and destructive thinking; for as a man thinketh,
so is he. The alcoholic has a deep sense of inferiority, inadequacy, defeat, and frustration,
usually accompanied by a deep inner hostility. He has countless alibis as to his reason for
drinking, but the sole reason is in his thought life.
Three magic steps
The first step: Get still; quiet the wheels of the mind. Enter into a sleepy, drowsy state. In
this relaxed, peaceful, receptive state, you are preparing for the second step.
The second step: Take a brief phrase, which can readily be graven on the memory, and
repeat it over and over as a lullaby. Use the phrase, “Sobriety and peace of mind are mine
now, and I give thanks.” To prevent the mind from wandering, repeat it aloud or sketch
its pronunciation with the lips and tongue as you say it mentally. This helps its entry into
the subconscious mind. Do this for five minutes or more. You will find a deep
emotional response.
The third step: Just before going to sleep, practice what Johann von Goethe, German
author, used to do. Imagine a friend, a loved one in front of you. Your eyes are closed,
you are relaxed and at peace. The loved one or friend is subjectively present, and is
saying to you, “Congratulations!” You see the smile; you hear the voice. You mentally
touch the hand; it is all real and vivid. The word congratulations imply complete
freedom. Hear it over and over again until you get the subconscious reaction, which
satisfies.
Keep on keeping on
When fear knocks at the door of your mind, or when worry, anxiety, and doubt cross your
mind, behold your vision, your goal. Think of the infinite power within your
subconscious mind, which you can generate by your thinking and imagining, and this will
give you confidence, power, and courage. Keep on, persevere, until the day breaks, and
the shadows flee away.
Review your thought power
1. The solution lies within the problem. The answer is in every question. Infinite
intelligence responds to you as you call upon it with faith and confidence.
2. Habit is the function of your subconscious mind. There is no greater evidence of the
marvelous power of your subconscious than the force and sway habit holds in your life.
You are a creature of habit.
3. You form habit patterns in your subconscious mind by repeating a thought and act over
and over again until it establishes tracks in the subconscious mind and becomes
automatic, such as swimming, dancing, typing, walking, driving your car, etc.
4. You have freedom to choose. You can choose a good habit or a bad habit. Prayer is a
good habit.
Page 122
5. Whatever mental picture, backed by faith, you behold in your conscious mind, and
your subconscious mind will bring to pass.
6. The only obstacle to your success and achievement is your own thought or mental
image.
7. When your attention wanders, bring it back to the contemplation of your good or goal.
Make a habit of this. This is called disciplining the mind.
8. Your conscious mind is the camera, and your subconscious mind is the sensitive plate
on which you register or impress the picture.
9. The only jinx that follows anyone is a fear thought repeated over and over in the mind.
Break the jinx by knowing that whatever you start you will bring to a conclusion in
divine order. Picture the happy ending and sustain it with confidence.
10. To form a new habit, you must be convinced that it is desirable. When your desire to
give up the bad habit is greater than your desire to continue, you are fifty-one percent
healed already.
11. The statements of others cannot hurt you except through your own thoughts and
mental participation. Identify yourself with your aim, which is peace, harmony, and joy.
You are the only thinker in your universe.
12. Excessive drinking is an unconscious desire to escape. The cause of alcoholism is
negative and destructive thinking. The cure is to think of freedom, sobriety, and
perfection, and to feel the thrill of accomplishment.
13. Many people remain alcoholics because they refuse to admit it.
14. The law of your subconscious mind, which held you in bondage and inhibited your
freedom of action, will give you freedom and happiness. It depends on how you use it.
15. Your imagination took you to the bottle; let it take you to freedom by imagining you
are free.
16. The real cause of alcoholism is negative and destructive thinking. As a man thinketh
in his heart [subconscious mind], so is he.
17. When fear knocks at the door of your mind, let faith in God and all things good open
the door.
Page 123
19 How to Use Your Subconscious Mind to Remove Fear
One of our students told me that he was invited to speak at a banquet. He said he was
panic-stricken at the thought of speaking before a thousand people. He overcame his fear
this way: For several nights he sat down in an armchair for about five minutes and said to
himself slowly, quietly, and positively, “I am going to master this fear. I am overcoming
it now. I speak with poise and confidence. I am relaxed and at ease.” He operated a
definite law of mind and overcame his fear.
The subconscious mind is amenable to suggestion and is controlled by suggestion. When
you still your mind and relax, the thoughts of your conscious mind sink down into the
subconscious through a process similar to osmosis, whereby fluids separated by a porous
membrane intermingle. As these positive seeds, or thoughts, sink into the subconscious
area, they grow after their kind, and you become poised, serene, and calm.
Man’s greatest enemy
It is said that fear is man’s greatest enemy. Fear is behind failure, sickness, and poor
human relations. Millions of people are afraid of the past, the future, old age, insanity,
and death. Fear is a thought in your mind, and you are afraid of your own thoughts.
A little boy can be paralyzed with fear when he is told there is a boogieman under his bed
that is going to take him away. When his father turns on the light and shows him there is
no boogieman, he is freed from fear. The fear in the mind of the boy was as real as if
there really was a boogie man there. He was healed of a false thought in his mind. The
thing he feared did not exist. Likewise, most of your fears have no reality. They are
merely a conglomeration of sinister shadows and shadows have no reality.
Do the thing you fear
Ralph Waldo Emerson, philosopher and poet, said, “Do the thing you are afraid to do,
and the death of fear is certain.” There was a time when the writer of this chapter was
filled with unutterable fear when standing before an audience. The way I overcame it
was to stand before the audience, do the thing I was afraid to do, and the death of fear
was certain. When you affirm positively that you are going to master your fears, and you
come to a definite decision in your conscious mind, you release the power of the
subconscious, which flows in response to the nature of your thought.
Banishing stage fright
A young lady was invited to an audition. She had been looking forward to the interview.
However, on three previous occasions, she had failed miserably due to stage fright.
She possessed a very good voice, but she was certain that when the time came for her to
sing, she would be seized with stage fright. The subconscious mind takes your fears as a
request, proceeds to manifest them, and brings them into your experience. On three
previous auditions she sang wrong notes, and she finally broke down and cried. The
cause, as previously outlined, was an involuntary autosuggestion, i.e., a silent fear
thought emotionalized and subjectified.
She overcame it by the following technique: Three times a day she isolated herself in a
room. She sat down comfortably in an armchair, relaxed her body, and closed her eyes.
She stilled her mind and body to the best of her ability. Physical inertia favors passivity
and renders the mind more receptive to suggestion. She counteracted the fear suggestion
by its converse, saying to herself, “I sing beautifully. I am poised, serene, confident, and
Page 124
calm.”
She repeated the words slowly, quietly, and with feeling from five to ten times at each
sitting. She had three such “sittings” every day and one immediately prior to sleep at
night. At the end of a week she was completely poised and confident, and gave a
definitely outstanding audition. Carry out the above procedure, and the death of fear is
certain.
Fear of failure
Occasionally young men from the local university come to see me, as well as
schoolteachers, who often seem to suffer from suggestive amnesia at examinations. The
complaint is always the same: “I know the answers after the examination is over, but I
can’t remember the answers during the examination.”
The idea, which realizes itself, is the one to which we invariably give concentrated
attention. I find that each one is obsessed with the idea of failure. Fear is behind the
temporary amnesia, and it is the cause of the whole experience.
One young medical student was the most brilliant person in his class, yet he found
himself failing to answer simple questions at the time of written or oral examinations. I
explained to him that the reason was he had been worrying and was fearful for several
days previous to the examination.
These negative thoughts became charged with fear. Thoughts enveloped in the powerful
emotion of fear are realized in the subconscious mind. In other words, this young man
was requesting his subconscious mind to see to it that he failed, and that is exactly what it
did. On the day of the examination he found himself stricken with what is called, in
psychological circles, suggestive amnesia.
How he overcame the fear
He learned that his subconscious mind was the storehouse of memory, and that it had a
perfect record of all he had heard and read during his medical training. Moreover, he
learned that the subconscious mind was responsive and reciprocal. The way to be en
rapport with it was to be relaxed, peaceful, and confident. Every night and morning he
began to imagine his mother congratulating him on his wonderful record. He would hold
an imaginary letter from her in his hand. As he began to contemplate the happy result, he
called forth a corresponding or reciprocal response or reaction in himself. The all wise
and omnipotent power of the subconscious took over, dictated, and directed his conscious
mind accordingly. He imagined the end, thereby willing the means to the realization of
the end. Following this procedure, he had no trouble passing subsequent examinations. In
other words, the subjective wisdom took over, compelling him to give an excellent
account of himself.
Fear of water, mountains, closed places, etc.
There are many people who are afraid to go into an elevator, climb mountains, or even
swim in the water. It may well be that the individual had unpleasant experiences in the
water in his youth, such as having been thrown forcibly into the water without being able
to swim. He might have been forcibly detained in an elevator, which failed to function
properly, causing resultant fear of closed places.
I had an experience when I was about ten years of age. I accidentally fell into a pool and
went down three times. I can still remember the dark water engulfing my head, and my
Page 125
gasping for air until another boy pulled me out at the last moment. This experience sank
into my subconscious mind, and for years I feared the water.
An elderly psychologist said to me, “Go down to the swimming pool, look at the water,
and say out loud in strong tones, ‘I am going to master you. I can dominate you.’ Then go
into the water, take lessons, and overcome it.” This I did, and I mastered the water. Do
not permit water to master you. Remember, you are the master of the water. When I
assumed a new attitude of mind, the omnipotent power of the subconscious responded,
giving me strength, faith, and confidence, and enabling me to overcome my fear.
Master technique for overcoming any particular fear
The following is a process and technique for overcoming fear, which I teach from the
platform. It works like a charm. Try it! Suppose you are afraid of the water, a mountain,
an interview, an audition, or you fear closed places. If you are afraid of swimming, begin
now to sit still for five or ten minutes three or four times a day, and imagine you are
swimming. Actually, you are swimming in your mind. It is a subjective experience.
Mentally you have projected yourself into the water.
You feel the chill of the water and the movement of your arms and legs. It is all real,
vivid, and a joyous activity of the mind. It is not idle daydreaming, for you know that
what you are experiencing in your imagination will be developed in your subconscious
mind. Then you will be compelled to express the image and likeness of the picture you
impressed on your deeper mind. This is the law of the subconscious.
You could apply the same technique if you are afraid of mountains or high places.
Imagine you are climbing the mountain, feel the reality of it all, enjoy the scenery,
knowing that as you continue to do this mentally, you will do it physically with ease and
comfort.
He blessed the elevator
I knew an executive of a large corporation who was terrified to ride in an elevator. He
would walk up five flights of stairs to his office every morning. He said that he began to
bless the elevator every night and several times a day. He finally overcame his fear. This
was how he blessed the elevator: “The elevator in our building is a wonderful idea. It
came out of the universal mind. It is a boon and a blessing to all our employees. It gives
wonderful service. It operates in divine order. I ride in it in peace and joy. I remain silent
now while the currents of life, love, and understanding flow through the patterns of my
thought. In my imagination I am now in the elevator, and I step out into my office. The
elevator is full of our employees. I talk to them, and they are friendly, joyous, and free. It
is a wonderful experience of freedom, faith, and confidence. I give thanks.”
He continued this prayer for about ten days, and on the eleventh day, he walked into the
elevator with other members of the organization and felt completely free.
Normal and abnormal fear
Man is born only with two fears, the fear of falling and the fear of noise. These are an
alarm system given you by nature as a means of self-preservation. Normal fear is good.
You hear an automobile coming down the road, and you step aside to survive. The
momentary fear of being run over is overcome by your action. All other fears were given
to you by parents, relatives, teachers, and all those who influenced your early years.
Page 126
Abnormal fear
Abnormal fear takes place when man lets his imagination run riot. I knew a woman who
was invited to go on a trip around the world by plane. She began to cut out of the
newspapers all reports of airplane catastrophes. She pictured herself going down in the
ocean, being drowned, etc. This is abnormal fear. Had she persisted in this, she would
undoubtedly have attracted what she feared most.
Another example of abnormal fear is that of a businessman in New York, who was very
prosperous and successful. He had his own private mental motion picture of which he
was the director. He would run this mental movie of failure, bankruptcy, empty shelves,
and no bank balance until he sank into a deep depression. He refused to stop this morbid
imagery and kept reminding his wife that “this can’t last,” “there will be a recession,”
“I feel sure we will go bankrupt,” etc.
His wife told me that he finally did go into bankruptcy, and all the things he imagined
and feared came to pass. The things he feared did not exist, but he brought them to pass
by constantly fearing, believing, and expecting financial disaster. Job said, the thing I
feared has come upon me. There are people who are afraid that something terrible will
happen to their children, and that some dread catastrophe will befall them. When they
read about an epidemic or rare disease, they live in fear that they will catch it, and some
imagine they have the disease already. All this is abnormal fear.
The answer to abnormal fear
Move mentally to the opposite. To stay at the extreme of fear is stagnation plus mental
and physical deterioration. When fear arises, there immediately comes with it a desire for
something opposite to the thing feared. Place your attention on the thing immediately
desired. Get absorbed and engrossed in your desire, knowing that the subjective always
overturns the objective. This attitude will give you confidence and lift your spirits. The
infinite power of your subconscious mind is moving on your behalf, and it cannot fail.
Therefore, peace and assurance are yours.
Examine your fears
The president of a large organization told me that when he was a salesman he used to
walk around the block five or six times before he called on a customer. The sales
manager came along one day and said to him “Don’t be afraid of the boogie man behind
the door. There is no boogieman. It is a false belief.”
The manager told him that whenever he looked at his own fears he stared them in the face
and stood up to them, looking them straight in the eye. Then they faded and shrank into
insignificance.
He landed in the jungle
A chaplain told me of his experiences in the Second World War. He had to parachute
from a damaged plane and land in the jungle. He said he was frightened, but he knew
there were two kinds of fear, normal and abnormal, which we have previously pointed
out. He decided to do something about the fear immediately. and began to talk to himself
saying, “John, you can’t surrender to your fear. Your fear is a desire for safety and
security, and a way out.” He began to claim; “Infinite intelligence which guides the
planets in their courses is now leading and guiding me out of this jungle.”
Page 127
He kept saying this out loud to himself for ten minutes or more. “Then,” he added,
“Something began to stir inside me. A mood of confidence began to seize me, and I
began to walk. After a few days, I miraculously came out of the jungle, and was picked
up by a rescue plane.” His changed mental attitude saved him. His confidence and trust hi
the subjective wisdom and power within him was the solution to his problem.
He said, “Had I begun to bemoan my fate and indulge my fears, I would have succumbed
to the monster fear, and probably would have died of fear and starvation.”
He dismissed himself
The general manager of an organization told me that for three years he feared he would
lose his position. He was always imagining failure. The thing he feared did not exist, save
as a morbid anxious thought in his own mind. His vivid imagination dramatized the loss
of his job until he became nervous and neurotic. Finally he was asked to resign. Actually,
he dismissed himself. His constant negative imagery and fear suggestions to his
subconscious mind caused the latter to respond and react accordingly. It caused him to
make mistakes and foolish decisions, which resulted in his failure as a general manager.
His dismissal would never have happened,. if he had immediately moved to the opposite
in his mind.
They plotted against him
During a recent world lecture tour, I had a two-hour conversation with a prominent
government official. He had a deep sense of inner peace and serenity. He said that all the
abuse he receives politically from newspapers and the opposition party never disturb him.
His practice is to sit still for fifteen minutes in the morning and realize that in the center
of him is a deep still ocean of peace. Meditating in this way, he generates tremendous
power, which overcomes all manner of difficulties and fears.
Some time previously, a colleague called him at midnight and told him a group of people
was plotting against him. This is what he said to his colleague, “I am going to sleep now
in perfect peace. You can discuss it with me at 10:00 A.M. tomorrow.”
He said to me, “I know that no negative thought can ever manifest except I emotionalize
the thought and accept it mentally. I refuse to entertain their suggestion of fear.
Therefore, no harm can come to me.” Notice how calm he was, how cool, how peaceful!
He did not start getting excited, tearing his hair, or wringing his hands. At his center he
found the still water, an inner peace, and there was a great calm.
Deliver yourself from all your fears
Use this perfect formula for casting out fear. I sought the Lord, and He heard me, and
delivered me from all my fears. PSALM 34:4. The Lord is an ancient word meaning
law—the power of your subconscious mind. Learn the wonders of your subconscious,
and how it works and functions. Master the techniques given to you in this chapter. Put
them into practice now, today! Your subconscious will respond, and you will be free of
all fears. I sought the Lord, and He heard me, and delivered me from all my fears.
Step this way to freedom from fear
1. Do the thing you are afraid to do, and the death of fear is certain. Say to yourself and
mean it, “I am going to master this fear,” and you will.
Page 128
2. Fear is a negative thought in your mind. Supplant it with a constructive thought. Fear
has killed millions. Confidence is greater than fear. Nothing is more powerful than faith
in God and the good.
3. Fear is man’s greatest enemy. It is behind failure, sickness, and bad human relations.
Love casts out fear. Love is an emotional attachment to the good things of life. Fall in
love with honesty, integrity, justice, good will, and success. Live in the joyous
expectancy of the best, and invariably the best will come to you.
4. Counteract the fear suggestions with the opposite, such as “I sing beautifully; I am
poised, serene, and calm.” It will pay fabulous dividends.
5. Fear is behind amnesia at oral and written examination time. You can overcome this by
affirming frequently, “I have a perfect memory for everything I need to know,” or you
can imagine a friend congratulating you on your brilliant success on the examination.
Persevere and you will win.
6. If you are afraid to cross water, swim. In your imagination swim freely, joyously.
Project yourself into the water mentally. Feel the chill and thrill of swimming across the
pool. Make it vivid. As you do this subjectively, you will be compelled to go into the
water and conquer it. This is the law of your mind.
7. If you are afraid of closed places, such as elevators, lecture halls, etc., mentally ride in
an elevator blessing all its parts and functions. You will be amazed how quickly the fear
will be dissipated.
8. You were born with only two fears, the fear of falling and the fear of noise. All your
other fears were acquired. Get rid of them.
9. Normal fear is good. Abnormal fear is very bad and destructive. To constantly indulge
in fear thoughts results in abnormal fear, obsessions, and complexes. To fear something
persistently causes a sense of panic and terror.
10. You can overcome abnormal fear when you know the power of your subconscious
mind can change conditions and bring to pass the cherished desires of your heart. Give
your immediate attention and devotion to your desire which is the opposite of your fear.
This is the love that casts out fear.
11. If you are afraid of failure, give attention to success. If you are afraid of sickness,
dwell on your perfect health. If you are afraid of an accident, dwell on the guidance and
protection of God. If you are afraid of death, dwell on Eternal Life. God is Life, and that
is your life now.
12. The great law of substitution is the answer to fear. Whatever you fear has its solution
in the form of your desire. If you are sick, you desire health. If you are in the prison of
fear, you desire freedom. Expect the good. Mentally concentrate on the good, and know
that your subconscious mind answers you always. It never fails.
13. The things you fear do not really exist except as thoughts in your mind. Thoughts are
creative. This is why Job said; the thing I feared has come upon me. Think good and
good follows.
14. Look at your fears; hold them up to the light of reason. Learn to laugh at your fears.
That is the best medicine.
15. Nothing can disturb you but your own thought. The suggestions, statements, or
threats of other persons have no power. The power is within you, and when your thoughts
are focused on that which is good, then God’s power is with your thoughts of good. There
Page 129
is only one Creative Power, and It moves as harmony. There are no divisions of quarrels
in it. Its source is Love. This is why God’s power is with your thoughts of good.
Page 130
20 How to Stay Young in Spirit Forever
Your subconscious mind never grows old. It is timeless, ageless, and endless. It is a part
of the universal mind of God, which was never born, and it will never die. Fatigue or old
age cannot be predicated on any spiritual quality or power. Patience, kindness, veracity,
humility, good will, peace, harmony, and brotherly love are attributes and qualities,
which never grow old. If you continue to generate these qualities here on this plane of
life, you will always remain young in spirit.
I remember reading an article in one of our magazines some years ago, which stated that
a group of eminent medical men at the De Courcy Clinic, in Cincinnati, Ohio, reported
that years alone are not responsible for bringing about degenerative disorders. These
same physicians stated that it is the fear of time, not time itself, that has a harmful aging
effect on our minds and bodies, and that the neurotic fear of the effects of time may well
be the cause of premature aging.
During the many years of my public life, I have had occasion to study the biographies of
the famous men and women who have continued their productive activities into the years
well beyond the normal span of life. Some of them achieve their greatness in old age. At
the same time, it has been my privilege to meet and to know countless individuals of no
prominence who, in their lesser sphere, belonged to those hardy mortals who have proved
that old age of itself does not destroy the creative powers of the mind and body.
He had grown old in his thought life
A few years ago I called on an old friend in London, England. He was over 80 years of
age, very ill, and obviously was yielding to his advancing years. Our conversation
revealed his physical weakness, his sense of frustration, and a general deterioration
almost approaching lifelessness. His cry was that he was useless and that no one wanted
him. With an expression of hopelessness he betrayed his false philosophy, “We are born,
grow up, become old, good for nothing, and that’s the end.”
This mental attitude of futility and worthlessness was the chief reason for his sickness.
He was looking forward only to senescence, and after that—nothing. Indeed, he had
grown old in his thought life, and his subconscious mind brought about all the evidence
of his habitual thinking.
Age is the dawn of wisdom
Unfortunately, many people have the same attitude as this unhappy man. They are afraid
of what they term “old age,” the end, and extinction, which really means that they are
afraid of life. Yet, life is endless. Age is not the flight of years, but the dawn of wisdom.
Wisdom is an awareness of the tremendous spiritual powers in your subconscious mind
and the knowledge of how to apply these powers to lead a full and happy life. Get it out
of your head once and for all that 65, 75, or 85 years of age is synonymous with the end
for you or anybody else. It can be the beginning of a glorious, fruitful, active, and most
productive life pattern, better than you have ever experienced. Believe this, expect it, and
your subconscious will bring it to pass.
Welcome the change
Old age is not a tragic occurrence. What we call the aging process is really change. It is to
be welcomed joyfully and gladly as each phase of human life is a step forward on the
Page 131
path, which has no end. Man has powers, which transcend his bodily powers. He has
senses, which transcend his five physical senses.
Scientists today are finding positive indisputable evidence that something conscious in
man can leave his present body and travel thousands of miles to see, hear, touch, and
speak to people even though his physical body never leaves the couch on which it
reclines.
Man’s life is spiritual and eternal. He need never grow old for Life, or God, cannot grow
old. The Bible says that God is Life. Life is self renewing, eternal, indestructible, and is
the reality of all men.
Evidence for survival
The evidence gathered by the psychical research societies both in Great Britain and
America is overwhelming. You may go into any large metropolitan library and get
volumes on The Proceedings of the Psychical Research Society based on findings of
distinguished scientists on survival following so-called death. You will find a startling
report on scientific experiments establishing the reality of life after death in The Case for
Psychic Survival by Hereward Carrington, Director of the American Psychical Institute.
Life is
A woman asked Thomas Edison, the electrical wizard, “Mr. Edison, what is electricity?”
He replied, “Madame, electricity is. Use it.” Electricity is a name we give an invisible
power which we do not fully comprehend, but we learn all we can about the principle of
electricity and its uses. We use it in countless ways.
The scientist cannot see an electron with his eyes, yet he accepts it as a scientific fact,
because it is the only valid conclusion, which coincides with his other experimental
evidence. We cannot see life. However, we know we are alive. Life is, and we are here to
express it in all its beauty and glory.
Mind and spirit do not grow old
The Bible says, and this is life eternal, that they might know thee the only true God.
JOHN 17:3.
The man who thinks or believes that the earthly cycle of birth, adolescence, youth,
maturity, and old age is all there is to life, is indeed to be pitied. Such a man has no
anchor, no hope, no vision, and to him life has no meaning.
This type of belief brings frustration, stagnation, cynicism, and a sense of hopelessness
resulting in neurosis and mental aberrations of all kinds. If you cannot play a fast game of
tennis, or swim as fast as your son, or if your body has slowed down, or you walk with a
slow step, remember life is always clothing itself anew. What men call death is but a
journey to a new city in another dimension of Life.
I say to men and women in my lectures that they should accept what we call old age
gracefully. Age has its’ own glory, beauty, and wisdom, which belong to it. Peace, love,
joy, beauty, happiness, wisdom, good will, and understanding are qualities, which never
grow old or die.
Ralph Waldo Emerson, poet and philosopher, said, “We do not count a man’s years until
he has nothing else to count.” Your character, the quality of your mind, your faith, and
your convictions are not subject to decay.
Page 132
You are as young as you think you are
I give public lectures in Caxton Hall, London, England, every few years, and following
one of these lectures, a surgeon said to me, “I am 84 years of age. I operate every
morning, visit patients in the afternoons, and I write for medical and other scientific
journals in the evening.” His attitude was that he was as useful as he believed himself to
be, and that he was as young as his thoughts. He said to me, “It’s true what you said,
‘Man is as strong as he thinks he is, and as valuable as he thinks he is.’” This surgeon has
not surrendered to advancing years. He knows that he is immortal. His final comment to
me was, “If I should pass on tomorrow, I would be operating on people in the next
dimension, not with a surgeon’s scalpel, but with mental and spiritual surgery.”
Your gray hairs are an asset
Don’t ever quit a job and say, “I am retired; I am old; I am finished.” That would be
stagnation, death, and you would be finished. Some men are old at 30, while others are
young at 80. The mind is the master weaver, the architect, the designer, and the sculptor.
George Bernard Shaw was active at 90, and the artistic quality of his mind had not
relaxed from active duty. I meet men and women who tell me that some employers
almost slam the door in their faces when they say they are over 40. This attitude on the
part of the employers is to be considered cold, callous, evil, and completely void of
compassion and understanding. The total emphasis seems to be on youth, i.e., you must
be under 35 years of age to receive consideration. The reasoning behind this is certainly
very shallow. If the employer would stop and think, he would realize that the man or
woman was not selling his age or gray hair, rather, he was willing to give of his talents,
his experience, and his wisdom gathered through years of experience in the market place
of life.
Age is an asset
Your age should be a distinct asset to any organization, because of your practice and
application through the years of the principles of the Golden Rule and the law of love and
good will. Your gray hair, if you have any, should stand for greater wisdom, skill, and
understanding. Your emotional and spiritual maturity should be a tremendous blessing to
any organization. A man should not be asked to resign when he is 65 years of age. That is
the time of life when he could be most useful in handling personnel problems, making
plans for the future, making decisions, and guiding others in the realm of creative ideas
based on his experience and insight into the nature of the business.
Be your age
A motion picture writer in Hollywood told me that he had to write scripts, which would
cater to the twelve year old mind. This is a tragic state of affairs if the great masses of
people are expected to become emotionally and spiritually mature. It means that the
emphasis is placed on youth in spite of the fact that youth stands for inexperience, lack
of discernment, and hasty judgment.
I can keep up with the best of them
I am now thinking of a man 65 years of age who is trying frantically to keep young. He
swims with young men every Sunday, goes on long hikes, plays tennis, and boasts of his
prowess and physical powers, saying, “Look, I can keep up with the best of them!”
Page 133
He should remember the great truth: As a man thinketh in his heart, so is
he. PROV. 23:7. Diets, exercises, and games of all kinds will not keep this man young. It
is necessary for him to observe that he grows old or remains young in accordance with
his processes of thinking. Your subconscious mind is conditioned by your thoughts. If
your thoughts are constantly on the beautiful, the noble, and the good, you will remain
young regardless of the chronological years.
Fear of old age
Job said, The thing which I greatly feared is come upon me. There are many people who
fear old age and are uncertain about the future, because they anticipate mental and
physical deterioration as the years advance. What they think and feel comes to pass.
You grow old when you lose interest in life, when you cease to dream, to hunger after
new truths, and to search for new worlds to conquer. When your mind is open to new
ideas, new interests, and when you raise the curtain and let in the sunshine and inspiration
of new truths of life and the universe, you will be young and vital.
You Have much to give
If you are 65 or 95 years of age, realize you have much to give. You can help stabilize,
advise, and direct the younger generation. You can give the benefit of your knowledge,
your experience, and your wisdom. You can always look ahead for at all times you are
gazing into infinite life. You will find that you can never cease to unveil the glories and
wonders of life. Try to learn something new every moment of the day, and you will find
your mind will always be young.
One hundred and ten years old
Some years ago while lecturing in Bombay, India, I was introduced to a man who said he
was 110 years old. He had the most beautiful face I have ever seen. He seemed
transfigured by the radiance of an inner light. There was a rare beauty in his eyes
indicating he had grown old in years with gladness and with no indication that his mind
had dimmed its lights.
Retirement- a new venture
Be sure that your mind never retires. It must be like a parachute, which is no good unless
it opens up. Be open and receptive to new ideas. I have seen men of 65 and 70 retire.
They seemed to rot away, and in a few months passed on. They obviously felt that life
was at an end. Retirement can be a new venture, a new challenge, a new path, the
beginning of the fulfillment of a long dream. It is inexpressibly depressing to hear a man
say, “What shall I do now that I am retired?” He is saying in effect, “I am mentally and
physically dead. My mind is bankrupt of ideas.”
All this is a false picture. The real truth is that you can accomplish more at 90 than you
did at 60, because each day you are growing in wisdom and understanding of life and the
universe through your new studies and interest.
He graduated to a better job
An executive, who lives near me, was forced to retire a few months ago because he had
reached the age of 65. He said to me, “I look upon my retirement as promotion from
Page 134
kindergarten to the first grade.” He philosophized in this manner: He said that when he
left high school, he went up the ladder by going to college. He realized this was a step
forward in his education and understanding of life in general. Likewise, he added, now he
could do the things he had always wanted to do, and therefore, his retirement was still
another step forward on the ladder of life and wisdom.
He came to the wise conclusion that he was no longer going to concentrate on making a
living. Now he was going to give all his attention to living life. He is an amateur
photographer, and he took additional courses on the subject. He took a trip around the
world and took movies of famous places. He now lectures before various groups, lodges,
and clubs, and is in popular demand.
There are countless ways of taking an interest in something worthwhile outside yourself.
Become enthusiastic over new creative ideas, make spiritual progress, and continue to
learn and to grow. In this manner you remain young in heart, because you are hungering
and thirsting after new truths, and your body will reflect your thinking at all times.
You must be a producer and not a prisoner of society
The newspapers are taking cognizance of the fact that the voting population of the elderly
in California elections is increasing by leaps and bounds. This means that their voices
will be heard in the legislature of the state and also in the halls of Congress. I believe
there will be enacted a federal law prohibiting employers from discrimination against
men and women because of age.
A man of 65 years may be younger mentally, physically, and physiologically than many
men at 30. It is stupid and ridiculous to tell a man he cannot be hired because he is over
40. It is like saying to him that he is ready for the scrap heap or the junk pile.
What is a man of 40 or over to do? Must he bury his talents and hide his light under a
bushel? Men, who are deprived and prevented from working because of age must be
sustained by government treasuries at county, state, and federal levels. The many
organizations who refuse to hire them and benefit from their wisdom and experience will
be taxed to support them. This is a form of financial suicide.
Man is here to enjoy the fruit of his labor, and he is here to be a producer and not a
prisoner of society, which compels him to idleness. Man’s body slows down gradually as
he advances through the years, but his conscious mind can be made much more active,
alert, alive, and quickened by the inspiration from his subconscious mind. His mind, in
reality, never grows old. Job said, Oh that I were as in months past, as in the days when
God preserved me; When his candle shined upon my head, and when by his light I walked
through darkness; As I was in the days of my youth, when the secret of God was upon my
tabernacle. JOB 29:24.
Secret of youth
To recapture the days of your youth, feel the miraculous, healing, self renewing power of
your subconscious mind moving through your whole being. Know and feel that you are
inspired, lifted up, rejuvenated, revitalized, and recharged spiritually. You can bubble
over with enthusiasm and joy, as in the days of your youth, for the simple reason that you
can always mentally and emotionally recapture the joyous state.
The candle, which shines upon your head, is divine intelligence, and reveals to you
everything you need to know; it enables you to affirm the presence of your good,
Page 135
regardless of appearances. You walk by the guidance of your subconscious mind, because
you know that the dawn appears and the shadows flee away.
Get a vision
Instead of saying, “I am old,” say, “I am wise in the way of the Divine Life.” Don’t let
the corporation, newspapers, or statistics hold a picture before you of old age, declining
years, decrepitude, senility, and uselessness. Reject it, for it is a lie. Refuse to be
hypnotized by such propaganda. Affirm life—not death. Get a vision of yourself as
happy, radiant, successful, serene, and powerful.
Your mind does not grow old
Former President Herbert Hoover, now 88 years old, is very active and is performing
monumental work. I interviewed him a few years ago in his suite at the Waldorf Astoria,
New York City. I found him healthy, happy, vigorous, and full of life and enthusiasm. He
was keeping several secretaries busy handling his correspondence and was himself
writing books of a political and historical nature. Like all great men, I found him affable,
genial, amiable, loving, and most understanding.
His mental acumen and sagacity gave me the thrill of a lifetime. He is a deeply religious
man, and is full of faith in God and in the triumph of the eternal truth of life. He was
subjected to a barrage of criticism and condemnation in the years of the great depression,
but he weathered the storm and did not grow old in hatred, resentment, ill will, and
bitterness. On the contrary, he went into the silence of his soul, and communing with the
Divine Presence within him, he found the peace, which is the power at theheart of God.
His mind active at ninety-nine
My father learned the French language at 65 years of age, and became an authority on it
at 70. He made a study of Gaelic when he was over 60, and became an acknowledged and
famous teacher of the subject. He assisted my sister in a school of higher learning and
continued to do so until he passed away at 99. His mind was as clear at 99 as it was when
he was 20. Moreover, his handwriting and his reasoning powers had improved with age.
Truly, you are as old as you think and feel.
We need our senior citizens
Marcus Porcius Cato, the Roman patriot, learned Greek at 80. Madame Ernestine
Schumann-Heink, the great German American contralto, reached the pinnacle of her
musical success after she became a grandmother. It is wonderful to behold the
accomplishments of the oldsters. General Douglas MacArthur, Harry S. Truman, General
Dwight David Eisenhower, and American financier Bernard Baruch are interesting,
active, and contributing their talents and wisdom to the world.
The Greek philosopher Socrates, learned to play musical instruments when he was 80
years old. Michelangelo was painting his greatest canvases at 80. At 80, Cios Simonides
won the prize for poetry, Johann von Goethe finished Faust, and Leopold von Ranke
commenced his History of the World, which he finished at 92. Alfred Tennyson wrote a
magnificent poem, “Crossing the Bar,” at 83. Isaac Newton was hard at work close to 85.
At 88 John Wesley was directing, preaching, and guiding Methodism. We have several
men of 95 years who come to my lectures, and they tell me they are in better health
now than they were at 20.
Page 136
Let us place our senior citizens in high places and give them every opportunity to bring
forth the flowers of Paradise. If you are retired, get interested in the laws of life and the
wonders of your subconscious mind. Do something you have always wanted to do.
Study new subjects, and investigate new ideas. Pray as follows: As the hart panteth after
the water brooks, so panteth my soul after thee, O God. PSALM 42:1.
The fruits of old age
His flesh shall be fresher than a child’s: he shall return to the days of his youth. JOB
33:25. Old age really means the contemplation of the truths of God from the highest
standpoint. Realize that you are on an endless journey, a series of important steps in the
ceaseless, tireless, endless ocean of life. Then, with the Psalmist you will say, They shall
still bring forth fruit in old age; they shall be fat and flourishing. PSALM 92:14.
But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, gentleness, goodness, faith,
meekness, temperance: against such there is no law. GALATIANS 5:2223.
You are a son of Infinite Life, which knows no end, and you are a child of Eternity.
Profitable pointers
1. Patience, kindness, love, good will, joy, happiness, wisdom, and understanding are
qualities, which never grow old. Cultivate them and express them, and remain young in
mind and body.
2. Some research physicians say that the neurotic fear of the effects of time may well be
the cause of premature aging.
3. Age is not the flight of years; it is the dawn of wisdom in the mind of man.
4. The most productive years of your life can be from 65 to 95.
5. Welcome the advancing years. It means you are moving higher on the path of life,
which has no end.
6. God is Life, and that is your life now. Life is self renewing, eternal, and indestructible,
and is the reality of all men. You live forever, because your life is God’s life.
7. Evidence of survival after death is overwhelming. Study Proceedings of Psychical
Research Society of Great Britain and America in your library. Outstanding scientists
base the work on the scientific research for over 75 years.
8. You cannot see your mind, but you know you have a mind. You cannot see spirit, but
you know that the spirit of the game, the spirit of the artist, the spirit of the musician, and
the spirit of the speaker is real. Likewise, the spirit of goodness, truth, and beauty moving
in your mind and heart are real. You cannot see life, but you know you are alive.
9. Old age may be called the contemplation of the truths of God from the highest
standpoint. The joys of old age are greater than those of youth. Your mind is engaged in
spiritual and mental athletics. Nature slows down your body so that you may have the
opportunity to meditate on things divine.
10. We do not count a man’s years until he has nothing else to count. Your faith and
convictions are not subject to decay.
11. You are as young as you think you are. You are as strong as you think you are. You
are as useful as you think you are. You are as young as your thoughts.
12. Your gray hair is an asset. You are not selling your gray hairs. You are selling your
talent, abilities, and wisdom, which you have garnered through the years.
13. Diets and exercises won’t keep you young. As a man thinketh, so is he.
Page 137
14. Fear of old age can bring about physical and mental deterioration. The thing I greatly
feared has come upon me.
15. You grow old when you cease to dream, and when you lose interest in life. You grow
old if you are irritable, crotchety, petulant, and cantankerous. Fill your mind with the
truths of God and radiate the sunshine of His love—this is youth.
16. Look ahead, for at all times you are gazing into infinite life.
17. Your retirement is a new venture. Take up new studies and new interests. You can
now do the things you always wanted to do when you were so busy making a living. Give
your attention to living life.
18. Become a producer and not a prisoner of society. Don’t hide your light under a
bushel.
19. The secret of youth is love, joy, inner peace, and laughter. In Him there is fullness of
joy. In Him there is no darkness at all.
20. You are needed. Some of the great philosophers, artists, scientists, writers, and others
accomplished their greatest work after they were 80 years old.
21. The fruits of old age are love, joy, peace, patience, gentleness, goodness, faith,
meekness, and temperance.
22. You are a son of Infinite Life, which knows no end. You are a child of Eternity.
You are wonderful!
The end
Page 138